[latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r933 - in trunk: . latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/la [more]

[Jim Hefferon]

Author: jimhefferon
Date: 2021-07-21 18:37:08 +0000 (Wed, 21 Jul 2021)
New Revision: 933

Added:
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html
Modified:
   trunk/ChangeLog
   trunk/Makefile
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fen.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-en.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html
   trunk/latex2e.dbk
   trunk/latex2e.dvi
   trunk/latex2e.html
   trunk/latex2e.info
   trunk/latex2e.pdf
   trunk/latex2e.texi
   trunk/latex2e.txt
   trunk/latex2e.xml
   trunk/src/easyurls.py
   trunk/src/test_easyurls.sh
Log:
prepare for distribution, get easyurls.py going

Modified: trunk/ChangeLog
===================================================================
--- trunk/ChangeLog	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/ChangeLog	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,3 +1,14 @@
+2021-07-21  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
+	* latex2e.texi: Added comment at end of top page header,
+	to easily split the page to insert material in easyurls.py.
+
+	* easyurls.py: Edit note added to top page header discussing
+	mor memorable urls.
+
+	* Makefile: edit dist target to make .zip of tree of html files,
+	add easyurls target.
+
 2021-07-05  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
 
 	* CTAN,

Modified: trunk/Makefile
===================================================================
--- trunk/Makefile	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/Makefile	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -97,6 +97,7 @@
 distzip = $(distname).zip
 #
 htmlsplit = $(distname)-tree
+htmlsplitzip = $(htmlsplit).zip
 #
 dist: en es
 	rm -rf $(distname)
@@ -109,9 +110,19 @@
 $(addprefix $(distname)/spanish/,  $(es_mi_output) latex2e-es.pdf) \
 $(addprefix $(distname)/latex2e-figures/,  $(figure_files)) \
 $(addprefix $(distname)/graphics/,  README $(figure_source_files))
-	rm -rf $(distname)
+	rm -f $(htmlsplitzip)
+	cd $(htmlsplit) && zip -qr ../$(htmlsplitzip) latex2e 
+	zip -q $(distzip) $(distname)
 	@ls -l $(distzip); unzip -l $(distzip)
 
+easyurls: htmlsplit dist
+	cd src \
+        && mkdir -p test \
+        && cp ../latex2e-help-texinfo-tree.zip test \
+        && rm -Rf latex2e && unzip -q test/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree \
+        && ./easyurls.py --directory latex2e --action softlink --lower_case --rewrite_index --debug \
+        && zip -rq ../latex2e-help-texinfo-tree-easyurls.zip latex2e
+
 # To update web site, after basic build is ok (check-dw, spelling, etc.),
 # first undo temporary build results:
 #   make svr       # revert generated single files
@@ -121,14 +132,12 @@
 # then:
 #   make
 #   make htmlsplit
+#   make dist
 #   make commitready
 #   svn commit  # to commit regenerated files   
 # then:
 #   svn update  # to restore easy url stubs
 #   
-# TODO: The easy urls generated by src/easyurls.py are not handled by
-# this. When new nodes are added, if not before, we'll have to figure
-# out how that works again.
 
 # Get many small .html files.
 htmlsplit: en

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 <link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Special-insertions.html" rel="up" title="Special insertions">
-<link href="_005crule.html" rel="next" title="\rule">
+<link href="inputenc-package.html" rel="next" title="inputenc package">
 <link href="_005caccent.html" rel="prev" title="\accent">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 <body lang="en">
 <span id="Additional-Latin-letters"></span><div class="header">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="_005crule.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">\rule</a>, Previous: <a href="Accents.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Accents</a>, Up: <a href="Special-insertions.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="inputenc-package.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">inputenc package</a>, Previous: <a href="Accents.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Accents</a>, Up: <a href="Special-insertions.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
 <span id="Additional-Latin-letters-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.6 Additional Latin letters</h3>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -110,17 +110,21 @@
 
 <span id="index-input_002c-on-command-line"></span>
 
-<p>As part of the command line invocation <code>pdflatex <var>options</var>
-<var>argument</var></code> you can specify arbitrary LaTeX input by starting
-<var>argument</var> with a backslash. This allows you to do some special
-effects.
+<p>As part of the command line invocation
 </p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example"><var>latex-engine</var> <var>options</var> <var>argument</var>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>you can specify arbitrary LaTeX input by starting
+<var>argument</var> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This
+allows you to do some special effects.
+</p>
 <span id="index-package_002c-hyperref-3"></span>
 <span id="index-hyperref-package-3"></span>
-
-<p>For example, this file (which uses the <samp>hyperref</samp> package for
-hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one for paper and one for a
-PDF.
+<p>For example, this file (which uses the
+<samp>hyperref</samp> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of
+output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\ifdefined\paperversion        % in preamble
@@ -136,11 +140,18 @@
 
 <p>Compiling this document <samp>book.tex</samp> with the command line
 <code>pdflatex book</code> will give the ‘<samp>CTAN</samp>’ link in blue.  But
-compiling it with <code>pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"</code>
-has the link in black.  (Note the use of double quotes to prevent
-interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may
-do this differently.)
+compiling it with
 </p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>has the link in black.  We use double quotes to prevent
+interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell. (This
+usually works on both Unix and Windows systems, but there are many
+peculiarities to shell quoting, so read your system documentation if
+need be.)
+</p>
 <p>In a similar way, from the single file <samp>main.tex</samp> you can compile
 two different versions.
 </p>
@@ -150,9 +161,11 @@
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>The <code>jobname</code> option is there because otherwise both files would be
-called <samp>main.pdf</samp> and the second would overwrite the first.
+called <samp>main.pdf</samp> and the second would overwrite the first. (See
+the next section.)
 </p>
-<p>In this example, one passes the <code>draft</code> option to the  <samp>graphicx</samp> package:
+<p>In this example, we pass the <code>draft</code> option to the
+<samp>graphicx</samp> package:
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}"

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -108,7 +108,8 @@
 <hr>
 <span id="Command-line-interface-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">28 Command line interface</h2>
 
-<span id="Command-line"></span><span id="index-command-line"></span>
+<span id="Command-line"></span><span id="index-command-line-interface"></span>
+<span id="index-interface_002c-command-line"></span>
 <span id="index-CLI"></span>
 
 <p>Synopsis (from a terminal command line):
@@ -117,9 +118,10 @@
 <pre class="example">pdflatex <var>options</var> <var>argument</var>
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>Run LaTeX on <var>argument</var>.  In place of <code>pdflatex</code> you can
-also use <code>xelatex</code>, or <code>lualatex</code>, or <code>dviluatex</code>, or
-<code>latex</code>.
+<p>Run LaTeX on <var>argument</var>.  In place of <code>pdflatex</code> you
+can also use (for PDF output) <code>xelatex</code> or <code>lualatex</code>, or
+(for DVI output) <code>latex</code> or <code>dvilualatex</code>, among others
+(see <a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a>).
 </p>
 <p>For example, this will run LaTeX on the file <samp>thesis.tex</samp>,
 creating the output <samp>thesis.pdf</samp>.

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@
 command line.
 </p>
 <p>With many implementations you can specify command line options by
-prefixing them with ‘<samp>-</samp>’ or ‘<samp>--</samp>’.  This is the case for
-both TeX Live (and MacTeX) and MiKTeX.  We will use both
+prefixing them with ‘<samp>-</samp>’ or ‘<samp>--</samp>’.  This is the case for both
+TeX Live (including MacTeX) and MiKTeX.  We will use both
 conventions interchangeably.  If an option takes a value, it can be
 specified either as a separate argument (‘<samp>--foo val</samp>’), or as one
 argument with an ‘<samp>=</samp>’ sign (‘<samp>--foo=val</samp>’), but there can be no

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="index.html" rel="up" title="Top">
 <link href="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html" rel="next" title="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol">
-<link href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html" rel="prev" title="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend">
+<link href="xspace-package.html" rel="prev" title="xspace package">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
 /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -162,6 +162,8 @@
 </td></tr>
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005cref.html" accesskey="3">\ref</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Refer to a section, figure or similar.
 </td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="xr-package.html" accesskey="4">xr package</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">References from another document.
+</td></tr>
 </table>
 
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -137,6 +137,8 @@
 </td></tr>
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Discard extra spaces.
 </td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Space after a macro, conditionally.
+</td></tr>
 </table>
 
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 <hr>
 <span id="Delimiters-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.5 Delimiters</h4>
 
-<span id="index-Delimiters"></span>
+<span id="index-delimiters"></span>
 <span id="index-parentheses"></span>
 <span id="index-braces"></span>
 <span id="index-curly-braces"></span>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="index.html" rel="up" title="Top">
 <link href="abstract.html" rel="next" title="abstract">
-<link href="_005cref.html" rel="prev" title="\ref">
+<link href="xr-package.html" rel="prev" title="xr package">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
 /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Layout.html" rel="up" title="Layout">
 <link href="Sectioning.html" rel="next" title="Sectioning">
-<link href="Page-layout-parameters.html" rel="prev" title="Page layout parameters">
+<link href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html" rel="prev" title="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
 /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $
@@ -103,10 +103,10 @@
 <body lang="en">
 <span id="Floats"></span><div class="header">
 <p>
-Previous: <a href="Page-layout-parameters.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Page layout parameters</a>, Up: <a href="Layout.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a>, Up: <a href="Layout.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
-<span id="Floats-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.6 Floats</h3>
+<span id="Floats-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.7 Floats</h3>
 
 <p>Some typographic elements, such as figures and tables, cannot be broken
 across pages.  They must be typeset outside of the normal flow of text,

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Fonts.html" rel="up" title="Fonts">
 <link href="Font-sizes.html" rel="next" title="Font sizes">
-<link href="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol.html" rel="prev" title="\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol">
+<link href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html" rel="prev" title="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
 /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $
@@ -116,8 +116,8 @@
 </p>
 <span id="index-declaration-form-of-font-style-commands"></span>
 <p>In the table below the listed commands, the <code>\text...</code>  commands,
-is used with an argument, as in <code>\textit{<var>text</var>}</code>.  This is
-the preferred form.  But shown after it, in parenthesis, is the
+are used with an argument as in <code>\textit{<var>text</var>}</code>.  This is
+the preferred form.  But shown after it in parenthesis is the
 corresponding <em>declaration form</em>, which is often useful.  This
 form takes no arguments, as in <code>{\itshape <var>text</var>}</code>.  The
 scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -228,13 +228,16 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html#index-_002eisty-file"><samp>.isty</samp> file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Output-files.html#index-_002elof-file"><code>.lof <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Output-files.html">Output files</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#index-_002elof-file-1"><code>.lof <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html#index-_002elof-file-2"><code>.lof <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Output-files.html#index-_002elog-file"><code>.log <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Output-files.html">Output files</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Output-files.html#index-_002elot-file"><code>.lot <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Output-files.html">Output files</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#index-_002elot-file-1"><code>.lot <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html#index-_002elot-file-2"><code>.lot <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Output-files.html#index-_002epdf-file"><code>.pdf <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Output-files.html">Output files</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-interface.html#index-_002etex_002c-default-extension"><code>.tex, <span class="roman">default extension</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-interface.html">Command line interface</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Output-files.html#index-_002etoc-file"><code>.toc <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Output-files.html">Output files</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#index-_002etoc-file-1"><code>.toc <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html#index-_002etoc-file-2"><code>.toc <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-_002exdv-file"><code>.xdv <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 <tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-6">/</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
@@ -281,6 +284,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040.html#index-_005c_0040"><code>\@</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040.html">\@</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite.html#index-_005c_0040auxout"><code>\@auxout</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite.html">\write</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="list.html#index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty"><code>\@beginparpenalty</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="list.html">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040dottedtocline.html#index-_005c_0040dottedtocline"><code>\@dottedtocline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040dottedtocline.html">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="list.html#index-_005c_0040endparpenalty"><code>\@endparpenalty</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="list.html">list</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfootnote.html#index-_005c_0040fnsymbol"><code>\@fnsymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfootnote.html">\footnote</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-_005c_0040ifstar"><code>\@ifstar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
@@ -335,7 +339,8 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cbackslash"><code>\backslash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-accents.html#index-_005cbar"><code>\bar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-accents.html">Math accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-_005cbaselineskip"><code>\baselineskip</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-_005cbaselinestretch"><code>\baselinestretch</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#index-_005cbaselineskip-1"><code>\baselineskip</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#index-_005cbaselinestretch"><code>\baselinestretch</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Environments.html#index-_005cbegin"><code>\begin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Environments.html">Environments</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cbeta"><code>\beta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-_005cbf"><code>\bf</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
@@ -425,7 +430,9 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html#index-_005ccolumnwidth-2"><code>\columnwidth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005ccomplement"><code>\complement</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005ccong"><code>\cong</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005caddcontentsline.html#index-_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005caddcontentsline.html">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#index-_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005caddcontentsline.html#index-_005ccontentsline-1"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005caddcontentsline.html">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html#index-_005ccontentsline-2"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005ccoprod"><code>\coprod</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005ccopyright"><code>\copyright</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005ccos"><code>\cos</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
@@ -486,6 +493,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-_005cdj"><code>\dj</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-_005cDJ"><code>\DJ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-classes.html#index-_005cdocumentclass"><code>\documentclass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-classes.html">Document classes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-_005cdocumentclass_002c-and-texput-jobname"><code>\documentclass<span class="roman">, and <code>texput</code> jobname</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-accents.html#index-_005cdot"><code>\dot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-accents.html">Math accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cdoteq"><code>\doteq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html#index-_005cdotfill"><code>\dotfill</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html">\hrulefill & \dotfill</a></td></tr>
@@ -514,6 +522,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cExecuteOptions"><code>\ExecuteOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cexists"><code>\exists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005cexp"><code>\exp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-_005cexternaldocument"><code>\externaldocument</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html#index-_005cextracolsep"><code>\extracolsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html">tabular</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html#index-_005cfbox"><code>\fbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html">\fbox & \framebox</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html#index-_005cfboxrule-1"><code>\fboxrule</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
@@ -591,6 +600,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-sizes.html#index-_005cHuge"><code>\Huge</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-sizes.html">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005chyphenation.html#index-_005chyphenation"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005chyphenation.html">\hyphenation</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-_005ci-_0028dotless-i_0029"><code>\i <span class="roman">(dotless i)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-_005cIfBeginWith_002a-macro-from-xstring"><code>\IfBeginWith*<span class="roman"> macro from <samp>xstring</samp></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005ciff"><code>\iff</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cIfFileExists"><code>\IfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html#index-_005cignorespaces"><code>\ignorespaces</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
@@ -627,6 +637,8 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-_005citshape"><code>\itshape</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-_005cj-_0028dotless-j_0029"><code>\j <span class="roman">(dotless j)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cjmath"><code>\jmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-_005cjobname"><code><code>\jobname</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-_005cjobname-1"><code>\jobname</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cJoin"><code>\Join</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029"><code>\k <span class="roman">(ogonek)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005ckappa"><code>\kappa</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -634,6 +646,9 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html#index-_005ckill"><code>\kill</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-_005cl-_0028l_0029"><code>\l (ł)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"><code>\L (Ł)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html#index-_005cl_0040chapter"><code>\l at chapter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html#index-_005cl_0040section"><code>\l at section</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html#index-_005cl_0040subsection"><code>\l at subsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005clabel.html#index-_005clabel"><code>\label</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005clabel.html">\label</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="enumerate.html#index-_005clabelenumi"><code>\labelenumi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="enumerate.html">enumerate</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="enumerate.html#index-_005clabelenumii"><code>\labelenumii</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="enumerate.html">enumerate</a></td></tr>
@@ -687,12 +702,17 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005climsup"><code>\limsup</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cline.html#index-_005cline"><code>\line</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cline.html">\line</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html#index-_005clinebreak"><code>\linebreak</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#index-_005clineskip"><code>\lineskip</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#index-_005clineskiplimit"><code>\lineskiplimit</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-_005clinespread"><code>\linespread</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#index-_005clinespread-1"><code>\linespread</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005clinethickness.html#index-_005clinethickness"><code>\linethickness</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005clinethickness.html">\linethickness</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html#index-_005clinewidth"><code>\linewidth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html#index-_005clinewidth-1"><code>\linewidth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#index-_005clistoffigures"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html#index-_005clistoffigures-1"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#index-_005clistoftables"><code>\listoftables</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html#index-_005clistoftables-1"><code>\listoftables</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="list.html#index-_005clistparindent"><code>\listparindent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="list.html">list</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cll"><code>\ll</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005cln"><code>\ln</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
@@ -740,6 +760,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cmathsection"><code>\mathsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-_005cmathsf"><code>\mathsf</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cmathsterling"><code>\mathsterling</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cmathstrut.html#index-_005cmathstrut"><code><code>\mathstrut</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cmathstrut.html">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-_005cmathtt"><code>\mathtt</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cmathunderscore"><code>\mathunderscore</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-_005cmathversion"><code>\mathversion</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
@@ -803,6 +824,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cnot"><code>\not</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cnotin"><code>\notin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cnu"><code>\nu</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnumberline.html#index-_005cnumberline"><code>\numberline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnumberline.html">\numberline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cnwarrow"><code>\nwarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-_005co-_0028o_0029"><code>\o (ø)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"><code>\O (Ø)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
@@ -876,6 +898,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005cPr"><code>\Pr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cprec"><code>\prec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cpreceq"><code>\preceq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#index-_005cprevdepth"><code>\prevdepth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cprime"><code>\prime</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Glossaries.html#index-_005cprintglossaries"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Glossaries.html">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Glossaries.html#index-_005cprintglossaries-1"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Glossaries.html">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
@@ -923,6 +946,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005crefstepcounter.html#index-_005crefstepcounter"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005crefstepcounter.html">\refstepcounter</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html#index-_005crenewenvironment"><code>\renewenvironment</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cRequirePackage"><code>\RequirePackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-_005cRequirePackage_002c-and-texput-jobname"><code>\RequirePackage<span class="roman">, and <code>texput</code> jobname</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cresizebox.html#index-_005cresizebox"><code>\resizebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cresizebox.html">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html#index-_005crestorecr"><code>\restorecr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html">\obeycr & \restorecr</a></td></tr>
@@ -1003,6 +1027,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cstar"><code>\star</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cstepcounter.html#index-_005cstepcounter"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cstepcounter.html">\stepcounter</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Recovering-from-errors.html#index-_005cstop"><code>\stop</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Recovering-from-errors.html">Recovering from errors</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cstretch.html#index-_005cstretch"><code>\stretch</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cstretch.html">\stretch</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cstrut.html#index-_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cstrut.html">\strut</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Sectioning.html#index-_005csubparagraph"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Sectioning.html">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html#index-_005csubparagraph-1"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
@@ -1027,6 +1052,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html#index-_005ctabbingsep"><code>\tabbingsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html#index-_005ctabcolsep"><code>\tabcolsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html">tabular</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#index-_005ctableofcontents"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html#index-_005ctableofcontents-1"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005ctan"><code>\tan</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005ctanh"><code>\tanh</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005ctau"><code>\tau</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -1057,6 +1083,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005ctextendash-_0028or-_002d_002d_0029"><code>\textendash <span class="roman">(or <code>--</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005ctexteuro"><code>\texteuro</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028or-_0021_0060_0029"><code>\textexclamdown <span class="roman">(or <code>!`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005ctextfiguredash"><code>\textfiguredash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Floats.html#index-_005ctextfloatsep"><code>\textfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Floats.html">Floats</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Floats.html#index-_005ctextfloatsep-1"><code>\textfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Floats.html">Floats</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Floats.html#index-_005ctextfraction"><code>\textfraction</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Floats.html">Floats</a></td></tr>
@@ -1064,10 +1091,12 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005ctextgreater"><code>\textgreater</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html#index-_005ctextheight"><code>\textheight</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html#index-_005ctextheight-1"><code>\textheight</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005ctexthorizontalbar"><code>\texthorizontalbar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-_005ctextit"><code>\textit</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005ctextleftarrow"><code>\textleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005ctextless"><code>\textless</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-_005ctextmd"><code>\textmd</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen"><code>\textnonbreakinghyphen</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-_005ctextnormal"><code>\textnormal</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005ctextordfeminine"><code>\textordfeminine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005ctextordmasculine"><code>\textordmasculine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -1151,8 +1180,8 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cusecounter.html#index-_005cusecounter"><code>\usecounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cusecounter.html">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-_005cusefont"><code>\usefont</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-packages.html#index-_005cusepackage"><code>\usepackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-packages.html">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol.html#index-_005cUseTextAccent"><code>\UseTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol.html">\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol.html#index-_005cUseTextSymbol"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol.html">\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html#index-_005cUseTextAccent"><code>\UseTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html#index-_005cUseTextSymbol"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029"><code>\v <span class="roman">(breve accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cvalue.html#index-_005cvalue"><code>\value</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cvalue.html">\value</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cvanothing"><code>\vanothing</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -1188,6 +1217,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-options.html#index-_005cwrite18_002c-enabling"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-options.html">Command line options</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cXi"><code>\Xi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cxi"><code>\xi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html#index-_005cxspace"><code>\xspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html#index-_005cyear"><code>\year</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html">\day & \month & \year</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005czeta"><code>\zeta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="displaymath.html#index-_005c_005b_002e_002e_002e_005c_005d-display-math"><code>\[...\] <span class="roman">display math</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="displaymath.html">displaymath</a></td></tr>
@@ -1235,12 +1265,12 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="abstract.html#index-abstract-package"><code>abstract</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="abstract.html">abstract</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="abstract.html#index-abstracts">abstracts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="abstract.html">abstract</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-accents">accents</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html#index-Accents_002c-defining">Accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html#index-Accents_002c-defining-1">Accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html#index-Accents_002c-defining-2">Accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextComposite.html#index-Accents_002c-defining-3">Accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextComposite.html">\DeclareTextComposite</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html#index-Accents_002c-defining-4">Accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html#index-Accents_002c-defining-5">Accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html#index-accents_002c-defining">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html#index-accents_002c-defining-1">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html#index-accents_002c-defining-2">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextComposite.html#index-accents_002c-defining-3">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextComposite.html">\DeclareTextComposite</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html#index-accents_002c-defining-4">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html#index-accents_002c-defining-5">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-accents.html#index-accents_002c-mathematical">accents, mathematical</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-accents.html">Math accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Symbols-by-font-position.html#index-accessing-any-character-of-a-font">accessing any character of a font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Symbols-by-font-position.html">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Glossaries.html#index-acronyms_002c-list-of">acronyms, list of</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Glossaries.html">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
@@ -1323,7 +1353,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="thebibliography.html#index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029">bibliography, creating (manually)</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="thebibliography.html">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Using-BibTeX.html#index-bibTeX_002c-using">bibTeX, using</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Using-BibTeX.html">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-big-circle-symbols_002c-in-text">big circle symbols, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-Big-point">Big point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-big-point">big point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-of-footnotes.html#index-bigfoot-package"><code>bigfoot</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-of-footnotes.html">Footnotes of footnotes</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-black-boxes_002c-omitting">black boxes, omitting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Blackboard-bold.html#index-blackboard-bold">blackboard bold</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Blackboard-bold.html">Blackboard bold</a></td></tr>
@@ -1379,12 +1409,14 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-centered-period_002c-in-text">centered period, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccentering.html#index-centering-text_002c-declaration-for">centering text, declaration for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccentering.html">\centering</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="center.html#index-centering-text_002c-environment-for">centering text, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="center.html">center</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-Centimeter">Centimeter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-centimeter">centimeter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html#index-changing-case-of-characters">changing case of characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Sectioning.html#index-chapter">chapter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Sectioning.html">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cchapter.html#index-chapter-1">chapter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cchapter.html">\chapter</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html#index-character-category-code">character category code</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="inputenc-package.html#index-character-encoding">character encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="inputenc-package.html">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html#index-character_002c-invisible">character, invisible</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cmathstrut.html#index-character_002c-invisible-1">character, invisible</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cmathstrut.html">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-characters_002c-accented">characters, accented</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html#index-characters_002c-case-of">characters, case of</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-characters_002c-non_002dEnglish">characters, non-English</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
@@ -1392,7 +1424,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Reserved-characters.html#index-characters_002c-special">characters, special</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Reserved-characters.html">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-check-accent">check accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-accents.html#index-check-accent_002c-math">check accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-accents.html">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-Cicero">Cicero</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-cicero">cicero</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-circle-symbol_002c-big_002c-in-text">circle symbol, big, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-circled-letter_002c-in-text">circled letter, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-circumflex-accent">circumflex accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
@@ -1432,7 +1464,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Colored-boxes.html#index-colored-boxes">colored boxes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Colored-boxes.html">Colored boxes</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Colored-pages.html#index-colored-page">colored page</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Colored-pages.html">Colored pages</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Colored-text.html#index-colored-text">colored text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Colored-text.html">Colored text</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-interface.html#index-command-line">command line</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-interface.html">Command line interface</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-interface.html#index-command-line-interface">command line interface</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-interface.html">Command line interface</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html#index-command-syntax">command syntax</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-commands_002c-class-and-package">commands, class and package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html#index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones">commands, defining new ones</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
@@ -1440,6 +1472,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html#index-commands_002c-document-class">commands, document class</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Commands-for-graphics.html#index-commands_002c-graphics-package">commands, graphics package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Commands-for-graphics.html">Commands for graphics</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html#index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces">commands, ignore spaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html#index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1">commands, ignore spaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html#index-commands_002c-redefining">commands, redefining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-commands_002c-run-from-LaTeX">commands, run from LaTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-commands_002c-star_002dvariants">commands, star-variants</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
@@ -1462,6 +1495,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Cross-references.html#index-cross-references">cross references</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Cross-references.html">Cross references</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Output-files.html#index-cross-references_002c-resolving">cross references, resolving</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Output-files.html">Output files</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpageref.html#index-cross-referencing-with-page-number">cross referencing with page number</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpageref.html">\pageref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-cross-referencing_002c-across-documents">cross referencing, across documents</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cref.html#index-cross-referencing_002c-symbolic">cross referencing, symbolic</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cref.html">\ref</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="CTAN.html#index-CTAN">CTAN</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="CTAN.html">CTAN</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Delimiters.html#index-curly-braces">curly braces</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Delimiters.html">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
@@ -1491,7 +1525,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewtheorem.html#index-defining-new-theorems">defining new theorems</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewtheorem.html">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Definitions.html#index-definitions">definitions</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Definitions.html">Definitions</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite.html#index-delayed-_005cwrite">delayed <code>\write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite.html">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Delimiters.html#index-Delimiters">Delimiters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Delimiters.html">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Delimiters.html#index-delimiters">delimiters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Delimiters.html">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html#index-delimiters_002c-paired">delimiters, paired</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html">\left & \right</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html#index-delim_005f0"><code>delim_0</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html#index-delim_005f1"><code>delim_1</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
@@ -1502,7 +1536,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="description.html#index-description-environment"><code><code>description</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="description.html">description</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="description.html#index-description-lists_002c-creating">description lists, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="description.html">description</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewfont.html#index-design-size_002c-in-font-definitions">design size, in font definitions</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewfont.html">\newfont</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-Didot-point">Didot point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-didot-point">didot point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-dieresis-accent">dieresis accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html#index-difference-between-class-and-package">difference between class and package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Lengths.html#index-dimen-plain-TeX">dimen <span class="roman">plain TeX</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Lengths.html">Lengths</a></td></tr>
@@ -1519,6 +1553,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Starting-and-ending.html#index-document-class_002c-defined">document class, defined</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Starting-and-ending.html">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-classes.html#index-document-classes">document classes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-classes.html">Document classes</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="document.html#index-document-environment"><code><code>document</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="document.html">document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-document-root-name">document root name</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-templates.html#index-document-templates">document templates</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-templates.html">Document templates</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-dollar-sign">dollar sign</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-dot-accent">dot accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
@@ -1539,7 +1574,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-double-low_002d9-quotation-mark">double low-9 quotation mark</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-double-quote_002c-straight-base">double quote, straight base</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-double-right-quote">double right quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-double-spacing">double spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#index-double-spacing">double spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-double-vertical-bar_002c-in-text">double vertical bar, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Blackboard-bold.html#index-doublestruck">doublestruck</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Blackboard-bold.html">Blackboard bold</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-draft-option"><code>draft <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
@@ -1560,7 +1595,8 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-em_002ddash_002c-two_002dthirds">em-dash, two-thirds</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-emphasis">emphasis</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cencl.html#index-enclosure-list">enclosure list</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cencl.html">\encl</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html#index-Encoding_002c-font">Encoding, font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html#index-encoding_002c-font">encoding, font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="inputenc-package.html#index-encoding_002c-of-input-files">encoding, of input files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="inputenc-package.html">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html#index-end-matter-of-a-book">end matter of a book</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cAtEndDocument.html#index-end-of-document-hook">end of document hook</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cAtEndDocument.html">\AtEndDocument</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Starting-and-ending.html#index-ending-and-starting">ending and starting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Starting-and-ending.html">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
@@ -1633,17 +1669,20 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html#index-expl3-package"><code>expl3</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html#index-expl3-package-1"><code>expl3</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html#index-exponent">exponent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Expressions.html#index-expressions"><code>expressions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Expressions.html">Expressions</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-extended-Latin">extended Latin</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-external-commands">external commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="filecontents.html#index-external-files_002c-writing">external files, writing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="filecontents.html">filecontents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 <tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-F">F</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-fallback-jobname">fallback jobname</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-families_002c-of-fonts">families, of fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Page-styles.html#index-fancyhdr-package"><code>fancyhdr</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Page-styles.html">Page styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagestyle.html#index-fancyhdr-package-1"><code>fancyhdr</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagestyle.html">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html#index-fancyvrb-package"><code>fancyvrb</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="verbatim.html#index-fancyvrb-package-1"><code>fancyvrb</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="verbatim.html">verbatim</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-feminine-ordinal-symbol">feminine ordinal symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-figure-dash-character">figure dash character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="figure.html#index-figure-environment"><code><code>figure</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="figure.html">figure</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cref.html#index-figure-number_002c-cross-referencing">figure number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cref.html">\ref</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html#index-figures_002c-footnotes-in">figures, footnotes in</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html">minipage</a></td></tr>
@@ -1669,18 +1708,9 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-font-catalogue">font catalogue</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel">font commands, low-level</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_002f.html#index-font-dimension_002c-slant">font dimension, slant</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_002f.html">\/</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="fontenc-package.html#index-Font-encoding">Font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="fontenc-package.html">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html#index-Font-encoding-1">Font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html#index-Font-encoding-2">Font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html#index-Font-encoding-3">Font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html#index-Font-encoding-4">Font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html#index-Font-encoding-5">Font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextComposite.html#index-Font-encoding-6">Font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextComposite.html">\DeclareTextComposite</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html#index-Font-encoding-7">Font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html#index-Font-encoding-8">Font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html#index-Font-encoding-9">Font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html#index-Font-encoding-10">Font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html">\LastDeclaredEncoding</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol.html#index-Font-encoding-11">Font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol.html">\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="fontenc-package.html#index-font-encoding">font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="fontenc-package.html">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html#index-font-encoding-1">font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html#index-font-encoding_002c-declaring">font encoding, declaring</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-font-size">font size</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-sizes.html#index-font-sizes">font sizes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-sizes.html">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-font-styles">font styles</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
@@ -1698,7 +1728,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-of-footnotes.html#index-footnote_002c-of-a-footnote">footnote, of a footnote</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-of-footnotes.html">Footnotes of footnotes</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html#index-footnotes-in-figures">footnotes in figures</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html">minipage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes.html#index-footnotes_002c-creating">footnotes, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes.html">Footnotes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfootnote.html#index-Footnotes_002c-in-a-minipage">Footnotes, in a minipage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfootnote.html">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfootnote.html#index-footnotes_002c-in-a-minipage">footnotes, in a minipage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfootnote.html">\footnote</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfootnote.html#index-footnotes_002c-symbols-instead-of-numbers">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfootnote.html">\footnote</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="filecontents.html#index-force-option-for-filecontents"><code>force</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="filecontents.html">filecontents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-format-files_002c-TeX">format files, TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
@@ -1753,6 +1783,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-accents.html#index-hacek-accent_002c-math">háček accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-accents.html">Math accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-hacek-accent">hacek accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005crule.html#index-Halmos-symbol">Halmos symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005crule.html">\rule</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html#index-hard-space">hard space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html">~</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-hat-accent">hat accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-accents.html#index-hat-accent_002c-math">hat accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-accents.html">Math accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagestyle.html#index-header-style">header style</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagestyle.html">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
@@ -1760,6 +1791,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Starting-and-ending.html#index-hello_002c-world">hello, world</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Starting-and-ending.html">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Floats.html#index-here_002c-putting-floats">here, putting floats</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Floats.html">Floats</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="About-this-document.html#index-home-page-for-manual">home page for manual</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="About-this-document.html">About this document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-horizontal-bar-character">horizontal bar character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html#index-horizontal-paragraph-indentation">horizontal paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html">\parindent & \parskip</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005chss.html#index-horizontal-space">horizontal space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005chss.html">\hss</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005chss.html#index-horizontal-space_002c-stretchable">horizontal space, stretchable</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005chss.html">\hss</a></td></tr>
@@ -1769,6 +1801,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfootnotemark.html#index-hyperref-package-1"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfootnotemark.html">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagenumbering.html#index-hyperref-package-2"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagenumbering.html">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-input.html#index-hyperref-package-3"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-input.html">Command line input</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-hyphen-character_002c-non_002dbreaking">hyphen character, non-breaking</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005chyphenation.html#index-hyphenation_002c-defining">hyphenation, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005chyphenation.html">\hyphenation</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cdiscretionary.html#index-hyphenation_002c-discretionary">hyphenation, discretionary</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cdiscretionary.html">\discretionary</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html#index-hyphenation_002c-forcing">hyphenation, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html">\- (hyphenation)</a></td></tr>
@@ -1811,10 +1844,14 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-input.html#index-input_002c-on-command-line">input, on command line</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-input.html">Command line input</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Input_002foutput.html#index-input_002foutput">input/output</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Input_002foutput.html">Input/output</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Input_002foutput.html#index-input_002foutput_002c-to-terminal">input/output, to terminal</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Input_002foutput.html">Input/output</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="inputenc-package.html#index-inputenc"><code>inputenc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="inputenc-package.html">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="figure.html#index-inserting-figures">inserting figures</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="figure.html">figure</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Special-insertions.html#index-insertions-of-special-characters">insertions of special characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Special-insertions.html">Special insertions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-interface.html#index-interface_002c-command-line">interface, command line</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-interface.html">Command line interface</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#index-interline-space">interline space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Modes.html#index-internal-vertical-mode">internal vertical mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Modes.html">Modes</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html#index-invisible-character">invisible character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cmathstrut.html#index-invisible-character-1">invisible character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cmathstrut.html">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_002f.html#index-italic-correction">italic correction</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_002f.html">\/</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-italic-font">italic font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="itemize.html#index-itemize-environment"><code><code>itemize</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="itemize.html">itemize</a></td></tr>
@@ -1828,6 +1865,7 @@
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 <tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-J">J</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-options.html#index-jobname">jobname</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-options.html">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-jobname-1">jobname</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html#index-JPEG-files">JPEG files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html#index-JPG-files">JPG files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005craggedleft.html#index-justification_002c-ragged-left">justification, ragged left</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005craggedleft.html">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
@@ -1859,6 +1897,8 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-Latin-letters_002c-additional">Latin letters, additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Layout.html#index-layout-commands">layout commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Layout.html">Layout</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html#index-layout_002c-page-parameters-for">layout, page parameters for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040dottedtocline.html#index-leaders_002c-dots-in-table-of-contents">leaders, dots in table of contents</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040dottedtocline.html">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#index-leading">leading</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-left-angle-quotation-marks">left angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-left-arrow_002c-in-text">left arrow, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-left-brace_002c-in-text">left brace, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -1957,6 +1997,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-formulas.html#index-math-mode_002c-entering">math mode, entering</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-formulas.html">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html#index-math-mode_002c-spacing">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html#index-math-mode_002c-spacing-1">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cmathstrut.html#index-math-mode_002c-spacing-2">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cmathstrut.html">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005csmash.html#index-math-mode_002c-vertical-space">math mode, vertical space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005csmash.html">\smash</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-math-symbols">math symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Arrows.html#index-math_002c-arrows"><code>math, arrows</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Arrows.html">Arrows</a></td></tr>
@@ -1970,7 +2011,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cline.html#index-MetaPost-package"><code>MetaPost</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cline.html">\line</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html#index-mfirstuc-package"><code>mfirstuc</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html#index-mhchem-package"><code>mhchem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-Millimeter">Millimeter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-millimeter">millimeter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html#index-minipage-environment"><code><code>minipage</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html">minipage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html#index-minipage_002c-creating-a">minipage, creating a</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html">minipage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html#index-minted-package"><code>minted</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
@@ -1991,6 +2032,7 @@
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 <tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-N">N</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html#index-name"><code>name</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-name-of-document-root">name of document root</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html#index-NBSP">NBSP</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html">~</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html#index-nested-_005cinclude_002c-not-allowed">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html">\include & \includeonly</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html#index-new-class-commands">new class commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
@@ -2004,6 +2046,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewpage.html#index-new-page_002c-starting">new page, starting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewpage.html">\newpage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite.html#index-newline_002c-in-_005cwrite">newline, in <code>\write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite.html">\write</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="filecontents.html#index-noheader-option-for-filecontents"><code>noheader</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="filecontents.html">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-non_002dbreaking-hyphen-character">non-breaking hyphen character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-non_002dEnglish-characters">non-English characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-options.html#index-nonstopmode">nonstopmode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Command-line-options.html">Command line options</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="filecontents.html#index-nosearch-option-for-filecontents"><code>nosearch</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="filecontents.html">filecontents</a></td></tr>
@@ -2153,7 +2196,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#index-package_002c-polyglossia-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cindex.html#index-package_002c-polyglossia-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cindex.html">\index</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cline.html#index-package_002c-PSTricks"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>PSTricks</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cline.html">\line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-package_002c-setspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>setspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#index-package_002c-setspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>setspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-package_002c-shellesc"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>shellesc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Indexes.html#index-package_002c-showidx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>showidx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Indexes.html">Indexes</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html#index-package_002c-siunitx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html">minipage</a></td></tr>
@@ -2179,6 +2222,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="verbatim.html#index-package_002c-verbatimbox"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>verbatimbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="verbatim.html">verbatim</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html#index-package_002c-xparse"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xparse</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-package_002c-xparse-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xparse</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-package_002c-xstring"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xstring</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-packages.html#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-packages.html">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html#index-page-break_002c-forcing">page break, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html#index-page-break_002c-preventing">page break, preventing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
@@ -2233,7 +2277,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html#index-plural"><code>plural</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html#index-PNG-files">PNG files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="verse.html#index-poetry_002c-an-environment-for">poetry, an environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="verse.html">verse</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-Point">Point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-point">point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-polish-l">polish l</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-polyglossia-package"><code>polyglossia</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ctoday.html#index-polyglossia-package-1"><code>polyglossia</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ctoday.html">\today</a></td></tr>
@@ -2311,7 +2355,7 @@
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 <tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-S">S</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-sans-serif-font">sans serif font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-Scaled-point">Scaled point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-scaled-point">scaled point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cscalebox.html#index-scaling">scaling</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cscalebox.html">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cresizebox.html#index-scaling-1">scaling</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cresizebox.html">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Calligraphic.html#index-script-fonts">script fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Calligraphic.html">Calligraphic</a></td></tr>
@@ -2331,7 +2375,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cindex.html#index-see-and-see-also-index-entries">see and see also index entries</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cindex.html">\index</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="filecontents.html#index-self_002dcontained-sources">self-contained sources</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="filecontents.html">filecontents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-series_002c-of-fonts">series, of fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-setspace-package"><code>setspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#index-setspace-package"><code>setspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005csetcounter.html#index-setting-counters">setting counters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005csetcounter.html">\setcounter</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-sh_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"><code>sh<span class="roman">, used by <code>\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-shapes_002c-of-fonts">shapes, of fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
@@ -2361,7 +2405,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html#index-sort"><code>sort</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="filecontents.html#index-source-files_002c-making-self_002dcontained">source files, making self-contained</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="filecontents.html">filecontents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-sp"><code>sp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html#index-space_002c-hard">space, hard</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#index-space-between-lines">space between lines</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005chss.html#index-space_002c-inserting-horizontal">space, inserting horizontal</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005chss.html">\hss</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005caddvspace.html#index-space_002c-inserting-vertical">space, inserting vertical</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005caddvspace.html">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html#index-space_002c-negative-thin">space, negative thin</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
@@ -2370,10 +2414,12 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cvspace.html#index-space_002c-vertical">space, vertical</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cvspace.html">\vspace</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Spaces.html#index-spaces">spaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Spaces.html">Spaces</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html#index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands">spaces, ignore around commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html#index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1">spaces, ignore around commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html#index-spacing-within-math-mode">spacing within math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfrenchspacing.html#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfrenchspacing.html">\frenchspacing</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnormalsfcodes.html#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence-1">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnormalsfcodes.html">\normalsfcodes</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html#index-spacing_002c-math-mode">spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cmathstrut.html#index-spacing_002c-math-mode-1">spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cmathstrut.html">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-Spanish-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Reserved-characters.html#index-special-characters">special characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Reserved-characters.html">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-special-characters-1">special characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
@@ -2408,7 +2454,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-suffix-package"><code>suffix</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html#index-superscript">superscript</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html#index-symbol"><code>symbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html#index-Symbol_002c-defining">Symbol, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html#index-symbol_002c-defining">symbol, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Arrows.html#index-symbols_002c-arrows">symbols, arrows</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Arrows.html">Arrows</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html#index-symbols_002c-boldface">symbols, boldface</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html">\boldmath & \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-symbols_002c-math">symbols, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -2421,6 +2467,8 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html#index-tab-stops_002c-using">tab stops, using</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html#index-tabbing-environment"><code><code>tabbing</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html#index-table-environment"><code><code>table</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html">table</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html#index-table-of-contents">table of contents</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005ccontentsline.html">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040dottedtocline.html#index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-create-dotted-line">table of contents entry, create dotted line</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040dottedtocline.html">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005caddcontentsline.html#index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-manually-adding">table of contents entry, manually adding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005caddcontentsline.html">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Output-files.html#index-table-of-contents-file">table of contents file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Output-files.html">Output files</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-section-headings.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-section-headings.html">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr>
@@ -2438,6 +2486,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-TeX-format-_0028_002efmt_0029-files">TeX format (<code>.fmt</code>) files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-TeX-logo">TeX logo</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-texosquery-package"><code>texosquery</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-texput_002c-jobname-default"><code>texput<span class="roman">, jobname default</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-text-symbols">text symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cscalebox.html#index-text_002c-resizing">text, resizing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cscalebox.html">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cresizebox.html#index-text_002c-resizing-1">text, resizing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cresizebox.html">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
@@ -2507,9 +2556,11 @@
 <tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-U">U</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Over_002d-and-Underlining.html#index-ulem-package"><code>ulem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Over_002d-and-Underlining.html">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-umlaut-accent">umlaut accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html#index-unbreakable-space">unbreakable space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html">~</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html#index-underbar">underbar</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Over_002d-and-Underlining.html#index-underlining">underlining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Over_002d-and-Underlining.html">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-underscore_002c-in-text">underscore, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="inputenc-package.html#index-Unicode">Unicode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="inputenc-package.html">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-Unicode-input_002c-native">Unicode input, native</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Greek-letters.html#index-unicode_002dmath-package"><code>unicode-math</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Greek-letters.html">Greek letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-units_002c-of-length">units, of length</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
@@ -2539,6 +2590,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005caddvspace.html#index-vertical-space-1">vertical space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005caddvspace.html">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html#index-vertical-space-before-paragraphs">vertical space before paragraphs</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html">\parindent & \parskip</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html#index-vertical-spacing">vertical spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cmathstrut.html#index-vertical-spacing-1">vertical spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cmathstrut.html">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005csmash.html#index-vertical-spacing_002c-math-mode">vertical spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005csmash.html">\smash</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cverb.html#index-visible-space">visible space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cverb.html">\verb</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-visible-space-symbol_002c-in-text">visible space symbol, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -2565,6 +2617,9 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html#index-xindy-program"><code>xindy</code> program</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html#index-xparse-package"><code>xparse</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-xparse-package-1"><code>xparse</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-xr-package"><code><code>xr</code> package</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-xr_002dhyper-package"><code><code>xr-hyper</code> package</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-xstring-package"><code>xstring</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 </table>
 <table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to:   </th><td><a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-1"><b>$</b></a>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Front_002fback-matter.html" rel="up" title="Front/back matter">
 <link href="_005cindex.html" rel="next" title="\index">
-<link href="_005cnofiles.html" rel="prev" title="\nofiles">
+<link href="_005cnumberline.html" rel="prev" title="\numberline">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
 /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -106,27 +106,97 @@
 Next: <a href="Recovering-from-errors.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Recovering from errors</a>, Previous: <a href="Command-line-input.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Command line input</a>, Up: <a href="Command-line-interface.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line interface</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
-<span id="TeX_0027s-job-name"></span><h3 class="section">28.3 TeX’s job name</h3>
+<span id="Jobname-1"></span><h3 class="section">28.3 Jobname</h3>
 
-<p>When you run <code><code>pdflatex</code> <var>options</var> <var>argument</var></code>, if
-<var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash then TeX considers it
-the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first
-<code>\input</code> instruction and the name of the input file will be the job
-name. This is used to name the log file the output file.  The
-<code>jobname</code> option overrides that process and directly specifies the
-name.  See <a href="Command-line-input.html">Command line input</a>, for an example of its use.
+<span id="index-_005cjobname"></span>
+<span id="index-jobname-1"></span>
+<span id="index-document-root-name"></span>
+<span id="index-name-of-document-root"></span>
+
+<p>Running LaTeX creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or
+DVI) output but also including others.  These files are named with the
+so-called <em>jobname</em>.  The most common case is also the simplest,
+where for instance the command <code>pdflatex thesis</code> creates
+<code>thesis.pdf</code> and also <code>thesis.log</code> and <code>thesis.aux</code>.
+Here the job name is <code>thesis</code>.
 </p>
+<p>In general, LaTeX is invoked as <code><var>latex-engine</var>
+<var>options</var> <var>argument</var></code>, where <var>latex-engine</var> is
+<code>pdflatex</code>, <code>lualatex</code>, etc. (see <a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a>).
+If <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is the case
+above with <code>thesis</code>, then TeX considers it to be the name of
+the file to input as the main document.  The name of that root file,
+without the <samp>.tex</samp> extension, is the jobname.  If <var>argument</var>
+does start with a backslash, or if TeX is in interactive mode, then
+it waits for the first <code>\input</code> command, and the jobname is the
+argument to <code>\input</code>.
+</p>
+<p>There are two more possibilities for the jobname.  It can be directly
+specified with the <code>-jobname</code> option, as in <code>pdflatex
+-jobname=myname</code> (see <a href="Command-line-input.html">Command line input</a> for a real example).
+</p>
+<span id="index-texput_002c-jobname-default"></span>
+<span id="index-fallback-jobname"></span>
+<p>The final possibility is <samp>texput</samp>, which is the final fallback
+default if no other name is available to TeX.  For example, if no
+<code>-jobname</code> option was specified, and the compilation stops before
+there is any output, then the log file will be named
+<samp>texput.log</samp>. 
+</p>
+<span id="index-_005cdocumentclass_002c-and-texput-jobname"></span>
+<span id="index-_005cRequirePackage_002c-and-texput-jobname"></span>
+<p>A special case of this is that in LaTeX versions of (approximately)
+2020 or later, the jobname is also <samp>texput</samp> if the first
+<code>\input</code> occurs as a result of being called by either
+<code>\documentclass</code> or <code>\RequirePackage</code>.  So this will produce
+a file named <samp>texput.pdf</samp>:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">pdflatex "\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}"
+</pre></div>
 
+<p>However, this special case only applies to those two commands.  Thus, with
+</p>
 <div class="example">
-<pre class="example">pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}"
+<pre class="example">pdflatex "\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}"
 </pre></div>
-<p>The <code>jobname</code> option is there because otherwise the output file
-would be <samp>graphicx.pdf</samp>, as <code>\RequirePackage</code> does an
-<code>\input</code> of its own.
+
+<p>the output file is <samp>lipsum.pdf</samp>, as <code>\usepackage</code> calls
+<code>\input</code>.
 </p>
+<span id="index-_005cjobname-1"></span>
+<p>Within the document, the macro <code>\jobname</code> expands to the jobname.
+(When you run LaTeX on a file whose name contains spaces, the string
+returned by <code>\jobname</code> contains matching start and end quotes.)
+In the expansion of that macro, all characters are of
+catcode 12 (other) except that spaces are category 10,
+including letters that are normally catcode 11.
+</p>
+<span id="index-_005cIfBeginWith_002a-macro-from-xstring"></span>
+<span id="index-package_002c-xstring"></span>
+<span id="index-xstring-package"></span>
 
+<p>Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional
+can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro
+<code>\IfBeginWith</code> from the <samp>xstring</samp> package in its star
+variant, which is insensitive to catcode. For example, in the
+following text the footnote “Including Respublica Bananensis
+Francorum.” is only present if the task name starts with
+<samp>my-doc</samp>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">If a democracy is just a regime where citizens vote then
+all banana republics \IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}%
+{\footnote{Including Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} are
+democracies.
+</pre></div>
 
+<p>Manipulating the value of <code>\jobname</code> inside of a document does not
+change the name of the output file or the log file.
+</p>
 
+
+
 <hr/><div class='referenceinfo'> <a href='https://latexref.xyz/'> <i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a></div>
 </body>
 </html>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -123,8 +123,10 @@
 </td></tr>
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="Page-layout-parameters.html" accesskey="5">Page layout parameters</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top"><code>\headheight</code> <code>\footskip</code>.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="Floats.html" accesskey="6">Floats</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Figures, tables, etc.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html" accesskey="6">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Space between lines.
 </td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="Floats.html" accesskey="7">Floats</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Figures, tables, etc.
+</td></tr>
 </table>
 
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -239,6 +239,10 @@
 </td></tr>
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005csettowidth.html" accesskey="6">\settowidth</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set a length to the width of something.
 </td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005cstretch.html" accesskey="7">\stretch</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add infinite stretchability.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="Expressions.html" accesskey="8">Expressions</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Compute with lengths and integers.
+</td></tr>
 </table>
 
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fen.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fen.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fen.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Lengths/en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths/en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -243,28 +243,9 @@
 parameter <code>\baselineskip</code>.  The default <code>\baselineskip</code> for
 the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the <code>\fontsize</code>.
 Changing <code>\baselineskip</code> directly is inadvisable since its value is
-reset every time a size change happens; see <code>\baselinestretch</code>, next.
+reset every time a size change happens; instead use
+<code>\baselinestretch</code>.  (see <a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a>).
 </p>
-<span id="low-level-font-commands-baselinestretch"></span></dd>
-<dt><code>\baselinestretch</code></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cbaselinestretch"></span>
-<p>LaTeX multiplies the line spacing by the value of the
-<code>\baselinestretch</code> parameter; the default factor is 1.  A change
-takes effect when <code>\selectfont</code> (see below) is called.  You can
-make a line skip change happen for the entire document, for instance
-doubling it, by doing <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}</code> in
-the preamble.
-</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-setspace"></span>
-<span id="index-setspace-package"></span>
-
-<span id="index-double-spacing"></span>
-<p>However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the
-<samp>setspace</samp> package.  In addition to offering a number of spacing
-options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places
-where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and figure
-captions.  See the package documentation.
-</p>
 <span id="low-level-font-commands-linespread"></span></dd>
 <dt><code>\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</code></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-_005clinespread"></span>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="index.html" rel="up" title="Top">
 <link href="_005cpar.html" rel="next" title="\par">
-<link href="_005csettowidth.html" rel="prev" title="\settowidth">
+<link href="Expressions.html" rel="prev" title="Expressions">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
 /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Math-formulas.html" rel="up" title="Math formulas">
 <link href="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html" rel="next" title="Colon character & \colon">
-<link href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html" rel="prev" title="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom">
+<link href="_005cmathstrut.html" rel="prev" title="\mathstrut">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
 /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 <link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Layout.html" rel="up" title="Layout">
-<link href="Floats.html" rel="next" title="Floats">
+<link href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html" rel="next" title="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch">
 <link href="_005craggedbottom.html" rel="prev" title="\raggedbottom">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 <body lang="en">
 <span id="Page-layout-parameters"></span><div class="header">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="Floats.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Floats</a>, Previous: <a href="_005craggedbottom.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\raggedbottom</a>, Up: <a href="Layout.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a>, Previous: <a href="_005craggedbottom.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\raggedbottom</a>, Up: <a href="Layout.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
 <span id="Page-layout-parameters-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.5 Page layout parameters</h3>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 </td></tr>
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005cspacefactor.html" accesskey="5">\spacefactor</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchability of following space
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html" accesskey="6">\(SPACE)</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Backslash-space; and explicit space.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html" accesskey="6">\(SPACE)</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Backslash-space, and explicit space.
 </td></tr>
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_007e.html" accesskey="7">~</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Tie, an unbreakable space.
 </td></tr>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -215,6 +215,8 @@
 </td></tr>
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html" accesskey="2">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make empty box same size as argument.
 </td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005cmathstrut.html" accesskey="3">\mathstrut</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add some vertical space to a formula.
+</td></tr>
 </table>
 
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -127,10 +127,12 @@
 </td></tr>
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html" accesskey="6">Additional Latin letters</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting other non-English characters.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005crule.html" accesskey="7">\rule</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting lines and rectangles.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="inputenc-package.html" accesskey="7">inputenc package</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the input file text encoding.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005ctoday.html" accesskey="8">\today</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting today’s date.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005crule.html" accesskey="8">\rule</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting lines and rectangles.
 </td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005ctoday.html" accesskey="9">\today</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting today’s date.
+</td></tr>
 </table>
 
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 <link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Front_002fback-matter.html" rel="up" title="Front/back matter">
-<link href="_005caddcontentsline.html" rel="next" title="\addcontentsline">
+<link href="_005c_0040dottedtocline.html" rel="next" title="\@dottedtocline">
 <link href="Front_002fback-matter.html" rel="prev" title="Front/back matter">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 <code>\newpage</code> command after the <code>\tableofcontents</code> command, as
 above.
 </p>
-<p>To make the table of contents LaTeX stores the information in an
+<p>To make the table of contents, LaTeX stores the information in an
 auxiliary file named <samp><var>root-file</var>.toc</samp> (see <a href="Splitting-the-input.html">Splitting the input</a>).  For example, this LaTeX file <samp>test.tex</samp>
 </p>
 <div class="example">
@@ -173,39 +173,86 @@
   ...
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>writes the following line to <samp>test.toc</samp>.
+<p>writes these lines to <samp>test.toc</samp>.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}First section}{2}
 \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>The <code>section</code> or <code>subsection</code> is the sectioning unit.  The
-hook <code>\numberline</code> lets you to change how the information appears
-in the table of contents.  Its unique argument, <code>1</code> or <code>1.1</code>,
-is the sectioning unit number, whereas the remainder of the second
-argument of <code>\contentsline</code>, <code>First section</code> or <code>First
-subsection</code>, is the title.  Finally, the third argument, <code>2</code>, is
-the page number on which the sectioning units start.
+<span id="index-_005ccontentsline"></span>
+<p>Each line contains a single command, <code>\contentsline</code>
+(see <a href="_005ccontentsline.html">\contentsline</a>).  The first argument, the <code>section</code> or
+<code>subsection</code>, is the sectioning unit.  The second argument has two
+components.  The hook <code>\numberline</code> determines how the sectioning
+number, <code>1</code> or <code>1.1</code>, appears in the table of contents
+(see <a href="_005cnumberline.html">\numberline</a>).  The remainder of the second argument of
+<code>\contentsline</code>, ‘<samp>First section</samp>’ or ‘<samp>First subsection</samp>’,
+is the sectioning title text.  Finally, the third argument, ‘<samp>2</samp>’, is
+the page number on which this sectioning unit starts.
 </p>
-<p>One consequence of this auxiliary file storage strategy is that to get the
-contents page correct you must run LaTeX twice, once to store the
-information and once to get it.  In particular, the first time that you
-run LaTeX on a new document, the table of contents page will be empty
-except for its ‘<samp>Contents</samp>’ header.  Just run it again.
+<p>To typeset these lines, the document class provides
+<code>\l@<var>section-unit</var></code> commands such as
+<code>\l at section{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}</code> and
+<code>\l at subsection{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}</code>.  These commands
+often use the <code>\@dottedtocline</code> command
+(see <a href="_005c_0040dottedtocline.html">\@dottedtocline</a>).
 </p>
+<p>A consequence of LaTeX’s strategy of using auxiliary files is that to
+get the correct information in the document you must run LaTeX twice,
+once to store the information and the second time to retrieve it.  In
+the ordinary course of writing a document authors run LaTeX a number
+of times, but you may notice that the first time that you compile a new
+document, the table of contents page will be empty except for its
+‘<samp>Contents</samp>’ header.  Just run LaTeX again.
+</p>
 <p>The commands <code>\listoffigures</code> and <code>\listoftables</code> produce a
-list of figures and a list of tables.  They work the same way as the
-contents commands; for instance, these work with information stored in
-<samp>.lof</samp> and <samp>.lot</samp> files.
+list of figures and a list of tables.  Their information is stored in
+files with extension <samp>.lof</samp> and <samp>.lot</samp>. They work the same way
+as <code>\tableofcontents</code> but the latter is more common, so we use it
+for most examples.
 </p>
-<p>To change the header for the table of contents page do something like
-the first line here.
+<p>You can manually add material to the table of contents, the list of
+figures, and the list of tables.  For instance, add a line about a
+section to the table of contents with
+<code>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<var>text</var>}</code>.
+(see <a href="_005caddcontentsline.html">\addcontentsline</a>).  Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line
+material, with <code>\addtocontents</code>, as with the command
+<code>\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}</code>, which adds
+vertical space to the list of figures (see <a href="_005caddtocontents.html">\addtocontents</a>).
 </p>
+<p>Lines in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of
+tables, have four parts.  First is an indent.  Next is a box into which
+sectioning numbers are placed, and then the third box holds the title
+text, such as ‘<samp>First section</samp>’.  Finally there is a box up against
+the right margin, inside of which LaTeX puts the page number box.
+For the indent and the width of the number box,
+see <a href="_005c_0040dottedtocline.html">\@dottedtocline</a>.  The right margin box has width
+<code>\@tocrmarg</code> and the page number is flush right in that space,
+inside a box of width <code>\@pnumwidth</code>.  By default
+<code>\@tocrmarg</code> is <code>2.55em</code> and <code>\@pnumwidth</code> is
+<code>1.55em</code>.  Change these as with
+<code>\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}</code>.
+</p>
+<span id="index-package_002c-tocloft"></span>
+<span id="index-tocloft-package"></span>
+
+<span id="index-package_002c-tocbibbind"></span>
+<span id="index-tocbibbind-package"></span>
+
+<p>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
+and tables (see <a href="CTAN.html">CTAN</a>).  The package <samp>tocloft</samp> is convenient for
+adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing.  And,
+<samp>tocbibbind</samp> will automatically add the bibliography, index,
+etc. to the table of contents.
+</p>
+<p>To change the header for the table of contents page, do something like
+these commands before you call <code>\tableofcontents</code>, etc.
+</p>
 <div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of contents}
+<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents}
 \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots}
-\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Tables}
+\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Specifications}
 </pre></div>
 
 <p><span id="index-package_002c-babel-4"></span>
@@ -214,29 +261,22 @@
 <span id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-2"></span>
 <span id="index-polyglossia-package-2"></span>
 
-<p>Similarly, the other two lines will do the other two.
-Internationalization packages such as <samp>babel</samp> or <samp>polyglossia</samp>
-will change the headers depending on the chosen base language.
+<p>Internationalization packages such as <samp>babel</samp> or <samp>polyglossia</samp>
+will change these headers depending on the chosen base language.
 </p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-tocloft"></span>
-<span id="index-tocloft-package"></span>
-
-<span id="index-package_002c-tocbibbind"></span>
-<span id="index-tocbibbind-package"></span>
-
-<p>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
-and tables.  One convenient one for adjusting some aspects of the
-default, such as spacing, is <samp>tocloft</samp>.  And, <samp>tocbibbind</samp>
-will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to the table of
-contents.
-</p>
 <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005caddcontentsline.html" accesskey="1">\addcontentsline</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add an entry to table of contents, etc.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005c_0040dottedtocline.html" accesskey="1">\@dottedtocline</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Format entry line in table of contents, etc.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005caddtocontents.html" accesskey="2">\addtocontents</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add text directly to table of contents file, etc.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005caddcontentsline.html" accesskey="2">\addcontentsline</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add an entry to table of contents, etc.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005cnofiles.html" accesskey="3">\nofiles</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Prevent writing to auxiliary files.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005caddtocontents.html" accesskey="3">\addtocontents</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add text directly to table of contents file, etc.
 </td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005ccontentsline.html" accesskey="4">\contentsline</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set line in table of contents, etc.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005cnofiles.html" accesskey="5">\nofiles</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Prevent writing to auxiliary files.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005cnumberline.html" accesskey="6">\numberline</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Put its number argument flush left in a box.
+</td></tr>
 </table>
 
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -437,6 +437,17 @@
 <p>¡ Upside down exclamation point.
 </p>
 </dd>
+<dt><code>\textfiguredash</code>
+<span id="index-_005ctextfiguredash"></span>
+</dt>
+<dd><span id="index-figure-dash-character"></span>
+<p>Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021
+release of LaTeX. When used in pdfTeX, approximated by an
+en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if available
+in the current font, or writes the usual “Missing character” warning
+to the log file.
+</p>
+</dd>
 <dt><code>\textgreater</code>
 <span id="index-_005ctextgreater"></span>
 </dt>
@@ -444,6 +455,15 @@
 <p>> Greater than symbol.
 </p>
 </dd>
+<dt><code>\texthorizontalbar</code>
+<span id="index-_005ctexthorizontalbar"></span>
+</dt>
+<dd><span id="index-horizontal-bar-character"></span>
+<p>Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021
+release of LaTeX. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> above;
+the pdfTeX approximation is an em-dash.
+</p>
+</dd>
 <dt><code>\textless</code>
 <span id="index-_005ctextless"></span>
 </dt>
@@ -459,6 +479,17 @@
 <p>&#x2190;, Left arrow.   
 </p>
 </dd>
+<dt><code>\textnonbreakinghyphen</code>
+<span id="index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen"></span>
+</dt>
+<dd><span id="index-non_002dbreaking-hyphen-character"></span>
+<span id="index-hyphen-character_002c-non_002dbreaking"></span>
+<p>Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June
+2021 release of LaTeX. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code>
+above; the pdfTeX approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with
+breaks disallowed after).
+</p>
+</dd>
 <dt><code>\textordfeminine</code>
 <span id="index-_005ctextordfeminine"></span>
 </dt>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 <dl compact="compact">
 <dt><code>pt</code></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-pt"></span>
-<span id="index-Point"></span>
+<span id="index-point"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units
 is 1point = 2.845mm = .2845cm. 
 </p>
@@ -135,37 +135,37 @@
 </dd>
 <dt><code>bp</code></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-bp"></span>
-<span id="index-Big-point"></span>
+<span id="index-big-point"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-bp"></span><p>Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
 PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><code>cm</code></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-Centimeter"></span>
+<dd><span id="index-centimeter"></span>
 <span id="index-cm"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><code>mm</code></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-Millimeter"></span>
+<dd><span id="index-millimeter"></span>
 <span id="index-mm"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><code>dd</code></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-Didot-point"></span>
+<dd><span id="index-didot-point"></span>
 <span id="index-dd"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-dd"></span><p>Didot point, 1.07 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><code>cc</code></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-Cicero"></span>
+<dd><span id="index-cicero"></span>
 <span id="index-cc"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-cc"></span><p>Cicero, 12 dd
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><code>sp</code></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-Scaled-point"></span>
+<dd><span id="index-scaled-point"></span>
 <span id="index-sp"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-sp"></span><p>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 </p>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -108,9 +108,9 @@
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.1 <code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></h4>
 
-<span id="index-Font-encoding-1"></span>
-<span id="index-Encoding_002c-font"></span>
-<span id="index-Accents_002c-defining"></span>
+<span id="index-font-encoding_002c-declaring"></span>
+<span id="index-encoding_002c-font"></span>
+<span id="index-accents_002c-defining"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cDeclareFontEncoding"></span>
 
 <p>Synopsis:

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -108,8 +108,8 @@
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.2 <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></h4>
 
-<span id="index-Font-encoding-2"></span>
-<span id="index-Accents_002c-defining-1"></span>
+<span id="index-font-encoding-1"></span>
+<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-1"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccent"></span>
 
 <p>Synopsis:

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -108,8 +108,7 @@
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.3 <code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></h4>
 
-<span id="index-Font-encoding-3"></span>
-<span id="index-Accents_002c-defining-2"></span>
+<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-2"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"></span>
 
@@ -135,7 +134,7 @@
 definition for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from
 <code>OT1</code>
 </p>
-<p>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <a href="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol.html">\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol</a>).
+<p>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <a href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a>).
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{<var>cmd</var>}

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -108,7 +108,6 @@
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.4 <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></h4>
 
-<span id="index-Font-encoding-4"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommand"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cProvideTextCommand"></span>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 </div>
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault-"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.5 <code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></h4>
-<span id="index-Font-encoding-5"></span>
+
 <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommand-1"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-1"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cProvideTextCommand-1"></span>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -108,8 +108,7 @@
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.6 <code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></h4>
 
-<span id="index-Font-encoding-6"></span>
-<span id="index-Accents_002c-defining-3"></span>
+<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-3"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextComposite"></span>
 
 <p>Synopsis:

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -108,8 +108,7 @@
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.7 <code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></h4>
 
-<span id="index-Font-encoding-7"></span>
-<span id="index-Accents_002c-defining-4"></span>
+<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-4"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand"></span>
 
 <p>Synopsis:

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -108,8 +108,7 @@
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.8 <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></h4>
 
-<span id="index-Font-encoding-8"></span>
-<span id="index-Symbol_002c-defining"></span>
+<span id="index-symbol_002c-defining"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol"></span>
 
 <p>Synopsis:

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -108,8 +108,7 @@
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.9 <code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></h4>
 
-<span id="index-Font-encoding-9"></span>
-<span id="index-Accents_002c-defining-5"></span>
+<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-5"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"></span>
 
@@ -131,7 +130,7 @@
 <pre class="example">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <a href="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol.html">\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol</a>).
+<p>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <a href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a>).
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<var>cmd</var>}

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 <link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="fontenc-package.html" rel="up" title="fontenc package">
-<link href="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol.html" rel="next" title="\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol">
+<link href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html" rel="next" title="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent">
 <link href="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html" rel="prev" title="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
@@ -103,12 +103,11 @@
 <body lang="en">
 <span id="g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"></span><div class="header">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol</a>, Previous: <a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a>, Up: <a href="fontenc-package.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a>, Previous: <a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a>, Up: <a href="fontenc-package.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.10 <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></h4>
 
-<span id="index-Font-encoding-10"></span>
 <span id="index-_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"></span>
 
 <p>Synopsis:

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html" rel="up" title="Table of contents etc.">
 <link href="_005caddtocontents.html" rel="next" title="\addtocontents">
-<link href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html" rel="prev" title="Table of contents etc.">
+<link href="_005c_0040dottedtocline.html" rel="prev" title="\@dottedtocline">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
 /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $
@@ -103,10 +103,10 @@
 <body lang="en">
 <span id="g_t_005caddcontentsline"></span><div class="header">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="_005caddtocontents.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocontents</a>, Up: <a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_005caddtocontents.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocontents</a>, Previous: <a href="_005c_0040dottedtocline.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\@dottedtocline</a>, Up: <a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
-<span id="g_t_005caddcontentsline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.1 <code>\addcontentsline</code></h4>
+<span id="g_t_005caddcontentsline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.2 <code>\addcontentsline</code></h4>
 
 <span id="index-_005caddcontentsline"></span>
 <span id="index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-manually-adding"></span>
@@ -117,10 +117,8 @@
 <pre class="example">\addcontentsline{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}
 </pre></div>
 
-<span id="index-_005ccontentsline"></span>
-<p>Add an entry to the file specified by <var>ext</var>.  Usually <var>ext</var> is
-one of <code>toc</code> for the table of contents, <code>lof</code> for the list of
-figures, or <code>lot</code> for the list of tables.
+<span id="index-_005ccontentsline-1"></span>
+<p>Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>.
 </p>
 <p>The following will result in an ‘<samp>Appendices</samp>’ line in the table of
 contents.
@@ -137,16 +135,16 @@
 <samp><var>root-name</var>.<var>ext</var></samp>.  It writes that information as the
 text of the command
 <code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>num</var>}</code>, where
-<code><var>num</var></code> is the current value of counter <code><var>unit</var></code>.  The
-most common case is the table of contents and there <var>num</var> is the
-page number of the first page of <var>unit</var>.
+<code><var>num</var></code> is the current value of counter <code><var>unit</var></code>
+(see <a href="_005ccontentsline.html">\contentsline</a>).  The most common case is the table of contents
+and there <var>num</var> is the page number of the first page of <var>unit</var>.
 </p>
 <p>This command is invoked by the sectioning commands <code>\chapter</code>,
 etc., and also by <code>\caption</code> inside a float environment.  But it is
-also used by authors.  For example, in a book to have the preface
-unnumbered, you may use the starred <code>\chapter*</code>.  But that does not
-put in table of contents information, so you can enter it manually, as
-here.
+also used by authors.  For example, an author writing a book whose style
+is to have an unnumbered preface may use the starred <code>\chapter*</code>.
+But that command leaves out table of contents information, which can be
+entered manually, as here.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\chapter*{Preface}
@@ -154,10 +152,9 @@
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>In the <samp>.toc</samp> file LaTeX will put the line <code>\contentsline
-{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</code>; note the page number
-‘<samp>3</samp>’.
+{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</code>; note that the page number
+‘<samp>3</samp>’ is automatically generated by the system, not entered manually.
 </p>
-
 <p>All of the arguments for <code>\addcontentsline</code> are required.
 </p>
 <dl compact="compact">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 <link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html" rel="up" title="Table of contents etc.">
-<link href="_005cnofiles.html" rel="next" title="\nofiles">
+<link href="_005ccontentsline.html" rel="next" title="\contentsline">
 <link href="_005caddcontentsline.html" rel="prev" title="\addcontentsline">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
@@ -103,10 +103,10 @@
 <body lang="en">
 <span id="g_t_005caddtocontents"></span><div class="header">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="_005cnofiles.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">\nofiles</a>, Previous: <a href="_005caddcontentsline.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addcontentsline</a>, Up: <a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_005ccontentsline.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">\contentsline</a>, Previous: <a href="_005caddcontentsline.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addcontentsline</a>, Up: <a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
-<span id="g_t_005caddtocontents-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.2 <code>\addtocontents</code></h4>
+<span id="g_t_005caddtocontents-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.3 <code>\addtocontents</code></h4>
 
 <span id="index-_005caddtocontents_007bext_007d_007btext_007d"></span>
 
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
 <p>Add <var>text</var>, which may be text or formatting commands, directly to
 the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>.  This is most commonly used
-for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but this also
+for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but it also
 applies to the list of figures and list of tables.
 </p>
 <p>This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the
@@ -129,6 +129,28 @@
 \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}}
 </pre></div>
 
+<p>This puts the word ‘<samp>Page</samp>’, in boldface, above the column of page
+numbers and after the header.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\tableofcontents
+\addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Page}\par}
+\chapter{...}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>This adds a line announcing work by a new author.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\addtocontents{toc}{%
+  \protect\vspace{2ex}
+  \textbf{Chapters by N. Other Author}\par}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The difference between <code>\addtocontents</code> and <code>\addcontentsline</code>
+is that the latter is strictly for lines, such as with a line giving the
+page number for the start of a new subset of the chapters.  As the above
+examples show, <code>\addtocontents</code> is for material such as spacing.
+</p>
 <p>The <code>\addtocontents</code> command has two arguments.  Both are
 required.
 </p>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -113,7 +113,8 @@
 <p>Synopsis:
 </p>
 <div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\addtocounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var> </pre></div>
+<pre class="example">\addtocounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>}
+</pre></div>
 
 <p>Globally increment <var>counter</var> by the amount specified by the
 <var>value</var> argument, which may be negative.

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -162,13 +162,13 @@
 </p>
 <p>Under the hood, LaTeX remembers the <var>cite_key</var> and <var>label</var>
 information because <code>\bibitem</code> writes it to the auxiliary file
-<samp><var>jobname</var>.aux</samp> (see <a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a>).  For instance, the above example causes
-<code>\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</code> and
-<code>\bibcite{texbook}{1}</code> to appear in that file.  The <samp>.aux</samp>
-file is read by the <code>\begin{document}</code> command and then the
-information is available for <code>\cite</code> commands.  This explains why
-you need to run LaTeX twice to resolve references: once to write it
-out and once to read it in.
+<samp><var>jobname</var>.aux</samp> (see <a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a>).  For instance, the above
+example causes <code>\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</code> and
+<code>\bibcite{texbook}{1}</code> to appear in that file.  The
+<samp>.aux</samp> file is read by the <code>\begin{document}</code> command and
+then the information is available for <code>\cite</code> commands.  This
+explains why you need to run LaTeX twice to resolve references:
+once to write it out and once to read it in.
 </p>
 <p>Because of this two-pass algorithm, when you add a <code>\bibitem</code> or
 change its <var>cite_key</var> you may get ‘<samp>LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 paragraph mode; see <a href="Modes.html">Modes</a>).  There are some workarounds; see
 following sections.
 </p>
-<span id="index-Footnotes_002c-in-a-minipage"></span>
+<span id="index-footnotes_002c-in-a-minipage"></span>
 <span id="index-mpfootnote-counter"></span>
 <p>In a <code>minipage</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command uses the
 <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code>footnote</code> counter, so

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 <link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Definitions.html" rel="up" title="Definitions">
-<link href="Counters.html" rel="next" title="Counters">
+<link href="xspace-package.html" rel="next" title="xspace package">
 <link href="_005cprotect.html" rel="prev" title="\protect">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 <body lang="en">
 <span id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend"></span><div class="header">
 <p>
-Previous: <a href="_005cprotect.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\protect</a>, Up: <a href="Definitions.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="xspace-package.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">xspace package</a>, Previous: <a href="_005cprotect.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\protect</a>, Up: <a href="Definitions.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.12 <code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></h3>
@@ -157,10 +157,9 @@
 <code>\fullname</code> will reproduce that.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\makeatletter
-\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\@honorific{#1}} % remember title
-\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\@honorific~#1}       % put title before name
-\makeatother
+<pre class="example">\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % remember title
+\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1}       % put title before name
+
 \begin{tabular}{|l|}
 \honorific{Mr/Ms}  \fullname{Jones} \\  % no extra space here
 \honorific{ Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones}     % extra space before title
@@ -168,11 +167,11 @@
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>To fix this, change to
-<code>\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\@honorific~#1}</code>.
+<code>\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}</code>.
 </p>
 <p>The <code>\ignorespaces</code> is also often used in a <code>\newenvironment</code>
-at the end of the <var>begin</var> clause, that is, as part of the second
-argument, as in <code>\begin{newenvironment}{<var>env
+at the end of the <var>begin</var> clause, as in
+<code>\begin{newenvironment}{<var>env
 name</var>}{... \ignorespaces}{...}</code>.
 </p>
 <p>To strip spaces off the end of an environment use

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@
 <link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html" rel="up" title="Table of contents etc.">
-<link href="Indexes.html" rel="next" title="Indexes">
-<link href="_005caddtocontents.html" rel="prev" title="\addtocontents">
+<link href="_005cnumberline.html" rel="next" title="\numberline">
+<link href="_005ccontentsline.html" rel="prev" title="\contentsline">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
 /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $
@@ -103,10 +103,10 @@
 <body lang="en">
 <span id="g_t_005cnofiles"></span><div class="header">
 <p>
-Previous: <a href="_005caddtocontents.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addtocontents</a>, Up: <a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_005cnumberline.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">\numberline</a>, Previous: <a href="_005ccontentsline.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\contentsline</a>, Up: <a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
-<span id="g_t_005cnofiles-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.3 <code>\nofiles</code></h4>
+<span id="g_t_005cnofiles-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.5 <code>\nofiles</code></h4>
 
 <span id="index-_005cnofiles"></span>
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 <link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html" rel="up" title="Spacing in math mode">
-<link href="Math-miscellany.html" rel="next" title="Math miscellany">
+<link href="_005cmathstrut.html" rel="next" title="\mathstrut">
 <link href="_005csmash.html" rel="prev" title="\smash">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 <body lang="en">
 <span id="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"></span><div class="header">
 <p>
-Previous: <a href="_005csmash.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\smash</a>, Up: <a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_005cmathstrut.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">\mathstrut</a>, Previous: <a href="_005csmash.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\smash</a>, Up: <a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.6.2 <code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></h4>
@@ -135,26 +135,36 @@
 
 <p>The <code>\phantom</code> command creates a box with the same height, depth,
 and width as <var>subformula</var>, but empty.  That is, this command causes
-LaTeX to typeset the box but not its ink.  The <code>\vphantom</code>
-variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as
-<var>subformula</var>, but it has width zero.  And <code>\hphantom</code> makes a
-box with the same width as <var>subformula</var> but with height and depth
-zero.
+LaTeX to typeset the space but not fill it with the material.  Here
+LaTeX will put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty.
 </p>
-<p>Without the <code>\vphantom</code> in this example, the top bars of the two
-square roots would be at different heights.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\fbox{\phantom{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals.
+               --- Mark Twain}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The <code>\vphantom</code> variant produces an invisible box with the same
+vertical size as <var>subformula</var>, the same height and depth, but having
+zero width.  And <code>\hphantom</code> makes a box with the same width as
+<var>subformula</var> but with zero height and depth.
 </p>
+<p>In this example, the tower of exponents in the second summand expression
+is so tall that TeX places this expression further down than its
+default.  Without adjustment, the two summand expressions would be at
+different levels.  The <code>\vphantom</code> in the first expression tells
+TeX to leave as much vertical room as it does for the tower, so the
+two expressions come out at the same level.
+</p>
 <div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \)
+<pre class="example">\begin{displaymath}
+    \sum_{j\in\{0,\ldots\, 10\}\vphantom{3^{3^{3^j}}}}
+      \sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j
+\end{displaymath}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>The <code>\vphantom{a^3}</code> causes the first <code>\sqrt</code> to have inside
-it a box of the same height as the second <code>\sqrt</code>, so LaTeX
-makes the bars align.
+<p>These commands are often used in conjunction with <code>\smash</code>.
+See <a href="_005csmash.html">\smash</a>, which includes another example of <code>\vphantom</code>.
 </p>
-<p>These commands often are combined with <code>\smash</code>.  See <a href="_005csmash.html">\smash</a>,
-for another example of the use of <code>\vphantom</code>.
-</p>
 <span id="index-package_002c-mathtools-5"></span>
 <span id="index-mathtools-package-5"></span>
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 <link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Cross-references.html" rel="up" title="Cross references">
-<link href="Environments.html" rel="next" title="Environments">
+<link href="xr-package.html" rel="next" title="xr package">
 <link href="_005cpageref.html" rel="prev" title="\pageref">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 <body lang="en">
 <span id="g_t_005cref"></span><div class="header">
 <p>
-Previous: <a href="_005cpageref.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\pageref</a>, Up: <a href="Cross-references.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="xr-package.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">xr package</a>, Previous: <a href="_005cpageref.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\pageref</a>, Up: <a href="Cross-references.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005cref-1"></span><h3 class="section">7.3 <code>\ref</code></h3>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Special-insertions.html" rel="up" title="Special insertions">
 <link href="_005ctoday.html" rel="next" title="\today">
-<link href="Additional-Latin-letters.html" rel="prev" title="Additional Latin letters">
+<link href="inputenc-package.html" rel="prev" title="inputenc package">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
 /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $
@@ -103,10 +103,10 @@
 <body lang="en">
 <span id="g_t_005crule"></span><div class="header">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="_005ctoday.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">\today</a>, Previous: <a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Additional Latin letters</a>, Up: <a href="Special-insertions.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_005ctoday.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">\today</a>, Previous: <a href="inputenc-package.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">inputenc package</a>, Up: <a href="Special-insertions.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
-<span id="g_t_005crule-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.7 <code>\rule</code></h3>
+<span id="g_t_005crule-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.8 <code>\rule</code></h3>
 
 <span id="index-_005crule"></span>
 
@@ -121,8 +121,8 @@
 </p>
 <span id="index-Halmos-symbol"></span>
 <span id="index-tombstone"></span>
-<p>This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
-often used to mark the end of a proof.
+<p>This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
+or just “qed”, often used to mark the end of a proof:
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 <link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Lengths.html" rel="up" title="Lengths">
-<link href="Making-paragraphs.html" rel="next" title="Making paragraphs">
+<link href="_005cstretch.html" rel="next" title="\stretch">
 <link href="_005csettoheight.html" rel="prev" title="\settoheight">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 <body lang="en">
 <span id="g_t_005csettowidth"></span><div class="header">
 <p>
-Previous: <a href="_005csettoheight.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\settoheight</a>, Up: <a href="Lengths.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_005cstretch.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stretch</a>, Previous: <a href="_005csettoheight.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\settoheight</a>, Up: <a href="Lengths.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005csettowidth-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.6 <code>\settowidth</code></h3>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 Previous: <a href="_005crule.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\rule</a>, Up: <a href="Special-insertions.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
-<span id="g_t_005ctoday-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.8 <code>\today</code></h3>
+<span id="g_t_005ctoday-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.9 <code>\today</code></h3>
 
 <span id="index-_005ctoday"></span>
 <span id="index-date_002c-today_0027s"></span>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -110,8 +110,9 @@
 
 <span id="index-_007e"></span>
 <span id="index-tie"></span>
-<span id="index-space_002c-hard"></span>
 <span id="index-space_002c-unbreakable"></span>
+<span id="index-hard-space"></span>
+<span id="index-unbreakable-space"></span>
 <span id="index-NBSP"></span>
 
 <p>Synopsis:

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -106,9 +106,9 @@
 Next: <a href="Font-styles.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font styles</a>, Up: <a href="Fonts.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
-<span id="fontenc-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">4.1 <samp>fontenc</samp> package</h3>
+<span id="fontenc-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">4.1 <code>fontenc</code> package</h3>
 
-<span id="index-Font-encoding"></span>
+<span id="index-font-encoding"></span>
 <span id="index-UTF_002d8_002c-font-support-for"></span>
 <span id="index-T1"></span>
 <span id="index-OT1"></span>
@@ -142,7 +142,6 @@
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Optional: encoding of input file
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
@@ -234,7 +233,7 @@
 </td></tr>
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html">\LastDeclaredEncoding</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Save most recently declared encoding.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol.html">\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Temporarily switch to another encoding.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Temporarily switch to another encoding.
 </td></tr>
 </table>
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 </head>
 
 <body lang="en">
-<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021)</h1>
+<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)</h1>
 
 
 
@@ -108,7 +108,31 @@
 
 
 
+<div class='intro'> <p>This is a reference manual for LaTeX.  See below
+for the <a href='#SEC_Overview'>Table of Contents</a>.  If you want a
+tutorial then please instead visit <a
+href="https://www.learnlatex.org/"><code>learnlatex.org</code></a> or <a
+href='https://ctan.org/topic/tut-latex'>this list</a>.</p>
 
+<p>This manual has two versions.  One has <a
+href="https://latexref.xyz/">separate web pages for each section or
+subsection</a>.  It's also available as a <a
+href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">single web page</a> and
+as a <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>.</p>
+
+<p> This document is not official.  It has not been reviewed by the
+LaTeX maintainers.  Our goal is to cover all (non-private) LaTeX
+commands.  Your comments and contributions, including bug reports, are
+very welcome.  See <a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/'>our project
+page</a> for more, including <a
+href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/#license'>license information</a> and
+information on how you can <a
+href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/mirroring.html'>mirror this manual</a>,
+as well as <a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/writing.html'>contribute to
+it</a>.</p>
+<!-- End of opening header -->
+
+
 <span id="SEC_Overview"></span>
 <h2 class="shortcontents-heading">Short Table of Contents</h2>
 
@@ -175,7 +199,7 @@
   </ul></li>
   <li><a id="toc-Fonts-1" href="Fonts.html#Fonts">4 Fonts</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">
-    <li><a id="toc-fontenc-package-1" href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package">4.1 <samp>fontenc</samp> package</a>
+    <li><a id="toc-fontenc-package-1" href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package">4.1 <code>fontenc</code> package</a>
     <ul class="no-bullet">
       <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareFontEncoding-1" href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">4.1.1 <code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a></li>
       <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1" href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">4.1.2 <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a></li>
@@ -187,7 +211,7 @@
       <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1" href="_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">4.1.8 <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a></li>
       <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault-1" href="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">4.1.9 <code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a></li>
       <li><a id="toc-_005cLastDeclaredEncoding-1" href="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">4.1.10 <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a></li>
-      <li><a id="toc-_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol-1" href="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol.html#g_t_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol">4.1.11 <code>\UseTextAccent</code> & <code>\UseTextSymbol</code></a></li>
+      <li><a id="toc-_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent-1" href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">4.1.11 <code>\UseTextSymbol</code> & <code>\UseTextAccent</code></a></li>
     </ul></li>
     <li><a id="toc-Font-styles-1" href="Font-styles.html#Font-styles">4.2 Font styles</a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-Font-sizes-1" href="Font-sizes.html#Font-sizes">4.3 Font sizes</a></li>
@@ -200,7 +224,8 @@
     <li><a id="toc-_005cflushbottom-1" href="_005cflushbottom.html#g_t_005cflushbottom">5.3 <code>\flushbottom</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005craggedbottom-1" href="_005craggedbottom.html#g_t_005craggedbottom">5.4 <code>\raggedbottom</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-Page-layout-parameters-1" href="Page-layout-parameters.html#Page-layout-parameters">5.5 Page layout parameters</a></li>
-    <li><a id="toc-Floats-1" href="Floats.html#Floats">5.6 Floats</a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch-1" href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">5.6 <code>\baselineskip</code> & <code>\baselinestretch</code></a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-Floats-1" href="Floats.html#Floats">5.7 Floats</a></li>
   </ul></li>
   <li><a id="toc-Sectioning-1" href="Sectioning.html#Sectioning">6 Sectioning</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">
@@ -218,6 +243,7 @@
     <li><a id="toc-_005clabel-1" href="_005clabel.html#g_t_005clabel">7.1 <code>\label</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005cpageref-1" href="_005cpageref.html#g_t_005cpageref">7.2 <code>\pageref</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005cref-1" href="_005cref.html#g_t_005cref">7.3 <code>\ref</code></a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-xr-package-1" href="xr-package.html#xr-package">7.4 <code>xr</code> package</a></li>
   </ul></li>
   <li><a id="toc-Environments-1" href="Environments.html#Environments">8 Environments</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">
@@ -344,6 +370,7 @@
     <li><a id="toc-_005cnewfont-1" href="_005cnewfont.html#g_t_005cnewfont">12.10 <code>\newfont</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005cprotect-1" href="_005cprotect.html#g_t_005cprotect">12.11 <code>\protect</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1" href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">12.12 <code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-xspace-package-1" href="xspace-package.html#xspace-package">12.13 xspace package</a></li>
   </ul></li>
   <li><a id="toc-Counters-1" href="Counters.html#Counters">13 Counters</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">
@@ -364,6 +391,8 @@
     <li><a id="toc-_005csettodepth-1" href="_005csettodepth.html#g_t_005csettodepth">14.4 <code>\settodepth</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005csettoheight-1" href="_005csettoheight.html#g_t_005csettoheight">14.5 <code>\settoheight</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005csettowidth-1" href="_005csettowidth.html#g_t_005csettowidth">14.6 <code>\settowidth</code></a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-_005cstretch-1" href="_005cstretch.html#g_t_005cstretch">14.7 <code>\stretch</code></a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-Expressions-1" href="Expressions.html#Expressions">14.8 Expressions</a></li>
   </ul></li>
   <li><a id="toc-Making-paragraphs-1" href="Making-paragraphs.html#Making-paragraphs">15 Making paragraphs</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">
@@ -396,6 +425,7 @@
     <ul class="no-bullet">
       <li><a id="toc-_005csmash-1" href="_005csmash.html#g_t_005csmash">16.6.1 <code>\smash</code></a></li>
       <li><a id="toc-_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1" href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">16.6.2 <code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></a></li>
+      <li><a id="toc-_005cmathstrut-1" href="_005cmathstrut.html#g_t_005cmathstrut">16.6.3 <code>\mathstrut</code></a></li>
     </ul></li>
     <li><a id="toc-Math-miscellany-1" href="Math-miscellany.html#Math-miscellany">16.7 Math miscellany</a>
     <ul class="no-bullet">
@@ -491,8 +521,9 @@
       <li><a id="toc-_005caccent-1" href="_005caccent.html#g_t_005caccent">23.5.1 <code>\accent</code></a></li>
     </ul></li>
     <li><a id="toc-Additional-Latin-letters-1" href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#Additional-Latin-letters">23.6 Additional Latin letters</a></li>
-    <li><a id="toc-_005crule-1" href="_005crule.html#g_t_005crule">23.7 <code>\rule</code></a></li>
-    <li><a id="toc-_005ctoday-1" href="_005ctoday.html#g_t_005ctoday">23.8 <code>\today</code></a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-inputenc-package-1" href="inputenc-package.html#inputenc-package">23.7 <code>inputenc</code> package</a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-_005crule-1" href="_005crule.html#g_t_005crule">23.8 <code>\rule</code></a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-_005ctoday-1" href="_005ctoday.html#g_t_005ctoday">23.9 <code>\today</code></a></li>
   </ul></li>
   <li><a id="toc-Splitting-the-input-1" href="Splitting-the-input.html#Splitting-the-input">24 Splitting the input</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">
@@ -504,9 +535,12 @@
   <ul class="no-bullet">
     <li><a id="toc-Table-of-contents-etc_002e-1" href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">25.1 Table of contents etc.</a>
     <ul class="no-bullet">
-      <li><a id="toc-_005caddcontentsline-1" href="_005caddcontentsline.html#g_t_005caddcontentsline">25.1.1 <code>\addcontentsline</code></a></li>
-      <li><a id="toc-_005caddtocontents-1" href="_005caddtocontents.html#g_t_005caddtocontents">25.1.2 <code>\addtocontents</code></a></li>
-      <li><a id="toc-_005cnofiles-1" href="_005cnofiles.html#g_t_005cnofiles">25.1.3 <code>\nofiles</code></a></li>
+      <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040dottedtocline-1" href="_005c_0040dottedtocline.html#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">25.1.1 <code>\@dottedtocline</code></a></li>
+      <li><a id="toc-_005caddcontentsline-1" href="_005caddcontentsline.html#g_t_005caddcontentsline">25.1.2 <code>\addcontentsline</code></a></li>
+      <li><a id="toc-_005caddtocontents-1" href="_005caddtocontents.html#g_t_005caddtocontents">25.1.3 <code>\addtocontents</code></a></li>
+      <li><a id="toc-_005ccontentsline-1" href="_005ccontentsline.html#g_t_005ccontentsline">25.1.4 <code>\contentsline</code></a></li>
+      <li><a id="toc-_005cnofiles-1" href="_005cnofiles.html#g_t_005cnofiles">25.1.5 <code>\nofiles</code></a></li>
+      <li><a id="toc-_005cnumberline-1" href="_005cnumberline.html#g_t_005cnumberline">25.1.6 <code>\numberline</code></a></li>
     </ul></li>
     <li><a id="toc-Indexes-1" href="Indexes.html#Indexes">25.2 Indexes</a>
     <ul class="no-bullet">
@@ -552,7 +586,7 @@
   <ul class="no-bullet">
     <li><a id="toc-Command-line-options-1" href="Command-line-options.html#Command-line-options">28.1 Command line options</a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-Command-line-input-1" href="Command-line-input.html#Command-line-input">28.2 Command line input</a></li>
-    <li><a id="toc-TeX_0027s-job-name" href="Jobname.html#Jobname">28.3 TeX’s job name</a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-Jobname-1" href="Jobname.html#Jobname">28.3 Jobname</a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-Recovering-from-errors-1" href="Recovering-from-errors.html#Recovering-from-errors">28.4 Recovering from errors</a></li>
   </ul></li>
   <li><a id="toc-Document-templates-1" href="Document-templates.html#Document-templates">Appendix A Document templates</a>
@@ -577,7 +611,7 @@
 <span id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual"></span><h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
 
 <p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-April 2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+July 2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 </p>
 <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="About-this-document.html" accesskey="1">About this document</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bug reporting, etc.

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -157,8 +157,9 @@
 <p>There are three optional arguments, <var>position</var>, <var>height</var>, and
 <var>inner-pos</var>.  You need not include all three. For example, get the
 default <var>position</var> and set the <var>height</var> with
-<code>\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm] <var>contents</var> \end{minipage}</code>.
-(Get the natural height with an empty argument, <code>[]</code>.)
+<code>\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth} <var>contents</var>
+\end{minipage}</code>.  (Get the natural height with an empty argument,
+<code>[]</code>.)
 </p>
 <p>The optional argument <var>position</var> governs how the <code>minipage</code>
 vertically aligns with the surrounding material.
@@ -282,7 +283,8 @@
 <span id="index-siunitx-package"></span>
 
 <div class="example">
-<pre class="example">% siunitx to have the S column specifier, which aligns numbers on decimal point
+<pre class="example">% siunitx to have the S column specifier,
+% which aligns numbers on their decimal point.
 \usepackage{siunitx}
 \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
   ...
@@ -293,7 +295,8 @@
     \begin{tabular}{r|S}
       % \multicolumn to remove vertical bar between column headers
       \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} &
-      % Braces to prevent siunitx to misinterprete point as a decimal separator
+      % braces to prevent siunitx from misinterpreting the
+      % period as a decimal separator
       {Pop. (million)}  \\ \hline
       The Bronx      &1.5  \\
       Brooklyn       &2.6  \\

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
 as an argument, as with <code>\put(1,2){...}</code>, it is not enclosed in
 braces since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument.  Also,
 unlike in some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are
-further up the page, ie. <em>y = 1</em> is <em>above</em> <em>y = 0</em>.
+further up the page, for example, <em>y = 1</em> is <em>above</em> <em>y = 0</em>.
 </p>
 <p>There are four ways to put things in a picture: <code>\put</code>,
 <code>\multiput</code>, <code>\qbezier</code>, and <code>\graphpaper</code>.  The most

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-en.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-en.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-en.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))</title>
+<title>verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e.dbk
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.dbk	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e.dbk	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 <!-- $Id: common.texi 729 2018-11-13 23:22:27Z karl $ -->
 <!-- Public domain. -->
 
-<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021)</title>
+<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)</title>
 <!-- %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
 
 <!-- latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, -->
@@ -28,13 +28,7 @@
 <!-- xx JH expand theorem, AMS math -->
 <!-- xx JH something on code listings -->
 <!-- xx JH ligatures -->
-<!-- xx JH \xspace -->
-<!-- xx JH \stretch -->
-<!-- xx JH \mathstrut -->
-<!-- xx JH \phantom https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4519/how-do-i-create-an-invisible-character -->
-<!-- xx JH \baselineskip https://texfaq.org/FAQ-baselinepar -->
-<!-- xx JH \contentsline, \@@dottedtocline? -->
-<!-- xx JH \numexpr, \dimexpr, \glueexpr, \muexpr -->
+<!-- xx JH \caption -->
 <!-- -->
 <!-- xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel -->
 <!-- xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. -->
@@ -44,7 +38,7 @@
 <!-- xx All the special characters should be definitively described. -->
 
 <bookinfo><legalnotice><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 </para>
 <para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -86,8 +80,9 @@
 
 
 
+
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 </para>
 <para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -133,7 +128,7 @@
 <title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
 
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-April 2021) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
+July 2021) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
 </para>
 
 </chapter>
@@ -1352,9 +1347,9 @@
 
 
 <sect1 label="4.1" id="fontenc-package">
-<title><filename>fontenc</filename> package</title>
+<title><literal>fontenc</literal> package</title>
 
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Font encoding</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font encoding</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>UTF-8, font support for</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>T1</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>OT1</primary></indexterm>
@@ -1383,7 +1378,6 @@
 <command>pdflatex</command> then this in the preamble
 </para>
 <screen>\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Optional: encoding of input file
 </screen>
 <para>gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
 French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, if you have
@@ -1452,9 +1446,9 @@
 <sect2 label="4.1.1" id="_005cDeclareFontEncoding">
 <title><literal>\DeclareFontEncoding</literal></title>
 
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Font encoding</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Encoding, font</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Accents, defining</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font encoding, declaring</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>encoding, font</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents, defining</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareFontEncoding</primary></indexterm>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1496,8 +1490,8 @@
 <sect2 label="4.1.2" id="_005cDeclareTextAccent">
 <title><literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal></title>
 
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Font encoding</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Accents, defining</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font encoding</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents, defining</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextAccent</primary></indexterm>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1525,8 +1519,7 @@
 <sect2 label="4.1.3" id="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">
 <title><literal>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</literal></title>
 
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Font encoding</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Accents, defining</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents, defining</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextAccent</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</primary></indexterm>
 
@@ -1548,8 +1541,8 @@
 definition for that accent then &latex; will use the definition from
 <literal>OT1</literal>
 </para>
-<para>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <link linkend="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol">\UseTextAccent
-& \UseTextSymbol</link>).
+<para>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <link linkend="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol
+& \UseTextAccent</link>).
 </para>
 <screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}
    {\UseTextAccent{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{#1}}
@@ -1562,7 +1555,6 @@
 <sect2 label="4.1.4" id="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">
 <title><literal>\DeclareTextCommand</literal> & <literal>\ProvideTextCommand</literal></title>
 
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Font encoding</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommand</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvideTextCommand</primary></indexterm>
@@ -1620,7 +1612,7 @@
 </sect2>
 <sect2 label="4.1.5" id="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">
 <title><literal>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</literal> & <literal>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </literal></title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Font encoding</primary></indexterm>
+
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommand</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvideTextCommand</primary></indexterm>
@@ -1660,8 +1652,7 @@
 <sect2 label="4.1.6" id="_005cDeclareTextComposite">
 <title><literal>\DeclareTextComposite</literal></title>
 
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Font encoding</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Accents, defining</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents, defining</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextComposite</primary></indexterm>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1691,8 +1682,7 @@
 <sect2 label="4.1.7" id="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">
 <title><literal>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</literal></title>
 
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Font encoding</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Accents, defining</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents, defining</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</primary></indexterm>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1716,8 +1706,7 @@
 <sect2 label="4.1.8" id="_005cDeclareTextSymbol">
 <title><literal>\DeclareTextSymbol</literal></title>
 
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Font encoding</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Symbol, defining</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>symbol, defining</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextSymbol</primary></indexterm>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1751,8 +1740,7 @@
 <sect2 label="4.1.9" id="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">
 <title><literal>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</literal></title>
 
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Font encoding</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Accents, defining</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents, defining</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextSymbol</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</primary></indexterm>
 
@@ -1770,8 +1758,8 @@
 </para>
 <screen>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1}
 </screen>
-<para>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <link linkend="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol">\UseTextAccent
-& \UseTextSymbol</link>).
+<para>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <link linkend="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol
+& \UseTextAccent</link>).
 </para>
 <screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}
    {\UseTextSymbol{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}}
@@ -1784,7 +1772,6 @@
 <sect2 label="4.1.10" id="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">
 <title><literal>\LastDeclaredEncoding</literal></title>
 
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Font encoding</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LastDeclaredEncoding</primary></indexterm>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1803,10 +1790,9 @@
 </screen>
 
 </sect2>
-<sect2 label="4.1.11" id="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol">
-<title><literal>\UseTextAccent</literal> & <literal>\UseTextSymbol</literal></title>
+<sect2 label="4.1.11" id="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">
+<title><literal>\UseTextSymbol</literal> & <literal>\UseTextAccent</literal></title>
 
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Font encoding</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\UseTextSymbol</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\UseTextAccent</primary></indexterm>
 
@@ -1858,8 +1844,8 @@
 </para>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>declaration form of font style commands</primary></indexterm>
 <para>In the table below the listed commands, the <literal>\text...</literal>  commands,
-is used with an argument, as in <literal>\textit{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>.  This is
-the preferred form.  But shown after it, in parenthesis, is the
+are used with an argument as in <literal>\textit{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>.  This is
+the preferred form.  But shown after it in parenthesis is the
 corresponding <firstterm>declaration form</firstterm>, which is often useful.  This
 form takes no arguments, as in <literal>{\itshape <replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>.  The
 scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command
@@ -2296,27 +2282,9 @@
 parameter <literal>\baselineskip</literal>.  The default <literal>\baselineskip</literal> for
 the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the <literal>\fontsize</literal>.
 Changing <literal>\baselineskip</literal> directly is inadvisable since its value is
-reset every time a size change happens; see <literal>\baselinestretch</literal>, next.
+reset every time a size change happens; instead use
+<literal>\baselinestretch</literal>.  (see <link linkend="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</link>).
 </para>
-<anchor id="low-level-font-commands-baselinestretch"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\baselinestretch</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselinestretch</primary></indexterm>
-<para>&latex; multiplies the line spacing by the value of the
-<literal>\baselinestretch</literal> parameter; the default factor is 1.  A change
-takes effect when <literal>\selectfont</literal> (see below) is called.  You can
-make a line skip change happen for the entire document, for instance
-doubling it, by doing <literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}</literal> in
-the preamble.
-</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>setspace</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>setspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
-
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>double spacing</primary></indexterm>
-<para>However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the
-<filename>setspace</filename> package.  In addition to offering a number of spacing
-options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places
-where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and figure
-captions.  See the package documentation.
-</para>
 <anchor id="low-level-font-commands-linespread"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\linespread{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linespread</primary></indexterm>
 <para>Equivalent to
@@ -2699,7 +2667,119 @@
 </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="5.6" id="Floats">
+<sect1 label="5.6" id="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">
+<title><literal>\baselineskip</literal> & <literal>\baselinestretch</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselineskip</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselinestretch</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linespread</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>space between lines</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>interline space</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>leading</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>double spacing</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>The <literal>\baselineskip</literal> is a rubber length (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>).  It gives
+the leading, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from
+baseline to baseline.
+</para>
+<para>Ordinarily document authors do not directly change <literal>\baselineskip</literal>
+while writing.  Instead, it is set by the low level font selection
+command <literal>\fontsize</literal> (see <link linkend="low-level-font-commands-fontsize">low level font commands fontsize</link>).
+The <literal>\baselineskip</literal>’s value is reset every time a font change
+happens and so any direct change to <literal>\baselineskip</literal> would vanish
+the next time there was a font switch.  For how to influence line
+spacing, see the discussion of <literal>\baselinestretch</literal> below.
+</para>
+<para>Usually, a font’s size and baseline skip is assigned by the font
+designer.  These numbers are nominal in the sense that if, for instance,
+a font’s style file has the command <literal>\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}</literal>
+then that does not mean that the characters in the font are 10pt tall;
+for instance, parentheses and accented capitals may be taller.  Nor does
+it mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12pt apart then they risk
+touching.  Rather these numbers are typographic judgements.  (Often, the
+<literal>\baselineskip</literal> is about twenty percent larger than the font size.)
+</para>
+<!-- adapted from FAQ -->
+<para>The <literal>\baselineskip</literal> is not a property of each line but of the
+entire paragraph.  As a result, large text in the middle of a paragraph,
+such as a single <literal>{\Huge Q}</literal>, will be squashed into its line.
+&tex; will make sure it doesn’t scrape up against the line above but
+won’t change the <literal>\baselineskip</literal> for that one line to make extra
+room above.  For the fix, use a <literal>\strut</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>).
+</para>
+<para>The value of <literal>\baselineskip</literal> that &tex; uses for the paragraph is
+the value in effect at the blank line or command that ends the paragraph
+unit.  So if a document contains this paragraph then its lines will be
+scrunched together, compared to lines in surrounding paragraphs.
+</para>
+<!-- Adapted from B Beeton's "Lapses in TeX" TB 42:1 p 13. -->
+<screen>Many people see a page break between text and a displayed equation as 
+bad style, so in effect the display is part of the paragraph.
+Because this display is in footnotesize, the entire paragraph has the
+baseline spacing matching that size.
+{\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lineskip</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lineskiplimit</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\prevdepth</primary></indexterm>
+<para>The process for making paragraphs is that when a new line is added, if
+the depth of the previous line plus the height of the new line is less
+than <literal>\baselineskip</literal> then &tex; inserts vertical glue to make up
+the difference.  There are two fine points.  The first is that if the
+lines would be too close together, closer than <literal>\lineskiplimit</literal>,
+then &tex; instead uses <literal>\lineskip</literal> as the interline glue.  The
+second is that &tex; doesn’t actually use the depth of the previous
+line.  Instead it uses <literal>\prevdepth</literal>, which usually contains that
+depth.  But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list)
+or just after a rule, <literal>\prevdepth</literal> has the value -1000pt and this
+special value tells &tex; not to insert any interline glue at the
+paragraph start.
+</para>
+<para>In the standard classes <literal>\lineskiplimit</literal> is 0pt and
+<literal>\lineskip</literal> is 1pt.  By the prior paragraph then, the distance
+between lines can approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than
+zero) then the lines jump to 1pt apart.
+</para>
+<para>Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in double
+space or one-and-a-half space.  The right way to influence the interline
+distance is via <literal>\baselinestretch</literal>.  It scales
+<literal>\baselineskip</literal>, and has a default value of 1.0.  It is a command,
+not a length, so change the scale factor as in
+<literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire
+document is to put <literal>\linespread{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> in the preamble.
+For double spacing, take <replaceable>factor</replaceable> to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half
+spacing use 1.3.  These number are rough: for instance, since the
+<literal>\baselineskip</literal> is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by
+1.6 gives a font size to baseline ratio of about 2.  (The
+<literal>\linespread</literal> command is defined as
+<literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> so it won’t
+take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at
+the start of a document, so there you don’t need to follow it with
+<literal>\selectfont</literal>.)
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>setspace</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>setspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>A simpler approach is the <filename>setspace</filename> package.  The basic example:
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{setspace}
+\doublespacing  % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5
+</screen>
+<para>In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing.
+But you can also use these declarations in the document body to change
+the spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is
+<literal>\singlespacing</literal> to return the spacing to normal.  In the
+document body, a better practice than using the declarations is to use
+environments, such as <literal>\begin{doublespace}
+... \end{doublespace}</literal>.  The package also has commands to do
+arbitrary spacing: <literal>\setstretch{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> and
+<literal>\begin{spacing}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>} ... \end{spacing}</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="5.7" id="Floats">
 <title>Floats</title>
 
 <para>Some typographic elements, such as figures and tables, cannot be broken
@@ -3929,6 +4009,68 @@
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
+<sect1 label="7.4" id="xr-package">
+<title><literal>xr</literal> package</title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>xr</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>xr-hyper</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\externaldocument</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cross referencing, across documents</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{xr}
+  \externaldocument{<replaceable>document-basename</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>or
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{xr}
+  \externaldocument[<replaceable>reference-prefix</replaceable>]{<replaceable>document-basename</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Make cross references to the external document
+<literal><replaceable>document-basename</replaceable>.tex</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Here is an example. If <literal>lectures.tex</literal> has this in the preamble
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{xr}
+  \externaldocument{exercises}
+  \externaldocument[H-]{hints} 
+  \externaldocument{answers}
+</screen>
+<para>then it can use cross reference labels from the other three documents.
+Suppose that <literal>exercises.tex</literal> has an enumerated list containing
+this,
+</para>
+<screen>\item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree?
+</screen>
+<para>and <literal>hints.tex</literal> has an enumerated list with this,
+</para>
+<screen>\item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices.
+</screen>
+<para>and <literal>answers.tex</literal> has an enumerated list with this.
+</para>
+<screen>\item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there
+  are exactly two vertices.
+</screen>
+<para>After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering
+this in the body of <literal>lectures.tex</literal> will result in the lectures
+getting the reference numbers used in the other documents.
+</para>
+<screen>See Exercise~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, with Hint~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}.
+The solution is Answer~\ref{ans:EulersThm}.
+</screen>
+<para>The prefix <literal>H-</literal> for the reference from the hints file is needed
+because the label in the hints file is the same as the label in the
+exercises file.  Without that prefix, both references would get the
+number from the later file.
+</para>
+<para>Note: if the document uses the <literal>hyperref</literal> package then in place of
+<literal>xr</literal>, put <literal>\usepackage{xr-hyper}</literal> before the
+<literal>\usepackage{hyperref}</literal>.  Also, if any of the multiple documents
+uses <literal>hyperref</literal> then they all must use it.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
 </chapter>
 <chapter label="8" id="Environments">
 <title>Environments</title>
@@ -5476,8 +5618,9 @@
 <para>There are three optional arguments, <replaceable>position</replaceable>, <replaceable>height</replaceable>, and
 <replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable>.  You need not include all three. For example, get the
 default <replaceable>position</replaceable> and set the <replaceable>height</replaceable> with
-<literal>\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm] <replaceable>contents</replaceable> \end{minipage}</literal>.
-(Get the natural height with an empty argument, <literal>[]</literal>.)
+<literal>\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth} <replaceable>contents</replaceable>
+\end{minipage}</literal>.  (Get the natural height with an empty argument,
+<literal>[]</literal>.)
 </para>
 <para>The optional argument <replaceable>position</replaceable> governs how the <literal>minipage</literal>
 vertically aligns with the surrounding material.
@@ -5589,7 +5732,8 @@
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>siunitx</literal></primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>siunitx</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
 
-<screen>% siunitx to have the S column specifier, which aligns numbers on decimal point
+<screen>% siunitx to have the S column specifier,
+% which aligns numbers on their decimal point.
 \usepackage{siunitx}
 \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
   ...
@@ -5600,7 +5744,8 @@
     \begin{tabular}{r|S}
       % \multicolumn to remove vertical bar between column headers
       \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} &
-      % Braces to prevent siunitx to misinterprete point as a decimal separator
+      % braces to prevent siunitx from misinterpreting the
+      % period as a decimal separator
       {Pop. (million)}  \\ \hline
       The Bronx      &1.5  \\
       Brooklyn       &2.6  \\
@@ -5704,7 +5849,7 @@
 as an argument, as with <literal>\put(1,2){...}</literal>, it is not enclosed in
 braces since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument.  Also,
 unlike in some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are
-further up the page, ie. <inlineequation><mathphrase>y = 1</mathphrase></inlineequation> is <emphasis>above</emphasis> <inlineequation><mathphrase>y = 0</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+further up the page, for example, <inlineequation><mathphrase>y = 1</mathphrase></inlineequation> is <emphasis>above</emphasis> <inlineequation><mathphrase>y = 0</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
 </para>
 <para>There are four ways to put things in a picture: <literal>\put</literal>,
 <literal>\multiput</literal>, <literal>\qbezier</literal>, and <literal>\graphpaper</literal>.  The most
@@ -7046,13 +7191,13 @@
 </para>
 <para>Under the hood, &latex; remembers the <replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> and <replaceable>label</replaceable>
 information because <literal>\bibitem</literal> writes it to the auxiliary file
-<filename><replaceable>jobname</replaceable>.aux</filename> (see <link linkend="Jobname">Jobname</link>).  For instance, the above example causes
-<literal>\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</literal> and
-<literal>\bibcite{texbook}{1}</literal> to appear in that file.  The <filename>.aux</filename>
-file is read by the <literal>\begin{document}</literal> command and then the
-information is available for <literal>\cite</literal> commands.  This explains why
-you need to run &latex; twice to resolve references: once to write it
-out and once to read it in.
+<filename><replaceable>jobname</replaceable>.aux</filename> (see <link linkend="Jobname">Jobname</link>).  For instance, the above
+example causes <literal>\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</literal> and
+<literal>\bibcite{texbook}{1}</literal> to appear in that file.  The
+<filename>.aux</filename> file is read by the <literal>\begin{document}</literal> command and
+then the information is available for <literal>\cite</literal> commands.  This
+explains why you need to run &latex; twice to resolve references:
+once to write it out and once to read it in.
 </para>
 <para>Because of this two-pass algorithm, when you add a <literal>\bibitem</literal> or
 change its <replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> you may get ‘<literal>LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may
@@ -8142,7 +8287,7 @@
 paragraph mode; see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>).  There are some workarounds; see
 following sections.
 </para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Footnotes, in a minipage</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>footnotes, in a minipage</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>mpfootnote counter</primary></indexterm>
 <para>In a <literal>minipage</literal> environment the <literal>\footnote</literal> command uses the
 <literal>mpfootnote</literal> counter instead of the <literal>footnote</literal> counter, so
@@ -9233,21 +9378,20 @@
 as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then
 <literal>\fullname</literal> will reproduce that.
 </para>
-<screen>\makeatletter
-\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\@honorific{#1}} % remember title
-\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\@honorific~#1}       % put title before name
-\makeatother
+<screen>\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % remember title
+\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1}       % put title before name
+
 \begin{tabular}{|l|}
 \honorific{Mr/Ms}  \fullname{Jones} \\  % no extra space here
 \honorific{ Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones}     % extra space before title
 \end{tabular}
 </screen>
 <para>To fix this, change to
-<literal>\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\@honorific~#1}</literal>.
+<literal>\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}</literal>.
 </para>
 <para>The <literal>\ignorespaces</literal> is also often used in a <literal>\newenvironment</literal>
-at the end of the <replaceable>begin</replaceable> clause, that is, as part of the second
-argument, as in <literal>\begin{newenvironment}{<replaceable>env
+at the end of the <replaceable>begin</replaceable> clause, as in
+<literal>\begin{newenvironment}{<replaceable>env
 name</replaceable>}{... \ignorespaces}{...}</literal>.
 </para>
 <para>To strip spaces off the end of an environment use
@@ -9273,6 +9417,61 @@
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
+<sect1 label="12.13" id="xspace-package">
+<title>xspace package</title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\xspace</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spaces, ignore around commands</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, ignore spaces</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{xspace}
+  ...
+\newcommand{...}{...\xspace}
+</screen>
+<para>The <literal>\xspace</literal> macro, when used at the end of a command, adds a
+space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation characters.
+</para>
+<para>After a command name that uses letters (as opposed to single character
+command names using non-letters such as <literal>\$</literal>), &tex; gobbles white
+space.  Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has ‘<literal>Vermont</literal>’
+placed snugly against the period, without any intervening space.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
+Our college is in \VT .
+The \VT{} summers are nice.
+</screen>
+<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly
+braces or else there would be no space separating ‘<literal>Vermont</literal>’ from
+‘<literal>summers</literal>’.  (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space
+<literal>\ </literal> for this.  See <link linkend="_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</link>.)
+</para>
+<para>The <filename>xspace</filename> package provides <literal>\xspace</literal>.  It is for writing
+commands which are designed to be used mainly in text.  It inserts a
+space after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
+exceptions.  In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
+Our college is in \VT .
+\VT summers are nice.
+</screen>
+<para>The default exception list contains the characters <literal>,.'/?;:!~-)</literal>,
+the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above,
+and the commands <literal>\footnote</literal> or <literal>\footnotemark</literal>.  Add to that
+list as with <literal>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</literal> and remove
+from that list as with <literal>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</literal>.
+</para>
+<!-- David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 -->
+<para>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <literal>\xspace</literal>.  Putting it in
+a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
+But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+<literal>\xspace</literal> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
+command, and so <literal>\xspace</literal> can make editing material harder and more
+error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
 </chapter>
 <chapter label="13" id="Counters">
 <title>Counters</title>
@@ -9471,7 +9670,8 @@
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
-<screen>\addtocounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}{<replaceable>value</replaceable> </screen>
+<screen>\addtocounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}{<replaceable>value</replaceable>}
+</screen>
 <para>Globally increment <replaceable>counter</replaceable> by the amount specified by the
 <replaceable>value</replaceable> argument, which may be negative.
 </para>
@@ -9672,7 +9872,7 @@
 </para>
 <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>pt</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pt</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Point</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>point</primary></indexterm>
 <anchor id="units-of-length-pt"/><para>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units
 is 1point = 2.845mm = .2845cm. 
 </para>
@@ -9688,32 +9888,32 @@
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>bp</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>bp</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Big point</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>big point</primary></indexterm>
 <anchor id="units-of-length-bp"/><para>Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
 PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>cm</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Centimeter</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>centimeter</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>cm</primary></indexterm>
 <anchor id="units-of-length-cm"/><para>Centimeter
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>mm</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Millimeter</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>millimeter</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>mm</primary></indexterm>
 <anchor id="units-of-length-mm"/><para>Millimeter
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>dd</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Didot point</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>didot point</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>dd</primary></indexterm>
 <anchor id="units-of-length-dd"/><para>Didot point, 1.07 pt
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>cc</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Cicero</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>cicero</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>cc</primary></indexterm>
 <anchor id="units-of-length-cc"/><para>Cicero, 12 dd
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>sp</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Scaled point</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>scaled point</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>sp</primary></indexterm>
 <anchor id="units-of-length-sp"/><para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 </para>
@@ -9898,6 +10098,153 @@
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
+<sect1 label="14.7" id="_005cstretch">
+<title><literal>\stretch</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stretch</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\stretch{<replaceable>number</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Produces a rubber length with zero natural length and <replaceable>number</replaceable> times
+<literal>\fill</literal> units of stretchability (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>).  The
+<replaceable>number</replaceable> can be positive or negative.  This command is robust
+(see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>It works for both vertical and horizontal spacing.  In this horizontal
+example, &latex; produces three tick marks, and the distance between
+the first and second is half again as long as the distance between the
+second and third.
+</para>
+<screen>\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1.5}}%
+  \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}%
+  \rule{0.4pt}{1ex} 
+</screen>
+<para>In this vertical example, the ‘<literal>We dedicate …</literal>’ will have three
+times as much space under it as above it.
+</para>
+<screen>\newenvironment{dedication}{% in document preamble
+  \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}% 
+  \vspace*{\stretch{1}} % stretchable space at top 
+  \it
+}{%
+  \vspace{\stretch{3}}  % space at bot is 3x as at top
+  \clearpage
+}
+  ...
+\begin{dedication}  % in document body
+We dedicate this book to our wives.
+\end{dedication}
+</screen>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="14.8" id="Expressions">
+<title>Expressions</title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>expressions</primary></indexterm>
+
+<!-- Much from Joseph Wright's https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/245663/339 -->
+<para>Synopsis, one of:
+</para>
+<screen>\numexpr <replaceable>expression</replaceable> 
+\dimexpr <replaceable>expression</replaceable>
+\glueexpr <replaceable>expression</replaceable>
+\muglue <replaceable>expression</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>Any place where you may write an integer, or a &tex; dimen, or &tex;
+glue, or muglue, you can instead write an expression to compute that
+type of quantity.
+</para>
+<para>An example is that <literal>\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax</literal> will
+produce as output the length that is four points less than width of a
+line (the only purpose of <literal>\the</literal> is to show the result in the
+document).  Analogously, <literal>\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax</literal> will
+produce ‘<literal>ix</literal>’, and <literal>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax</literal>
+will produce ‘<literal>10.0pt plus 2.0pt</literal>’.
+</para>
+<para>A convenience here over doing calculations by allocating registers and
+then using <literal>\advance</literal>, etc., is that the evaluation of expressions
+does not involve assignments and can therefore be performed in places
+where assignments are not allowed.  The next example computes the width
+of the <literal>\parbox</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em}
+\begin{center}
+\parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3}{With malice toward none
+with charity for all with firmness in the right as God gives us to see
+the right let us strive on to finish the work we are in to bind up the
+nation's wounds, to care for him who shall have borne the battle and
+for his widow and his orphan \textasciitilde\ to do all which may
+achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace among ourselves and with
+all nations.  ---Abraham Lincoln, Second Inaugural Address, from the
+memorial}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>The <replaceable>expression</replaceable> consists of one or more terms of the same type
+(integer, dimension, etc.) that are added or subtracted.  A term that is
+a type of number, dimension, etc., consists of a factor of that type,
+optionally multiplied or divided by factors.  A factor of a type is
+either a quantity of that type or a parenthesized subexpression.  The
+expression produces a result of the given type, so that <literal>\numexpr</literal>
+produces an integer, <literal>\dimexpr</literal> produces a dimension, etc.
+</para>
+<para>In the quotation example above, changing to
+<literal>\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset</literal> gives the error <literal>Illegal unit
+of measure (pt inserted)</literal>.  This is because for <literal>\dimexpr</literal> and
+<literal>\glueexpr</literal>, the input consists of a dimension or glue value
+followed by an optional multiplication factor, and not the other way
+around. Thus <literal>\the\dimexpr 1pt*10\relax</literal> is valid and produces
+‘<literal>10.0pt</literal>’, but <literal>\the\dimexpr 10*1pt\relax</literal> gives the
+<literal>Illegal unit</literal> error.
+</para>
+<para>The expressions absorb tokens and carry out appropriate mathematics up
+to a <literal>\relax</literal> (which will be absorbed), or up to the first
+non-valid token.  Thus, <literal>\the\numexpr2+3px</literal> will print
+‘<literal>5px</literal>’, because &latex; reads the <literal>\numexpr2+3</literal>, which is
+made up of numbers, and then finds the letter <literal>p</literal>, which cannot
+be part of a number.  It therefore terminates the expression and
+produces the ‘<literal>5</literal>’, followed by the regular text ‘<literal>px</literal>’.
+</para>
+<para>This termination behavior is useful in comparisons.  In
+<literal>\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi</literal>, the less than
+sign terminates the expression and the result is ‘<literal>No</literal>’ (in a
+standard &latex; article).
+</para>
+<para>Expressions may use the operators <literal>+</literal>, <literal>-</literal>, <literal>*</literal> and
+<literal>/</literal> along with parentheses for subexpressions, <literal>(...)</literal>.  In
+glue expressions the <literal>plus</literal> and <literal>minus</literal> parts do not need
+parentheses to be affected by a factor. So <literal>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus
+1pt * 2 \relax</literal> results in ‘<literal>10pt plus 2pt</literal>’.
+</para>
+<para>&tex; will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when
+doing register assignment. Thus <literal>\the\numexpr\dimexpr
+1pt\relax\relax</literal> will result in ‘<literal>65536</literal>’, which is <literal>1pt</literal>
+converted to scaled points (&tex;’s internal unit) and then coerced
+into an integer.  With a <literal>\glueexpr</literal> here, the stretch and shrink
+would be dropped.  Going the other way, a <literal>\numexpr</literal> inside a
+<literal>\dimexpr</literal> or <literal>\glueexpr</literal> will need appropriate units, as in
+<literal>\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax</literal>, which produces
+‘<literal>3.0pt</literal>’.
+</para>
+<para>The details of the arithmetic: each factor is checked to be in the
+allowed range, numbers must be less than <inlineequation><mathphrase>2^{31}</mathphrase></inlineequation> in absolute
+value, and dimensions or glue components must be less than
+<inlineequation><mathphrase>2^{14}</mathphrase></inlineequation> points, or <literal>mu</literal>, or <literal>fil</literal>, etc.  The
+arithmetic operations are performed individually, except for a scaling
+operation (a multiplication immediately followed by a division) which
+is done as one combined operation with a 64-bit product as
+intermediate value. The result of each operation is again checked to
+be in the allowed range.
+</para>
+<para>Finally, division and scaling take place with rounding (unlike &tex;’s
+<literal>\divide</literal>, which truncates).  Thus
+<literal>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax</literal> puts ‘<literal>10.0pt</literal>’ in the document,
+because it rounds <literal>3/2</literal> to <literal>2</literal>, while
+<literal>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax</literal> produces ‘<literal>5.0pt</literal>’.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
 </chapter>
 <chapter label="15" id="Making-paragraphs">
 <title>Making paragraphs</title>
@@ -11413,7 +11760,7 @@
 <sect2 label="16.2.5" id="Delimiters">
 <title>Delimiters</title>
 
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Delimiters</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>delimiters</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>parentheses</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>braces</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>curly braces</primary></indexterm>
@@ -12253,24 +12600,32 @@
 </screen>
 <para>The <literal>\phantom</literal> command creates a box with the same height, depth,
 and width as <replaceable>subformula</replaceable>, but empty.  That is, this command causes
-&latex; to typeset the box but not its ink.  The <literal>\vphantom</literal>
-variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as
-<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>, but it has width zero.  And <literal>\hphantom</literal> makes a
-box with the same width as <replaceable>subformula</replaceable> but with height and depth
-zero.
+&latex; to typeset the space but not fill it with the material.  Here
+&latex; will put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty.
 </para>
-<para>Without the <literal>\vphantom</literal> in this example, the top bars of the two
-square roots would be at different heights.
+<screen>\fbox{\phantom{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals.
+               --- Mark Twain}}
+</screen>
+<para>The <literal>\vphantom</literal> variant produces an invisible box with the same
+vertical size as <replaceable>subformula</replaceable>, the same height and depth, but having
+zero width.  And <literal>\hphantom</literal> makes a box with the same width as
+<replaceable>subformula</replaceable> but with zero height and depth.
 </para>
-<screen>\( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \)
+<para>In this example, the tower of exponents in the second summand expression
+is so tall that &tex; places this expression further down than its
+default.  Without adjustment, the two summand expressions would be at
+different levels.  The <literal>\vphantom</literal> in the first expression tells
+&tex; to leave as much vertical room as it does for the tower, so the
+two expressions come out at the same level.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{displaymath}
+    \sum_{j\in\{0,\ldots\, 10\}\vphantom{3^{3^{3^j}}}}
+      \sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j
+\end{displaymath}
 </screen>
-<para>The <literal>\vphantom{a^3}</literal> causes the first <literal>\sqrt</literal> to have inside
-it a box of the same height as the second <literal>\sqrt</literal>, so &latex;
-makes the bars align.
+<para>These commands are often used in conjunction with <literal>\smash</literal>.
+See <link linkend="_005csmash">\smash</link>, which includes another example of <literal>\vphantom</literal>.
 </para>
-<para>These commands often are combined with <literal>\smash</literal>.  See <link linkend="_005csmash">\smash</link>,
-for another example of the use of <literal>\vphantom</literal>.
-</para>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
 
@@ -12297,6 +12652,37 @@
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
+<sect2 label="16.6.3" id="_005cmathstrut">
+<title><literal>\mathstrut</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>\mathstrut</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spacing, math mode</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical spacing</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode, spacing</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>invisible character</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>character, invisible</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\mathstrut
+</screen>
+<para>The analogue of <literal>\strut</literal> for mathematics.  See <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>.
+</para>
+<para>The input <literal>$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$</literal> gives output where the
+second radical is taller than the first.  To add extra vertical space
+without any horizontal space, so that the two have the same height, use
+<literal>$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>The <literal>\mathstrut</literal> command adds the vertical height of an open
+parenthesis, <literal>(</literal>, but no horizontal space.  It is defined as
+<literal>\vphantom{(}</literal>, so see <link linkend="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</link> for
+more.  An advantage over <literal>\strut</literal> is that <literal>\mathstrut</literal> adds no
+depth, which is often the right thing for formulas.  Using the height of
+an open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the
+amount of space, use <literal>\rule</literal> with a width of zero.  See <link linkend="_005crule">\rule</link>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
 </sect1>
 <sect1 label="16.7" id="Math-miscellany">
 <title>Math miscellany</title>
@@ -13212,8 +13598,9 @@
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>~</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>tie</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>space, hard</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>space, unbreakable</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hard space</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>unbreakable space</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>NBSP</primary></indexterm>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -15725,10 +16112,24 @@
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>exclamation point, upside-down</primary></indexterm>
 <para>¡ Upside down exclamation point.
 </para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textfiguredash</primary></indexterm><literal>\textfiguredash</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>figure dash character</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021
+release of &latex;. When used in pdf&tex;, approximated by an
+en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if available
+in the current font, or writes the usual “Missing character” warning
+to the log file.
+</para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textgreater</primary></indexterm><literal>\textgreater</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>greater than symbol, in text</primary></indexterm>
 <para>> Greater than symbol.
 </para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texthorizontalbar</primary></indexterm><literal>\texthorizontalbar</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>horizontal bar character</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021
+release of &latex;. Behavior as with <literal>\textfiguredash</literal> above;
+the pdf&tex; approximation is an em-dash.
+</para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textless</primary></indexterm><literal>\textless</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>less than symbol, in text</primary></indexterm>
 <para>< Less than symbol.
@@ -15738,6 +16139,14 @@
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>left arrow, in text</primary></indexterm>
 <para>&#x2190;, Left arrow.   
 </para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textnonbreakinghyphen</primary></indexterm><literal>\textnonbreakinghyphen</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>non-breaking hyphen character</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hyphen character, non-breaking</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June
+2021 release of &latex;. Behavior as with <literal>\textfiguredash</literal>
+above; the pdf&tex; approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with
+breaks disallowed after).
+</para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textordfeminine</primary></indexterm><literal>\textordfeminine</literal>
 </term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textordmasculine</primary></indexterm><literal>\textordmasculine</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>feminine ordinal symbol</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16144,7 +16553,70 @@
 </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="23.7" id="_005crule">
+<sect1 label="23.7" id="inputenc-package">
+<title><literal>inputenc</literal> package</title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>inputenc</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>encoding-name</replaceable>]{inputenc}
+</screen>
+<para>Declare the input file’s text encoding to be <replaceable>encoding-name</replaceable>. The
+default, if this package is not loaded, is UTF-8.  Technically,
+specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not
+useful to omit it.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>encoding, of input files</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>character encoding</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Unicode</primary></indexterm>
+<para>In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme
+called the <firstterm>encoding</firstterm>.  There are many different encodings.  The
+simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough
+for most of the world’s languages. For instance, to typeset the
+a-umlaut character ä in an ASCII-encoded &latex; source file, the
+sequence <literal>\"a</literal> is used. This would make source files for anything
+but English hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive
+encoding is more convenient.
+</para>
+<para>The modern encoding standard, in some ways a union of the others, is
+UTF-8, one of the representations of Unicode. This is the default for
+&latex; since 2018. 
+</para>
+<para>The <literal>inputenc</literal> package is how &latex; knows what encoding is
+used.  For instance, the following command explicitly says that the
+input file is UTF-8 (note the lack of a dash).
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+</screen>
+<para>Caution: use <literal>inputenc</literal> only with the pdf&tex; engine
+(see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>).  (The Xe&tex; and Lua&tex; engines assume
+that the input file is UTF-8 encoded.)  If you invoke &latex; with
+either the <command>xelatex</command> command or the <command>lualatex</command>
+command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with <literal>inputenc</literal>,
+such as <literal>latin1</literal>, then you will get the error <literal>inputenc is
+not designed for xetex or luatex</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>An <literal>inputenc</literal> package error such as <literal>Invalid UTF-8 byte "96</literal>
+means that some of the material in the input file does not follow the
+encoding scheme.  Often these errors come from copying material from a
+document that uses a different encoding than the input file; this one
+is a left single quote from a web page using <literal>latin1</literal> inside a
+&latex; input file that uses UTF-8.  The simplest solution is to
+replace the non-UTF-8 character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a
+&latex; equivalent command or character.
+</para>
+<para>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a
+variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be
+necessary.  Use the command
+<literal>\inputencoding{<replaceable>encoding-name</replaceable>}</literal>.  The most common values
+for <replaceable>encoding-name</replaceable> are: <literal>ascii</literal>, <literal>latin1</literal>,
+<literal>latin2</literal>, <literal>latin3</literal>, <literal>latin4</literal>, <literal>latin5</literal>,
+<literal>latin9</literal>, <literal>latin10</literal>, and <literal>utf8</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="23.8" id="_005crule">
 <title><literal>\rule</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rule</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16158,8 +16630,8 @@
 </para>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>Halmos symbol</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>tombstone</primary></indexterm>
-<para>This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
-often used to mark the end of a proof.
+<para>This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
+or just “qed”, often used to mark the end of a proof:
 </para>
 <screen>\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
 </screen>
@@ -16188,7 +16660,7 @@
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="23.8" id="_005ctoday">
+<sect1 label="23.9" id="_005ctoday">
 <title><literal>\today</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\today</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16555,7 +17027,7 @@
 <literal>\newpage</literal> command after the <literal>\tableofcontents</literal> command, as
 above.
 </para>
-<para>To make the table of contents &latex; stores the information in an
+<para>To make the table of contents, &latex; stores the information in an
 auxiliary file named <filename><replaceable>root-file</replaceable>.toc</filename> (see <link linkend="Splitting-the-input">Splitting the
 input</link>).  For example, this &latex; file <filename>test.tex</filename>
 </para>
@@ -16566,36 +17038,83 @@
 \subsection{First subsection}
   ...
 </screen>
-<para>writes the following line to <filename>test.toc</filename>.
+<para>writes these lines to <filename>test.toc</filename>.
 </para>
 <screen>\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}First section}{2}
 \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2}
 </screen>
-<para>The <literal>section</literal> or <literal>subsection</literal> is the sectioning unit.  The
-hook <literal>\numberline</literal> lets you to change how the information appears
-in the table of contents.  Its unique argument, <literal>1</literal> or <literal>1.1</literal>,
-is the sectioning unit number, whereas the remainder of the second
-argument of <literal>\contentsline</literal>, <literal>First section</literal> or <literal>First
-subsection</literal>, is the title.  Finally, the third argument, <literal>2</literal>, is
-the page number on which the sectioning units start.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\contentsline</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Each line contains a single command, <literal>\contentsline</literal>
+(see <link linkend="_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</link>).  The first argument, the <literal>section</literal> or
+<literal>subsection</literal>, is the sectioning unit.  The second argument has two
+components.  The hook <literal>\numberline</literal> determines how the sectioning
+number, <literal>1</literal> or <literal>1.1</literal>, appears in the table of contents
+(see <link linkend="_005cnumberline">\numberline</link>).  The remainder of the second argument of
+<literal>\contentsline</literal>, ‘<literal>First section</literal>’ or ‘<literal>First subsection</literal>’,
+is the sectioning title text.  Finally, the third argument, ‘<literal>2</literal>’, is
+the page number on which this sectioning unit starts.
 </para>
-<para>One consequence of this auxiliary file storage strategy is that to get the
-contents page correct you must run &latex; twice, once to store the
-information and once to get it.  In particular, the first time that you
-run &latex; on a new document, the table of contents page will be empty
-except for its ‘<literal>Contents</literal>’ header.  Just run it again.
+<para>To typeset these lines, the document class provides
+<literal>\l@<replaceable>section-unit</replaceable></literal> commands such as
+<literal>\l at section{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable>}</literal> and
+<literal>\l at subsection{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable>}</literal>.  These commands
+often use the <literal>\@dottedtocline</literal> command
+(see <link linkend="_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</link>).
 </para>
+<para>A consequence of &latex;’s strategy of using auxiliary files is that to
+get the correct information in the document you must run &latex; twice,
+once to store the information and the second time to retrieve it.  In
+the ordinary course of writing a document authors run &latex; a number
+of times, but you may notice that the first time that you compile a new
+document, the table of contents page will be empty except for its
+‘<literal>Contents</literal>’ header.  Just run &latex; again.
+</para>
 <para>The commands <literal>\listoffigures</literal> and <literal>\listoftables</literal> produce a
-list of figures and a list of tables.  They work the same way as the
-contents commands; for instance, these work with information stored in
-<filename>.lof</filename> and <filename>.lot</filename> files.
+list of figures and a list of tables.  Their information is stored in
+files with extension <filename>.lof</filename> and <filename>.lot</filename>. They work the same way
+as <literal>\tableofcontents</literal> but the latter is more common, so we use it
+for most examples.
 </para>
-<para>To change the header for the table of contents page do something like
-the first line here.
+<para>You can manually add material to the table of contents, the list of
+figures, and the list of tables.  For instance, add a line about a
+section to the table of contents with
+<literal>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>.
+(see <link linkend="_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</link>).  Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line
+material, with <literal>\addtocontents</literal>, as with the command
+<literal>\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}</literal>, which adds
+vertical space to the list of figures (see <link linkend="_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</link>).
 </para>
-<screen>\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of contents}
+<para>Lines in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of
+tables, have four parts.  First is an indent.  Next is a box into which
+sectioning numbers are placed, and then the third box holds the title
+text, such as ‘<literal>First section</literal>’.  Finally there is a box up against
+the right margin, inside of which &latex; puts the page number box.
+For the indent and the width of the number box,
+see <link linkend="_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</link>.  The right margin box has width
+<literal>\@tocrmarg</literal> and the page number is flush right in that space,
+inside a box of width <literal>\@pnumwidth</literal>.  By default
+<literal>\@tocrmarg</literal> is <literal>2.55em</literal> and <literal>\@pnumwidth</literal> is
+<literal>1.55em</literal>.  Change these as with
+<literal>\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tocloft</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tocloft</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tocbibbind</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tocbibbind</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
+and tables (see <link linkend="CTAN">CTAN</link>).  The package <filename>tocloft</filename> is convenient for
+adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing.  And,
+<filename>tocbibbind</filename> will automatically add the bibliography, index,
+etc. to the table of contents.
+</para>
+<para>To change the header for the table of contents page, do something like
+these commands before you call <literal>\tableofcontents</literal>, etc.
+</para>
+<screen>\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents}
 \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots}
-\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Tables}
+\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Specifications}
 </screen>
 <para><indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>babel</literal></primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>babel</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16603,25 +17122,53 @@
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>polyglossia</literal></primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>polyglossia</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
 
-<para>Similarly, the other two lines will do the other two.
-Internationalization packages such as <filename>babel</filename> or <filename>polyglossia</filename>
-will change the headers depending on the chosen base language.
+<para>Internationalization packages such as <filename>babel</filename> or <filename>polyglossia</filename>
+will change these headers depending on the chosen base language.
 </para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tocloft</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tocloft</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
 
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tocbibbind</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tocbibbind</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
 
-<para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
-and tables.  One convenient one for adjusting some aspects of the
-default, such as spacing, is <filename>tocloft</filename>.  And, <filename>tocbibbind</filename>
-will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to the table of
-contents.
+<sect2 label="25.1.1" id="_005c_0040dottedtocline">
+<title><literal>\@dottedtocline</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@dottedtocline</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>table of contents entry, create dotted line</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
 </para>
+<screen>\@dottedtocline{<replaceable>section-level-num</replaceable>}{<replaceable>indent</replaceable>}{<replaceable>numwidth</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Used internally by &latex; to format an entry line in the table of
+contents, list of figures, or list of tables.  Authors do not directly
+enter <literal>\@dottedtocline</literal> commands.
+</para>
+<para>This command is typically used by <literal>\l at section</literal>, <literal>\l at subsection</literal>,
+etc., to format the content lines.  For example, the <filename>article.cls</filename>
+file contains these definitions:
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand*\l at section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\newcommand*\l at subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\newcommand*\l at subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+</screen>
+<para>In this example, <literal>\@dottedcline</literal> appears to have been given only
+three arguments.  But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up
+the final <replaceable>text</replaceable> and <replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable> arguments in the synopsis
+from a call to <literal>\contentsline</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>leaders, dots in table of contents</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin
+box, these <literal>\@dottedtocline</literal> commands insert <firstterm>leaders</firstterm>, that
+is, evenly-spaced dots.  The dot-to-dot space is given by the command
+<literal>\@dotsep</literal>.  By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which
+are <literal>1/18</literal> em.  Change it using <literal>\renewcommand</literal>, as
+in <literal>\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>In the default book class, &latex; does not use dotted leaders for
+the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class
+it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries.
+</para>
 
-
-<sect2 label="25.1.1" id="_005caddcontentsline">
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="25.1.2" id="_005caddcontentsline">
 <title><literal>\addcontentsline</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addcontentsline</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16632,9 +17179,7 @@
 <screen>\addcontentsline{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
 </screen>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\contentsline</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Add an entry to the file specified by <replaceable>ext</replaceable>.  Usually <replaceable>ext</replaceable> is
-one of <literal>toc</literal> for the table of contents, <literal>lof</literal> for the list of
-figures, or <literal>lot</literal> for the list of tables.
+<para>Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension <replaceable>ext</replaceable>.
 </para>
 <para>The following will result in an ‘<literal>Appendices</literal>’ line in the table of
 contents.
@@ -16649,26 +17194,24 @@
 <filename><replaceable>root-name</replaceable>.<replaceable>ext</replaceable></filename>.  It writes that information as the
 text of the command
 <literal>\contentsline{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>num</replaceable>}</literal>, where
-<literal><replaceable>num</replaceable></literal> is the current value of counter <literal><replaceable>unit</replaceable></literal>.  The
-most common case is the table of contents and there <replaceable>num</replaceable> is the
-page number of the first page of <replaceable>unit</replaceable>.
+<literal><replaceable>num</replaceable></literal> is the current value of counter <literal><replaceable>unit</replaceable></literal>
+(see <link linkend="_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</link>).  The most common case is the table of contents
+and there <replaceable>num</replaceable> is the page number of the first page of <replaceable>unit</replaceable>.
 </para>
 <para>This command is invoked by the sectioning commands <literal>\chapter</literal>,
 etc., and also by <literal>\caption</literal> inside a float environment.  But it is
-also used by authors.  For example, in a book to have the preface
-unnumbered, you may use the starred <literal>\chapter*</literal>.  But that does not
-put in table of contents information, so you can enter it manually, as
-here.
+also used by authors.  For example, an author writing a book whose style
+is to have an unnumbered preface may use the starred <literal>\chapter*</literal>.
+But that command leaves out table of contents information, which can be
+entered manually, as here.
 </para>
 <screen>\chapter*{Preface}
 \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Preface}
 </screen>
 <para>In the <filename>.toc</filename> file &latex; will put the line <literal>\contentsline
-{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</literal>; note the page number
-‘<literal>3</literal>’.
+{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</literal>; note that the page number
+‘<literal>3</literal>’ is automatically generated by the system, not entered manually.
 </para>
-<!-- xx how hardwired are these values?  other unit names? -->
-
 <para>All of the arguments for <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> are required.
 </para>
 <variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>ext</replaceable>
@@ -16709,7 +17252,7 @@
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
-<sect2 label="25.1.2" id="_005caddtocontents">
+<sect2 label="25.1.3" id="_005caddtocontents">
 <title><literal>\addtocontents</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addtocontents{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16720,7 +17263,7 @@
 </screen>
 <para>Add <replaceable>text</replaceable>, which may be text or formatting commands, directly to
 the auxiliary file with extension <replaceable>ext</replaceable>.  This is most commonly used
-for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but this also
+for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but it also
 applies to the list of figures and list of tables.
 </para>
 <para>This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the
@@ -16729,6 +17272,24 @@
 <screen>\tableofcontents\newpage
 \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}}
 </screen>
+<para>This puts the word ‘<literal>Page</literal>’, in boldface, above the column of page
+numbers and after the header.
+</para>
+<screen>\tableofcontents
+\addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Page}\par}
+\chapter{...}
+</screen>
+<para>This adds a line announcing work by a new author.
+</para>
+<screen>\addtocontents{toc}{%
+  \protect\vspace{2ex}
+  \textbf{Chapters by N. Other Author}\par}
+</screen>
+<para>The difference between <literal>\addtocontents</literal> and <literal>\addcontentsline</literal>
+is that the latter is strictly for lines, such as with a line giving the
+page number for the start of a new subset of the chapters.  As the above
+examples show, <literal>\addtocontents</literal> is for material such as spacing.
+</para>
 <para>The <literal>\addtocontents</literal> command has two arguments.  Both are
 required.
 </para>
@@ -16755,7 +17316,63 @@
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
-<sect2 label="25.1.3" id="_005cnofiles">
+<sect2 label="25.1.4" id="_005ccontentsline">
+<title><literal>\contentsline</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>table of contents</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\contentsline</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tableofcontents</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.toc file</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\listoffigures</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\listoftables</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.lof file</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.lot file</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\l at chapter</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\l at section</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\l at subsection</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\contentsline{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Used internally by &latex; to typeset an entry of the table of
+contents, list of figures, or list of tables (see <link linkend="Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents
+etc.</link>). Authors do not directly enter <literal>\contentsline</literal> commands.
+</para>
+<para>Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the
+commands <literal>\chapter</literal>, <literal>\section</literal>, etc. for the table of
+contents, or by the <literal>\caption</literal> command inside of a <literal>\figure</literal>
+or <literal>\table</literal> environment (see <link linkend="figure">figure</link> and see <link linkend="table">table</link>).  Thus,
+where the base file is <filename>thesis.tex</filename>, and contains the declaration
+<literal>\tableofcontents</literal>, the command <literal>\chapter{Chapter One}</literal>
+produces something like this in the file <filename>thesis.toc</filename>.
+</para>
+<screen>\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Chapter One}{3}
+</screen>
+<para>If the file contains the declaration <literal>\listoffigures</literal> then a figure
+environment involving <literal>\caption{Test}</literal> will produce
+something like this in <filename>thesis.lof</filename>.
+</para>
+<screen>\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces Test}}{6}
+</screen>
+<para>To manually add material, use
+<literal>\addcontentsline{<replaceable>filetype</replaceable>}{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>,
+where <replaceable>filetype</replaceable> is <literal>toc</literal>, <literal>lof</literal>, or <literal>lot</literal>
+(see <link linkend="_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</link>).  
+</para>
+<para>For manipulating how the <literal>\contentline</literal> material is typeset, see
+the <filename>tocloft</filename> package.
+</para>
+<para>Note that the <literal>hyperref</literal> package changes the definition of
+<literal>\contentsline</literal> (and <literal>\addcontentsline</literal>) to add more
+arguments, to make hyperlinks.  This is the source of the error
+<literal>Argument of \contentsline has an extra }</literal>.  Fix this error by
+deleting the <filename>.toc</filename> or <filename>.lof</filename> or <filename>.lot</filename> file, and running
+&latex; again.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="25.1.5" id="_005cnofiles">
 <title><literal>\nofiles</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nofiles</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16785,6 +17402,41 @@
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
+<sect2 label="25.1.6" id="_005cnumberline">
+<title><literal>\numberline</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\numberline</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\numberline{<replaceable>number</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Typeset its argument flush left in a box.  This is used in a
+<literal>\contentsline</literal> command to typeset the section number
+(see <link linkend="_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</link>).
+</para>
+<para>For example, this line in a <filename>.toc</filename> file causes the <literal>1</literal> to be
+typeset flush left.
+</para>
+<screen>\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivation}{2}
+</screen>
+<para>By default, &latex; typesets the section numbers in a box of length
+<literal>\@tempdima</literal>.  That length is set by the commands
+<literal>\l at section</literal>, <literal>\l at subsection</literal>, etc.  Put section numbers
+inside a natural-width box with
+<literal>\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>This command is fragile, so you may need to precede it with
+<literal>\protect</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).  An example is the use of
+<literal>\protect</literal> in the command
+<literal>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}</literal>
+to get the <literal>\numberline</literal> into this command in the <filename>.toc</filename> file:
+<literal>\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}</literal> (the
+page number ‘<literal>6</literal>’ is automatically added by &latex;;
+see <link linkend="_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</link>).
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
 </sect1>
 <sect1 label="25.2" id="Indexes">
 <title>Indexes</title>
@@ -18273,16 +18925,18 @@
 <title>Command line interface</title>
 
 <anchor id="Command-line"/><!-- old name -->
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>command line</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>command line interface</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>interface, command line</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>CLI</primary></indexterm>
 
 <para>Synopsis (from a terminal command line):
 </para>
 <screen>pdflatex <replaceable>options</replaceable> <replaceable>argument</replaceable>
 </screen>
-<para>Run &latex; on <replaceable>argument</replaceable>.  In place of <command>pdflatex</command> you can
-also use <command>xelatex</command>, or <literal>lualatex</literal>, or <literal>dviluatex</literal>, or
-<literal>latex</literal>.
+<para>Run &latex; on <replaceable>argument</replaceable>.  In place of <command>pdflatex</command> you
+can also use (for PDF output) <command>xelatex</command> or <literal>lualatex</literal>, or
+(for DVI output) <literal>latex</literal> or <literal>dvilualatex</literal>, among others
+(see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>).
 </para>
 <para>For example, this will run &latex; on the file <filename>thesis.tex</filename>,
 creating the output <filename>thesis.pdf</filename>.
@@ -18333,8 +18987,8 @@
 command line.
 </para>
 <para>With many implementations you can specify command line options by
-prefixing them with ‘<literal>-</literal>’ or ‘<literal>--</literal>’.  This is the case for
-both &tex; Live (and Mac&tex;) and MiK&tex;.  We will use both
+prefixing them with ‘<literal>-</literal>’ or ‘<literal>--</literal>’.  This is the case for both
+&tex; Live (including Mac&tex;) and MiK&tex;.  We will use both
 conventions interchangeably.  If an option takes a value, it can be
 specified either as a separate argument (‘<literal>--foo val</literal>’), or as one
 argument with an ‘<literal>=</literal>’ sign (‘<literal>--foo=val</literal>’), but there can be no
@@ -18440,17 +19094,19 @@
 
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>input, on command line</primary></indexterm>
 
-<para>As part of the command line invocation <literal>pdflatex <replaceable>options</replaceable>
-<replaceable>argument</replaceable></literal> you can specify arbitrary &latex; input by starting
-<replaceable>argument</replaceable> with a backslash. This allows you to do some special
-effects.
+<para>As part of the command line invocation
 </para>
+<screen><replaceable>latex-engine</replaceable> <replaceable>options</replaceable> <replaceable>argument</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>you can specify arbitrary &latex; input by starting
+<replaceable>argument</replaceable> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This
+allows you to do some special effects.
+</para>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>hyperref</literal></primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>hyperref</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>For example, this file (which uses the <filename>hyperref</filename> package for
-hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one for paper and one for a
-PDF.
+<para>For example, this file (which uses the
+<filename>hyperref</filename> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of
+output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online.
 </para>
 <screen>\ifdefined\paperversion        % in preamble
 \newcommand{\urlcolor}{black}
@@ -18464,11 +19120,16 @@
 </screen>
 <para>Compiling this document <filename>book.tex</filename> with the command line
 <literal>pdflatex book</literal> will give the ‘<literal>CTAN</literal>’ link in blue.  But
-compiling it with <literal>pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"</literal>
-has the link in black.  (Note the use of double quotes to prevent
-interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may
-do this differently.)
+compiling it with
 </para>
+<screen>pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"
+</screen>
+<para>has the link in black.  We use double quotes to prevent
+interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell. (This
+usually works on both Unix and Windows systems, but there are many
+peculiarities to shell quoting, so read your system documentation if
+need be.)
+</para>
 <para>In a similar way, from the single file <filename>main.tex</filename> you can compile
 two different versions.
 </para>
@@ -18477,9 +19138,11 @@
 pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}"
 </screen>
 <para>The <literal>jobname</literal> option is there because otherwise both files would be
-called <filename>main.pdf</filename> and the second would overwrite the first.
+called <filename>main.pdf</filename> and the second would overwrite the first. (See
+the next section.)
 </para>
-<para>In this example, one passes the <literal>draft</literal> option to the  <filename>graphicx</filename> package:
+<para>In this example, we pass the <literal>draft</literal> option to the
+<filename>graphicx</filename> package:
 </para>
 <screen>pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}"
 </screen>
@@ -18487,31 +19150,93 @@
 but replaced in the PDF by a box with same size and that contains only
 the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink.
 </para>
-<!-- xx TODO translate the following -->
 
 </sect1>
 <sect1 label="28.3" id="Jobname">
-<title>&tex;’s job name</title>
+<title>Jobname</title>
 
-<!-- xx TODO, align on the French version which is far more complete and -->
-<!-- accurate. -->
-<para>When you run <literal><command>pdflatex</command> <replaceable>options</replaceable> <replaceable>argument</replaceable></literal>, if
-<replaceable>argument</replaceable> does not start with a backslash then &tex; considers it
-the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first
-<literal>\input</literal> instruction and the name of the input file will be the job
-name. This is used to name the log file the output file.  The
-<literal>jobname</literal> option overrides that process and directly specifies the
-name.  See <link linkend="Command-line-input">Command line input</link>, for an example of its use.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>\jobname</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>jobname</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>document root name</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>name of document root</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Running &latex; creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or
+DVI) output but also including others.  These files are named with the
+so-called <firstterm>jobname</firstterm>.  The most common case is also the simplest,
+where for instance the command <literal>pdflatex thesis</literal> creates
+<literal>thesis.pdf</literal> and also <literal>thesis.log</literal> and <literal>thesis.aux</literal>.
+Here the job name is <literal>thesis</literal>.
 </para>
-
+<para>In general, &latex; is invoked as <literal><replaceable>latex-engine</replaceable>
+<replaceable>options</replaceable> <replaceable>argument</replaceable></literal>, where <replaceable>latex-engine</replaceable> is
+<command>pdflatex</command>, <command>lualatex</command>, etc. (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>).
+If <replaceable>argument</replaceable> does not start with a backslash, as is the case
+above with <literal>thesis</literal>, then &tex; considers it to be the name of
+the file to input as the main document.  The name of that root file,
+without the <filename>.tex</filename> extension, is the jobname.  If <replaceable>argument</replaceable>
+does start with a backslash, or if &tex; is in interactive mode, then
+it waits for the first <literal>\input</literal> command, and the jobname is the
+argument to <literal>\input</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>There are two more possibilities for the jobname.  It can be directly
+specified with the <literal>-jobname</literal> option, as in <literal>pdflatex
+-jobname=myname</literal> (see <link linkend="Command-line-input">Command line input</link> for a real example).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>texput, jobname default</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fallback jobname</primary></indexterm>
+<para>The final possibility is <filename>texput</filename>, which is the final fallback
+default if no other name is available to &tex;.  For example, if no
+<literal>-jobname</literal> option was specified, and the compilation stops before
+there is any output, then the log file will be named
+<filename>texput.log</filename>. 
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\documentclass, and <literal>texput</literal> jobname</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\RequirePackage, and <literal>texput</literal> jobname</primary></indexterm>
+<para>A special case of this is that in &latex; versions of (approximately)
+2020 or later, the jobname is also <filename>texput</filename> if the first
+<literal>\input</literal> occurs as a result of being called by either
+<literal>\documentclass</literal> or <literal>\RequirePackage</literal>.  So this will produce
+a file named <filename>texput.pdf</filename>:
+</para>
+<screen>pdflatex "\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}"
+</screen>
+<para>However, this special case only applies to those two commands.  Thus, with
+</para>
 <!-- credit Herbert Voss: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/17236/121234 -->
-<screen>pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}"
-</screen><para>The <literal>jobname</literal> option is there because otherwise the output file
-would be <filename>graphicx.pdf</filename>, as <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> does an
-<literal>\input</literal> of its own.
+<screen>pdflatex "\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}"
+</screen>
+<para>the output file is <filename>lipsum.pdf</filename>, as <literal>\usepackage</literal> calls
+<literal>\input</literal>.
 </para>
-<!-- xx French version below: -->
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\jobname</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Within the document, the macro <literal>\jobname</literal> expands to the jobname.
+(When you run &latex; on a file whose name contains spaces, the string
+returned by <literal>\jobname</literal> contains matching start and end quotes.)
+In the expansion of that macro, all characters are of
+catcode 12 (other) except that spaces are category 10,
+including letters that are normally catcode 11.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\IfBeginWith* macro from <filename>xstring</filename></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xstring</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xstring</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
 
+<para>Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional
+can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro
+<literal>\IfBeginWith</literal> from the <filename>xstring</filename> package in its star
+variant, which is insensitive to catcode. For example, in the
+following text the footnote “Including Respublica Bananensis
+Francorum.” is only present if the task name starts with
+<filename>my-doc</filename>.
+</para>
+<screen>If a democracy is just a regime where citizens vote then
+all banana republics \IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}%
+{\footnote{Including Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} are
+democracies.
+</screen>
+<para>Manipulating the value of <literal>\jobname</literal> inside of a document does not
+change the name of the output file or the log file.
+</para>
+
 </sect1>
 <sect1 label="28.4" id="Recovering-from-errors">
 <title>Recovering from errors</title>

Modified: trunk/latex2e.dvi
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/latex2e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.html	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e.html	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of June 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (June 2021)</title>
+<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (June 2021)">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (June 2021)">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 </head>
 
 <body lang="en">
-<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (June 2021)</h1>
+<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)</h1>
 
 
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 <p>This manual has two versions.  One has <a
 href="https://latexref.xyz/">separate web pages for each section or
 subsection</a>.  It's also available as a <a
-href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">a single web page</a> and
+href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">single web page</a> and
 as a <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>.</p>
 
 <p> This document is not official.  It has not been reviewed by the
@@ -129,6 +129,7 @@
 href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/mirroring.html'>mirror this manual</a>,
 as well as <a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/writing.html'>contribute to
 it</a>.</p>
+<!-- End of opening header -->
 
 
 <span id="SEC_Overview"></span>
@@ -608,7 +609,7 @@
 <span id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual"></span><h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
 
 <p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-June 2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+July 2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 </p>
 <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="1">About this document</a></td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bug reporting, etc.
@@ -12678,10 +12679,6 @@
 </pre></div>
 
 
-
-
-
-
 <hr>
 <span id="Expressions"></span><div class="header">
 <p>
@@ -21320,8 +21317,8 @@
 </p>
 <span id="index-Halmos-symbol"></span>
 <span id="index-tombstone"></span>
-<p>This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
-often used to mark the end of a proof.
+<p>This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
+or just “qed”, often used to mark the end of a proof:
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
@@ -21930,9 +21927,9 @@
 contents, list of figures, or list of tables.  Authors do not directly
 enter <code>\@dottedtocline</code> commands.
 </p>
-<p>This command is often used by <code>\l at section</code>, <code>\l at subsection</code>,
+<p>This command is typically used by <code>\l at section</code>, <code>\l at subsection</code>,
 etc., to format the content lines.  For example, the <samp>article.cls</samp>
-file contains these definitions.
+file contains these definitions:
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\newcommand*\l at section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
@@ -21940,21 +21937,23 @@
 \newcommand*\l at subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>(In this example, <code>\@dottedcline</code> appears to have been given only
-three arguments.  But tracing the internal code shows it picks up the
-<var>text</var> and <var>pagenumber</var> arguments from a call to
-<code>\contentsline</code>.)
+<p>In this example, <code>\@dottedcline</code> appears to have been given only
+three arguments.  But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up
+the final <var>text</var> and <var>pagenumber</var> arguments in the synopsis
+from a call to <code>\contentsline</code>.
 </p>
+<span id="index-leaders_002c-dots-in-table-of-contents"></span>
 <p>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin
-box, these <code>\@dottedtocline</code> commands insert leaders,
-evenly-spaced dots.  The dot-to-dot space is given by the command
-<code>\@dotsep</code>.  By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which are
-<code>1/18</code> em.  Change it using <code>\renewcommand</code>, as with
-<code>\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}</code>.  (In the default book class,
-LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for the Part and Chapter table
-entries, and in the default article class it does not use dotted leaders
-for Section entries.)
+box, these <code>\@dottedtocline</code> commands insert <em>leaders</em>, that
+is, evenly-spaced dots.  The dot-to-dot space is given by the command
+<code>\@dotsep</code>.  By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which
+are <code>1/18</code> em.  Change it using <code>\renewcommand</code>, as
+in <code>\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}</code>.
 </p>
+<p>In the default book class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for
+the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class
+it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries.
+</p>
 
 <hr>
 <span id="g_t_005caddcontentsline"></span><div class="header">
@@ -21973,7 +21972,7 @@
 </pre></div>
 
 <span id="index-_005ccontentsline-1"></span>
-<p>Add an entry to the auxillary file with extension <var>ext</var>.
+<p>Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>.
 </p>
 <p>The following will result in an ‘<samp>Appendices</samp>’ line in the table of
 contents.
@@ -26547,6 +26546,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Latin-letters_002c-additional">Latin letters, additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-layout-commands">layout commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Layout">Layout</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-layout_002c-page-parameters-for">layout, page parameters for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-leaders_002c-dots-in-table-of-contents">leaders, dots in table of contents</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-leading">leading</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left-angle-quotation-marks">left angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left-arrow_002c-in-text">left arrow, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>

Modified: trunk/latex2e.info
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.info	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e.info	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 latex2e.texi.
 
 This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document
-preparation system, version of June 2021.
+preparation system, version of July 2021.
 
    This manual was originally translated from 'LATEX.HLP' v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by George D.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
 ***************************************
 
-This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of June 2021)
+This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of July 2021)
 for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 
 * Menu:
@@ -14671,8 +14671,8 @@
 
    Produce a "rule", a filled-in rectangle.
 
-   This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
-often used to mark the end of a proof.
+   This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos
+symbol, or just "qed", often used to mark the end of a proof:
 
      \newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
 
@@ -15139,27 +15139,30 @@
 contents, list of figures, or list of tables.  Authors do not directly
 enter '\@dottedtocline' commands.
 
-   This command is often used by '\l at section', '\l at subsection', etc., to
-format the content lines.  For example, the 'article.cls' file contains
-these definitions.
+   This command is typically used by '\l at section', '\l at subsection',
+etc., to format the content lines.  For example, the 'article.cls' file
+contains these definitions:
 
      \newcommand*\l at section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
      \newcommand*\l at subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
      \newcommand*\l at subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
 
-(In this example, '\@dottedcline' appears to have been given only three
-arguments.  But tracing the internal code shows it picks up the TEXT and
-PAGENUMBER arguments from a call to '\contentsline'.)
+In this example, '\@dottedcline' appears to have been given only three
+arguments.  But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up the
+final TEXT and PAGENUMBER arguments in the synopsis from a call to
+'\contentsline'.
 
    Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin
-box, these '\@dottedtocline' commands insert leaders, evenly-spaced
-dots.  The dot-to-dot space is given by the command '\@dotsep'.  By
-default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which are '1/18' em.  Change it
-using '\renewcommand', as with '\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}'.  (In the
-default book class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for the Part and
-Chapter table entries, and in the default article class it does not use
-dotted leaders for Section entries.)
+box, these '\@dottedtocline' commands insert "leaders", that is,
+evenly-spaced dots.  The dot-to-dot space is given by the command
+'\@dotsep'.  By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which are
+'1/18' em.  Change it using '\renewcommand', as in
+'\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}'.
 
+   In the default book class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for the
+Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class it does
+not use dotted leaders for Section entries.
+
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \addcontentsline,  Next: \addtocontents,  Prev: \@dottedtocline,  Up: Table of contents etc.
 
@@ -15170,7 +15173,7 @@
 
      \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT}
 
-   Add an entry to the auxillary file with extension EXT.
+   Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension EXT.
 
    The following will result in an 'Appendices' line in the table of
 contents.
@@ -19216,6 +19219,7 @@
 * layout commands:                       Layout.              (line   6)
 * layout, page parameters for:           Page layout parameters.
                                                               (line   6)
+* leaders, dots in table of contents:    \@dottedtocline.     (line  27)
 * leading:                               \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
                                                               (line   6)
 * left angle quotation marks:            Text symbols.        (line  33)
@@ -20515,85 +20519,85 @@
 Ref: Non-English characters534220
 Node: inputenc package535239
 Node: \rule537789
-Node: \today538954
-Node: Splitting the input539890
-Node: \endinput541632
-Node: \include & \includeonly542935
-Node: \input547232
-Node: Front/back matter548447
-Node: Table of contents etc.548780
-Node: \@dottedtocline554485
-Node: \addcontentsline555992
-Node: \addtocontents558870
-Node: \contentsline561087
-Node: \nofiles562780
-Node: \numberline563531
-Node: Indexes564646
-Node: \index566254
-Node: makeindex571359
-Ref: makeindex preamble573027
-Ref: makeindex postamble573167
-Ref: makeindex group skip573252
-Ref: makeindex letheadflag573585
-Ref: makeindex lethead prefix574046
-Ref: makeindex lethead suffix574198
-Ref: makeindex item 0574346
-Ref: makeindex item 1574426
-Ref: makeindex item 2574501
-Ref: makeindex item 01574579
-Ref: makeindex item x1574684
-Ref: makeindex item 12574889
-Ref: makeindex item x2574997
-Ref: makeindex delim 0575157
-Ref: makeindex delim 1575287
-Ref: makeindex delim 2575417
-Ref: makeindex delim n575543
-Ref: makeindex delim r575678
-Ref: makeindex line max575786
-Ref: makeindex indent space575921
-Ref: makeindex indent length576016
-Ref: makeindex page precedence576201
-Node: \printindex577075
-Node: Glossaries577548
-Node: \newglossaryentry579515
-Node: \gls580982
-Node: Letters581776
-Node: \address585394
-Node: \cc586205
-Node: \closing586647
-Node: \encl586961
-Node: \location587375
-Node: \makelabels587639
-Node: \name589956
-Node: \opening590197
-Node: \ps590478
-Node: \signature590767
-Node: \telephone591995
-Node: Input/output592360
-Node: \openin & \openout593090
-Node: \read595833
-Node: \typein597020
-Node: \typeout598280
-Node: \write599330
-Node: \write and security604057
-Node: \message605001
-Node: \wlog606830
-Node: \write18607331
-Node: Command line interface610822
-Ref: Command line610986
-Node: Command line options613139
-Ref: interaction modes614142
-Ref: output directory615096
-Node: Command line input616795
-Node: Jobname618826
-Node: Recovering from errors621968
-Node: Document templates623313
-Node: beamer template623747
-Node: article template624389
-Node: book template624852
-Node: Larger book template625331
-Node: Index626873
-Ref: Command Index626959
+Node: \today538977
+Node: Splitting the input539913
+Node: \endinput541655
+Node: \include & \includeonly542958
+Node: \input547255
+Node: Front/back matter548470
+Node: Table of contents etc.548803
+Node: \@dottedtocline554508
+Node: \addcontentsline556054
+Node: \addtocontents558932
+Node: \contentsline561149
+Node: \nofiles562842
+Node: \numberline563593
+Node: Indexes564708
+Node: \index566316
+Node: makeindex571421
+Ref: makeindex preamble573089
+Ref: makeindex postamble573229
+Ref: makeindex group skip573314
+Ref: makeindex letheadflag573647
+Ref: makeindex lethead prefix574108
+Ref: makeindex lethead suffix574260
+Ref: makeindex item 0574408
+Ref: makeindex item 1574488
+Ref: makeindex item 2574563
+Ref: makeindex item 01574641
+Ref: makeindex item x1574746
+Ref: makeindex item 12574951
+Ref: makeindex item x2575059
+Ref: makeindex delim 0575219
+Ref: makeindex delim 1575349
+Ref: makeindex delim 2575479
+Ref: makeindex delim n575605
+Ref: makeindex delim r575740
+Ref: makeindex line max575848
+Ref: makeindex indent space575983
+Ref: makeindex indent length576078
+Ref: makeindex page precedence576263
+Node: \printindex577137
+Node: Glossaries577610
+Node: \newglossaryentry579577
+Node: \gls581044
+Node: Letters581838
+Node: \address585456
+Node: \cc586267
+Node: \closing586709
+Node: \encl587023
+Node: \location587437
+Node: \makelabels587701
+Node: \name590018
+Node: \opening590259
+Node: \ps590540
+Node: \signature590829
+Node: \telephone592057
+Node: Input/output592422
+Node: \openin & \openout593152
+Node: \read595895
+Node: \typein597082
+Node: \typeout598342
+Node: \write599392
+Node: \write and security604119
+Node: \message605063
+Node: \wlog606892
+Node: \write18607393
+Node: Command line interface610884
+Ref: Command line611048
+Node: Command line options613201
+Ref: interaction modes614204
+Ref: output directory615158
+Node: Command line input616857
+Node: Jobname618888
+Node: Recovering from errors622030
+Node: Document templates623375
+Node: beamer template623809
+Node: article template624451
+Node: book template624914
+Node: Larger book template625393
+Node: Index626935
+Ref: Command Index627021
 
 End Tag Table
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/latex2e.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.texi	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e.texi	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
 <p>This manual has two versions.  One has <a
 href="https://latexref.xyz/">separate web pages for each section or
 subsection</a>.  It's also available as a <a
-href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">a single web page</a> and
+href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">single web page</a> and
 as a <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>.</p>
 
 <p> This document is not official.  It has not been reviewed by the
@@ -114,6 +114,7 @@
 href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/mirroring.html'>mirror this manual</a>,
 as well as <a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/writing.html'>contribute to
 it</a>.</p>
+<!-- End of opening header -->
 @end html
 
 @titlepage

Modified: trunk/latex2e.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.txt	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e.txt	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
     4.1.8 '\DeclareTextSymbol'
     4.1.9 '\DeclareTextSymbolDefault'
     4.1.10 '\LastDeclaredEncoding'
-    4.1.11 '\UseTextAccent' & '\UseTextSymbol'
+    4.1.11 '\UseTextSymbol' & '\UseTextAccent'
   4.2 Font styles
   4.3 Font sizes
   4.4 Low-level font commands
@@ -66,7 +66,8 @@
   5.3 '\flushbottom'
   5.4 '\raggedbottom'
   5.5 Page layout parameters
-  5.6 Floats
+  5.6 '\baselineskip' & '\baselinestretch'
+  5.7 Floats
 6 Sectioning
   6.1 '\part'
   6.2 '\chapter'
@@ -80,6 +81,7 @@
   7.1 '\label'
   7.2 '\pageref'
   7.3 '\ref'
+  7.4 'xr' package
 8 Environments
   8.1 'abstract'
   8.2 'array'
@@ -176,6 +178,7 @@
   12.10 '\newfont'
   12.11 '\protect'
   12.12 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend'
+  12.13 xspace package
 13 Counters
   13.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters
   13.2 '\usecounter'
@@ -192,6 +195,8 @@
   14.4 '\settodepth'
   14.5 '\settoheight'
   14.6 '\settowidth'
+  14.7 '\stretch'
+  14.8 Expressions
 15 Making paragraphs
   15.1 '\par'
   15.2 '\indent' & '\noindent'
@@ -215,6 +220,7 @@
   16.6 Spacing in math mode
     16.6.1 '\smash'
     16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom'
+    16.6.3 '\mathstrut'
   16.7 Math miscellany
     16.7.1 Colon character ':' & '\colon'
     16.7.2 '\*'
@@ -283,17 +289,21 @@
   23.5 Accents
     23.5.1 '\accent'
   23.6 Additional Latin letters
-  23.7 '\rule'
-  23.8 '\today'
+  23.7 'inputenc' package
+  23.8 '\rule'
+  23.9 '\today'
 24 Splitting the input
   24.1 '\endinput'
   24.2 '\include' & '\includeonly'
   24.3 '\input'
 25 Front/back matter
   25.1 Table of contents etc.
-    25.1.1 '\addcontentsline'
-    25.1.2 '\addtocontents'
-    25.1.3 '\nofiles'
+    25.1.1 '\@dottedtocline'
+    25.1.2 '\addcontentsline'
+    25.1.3 '\addtocontents'
+    25.1.4 '\contentsline'
+    25.1.5 '\nofiles'
+    25.1.6 '\numberline'
   25.2 Indexes
     25.2.1 '\index'
     25.2.2 'makeindex'
@@ -326,7 +336,7 @@
 28 Command line interface
   28.1 Command line options
   28.2 Command line input
-  28.3 TeX's job name
+  28.3 Jobname
   28.4 Recovering from errors
 Appendix A Document templates
   A.1 'beamer' template
@@ -337,7 +347,7 @@
 LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
 ***************************************
 
-This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of April 2021)
+This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of July 2021)
 for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 
 1 About this document
@@ -1304,7 +1314,6 @@
 this in the preamble
 
      \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-     \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Optional: encoding of input file
 
 gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
 French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, if you have
@@ -1441,7 +1450,7 @@
 for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from 'OT1'
 
    That is, this command is equivalent to this call (*note
-\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol::).
+\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent::).
 
      \DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{CMD}
         {\UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{CMD}{#1}}
@@ -1617,7 +1626,7 @@
      \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1}
 
    That is, this command is equivalent to this call (*note
-\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol::).
+\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent::).
 
      \DeclareTextCommandDefault{CMD}
         {\UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{CMD}}
@@ -1642,7 +1651,7 @@
      \DeclareFontEncoding{JH1}{}{}
      \DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0}
 
-4.1.11 '\UseTextAccent' & '\UseTextSymbol'
+4.1.11 '\UseTextSymbol' & '\UseTextAccent'
 ------------------------------------------
 
 Synopsis:
@@ -1685,9 +1694,9 @@
 
 The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.
 
-   In the table below the listed commands, the '\text...' commands, is
-used with an argument, as in '\textit{TEXT}'.  This is the preferred
-form.  But shown after it, in parenthesis, is the corresponding
+   In the table below the listed commands, the '\text...' commands, are
+used with an argument as in '\textit{TEXT}'.  This is the preferred
+form.  But shown after it in parenthesis is the corresponding
 "declaration form", which is often useful.  This form takes no
 arguments, as in '{\itshape TEXT}'.  The scope of the declaration form
 lasts until the next type style command or the end of the current group.
@@ -1969,23 +1978,10 @@
      stored in the parameter '\baselineskip'.  The default
      '\baselineskip' for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the
      '\fontsize'.  Changing '\baselineskip' directly is inadvisable
-     since its value is reset every time a size change happens; see
-     '\baselinestretch', next.
+     since its value is reset every time a size change happens; instead
+     use '\baselinestretch'.  (*note \baselineskip &
+     \baselinestretch::).
 
-'\baselinestretch'
-     LaTeX multiplies the line spacing by the value of the
-     '\baselinestretch' parameter; the default factor is 1.  A change
-     takes effect when '\selectfont' (see below) is called.  You can
-     make a line skip change happen for the entire document, for
-     instance doubling it, by doing
-     '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}' in the preamble.
-
-     However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the
-     'setspace' package.  In addition to offering a number of spacing
-     options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in
-     places where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and
-     figure captions.  See the package documentation.
-
 '\linespread{FACTOR}'
      Equivalent to '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}', and
      therefore must be followed by '\selectfont' to have any effect.
@@ -2296,7 +2292,97 @@
      of the first line of text.  For the standard classes, the default
      is the same as the font size, e.g., '10pt' at a type size of 10pt.
 
-5.6 Floats
+5.6 '\baselineskip' & '\baselinestretch'
+========================================
+
+The '\baselineskip' is a rubber length (*note Lengths::).  It gives the
+leading, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from baseline
+to baseline.
+
+   Ordinarily document authors do not directly change '\baselineskip'
+while writing.  Instead, it is set by the low level font selection
+command '\fontsize' (*note low level font commands fontsize::).  The
+'\baselineskip''s value is reset every time a font change happens and so
+any direct change to '\baselineskip' would vanish the next time there
+was a font switch.  For how to influence line spacing, see the
+discussion of '\baselinestretch' below.
+
+   Usually, a font's size and baseline skip is assigned by the font
+designer.  These numbers are nominal in the sense that if, for instance,
+a font's style file has the command '\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}' then that
+does not mean that the characters in the font are 10pt tall; for
+instance, parentheses and accented capitals may be taller.  Nor does it
+mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12pt apart then they risk
+touching.  Rather these numbers are typographic judgements.  (Often, the
+'\baselineskip' is about twenty percent larger than the font size.)
+
+   The '\baselineskip' is not a property of each line but of the entire
+paragraph.  As a result, large text in the middle of a paragraph, such
+as a single '{\Huge Q}', will be squashed into its line.  TeX will make
+sure it doesn't scrape up against the line above but won't change the
+'\baselineskip' for that one line to make extra room above.  For the
+fix, use a '\strut' (*note \strut::).
+
+   The value of '\baselineskip' that TeX uses for the paragraph is the
+value in effect at the blank line or command that ends the paragraph
+unit.  So if a document contains this paragraph then its lines will be
+scrunched together, compared to lines in surrounding paragraphs.
+
+     Many people see a page break between text and a displayed equation as
+     bad style, so in effect the display is part of the paragraph.
+     Because this display is in footnotesize, the entire paragraph has the
+     baseline spacing matching that size.
+     {\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$}
+
+   The process for making paragraphs is that when a new line is added,
+if the depth of the previous line plus the height of the new line is
+less than '\baselineskip' then TeX inserts vertical glue to make up the
+difference.  There are two fine points.  The first is that if the lines
+would be too close together, closer than '\lineskiplimit', then TeX
+instead uses '\lineskip' as the interline glue.  The second is that TeX
+doesn't actually use the depth of the previous line.  Instead it uses
+'\prevdepth', which usually contains that depth.  But at the beginning
+of the paragraph (or any vertical list) or just after a rule,
+'\prevdepth' has the value -1000pt and this special value tells TeX not
+to insert any interline glue at the paragraph start.
+
+   In the standard classes '\lineskiplimit' is 0pt and '\lineskip' is
+1pt.  By the prior paragraph then, the distance between lines can
+approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than zero) then the lines
+jump to 1pt apart.
+
+   Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in
+double space or one-and-a-half space.  The right way to influence the
+interline distance is via '\baselinestretch'.  It scales
+'\baselineskip', and has a default value of 1.0.  It is a command, not a
+length, so change the scale factor as in
+'\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont'.
+
+   The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire
+document is to put '\linespread{FACTOR}' in the preamble.  For double
+spacing, take FACTOR to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half spacing use 1.3.
+These number are rough: for instance, since the '\baselineskip' is about
+1.2 times the font size, multiplying by 1.6 gives a font size to
+baseline ratio of about 2.  (The '\linespread' command is defined as
+'\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}' so it won't take effect until
+a font setting happens.  But that always takes place at the start of a
+document, so there you don't need to follow it with '\selectfont'.)
+
+   A simpler approach is the 'setspace' package.  The basic example:
+
+     \usepackage{setspace}
+     \doublespacing  % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5
+
+   In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing.
+But you can also use these declarations in the document body to change
+the spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is
+'\singlespacing' to return the spacing to normal.  In the document body,
+a better practice than using the declarations is to use environments,
+such as '\begin{doublespace} ... \end{doublespace}'.  The package also
+has commands to do arbitrary spacing: '\setstretch{FACTOR}' and
+'\begin{spacing}{FACTOR} ... \end{spacing}'.
+
+5.7 Floats
 ==========
 
 Some typographic elements, such as figures and tables, cannot be broken
@@ -3309,6 +3395,61 @@
    The 'cleveref' package includes text such as 'Theorem' in the
 reference.  See the documentation on CTAN.
 
+7.4 'xr' package
+================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \usepackage{xr}
+       \externaldocument{DOCUMENT-BASENAME}
+
+   or
+
+     \usepackage{xr}
+       \externaldocument[REFERENCE-PREFIX]{DOCUMENT-BASENAME}
+
+   Make cross references to the external document
+'DOCUMENT-BASENAME.tex'.
+
+   Here is an example.  If 'lectures.tex' has this in the preamble
+
+     \usepackage{xr}
+       \externaldocument{exercises}
+       \externaldocument[H-]{hints}
+       \externaldocument{answers}
+
+   then it can use cross reference labels from the other three
+documents.  Suppose that 'exercises.tex' has an enumerated list
+containing this,
+
+     \item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree?
+
+   and 'hints.tex' has an enumerated list with this,
+
+     \item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices.
+
+   and 'answers.tex' has an enumerated list with this.
+
+     \item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there
+       are exactly two vertices.
+
+   After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering
+this in the body of 'lectures.tex' will result in the lectures getting
+the reference numbers used in the other documents.
+
+     See Exercise~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, with Hint~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}.
+     The solution is Answer~\ref{ans:EulersThm}.
+
+   The prefix 'H-' for the reference from the hints file is needed
+because the label in the hints file is the same as the label in the
+exercises file.  Without that prefix, both references would get the
+number from the later file.
+
+   Note: if the document uses the 'hyperref' package then in place of
+'xr', put '\usepackage{xr-hyper}' before the '\usepackage{hyperref}'.
+Also, if any of the multiple documents uses 'hyperref' then they all
+must use it.
+
 8 Environments
 **************
 
@@ -4557,8 +4698,9 @@
 
    There are three optional arguments, POSITION, HEIGHT, and INNER-POS.
 You need not include all three.  For example, get the default POSITION
-and set the HEIGHT with '\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm] CONTENTS
-\end{minipage}'.  (Get the natural height with an empty argument, '[]'.)
+and set the HEIGHT with '\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth}
+CONTENTS \end{minipage}'.  (Get the natural height with an empty
+argument, '[]'.)
 
    The optional argument POSITION governs how the 'minipage' vertically
 aligns with the surrounding material.
@@ -4652,7 +4794,8 @@
    This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic.
 They are vertically centered.
 
-     % siunitx to have the S column specifier, which aligns numbers on decimal point
+     % siunitx to have the S column specifier,
+     % which aligns numbers on their decimal point.
      \usepackage{siunitx}
      \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
        ...
@@ -4663,7 +4806,8 @@
          \begin{tabular}{r|S}
            % \multicolumn to remove vertical bar between column headers
            \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} &
-           % Braces to prevent siunitx to misinterprete point as a decimal separator
+           % braces to prevent siunitx from misinterpreting the
+           % period as a decimal separator
            {Pop. (million)}  \\ \hline
            The Bronx      &1.5  \\
            Brooklyn       &2.6  \\
@@ -4756,7 +4900,7 @@
 appears as an argument, as with '\put(1,2){...}', it is not enclosed in
 braces since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument.  Also,
 unlike in some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are
-further up the page, ie. y = 1 is _above_ y = 0.
+further up the page, for example, y = 1 is _above_ y = 0.
 
    There are four ways to put things in a picture: '\put', '\multiput',
 '\qbezier', and '\graphpaper'.  The most often used is '\put'.  This
@@ -7670,21 +7814,20 @@
 But, as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then
 '\fullname' will reproduce that.
 
-     \makeatletter
-     \newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\@honorific{#1}} % remember title
-     \newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\@honorific~#1}       % put title before name
-     \makeatother
+     \newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % remember title
+     \newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1}       % put title before name
+
      \begin{tabular}{|l|}
      \honorific{Mr/Ms}  \fullname{Jones} \\  % no extra space here
      \honorific{ Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones}     % extra space before title
      \end{tabular}
 
 To fix this, change to
-'\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\@honorific~#1}'.
+'\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}'.
 
    The '\ignorespaces' is also often used in a '\newenvironment' at the
-end of the BEGIN clause, that is, as part of the second argument, as in
-'\begin{newenvironment}{ENV NAME}{... \ignorespaces}{...}'.
+end of the BEGIN clause, as in '\begin{newenvironment}{ENV NAME}{...
+\ignorespaces}{...}'.
 
    To strip spaces off the end of an environment use
 '\ignorespacesafterend'.  An example is that this will show a much
@@ -7707,6 +7850,55 @@
 solution is to change to
 '\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}'.
 
+12.13 xspace package
+====================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \usepackage{xspace}
+       ...
+     \newcommand{...}{...\xspace}
+
+   The '\xspace' macro, when used at the end of a command, adds a space
+unless the command is followed by certain punctuation characters.
+
+   After a command name that uses letters (as opposed to single
+character command names using non-letters such as '\$'), TeX gobbles
+white space.  Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has
+'Vermont' placed snugly against the period, without any intervening
+space.
+
+     \newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
+     Our college is in \VT .
+     The \VT{} summers are nice.
+
+   But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy
+curly braces or else there would be no space separating 'Vermont' from
+'summers'.  (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for
+this.  *Note \(SPACE)::.)
+
+   The 'xspace' package provides '\xspace'.  It is for writing commands
+which are designed to be used mainly in text.  It inserts a space after
+that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of exceptions.
+In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+
+     \newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
+     Our college is in \VT .
+     \VT summers are nice.
+
+   The default exception list contains the characters ',.'/?;:!~-)', the
+open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, and
+the commands '\footnote' or '\footnotemark'.  Add to that list as with
+'\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}' and remove from that list as with
+'\xspaceremoveexception{!}'.
+
+   A comment: many experts prefer not to use '\xspace'.  Putting it in a
+definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
+But it isn't easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+'\xspace' will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
+command, and so '\xspace' can make editing material harder and more
+error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+
 13 Counters
 ***********
 
@@ -7872,7 +8064,7 @@
 
 Synopsis:
 
-     \addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE 
+     \addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}
 
    Globally increment COUNTER by the amount specified by the VALUE
 argument, which may be negative.
@@ -8211,6 +8403,137 @@
 '\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
 number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.
 
+14.7 '\stretch'
+===============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \stretch{NUMBER}
+
+   Produces a rubber length with zero natural length and NUMBER times
+'\fill' units of stretchability (*note Lengths::).  The NUMBER can be
+positive or negative.  This command is robust (*note \protect::).
+
+   It works for both vertical and horizontal spacing.  In this
+horizontal example, LaTeX produces three tick marks, and the distance
+between the first and second is half again as long as the distance
+between the second and third.
+
+     \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1.5}}%
+       \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}%
+       \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}
+
+   In this vertical example, the 'We dedicate ...' will have three times
+as much space under it as above it.
+
+     \newenvironment{dedication}{% in document preamble
+       \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}%
+       \vspace*{\stretch{1}} % stretchable space at top
+       \it
+     }{%
+       \vspace{\stretch{3}}  % space at bot is 3x as at top
+       \clearpage
+     }
+       ...
+     \begin{dedication}  % in document body
+     We dedicate this book to our wives.
+     \end{dedication}
+
+14.8 Expressions
+================
+
+Synopsis, one of:
+
+     \numexpr EXPRESSION
+     \dimexpr EXPRESSION
+     \glueexpr EXPRESSION
+     \muglue EXPRESSION
+
+   Any place where you may write an integer, or a TeX dimen, or TeX
+glue, or muglue, you can instead write an expression to compute that
+type of quantity.
+
+   An example is that '\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax' will produce as
+output the length that is four points less than width of a line (the
+only purpose of '\the' is to show the result in the document).
+Analogously, '\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax' will produce 'ix', and
+'\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax' will produce '10.0pt plus
+2.0pt'.
+
+   A convenience here over doing calculations by allocating registers
+and then using '\advance', etc., is that the evaluation of expressions
+does not involve assignments and can therefore be performed in places
+where assignments are not allowed.  The next example computes the width
+of the '\parbox'.
+
+     \newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em}
+     \begin{center}
+     \parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3}{With malice toward none
+     with charity for all with firmness in the right as God gives us to see
+     the right let us strive on to finish the work we are in to bind up the
+     nation's wounds, to care for him who shall have borne the battle and
+     for his widow and his orphan \textasciitilde\ to do all which may
+     achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace among ourselves and with
+     all nations.  ---Abraham Lincoln, Second Inaugural Address, from the
+     memorial}
+     \end{center}
+
+   The EXPRESSION consists of one or more terms of the same type
+(integer, dimension, etc.)  that are added or subtracted.  A term that
+is a type of number, dimension, etc., consists of a factor of that type,
+optionally multiplied or divided by factors.  A factor of a type is
+either a quantity of that type or a parenthesized subexpression.  The
+expression produces a result of the given type, so that '\numexpr'
+produces an integer, '\dimexpr' produces a dimension, etc.
+
+   In the quotation example above, changing to
+'\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset' gives the error 'Illegal unit of measure
+(pt inserted)'.  This is because for '\dimexpr' and '\glueexpr', the
+input consists of a dimension or glue value followed by an optional
+multiplication factor, and not the other way around.  Thus '\the\dimexpr
+1pt*10\relax' is valid and produces '10.0pt', but '\the\dimexpr
+10*1pt\relax' gives the 'Illegal unit' error.
+
+   The expressions absorb tokens and carry out appropriate mathematics
+up to a '\relax' (which will be absorbed), or up to the first non-valid
+token.  Thus, '\the\numexpr2+3px' will print '5px', because LaTeX reads
+the '\numexpr2+3', which is made up of numbers, and then finds the
+letter 'p', which cannot be part of a number.  It therefore terminates
+the expression and produces the '5', followed by the regular text 'px'.
+
+   This termination behavior is useful in comparisons.  In
+'\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi', the less than sign
+terminates the expression and the result is 'No' (in a standard LaTeX
+article).
+
+   Expressions may use the operators '+', '-', '*' and '/' along with
+parentheses for subexpressions, '(...)'.  In glue expressions the 'plus'
+and 'minus' parts do not need parentheses to be affected by a factor.
+So '\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax' results in '10pt plus 2pt'.
+
+   TeX will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when
+doing register assignment.  Thus '\the\numexpr\dimexpr 1pt\relax\relax'
+will result in '65536', which is '1pt' converted to scaled points (TeX's
+internal unit) and then coerced into an integer.  With a '\glueexpr'
+here, the stretch and shrink would be dropped.  Going the other way, a
+'\numexpr' inside a '\dimexpr' or '\glueexpr' will need appropriate
+units, as in '\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax', which produces
+'3.0pt'.
+
+   The details of the arithmetic: each factor is checked to be in the
+allowed range, numbers must be less than 2^{31} in absolute value, and
+dimensions or glue components must be less than 2^{14} points, or 'mu',
+or 'fil', etc.  The arithmetic operations are performed individually,
+except for a scaling operation (a multiplication immediately followed by
+a division) which is done as one combined operation with a 64-bit
+product as intermediate value.  The result of each operation is again
+checked to be in the allowed range.
+
+   Finally, division and scaling take place with rounding (unlike TeX's
+'\divide', which truncates).  Thus '\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax' puts
+'10.0pt' in the document, because it rounds '3/2' to '2', while
+'\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax' produces '5.0pt'.
+
 15 Making paragraphs
 ********************
 
@@ -10257,22 +10580,32 @@
 
    The '\phantom' command creates a box with the same height, depth, and
 width as SUBFORMULA, but empty.  That is, this command causes LaTeX to
-typeset the box but not its ink.  The '\vphantom' variant also produces
-an invisible box with the same height and depth as SUBFORMULA, but it
-has width zero.  And '\hphantom' makes a box with the same width as
-SUBFORMULA but with height and depth zero.
+typeset the space but not fill it with the material.  Here LaTeX will
+put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty.
 
-   Without the '\vphantom' in this example, the top bars of the two
-square roots would be at different heights.
+     \fbox{\phantom{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals.
+                    --- Mark Twain}}
 
-     \( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \)
+   The '\vphantom' variant produces an invisible box with the same
+vertical size as SUBFORMULA, the same height and depth, but having zero
+width.  And '\hphantom' makes a box with the same width as SUBFORMULA
+but with zero height and depth.
 
-   The '\vphantom{a^3}' causes the first '\sqrt' to have inside it a box
-of the same height as the second '\sqrt', so LaTeX makes the bars align.
+   In this example, the tower of exponents in the second summand
+expression is so tall that TeX places this expression further down than
+its default.  Without adjustment, the two summand expressions would be
+at different levels.  The '\vphantom' in the first expression tells TeX
+to leave as much vertical room as it does for the tower, so the two
+expressions come out at the same level.
 
-   These commands often are combined with '\smash'.  *Note \smash::, for
-another example of the use of '\vphantom'.
+     \begin{displaymath}
+         \sum_{j\in\{0,\ldots\, 10\}\vphantom{3^{3^{3^j}}}}
+           \sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j
+     \end{displaymath}
 
+   These commands are often used in conjunction with '\smash'.  *Note
+\smash::, which includes another example of '\vphantom'.
+
    The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides
 a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
 convenient, including '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) as well as
@@ -10291,6 +10624,28 @@
 mode.  So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it
 with '\leavevmode'.
 
+16.6.3 '\mathstrut'
+-------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \mathstrut
+
+   The analogue of '\strut' for mathematics.  *Note \strut::.
+
+   The input '$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$' gives output where the second
+radical is taller than the first.  To add extra vertical space without
+any horizontal space, so that the two have the same height, use
+'$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$'.
+
+   The '\mathstrut' command adds the vertical height of an open
+parenthesis, '(', but no horizontal space.  It is defined as
+'\vphantom{(}', so see *note \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom:: for
+more.  An advantage over '\strut' is that '\mathstrut' adds no depth,
+which is often the right thing for formulas.  Using the height of an
+open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the
+amount of space, use '\rule' with a width of zero.  *Note \rule::.
+
 16.7 Math miscellany
 ====================
 
@@ -13100,15 +13455,33 @@
 '\textexclamdown (or '!`')'
      ¡  Upside down exclamation point.
 
+'\textfiguredash'
+     Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012.  Defined in the June
+     2021 release of LaTeX.  When used in pdfTeX, approximated by an
+     en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if
+     available in the current font, or writes the usual "Missing
+     character" warning to the log file.
+
 '\textgreater'
      > Greater than symbol.
 
+'\texthorizontalbar'
+     Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015.  Defined in the June 2021
+     release of LaTeX.  Behavior as with '\textfiguredash' above; the
+     pdfTeX approximation is an em-dash.
+
 '\textless'
      < Less than symbol.
 
 '\textleftarrow'
      ←, Left arrow.
 
+'\textnonbreakinghyphen'
+     Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011.  Defined in the June
+     2021 release of LaTeX.  Behavior as with '\textfiguredash' above;
+     the pdfTeX approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with breaks
+     disallowed after).
+
 '\textordfeminine'
 '\textordmasculine'
      ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols.
@@ -13350,7 +13723,60 @@
      you need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font
      encoding, such as T1.
 
-23.7 '\rule'
+23.7 'inputenc' package
+=======================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \usepackage[ENCODING-NAME]{inputenc}
+
+   Declare the input file's text encoding to be ENCODING-NAME.  The
+default, if this package is not loaded, is UTF-8.  Technically,
+specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not
+useful to omit it.
+
+   In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme
+called the "encoding".  There are many different encodings.  The
+simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough
+for most of the world's languages.  For instance, to typeset the
+a-umlaut character ä in an ASCII-encoded LaTeX source file, the sequence
+'\"a' is used.  This would make source files for anything but English
+hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive encoding is more
+convenient.
+
+   The modern encoding standard, in some ways a union of the others, is
+UTF-8, one of the representations of Unicode.  This is the default for
+LaTeX since 2018.
+
+   The 'inputenc' package is how LaTeX knows what encoding is used.  For
+instance, the following command explicitly says that the input file is
+UTF-8 (note the lack of a dash).
+
+     \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+
+   Caution: use 'inputenc' only with the pdfTeX engine (*note TeX
+engines::).  (The XeTeX and LuaTeX engines assume that the input file is
+UTF-8 encoded.)  If you invoke LaTeX with either the 'xelatex' command
+or the 'lualatex' command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with
+'inputenc', such as 'latin1', then you will get the error 'inputenc is
+not designed for xetex or luatex'.
+
+   An 'inputenc' package error such as 'Invalid UTF-8 byte "96' means
+that some of the material in the input file does not follow the encoding
+scheme.  Often these errors come from copying material from a document
+that uses a different encoding than the input file; this one is a left
+single quote from a web page using 'latin1' inside a LaTeX input file
+that uses UTF-8.  The simplest solution is to replace the non-UTF-8
+character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a LaTeX equivalent command
+or character.
+
+   In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a
+variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be
+necessary.  Use the command '\inputencoding{ENCODING-NAME}'.  The most
+common values for ENCODING-NAME are: 'ascii', 'latin1', 'latin2',
+'latin3', 'latin4', 'latin5', 'latin9', 'latin10', and 'utf8'.
+
+23.8 '\rule'
 ============
 
 Synopsis, one of:
@@ -13360,8 +13786,8 @@
 
    Produce a "rule", a filled-in rectangle.
 
-   This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
-often used to mark the end of a proof.
+   This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos
+symbol, or just "qed", often used to mark the end of a proof:
 
      \newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
 
@@ -13385,7 +13811,7 @@
 the output, but can cause LaTeX to change the output around it.  *Note
 \strut::, for examples.
 
-23.8 '\today'
+23.9 '\today'
 =============
 
 Synopsis:
@@ -13691,7 +14117,7 @@
    If you want a page break after the table of contents, write a
 '\newpage' command after the '\tableofcontents' command, as above.
 
-   To make the table of contents LaTeX stores the information in an
+   To make the table of contents, LaTeX stores the information in an
 auxiliary file named 'ROOT-FILE.toc' (*note Splitting the input::).  For
 example, this LaTeX file 'test.tex'
 
@@ -13702,58 +14128,119 @@
      \subsection{First subsection}
        ...
 
-writes the following line to 'test.toc'.
+writes these lines to 'test.toc'.
 
      \contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}First section}{2}
      \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2}
 
-The 'section' or 'subsection' is the sectioning unit.  The hook
-'\numberline' lets you to change how the information appears in the
-table of contents.  Its unique argument, '1' or '1.1', is the sectioning
-unit number, whereas the remainder of the second argument of
-'\contentsline', 'First section' or 'First subsection', is the title.
-Finally, the third argument, '2', is the page number on which the
-sectioning units start.
+Each line contains a single command, '\contentsline' (*note
+\contentsline::).  The first argument, the 'section' or 'subsection', is
+the sectioning unit.  The second argument has two components.  The hook
+'\numberline' determines how the sectioning number, '1' or '1.1',
+appears in the table of contents (*note \numberline::).  The remainder
+of the second argument of '\contentsline', 'First section' or 'First
+subsection', is the sectioning title text.  Finally, the third argument,
+'2', is the page number on which this sectioning unit starts.
 
-   One consequence of this auxiliary file storage strategy is that to
-get the contents page correct you must run LaTeX twice, once to store
-the information and once to get it.  In particular, the first time that
-you run LaTeX on a new document, the table of contents page will be
-empty except for its 'Contents' header.  Just run it again.
+   To typeset these lines, the document class provides '\l at SECTION-UNIT'
+commands such as '\l at section{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}' and
+'\l at subsection{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}'.  These commands often use the
+'\@dottedtocline' command (*note \@dottedtocline::).
 
+   A consequence of LaTeX's strategy of using auxiliary files is that to
+get the correct information in the document you must run LaTeX twice,
+once to store the information and the second time to retrieve it.  In
+the ordinary course of writing a document authors run LaTeX a number of
+times, but you may notice that the first time that you compile a new
+document, the table of contents page will be empty except for its
+'Contents' header.  Just run LaTeX again.
+
    The commands '\listoffigures' and '\listoftables' produce a list of
-figures and a list of tables.  They work the same way as the contents
-commands; for instance, these work with information stored in '.lof' and
-'.lot' files.
+figures and a list of tables.  Their information is stored in files with
+extension '.lof' and '.lot'.  They work the same way as
+'\tableofcontents' but the latter is more common, so we use it for most
+examples.
 
-   To change the header for the table of contents page do something like
-the first line here.
+   You can manually add material to the table of contents, the list of
+figures, and the list of tables.  For instance, add a line about a
+section to the table of contents with
+'\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{TEXT}'.  (*note \addcontentsline::).
+Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line material, with
+'\addtocontents', as with the command
+'\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}', which adds vertical space
+to the list of figures (*note \addtocontents::).
 
-     \renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of contents}
+   Lines in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of
+tables, have four parts.  First is an indent.  Next is a box into which
+sectioning numbers are placed, and then the third box holds the title
+text, such as 'First section'.  Finally there is a box up against the
+right margin, inside of which LaTeX puts the page number box.  For the
+indent and the width of the number box, *note \@dottedtocline::.  The
+right margin box has width '\@tocrmarg' and the page number is flush
+right in that space, inside a box of width '\@pnumwidth'.  By default
+'\@tocrmarg' is '2.55em' and '\@pnumwidth' is '1.55em'.  Change these as
+with '\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}'.
+
+   CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
+and tables (*note CTAN::).  The package 'tocloft' is convenient for
+adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing.  And,
+'tocbibbind' will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc.  to
+the table of contents.
+
+   To change the header for the table of contents page, do something
+like these commands before you call '\tableofcontents', etc.
+
+     \renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents}
      \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots}
-     \renewcommand{\listtablename}{Tables}
+     \renewcommand{\listtablename}{Specifications}
 
 
-   Similarly, the other two lines will do the other two.
-Internationalization packages such as 'babel' or 'polyglossia' will
-change the headers depending on the chosen base language.
+   Internationalization packages such as 'babel' or 'polyglossia' will
+change these headers depending on the chosen base language.
 
-   CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
-and tables.  One convenient one for adjusting some aspects of the
-default, such as spacing, is 'tocloft'.  And, 'tocbibbind' will
-automatically add the bibliography, index, etc.  to the table of
-contents.
+25.1.1 '\@dottedtocline'
+------------------------
 
-25.1.1 '\addcontentsline'
+Synopsis:
+
+     \@dottedtocline{SECTION-LEVEL-NUM}{INDENT}{NUMWIDTH}{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}
+
+   Used internally by LaTeX to format an entry line in the table of
+contents, list of figures, or list of tables.  Authors do not directly
+enter '\@dottedtocline' commands.
+
+   This command is typically used by '\l at section', '\l at subsection',
+etc., to format the content lines.  For example, the 'article.cls' file
+contains these definitions:
+
+     \newcommand*\l at section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+     \newcommand*\l at subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+     \newcommand*\l at subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+
+In this example, '\@dottedcline' appears to have been given only three
+arguments.  But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up the
+final TEXT and PAGENUMBER arguments in the synopsis from a call to
+'\contentsline'.
+
+   Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin
+box, these '\@dottedtocline' commands insert "leaders", that is,
+evenly-spaced dots.  The dot-to-dot space is given by the command
+'\@dotsep'.  By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which are
+'1/18' em.  Change it using '\renewcommand', as in
+'\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}'.
+
+   In the default book class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for the
+Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class it does
+not use dotted leaders for Section entries.
+
+25.1.2 '\addcontentsline'
 -------------------------
 
 Synopsis:
 
      \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT}
 
-   Add an entry to the file specified by EXT.  Usually EXT is one of
-'toc' for the table of contents, 'lof' for the list of figures, or 'lot'
-for the list of tables.
+   Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension EXT.
 
    The following will result in an 'Appendices' line in the table of
 contents.
@@ -13767,20 +14254,23 @@
    The '\addcontentsline' command writes information to the file
 'ROOT-NAME.EXT'.  It writes that information as the text of the command
 '\contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{NUM}', where 'NUM' is the current value of
-counter 'UNIT'.  The most common case is the table of contents and there
-NUM is the page number of the first page of UNIT.
+counter 'UNIT' (*note \contentsline::).  The most common case is the
+table of contents and there NUM is the page number of the first page of
+UNIT.
 
    This command is invoked by the sectioning commands '\chapter', etc.,
 and also by '\caption' inside a float environment.  But it is also used
-by authors.  For example, in a book to have the preface unnumbered, you
-may use the starred '\chapter*'.  But that does not put in table of
-contents information, so you can enter it manually, as here.
+by authors.  For example, an author writing a book whose style is to
+have an unnumbered preface may use the starred '\chapter*'.  But that
+command leaves out table of contents information, which can be entered
+manually, as here.
 
      \chapter*{Preface}
      \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Preface}
 
 In the '.toc' file LaTeX will put the line '\contentsline
-{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}'; note the page number '3'.
+{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}'; note that the page number '3' is
+automatically generated by the system, not entered manually.
 
    All of the arguments for '\addcontentsline' are required.
 
@@ -13819,7 +14309,7 @@
 then you don't get an error but the formatting in the table of contents
 will not make sense.
 
-25.1.2 '\addtocontents'
+25.1.3 '\addtocontents'
 -----------------------
 
 Synopsis:
@@ -13828,8 +14318,8 @@
 
    Add TEXT, which may be text or formatting commands, directly to the
 auxiliary file with extension EXT.  This is most commonly used for the
-table of contents so that is the discussion here, but this also applies
-to the list of figures and list of tables.
+table of contents so that is the discussion here, but it also applies to
+the list of figures and list of tables.
 
    This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the
 'Contents' header.
@@ -13837,6 +14327,24 @@
      \tableofcontents\newpage
      \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}}
 
+This puts the word 'Page', in boldface, above the column of page numbers
+and after the header.
+
+     \tableofcontents
+     \addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Page}\par}
+     \chapter{...}
+
+This adds a line announcing work by a new author.
+
+     \addtocontents{toc}{%
+       \protect\vspace{2ex}
+       \textbf{Chapters by N. Other Author}\par}
+
+   The difference between '\addtocontents' and '\addcontentsline' is
+that the latter is strictly for lines, such as with a line giving the
+page number for the start of a new subset of the chapters.  As the above
+examples show, '\addtocontents' is for material such as spacing.
+
    The '\addtocontents' command has two arguments.  Both are required.
 
 EXT
@@ -13859,7 +14367,47 @@
 of contents can come out in the wrong order.  The solution is to move
 '\addtocontents' into the file being included.
 
-25.1.3 '\nofiles'
+25.1.4 '\contentsline'
+----------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}
+
+   Used internally by LaTeX to typeset an entry of the table of
+contents, list of figures, or list of tables (*note Table of contents
+etc.::).  Authors do not directly enter '\contentsline' commands.
+
+   Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the
+commands '\chapter', '\section', etc.  for the table of contents, or by
+the '\caption' command inside of a '\figure' or '\table' environment
+(*note figure:: and *note table::).  Thus, where the base file is
+'thesis.tex', and contains the declaration '\tableofcontents', the
+command '\chapter{Chapter One}' produces something like this in the file
+'thesis.toc'.
+
+     \contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Chapter One}{3}
+
+   If the file contains the declaration '\listoffigures' then a figure
+environment involving '\caption{Test}' will produce something like this
+in 'thesis.lof'.
+
+     \contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces Test}}{6}
+
+   To manually add material, use
+'\addcontentsline{FILETYPE}{UNIT}{TEXT}', where FILETYPE is 'toc',
+'lof', or 'lot' (*note \addcontentsline::).
+
+   For manipulating how the '\contentline' material is typeset, see the
+'tocloft' package.
+
+   Note that the 'hyperref' package changes the definition of
+'\contentsline' (and '\addcontentsline') to add more arguments, to make
+hyperlinks.  This is the source of the error 'Argument of \contentsline
+has an extra }'.  Fix this error by deleting the '.toc' or '.lof' or
+'.lot' file, and running LaTeX again.
+
+25.1.5 '\nofiles'
 -----------------
 
 Synopsis:
@@ -13884,6 +14432,35 @@
 '\nofiles' command after you have run the file and gotten a '.toc' then
 the table of contents page will continue to show the old information.
 
+25.1.6 '\numberline'
+--------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \numberline{NUMBER}
+
+   Typeset its argument flush left in a box.  This is used in a
+'\contentsline' command to typeset the section number (*note
+\contentsline::).
+
+   For example, this line in a '.toc' file causes the '1' to be typeset
+flush left.
+
+     \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivation}{2}
+
+   By default, LaTeX typesets the section numbers in a box of length
+'\@tempdima'.  That length is set by the commands '\l at section',
+'\l at subsection', etc.  Put section numbers inside a natural-width box
+with '\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}'.
+
+   This command is fragile, so you may need to precede it with
+'\protect' (*note \protect::).  An example is the use of '\protect' in
+the command
+'\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}' to get
+the '\numberline' into this command in the '.toc' file: '\contentsline
+{section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}' (the page number '6' is
+automatically added by LaTeX; *note \addcontentsline::).
+
 25.2 Indexes
 ============
 
@@ -15089,8 +15666,9 @@
 
      pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT
 
-   Run LaTeX on ARGUMENT.  In place of 'pdflatex' you can also use
-'xelatex', or 'lualatex', or 'dviluatex', or 'latex'.
+   Run LaTeX on ARGUMENT.  In place of 'pdflatex' you can also use (for
+PDF output) 'xelatex' or 'lualatex', or (for DVI output) 'latex' or
+'dvilualatex', among others (*note TeX engines::).
 
    For example, this will run LaTeX on the file 'thesis.tex', creating
 the output 'thesis.pdf'.
@@ -15134,10 +15712,10 @@
 
    With many implementations you can specify command line options by
 prefixing them with '-' or '--'.  This is the case for both TeX Live
-(and MacTeX) and MiKTeX.  We will use both conventions interchangeably.
-If an option takes a value, it can be specified either as a separate
-argument ('--foo val'), or as one argument with an '=' sign
-('--foo=val'), but there can be no spaces around the '='.  We will
+(including MacTeX) and MiKTeX.  We will use both conventions
+interchangeably.  If an option takes a value, it can be specified either
+as a separate argument ('--foo val'), or as one argument with an '='
+sign ('--foo=val'), but there can be no spaces around the '='.  We will
 generally use the '=' syntax.
 
 '-version'
@@ -15212,13 +15790,17 @@
 28.2 Command line input
 =======================
 
-As part of the command line invocation 'pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT' you
-can specify arbitrary LaTeX input by starting ARGUMENT with a backslash.
-This allows you to do some special effects.
+As part of the command line invocation
 
+     LATEX-ENGINE OPTIONS ARGUMENT
+
+you can specify arbitrary LaTeX input by starting ARGUMENT with a
+backslash.  (All the engines support this.)  This allows you to do some
+special effects.
+
    For example, this file (which uses the 'hyperref' package for
-hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one for paper and one for a
-PDF.
+hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one to be read on physical
+paper and one to be read online.
 
      \ifdefined\paperversion        % in preamble
      \newcommand{\urlcolor}{black}
@@ -15231,11 +15813,15 @@
        ...
 
 Compiling this document 'book.tex' with the command line 'pdflatex book'
-will give the 'CTAN' link in blue.  But compiling it with 'pdflatex
-"\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"' has the link in black.  (Note the
-use of double quotes to prevent interpretation of the symbols by the
-command line shell; your system may do this differently.)
+will give the 'CTAN' link in blue.  But compiling it with
 
+     pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"
+
+has the link in black.  We use double quotes to prevent interpretation
+of the symbols by the command line shell.  (This usually works on both
+Unix and Windows systems, but there are many peculiarities to shell
+quoting, so read your system documentation if need be.)
+
    In a similar way, from the single file 'main.tex' you can compile two
 different versions.
 
@@ -15243,9 +15829,10 @@
      pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}"
 
 The 'jobname' option is there because otherwise both files would be
-called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first.
+called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first.  (See the
+next section.)
 
-   In this example, one passes the 'draft' option to the 'graphicx'
+   In this example, we pass the 'draft' option to the 'graphicx'
 package:
 
      pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}"
@@ -15254,21 +15841,69 @@
 but replaced in the PDF by a box with same size and that contains only
 the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink.
 
-28.3 TeX's job name
-===================
+28.3 Jobname
+============
 
-When you run 'pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT', if ARGUMENT does not start
-with a backslash then TeX considers it the name of a file to input.
-Otherwise it waits for the first '\input' instruction and the name of
-the input file will be the job name.  This is used to name the log file
-the output file.  The 'jobname' option overrides that process and
-directly specifies the name.  *Note Command line input::, for an example
-of its use.
+Running LaTeX creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or DVI)
+output but also including others.  These files are named with the
+so-called "jobname".  The most common case is also the simplest, where
+for instance the command 'pdflatex thesis' creates 'thesis.pdf' and also
+'thesis.log' and 'thesis.aux'.  Here the job name is 'thesis'.
 
-     pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}"
-   The 'jobname' option is there because otherwise the output file would
-be 'graphicx.pdf', as '\RequirePackage' does an '\input' of its own.
+   In general, LaTeX is invoked as 'LATEX-ENGINE OPTIONS ARGUMENT',
+where LATEX-ENGINE is 'pdflatex', 'lualatex', etc. (*note TeX
+engines::).  If ARGUMENT does not start with a backslash, as is the case
+above with 'thesis', then TeX considers it to be the name of the file to
+input as the main document.  The name of that root file, without the
+'.tex' extension, is the jobname.  If ARGUMENT does start with a
+backslash, or if TeX is in interactive mode, then it waits for the first
+'\input' command, and the jobname is the argument to '\input'.
 
+   There are two more possibilities for the jobname.  It can be directly
+specified with the '-jobname' option, as in 'pdflatex -jobname=myname'
+(*note Command line input:: for a real example).
+
+   The final possibility is 'texput', which is the final fallback
+default if no other name is available to TeX.  For example, if no
+'-jobname' option was specified, and the compilation stops before there
+is any output, then the log file will be named 'texput.log'.
+
+   A special case of this is that in LaTeX versions of (approximately)
+2020 or later, the jobname is also 'texput' if the first '\input' occurs
+as a result of being called by either '\documentclass' or
+'\RequirePackage'.  So this will produce a file named 'texput.pdf':
+
+     pdflatex "\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}"
+
+   However, this special case only applies to those two commands.  Thus,
+with
+
+     pdflatex "\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}"
+
+the output file is 'lipsum.pdf', as '\usepackage' calls '\input'.
+
+   Within the document, the macro '\jobname' expands to the jobname.
+(When you run LaTeX on a file whose name contains spaces, the string
+returned by '\jobname' contains matching start and end quotes.)  In the
+expansion of that macro, all characters are of catcode 12 (other) except
+that spaces are category 10, including letters that are normally
+catcode 11.
+
+   Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional
+can become complicated.  One solution is to use the macro '\IfBeginWith'
+from the 'xstring' package in its star variant, which is insensitive to
+catcode.  For example, in the following text the footnote "Including
+Respublica Bananensis Francorum." is only present if the task name
+starts with 'my-doc'.
+
+     If a democracy is just a regime where citizens vote then
+     all banana republics \IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}%
+     {\footnote{Including Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} are
+     democracies.
+
+   Manipulating the value of '\jobname' inside of a document does not
+change the name of the output file or the log file.
+
 28.4 Recovering from errors
 ===========================
 
@@ -15452,2875 +16087,2932 @@
 
 * Menu:
 
-* $ inline math:                         math.              (line  4533)
-* $$...$$ plain TeX display math:        displaymath.       (line  3638)
-* & for table cells:                     tabular.           (line  5497)
+* $ inline math:                         math.              (line  4674)
+* $$...$$ plain TeX display math:        displaymath.       (line  3779)
+* & for table cells:                     tabular.           (line  5641)
 * * prompt:                              Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 15389)
+                                                            (line 16027)
 * *-form of environment commands:        \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  7353)
-* *-form of sectioning commands:         Sectioning.        (line  2483)
+                                                            (line  7497)
+* *-form of sectioning commands:         Sectioning.        (line  2569)
 * *-form, defining new commands:         \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6983)
+                                                            (line  7127)
 * --disable-write18 command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15283)
+                                                            (line 15862)
 * --enable-write18 command-line option:  Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15283)
+                                                            (line 15862)
 * --file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15304)
+                                                            (line 15883)
 * --halt-on-error command-line option:   Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15301)
+                                                            (line 15880)
 * --help command-line option:            Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15245)
+                                                            (line 15824)
 * --interaction command-line option:     Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15248)
+                                                            (line 15827)
 * --jobname command-line option:         Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15265)
+                                                            (line 15844)
 * --no-file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15304)
+                                                            (line 15883)
 * --no-shell-escape command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15283)
+                                                            (line 15862)
 * --output-directory command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15270)
+                                                            (line 15849)
 * --shell-escape command-line option:    Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15283)
+                                                            (line 15862)
 * --version command-line option:         Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15240)
-* -1, write stream number:               \write.            (line 14943)
-* .aux file:                             Output files.      (line   476)
-* .dvi file:                             Output files.      (line   453)
-* .fmt file:                             TeX engines.       (line   495)
-* .glo file:                             Glossaries.        (line 14340)
-* .idx file:                             Indexes.           (line 13982)
-* .idx file <1>:                         makeindex.         (line 14132)
-* .ind file:                             makeindex.         (line 14132)
-* .isty file:                            makeindex.         (line 14144)
-* .lof file:                             Output files.      (line   486)
+                                                            (line 15819)
+* -1, write stream number:               \write.            (line 15521)
+* .aux file:                             Output files.      (line   486)
+* .dvi file:                             Output files.      (line   463)
+* .fmt file:                             TeX engines.       (line   505)
+* .glo file:                             Glossaries.        (line 14918)
+* .idx file:                             Indexes.           (line 14560)
+* .idx file <1>:                         makeindex.         (line 14710)
+* .ind file:                             makeindex.         (line 14710)
+* .isty file:                            makeindex.         (line 14722)
+* .lof file:                             Output files.      (line   496)
 * .lof file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13745)
-* .log file:                             Output files.      (line   471)
-* .lot file:                             Output files.      (line   486)
+                                                            (line 14171)
+* .lof file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14466)
+* .log file:                             Output files.      (line   481)
+* .lot file:                             Output files.      (line   496)
 * .lot file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13745)
-* .pdf file:                             Output files.      (line   463)
+                                                            (line 14171)
+* .lot file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14466)
+* .pdf file:                             Output files.      (line   473)
 * .tex, default extension:               Command line interface.
-                                                            (line 15197)
-* .toc file:                             Output files.      (line   486)
+                                                            (line 15776)
+* .toc file:                             Output files.      (line   496)
 * .toc file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13745)
-* .xdv file:                             TeX engines.       (line   531)
-* /bin/sh, used by \write18:             \write18.          (line 15163)
+                                                            (line 14171)
+* .toc file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14466)
+* .xdv file:                             TeX engines.       (line   541)
+* /bin/sh, used by \write18:             \write18.          (line 15741)
 * 10pt option:                           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   727)
+                                                            (line   737)
 * 11pt option:                           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   727)
+                                                            (line   737)
 * 12pt option:                           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   727)
+                                                            (line   737)
 * : for math:                            Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 10375)
+                                                            (line 10730)
 * [...] for optional arguments:          LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   581)
-* \ (backslash-space):                   \(SPACE).          (line 11057)
+                                                            (line   591)
+* \ (backslash-space):                   \(SPACE).          (line 11412)
 * \ character starting commands:         LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   581)
+                                                            (line   591)
 * \!:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10238)
-* \" (umlaut accent):                    Accents.           (line 13275)
+                                                            (line 10561)
+* \" (umlaut accent):                    Accents.           (line 13648)
 * \#:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12970)
+                                                            (line 13325)
 * \$:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12970)
+                                                            (line 13325)
 * \%:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12970)
+                                                            (line 13325)
 * \&:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12970)
-* \' (acute accent):                     Accents.           (line 13279)
-* \' (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5345)
-* \(...\) inline math:                   math.              (line  4533)
-* \*:                                    \*.                (line 10395)
-* \+:                                    tabbing.           (line  5337)
+                                                            (line 13325)
+* \' (acute accent):                     Accents.           (line 13652)
+* \' (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5489)
+* \(...\) inline math:                   math.              (line  4674)
+* \*:                                    \*.                (line 10750)
+* \+:                                    tabbing.           (line  5481)
 * \,:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10224)
-* \-:                                    tabbing.           (line  5341)
-* \- (hyphenation):                      \- (hyphenation).  (line  6376)
-* \. (dot-over accent):                  Accents.           (line 13282)
-* \/:                                    \/.                (line 11186)
+                                                            (line 10547)
+* \-:                                    tabbing.           (line  5485)
+* \- (hyphenation):                      \- (hyphenation).  (line  6520)
+* \. (dot-over accent):                  Accents.           (line 13655)
+* \/:                                    \/.                (line 11541)
 * \::                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10214)
+                                                            (line 10537)
 * \;:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10203)
-* \<:                                    tabbing.           (line  5333)
-* \= (macron accent):                    Accents.           (line 13286)
-* \= (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5327)
-* \>:                                    tabbing.           (line  5331)
+                                                            (line 10526)
+* \<:                                    tabbing.           (line  5477)
+* \= (macron accent):                    Accents.           (line 13659)
+* \= (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5471)
+* \>:                                    tabbing.           (line  5475)
 * \> <1>:                                Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10214)
-* \> (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5330)
-* \@:                                    \@.                (line 10981)
-* \@auxout:                              \write.            (line 14958)
-* \@beginparpenalty:                     list.              (line  4415)
-* \@endparpenalty:                       list.              (line  4423)
-* \@fnsymbol:                            \footnote.         (line  6732)
-* \@ifstar:                              \@ifstar.          (line  7166)
-* \@itempenalty:                         list.              (line  4419)
-* \@mainaux:                             \write.            (line 14958)
-* \@startsection:                        \@startsection.    (line  2969)
-* \a (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5360)
-* \a' (acute accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  5361)
-* \a= (macron accent in tabbing):        tabbing.           (line  5361)
+                                                            (line 10537)
+* \> (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5474)
+* \@:                                    \@.                (line 11336)
+* \@auxout:                              \write.            (line 15536)
+* \@beginparpenalty:                     list.              (line  4556)
+* \@dottedtocline:                       \@dottedtocline.   (line 14296)
+* \@endparpenalty:                       list.              (line  4564)
+* \@fnsymbol:                            \footnote.         (line  6876)
+* \@ifstar:                              \@ifstar.          (line  7310)
+* \@itempenalty:                         list.              (line  4560)
+* \@mainaux:                             \write.            (line 15536)
+* \@startsection:                        \@startsection.    (line  3055)
+* \a (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5504)
+* \a' (acute accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  5505)
+* \a= (macron accent in tabbing):        tabbing.           (line  5505)
 * \aa (å):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13396)
+                                                            (line 13769)
 * \AA (Å):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13396)
-* \accent:                               \accent.           (line 13346)
-* \acute:                                Math accents.      (line 10096)
-* \addcontentsline:                      \addcontentsline.  (line 13842)
-* \address:                              \address.          (line 14519)
-* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}:             \addtocontents.    (line 13917)
-* \addtocounter:                         \addtocounter.     (line  7898)
-* \addtolength:                          \addtolength.      (line  8144)
-* \addvspace:                            \addvspace.        (line 11521)
+                                                            (line 13769)
+* \accent:                               \accent.           (line 13719)
+* \acute:                                Math accents.      (line 10419)
+* \addcontentsline:                      \addcontentsline.  (line 14332)
+* \address:                              \address.          (line 15097)
+* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}:             \addtocontents.    (line 14408)
+* \addtocounter:                         \addtocounter.     (line  8090)
+* \addtolength:                          \addtolength.      (line  8336)
+* \addvspace:                            \addvspace.        (line 11876)
 * \ae (æ):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13400)
+                                                            (line 13773)
 * \AE (Æ):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13400)
-* \aleph:                                Math symbols.      (line  8642)
-* \Alph example:                         enumerate.         (line  3749)
-* \alpha:                                Math symbols.      (line  8645)
+                                                            (line 13773)
+* \aleph:                                Math symbols.      (line  8965)
+* \Alph example:                         enumerate.         (line  3890)
+* \alpha:                                Math symbols.      (line  8968)
 * \alph{COUNTER}:                        \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7773)
+                                                            (line  7965)
 * \Alph{COUNTER}:                        \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7778)
-* \alsoname:                             \index.            (line 14067)
-* \amalg:                                Math symbols.      (line  8648)
-* \and for \author:                      \maketitle.        (line 10572)
-* \angle:                                Math symbols.      (line  8651)
-* \appendix:                             \appendix.         (line  2900)
-* \approx:                               Math symbols.      (line  8656)
+                                                            (line  7970)
+* \alsoname:                             \index.            (line 14645)
+* \amalg:                                Math symbols.      (line  8971)
+* \and for \author:                      \maketitle.        (line 10927)
+* \angle:                                Math symbols.      (line  8974)
+* \appendix:                             \appendix.         (line  2986)
+* \approx:                               Math symbols.      (line  8979)
 * \arabic{COUNTER}:                      \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7783)
-* \arccos:                               Math functions.    (line  9979)
-* \arcsin:                               Math functions.    (line  9982)
-* \arctan:                               Math functions.    (line  9985)
-* \arg:                                  Math functions.    (line  9988)
-* \arraycolsep:                          array.             (line  3432)
-* \arrayrulewidth:                       tabular.           (line  5622)
-* \arraystretch:                         tabular.           (line  5628)
-* \ast:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8659)
-* \asymp:                                Math symbols.      (line  8667)
-* \AtBeginDocument:                      \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3662)
+                                                            (line  7975)
+* \arccos:                               Math functions.    (line 10302)
+* \arcsin:                               Math functions.    (line 10305)
+* \arctan:                               Math functions.    (line 10308)
+* \arg:                                  Math functions.    (line 10311)
+* \arraycolsep:                          array.             (line  3573)
+* \arrayrulewidth:                       tabular.           (line  5766)
+* \arraystretch:                         tabular.           (line  5772)
+* \ast:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8982)
+* \asymp:                                Math symbols.      (line  8990)
+* \AtBeginDocument:                      \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3803)
 * \AtBeginDvi:                           Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   907)
-* \AtEndDocument:                        \AtEndDocument.    (line  3678)
+                                                            (line   917)
+* \AtEndDocument:                        \AtEndDocument.    (line  3819)
 * \AtEndOfClass:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   912)
+                                                            (line   922)
 * \AtEndOfPackage:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   912)
-* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}:    \maketitle.        (line 10571)
-* \a` (grave accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  5361)
-* \b (bar-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 13301)
+                                                            (line   922)
+* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}:    \maketitle.        (line 10926)
+* \a` (grave accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  5505)
+* \b (bar-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 13674)
 * \backmatter:                           \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2933)
-* \backslash:                            Math symbols.      (line  8670)
-* \bar:                                  Math accents.      (line 10099)
+                                                            (line  3019)
+* \backslash:                            Math symbols.      (line  8993)
+* \bar:                                  Math accents.      (line 10422)
 * \baselineskip:                         Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1972)
-* \baselinestretch:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1982)
-* \begin:                                Environments.      (line  3324)
-* \beta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8674)
-* \bf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1761)
-* \bfseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1726)
-* \bibitem:                              \bibitem.          (line  5851)
-* \bibliography:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  5975)
-* \bibliographystyle:                    Using BibTeX.      (line  5975)
-* \bibname:                              thebibliography.   (line  5834)
-* \bigcap:                               Math symbols.      (line  8677)
-* \bigcirc:                              Math symbols.      (line  8682)
-* \bigcup:                               Math symbols.      (line  8685)
-* \bigodot:                              Math symbols.      (line  8690)
-* \bigoplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8693)
-* \bigotimes:                            Math symbols.      (line  8696)
+                                                            (line  1981)
+* \baselineskip <1>:                     \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
+                                                            (line  2304)
+* \baselinestretch:                      \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
+                                                            (line  2304)
+* \begin:                                Environments.      (line  3465)
+* \beta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8997)
+* \bf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1770)
+* \bfseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1735)
+* \bibitem:                              \bibitem.          (line  5995)
+* \bibliography:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  6119)
+* \bibliographystyle:                    Using BibTeX.      (line  6119)
+* \bibname:                              thebibliography.   (line  5978)
+* \bigcap:                               Math symbols.      (line  9000)
+* \bigcirc:                              Math symbols.      (line  9005)
+* \bigcup:                               Math symbols.      (line  9008)
+* \bigodot:                              Math symbols.      (line  9013)
+* \bigoplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9016)
+* \bigotimes:                            Math symbols.      (line  9019)
 * \bigskip:                              \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11302)
+                                                            (line 11657)
 * \bigskipamount:                        \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11303)
-* \bigsqcup:                             Math symbols.      (line  8705)
-* \bigtriangledown:                      Math symbols.      (line  8699)
-* \bigtriangleup:                        Math symbols.      (line  8702)
-* \biguplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8708)
-* \bigvee:                               Math symbols.      (line  8712)
-* \bigwedge:                             Math symbols.      (line  8715)
-* \bmod:                                 Math functions.    (line  9991)
+                                                            (line 11658)
+* \bigsqcup:                             Math symbols.      (line  9028)
+* \bigtriangledown:                      Math symbols.      (line  9022)
+* \bigtriangleup:                        Math symbols.      (line  9025)
+* \biguplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9031)
+* \bigvee:                               Math symbols.      (line  9035)
+* \bigwedge:                             Math symbols.      (line  9038)
+* \bmod:                                 Math functions.    (line 10314)
 * \boldmath:                             \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9552)
+                                                            (line  9875)
 * \boldmath <1>:                         \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9560)
-* \bot:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8718)
-* \bottomfraction:                       Floats.            (line  2396)
-* \bottomfraction <1>:                   Floats.            (line  2397)
-* \bowtie:                               Math symbols.      (line  8723)
-* \Box:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8726)
-* \breve:                                Math accents.      (line 10102)
-* \bullet:                               Math symbols.      (line  8731)
-* \c (cedilla accent):                   Accents.           (line 13311)
-* \cal:                                  Font styles.       (line  1764)
-* \cap:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8734)
-* \capitalacute:                         Accents.           (line 13279)
-* \capitalbreve:                         Accents.           (line 13337)
-* \capitalcaron:                         Accents.           (line 13341)
-* \capitalcedilla:                       Accents.           (line 13311)
-* \capitalcircumflex:                    Accents.           (line 13290)
-* \capitaldieresis:                      Accents.           (line 13275)
-* \capitaldotaccent:                     Accents.           (line 13315)
-* \capitalgrave:                         Accents.           (line 13294)
-* \capitalhungarumlaut:                  Accents.           (line 13319)
-* \capitalmacron:                        Accents.           (line 13286)
-* \capitalnewtie:                        Accents.           (line 13333)
-* \capitalogonek:                        Accents.           (line 13323)
-* \capitalring:                          Accents.           (line 13327)
-* \capitaltie:                           Accents.           (line 13333)
-* \capitaltilde:                         Accents.           (line 13298)
-* \caption:                              figure.            (line  3875)
-* \caption <1>:                          table.             (line  5449)
-* \cc:                                   \cc.               (line 14545)
-* \cdot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8739)
-* \cdots:                                Dots.              (line  9890)
-* \centering:                            \centering.        (line  3514)
-* \chapter:                              Sectioning.        (line  2458)
-* \chapter <1>:                          \chapter.          (line  2598)
-* \check:                                Math accents.      (line 10105)
+                                                            (line  9883)
+* \bot:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9041)
+* \bottomfraction:                       Floats.            (line  2482)
+* \bottomfraction <1>:                   Floats.            (line  2483)
+* \bowtie:                               Math symbols.      (line  9046)
+* \Box:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9049)
+* \breve:                                Math accents.      (line 10425)
+* \bullet:                               Math symbols.      (line  9054)
+* \c (cedilla accent):                   Accents.           (line 13684)
+* \cal:                                  Font styles.       (line  1773)
+* \cap:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9057)
+* \capitalacute:                         Accents.           (line 13652)
+* \capitalbreve:                         Accents.           (line 13710)
+* \capitalcaron:                         Accents.           (line 13714)
+* \capitalcedilla:                       Accents.           (line 13684)
+* \capitalcircumflex:                    Accents.           (line 13663)
+* \capitaldieresis:                      Accents.           (line 13648)
+* \capitaldotaccent:                     Accents.           (line 13688)
+* \capitalgrave:                         Accents.           (line 13667)
+* \capitalhungarumlaut:                  Accents.           (line 13692)
+* \capitalmacron:                        Accents.           (line 13659)
+* \capitalnewtie:                        Accents.           (line 13706)
+* \capitalogonek:                        Accents.           (line 13696)
+* \capitalring:                          Accents.           (line 13700)
+* \capitaltie:                           Accents.           (line 13706)
+* \capitaltilde:                         Accents.           (line 13671)
+* \caption:                              figure.            (line  4016)
+* \caption <1>:                          table.             (line  5593)
+* \cc:                                   \cc.               (line 15123)
+* \cdot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9062)
+* \cdots:                                Dots.              (line 10213)
+* \centering:                            \centering.        (line  3655)
+* \chapter:                              Sectioning.        (line  2544)
+* \chapter <1>:                          \chapter.          (line  2684)
+* \check:                                Math accents.      (line 10428)
 * \CheckCommand:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   919)
+                                                            (line   929)
 * \CheckCommand*:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   919)
-* \chi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8742)
-* \circ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8745)
-* \circle:                               \circle.           (line  4999)
-* \cite:                                 \cite.             (line  5909)
+                                                            (line   929)
+* \chi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9065)
+* \circ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9068)
+* \circle:                               \circle.           (line  5143)
+* \cite:                                 \cite.             (line  6053)
 * \ClassError:                           Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   939)
+                                                            (line   949)
 * \ClassInfo:                            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   939)
+                                                            (line   949)
 * \ClassInfoNoLine:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   939)
+                                                            (line   949)
 * \ClassWarning:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   939)
+                                                            (line   949)
 * \ClassWarningNoLine:                   Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   939)
+                                                            (line   949)
 * \cleardoublepage:                      \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6555)
+                                                            (line  6699)
 * \clearpage:                            \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6555)
-* \cline:                                \cline.            (line  5756)
+                                                            (line  6699)
+* \cline:                                \cline.            (line  5900)
 * \closein:                              \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 14746)
+                                                            (line 15324)
 * \closeout:                             \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 14746)
-* \closing:                              \closing.          (line 14561)
-* \clubsuit:                             Math symbols.      (line  8750)
+                                                            (line 15324)
+* \closing:                              \closing.          (line 15139)
+* \clubsuit:                             Math symbols.      (line  9073)
 * \colon:                                Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 10375)
-* \columnsep:                            \twocolumn.        (line  2050)
+                                                            (line 10730)
+* \columnsep:                            \twocolumn.        (line  2046)
 * \columnsep <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2175)
+                                                            (line  2171)
 * \columnsep <2>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2178)
-* \columnseprule:                        \twocolumn.        (line  2056)
+                                                            (line  2174)
+* \columnseprule:                        \twocolumn.        (line  2052)
 * \columnseprule <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2176)
+                                                            (line  2172)
 * \columnseprule <2>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2178)
-* \columnwidth:                          \twocolumn.        (line  2063)
+                                                            (line  2174)
+* \columnwidth:                          \twocolumn.        (line  2059)
 * \columnwidth <1>:                      Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2177)
+                                                            (line  2173)
 * \columnwidth <2>:                      Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2178)
-* \complement:                           Math symbols.      (line  8753)
-* \cong:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8759)
-* \contentsline:                         \addcontentsline.  (line 13846)
-* \coprod:                               Math symbols.      (line  8762)
-* \copyright:                            Text symbols.      (line 13069)
-* \cos:                                  Math functions.    (line  9994)
-* \cosh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9997)
-* \cot:                                  Math functions.    (line 10000)
-* \coth:                                 Math functions.    (line 10003)
-* \csc:                                  Math functions.    (line 10006)
-* \cup:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8765)
+                                                            (line  2174)
+* \complement:                           Math symbols.      (line  9076)
+* \cong:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9082)
+* \contentsline:                         Table of contents etc..
+                                                            (line 14228)
+* \contentsline <1>:                     \addcontentsline.  (line 14336)
+* \contentsline <2>:                     \contentsline.     (line 14466)
+* \coprod:                               Math symbols.      (line  9085)
+* \copyright:                            Text symbols.      (line 13424)
+* \cos:                                  Math functions.    (line 10317)
+* \cosh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10320)
+* \cot:                                  Math functions.    (line 10323)
+* \coth:                                 Math functions.    (line 10326)
+* \csc:                                  Math functions.    (line 10329)
+* \cup:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9088)
 * \CurrentOption:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   958)
-* \d (dot-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 13315)
-* \dag:                                  Text symbols.      (line 13073)
-* \dagger:                               Math symbols.      (line  8769)
-* \dashbox:                              \dashbox.          (line  5204)
-* \dashv:                                Math symbols.      (line  8772)
-* \date{TEXT}:                           \maketitle.        (line 10579)
+                                                            (line   968)
+* \d (dot-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 13688)
+* \dag:                                  Text symbols.      (line 13428)
+* \dagger:                               Math symbols.      (line  9092)
+* \dashbox:                              \dashbox.          (line  5348)
+* \dashv:                                Math symbols.      (line  9095)
+* \date{TEXT}:                           \maketitle.        (line 10934)
 * \day:                                  \day & \month & \year.
-                                                            (line  7947)
-* \dblfloatpagefraction:                 \twocolumn.        (line  2096)
-* \dblfloatsep:                          \twocolumn.        (line  2102)
-* \dbltextfloatsep:                      \twocolumn.        (line  2109)
-* \dbltopfraction:                       \twocolumn.        (line  2075)
-* \dbltopnumber:                         \twocolumn.        (line  2114)
-* \ddag:                                 Text symbols.      (line 13076)
-* \ddagger:                              Math symbols.      (line  8777)
-* \ddot:                                 Math accents.      (line 10108)
-* \ddots:                                Dots.              (line  9894)
+                                                            (line  8139)
+* \dblfloatpagefraction:                 \twocolumn.        (line  2092)
+* \dblfloatsep:                          \twocolumn.        (line  2098)
+* \dbltextfloatsep:                      \twocolumn.        (line  2105)
+* \dbltopfraction:                       \twocolumn.        (line  2071)
+* \dbltopnumber:                         \twocolumn.        (line  2110)
+* \ddag:                                 Text symbols.      (line 13431)
+* \ddagger:                              Math symbols.      (line  9100)
+* \ddot:                                 Math accents.      (line 10431)
+* \ddots:                                Dots.              (line 10217)
 * \DeclareFontEncoding:                  \DeclareFontEncoding.
-                                                            (line  1375)
+                                                            (line  1384)
 * \DeclareGraphicsExtensions:            \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
-                                                            (line 12386)
+                                                            (line 12741)
 * \DeclareGraphicsRule:                  \DeclareGraphicsRule.
-                                                            (line 12428)
+                                                            (line 12783)
 * \DeclareOption:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   964)
+                                                            (line   974)
 * \DeclareOption*:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   964)
+                                                            (line   974)
 * \DeclareRobustCommand:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   994)
+                                                            (line  1004)
 * \DeclareRobustCommand*:                Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   994)
+                                                            (line  1004)
 * \DeclareTextAccent:                    \DeclareTextAccent.
-                                                            (line  1409)
+                                                            (line  1418)
 * \DeclareTextAccent <1>:                \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
-                                                            (line  1432)
+                                                            (line  1441)
 * \DeclareTextAccentDefault:             \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
-                                                            (line  1432)
+                                                            (line  1441)
 * \DeclareTextCommand:                   \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
-                                                            (line  1460)
+                                                            (line  1469)
 * \DeclareTextCommand <1>:               \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
-                                                            (line  1509)
+                                                            (line  1518)
 * \DeclareTextCommandDefault:            \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
-                                                            (line  1460)
+                                                            (line  1469)
 * \DeclareTextCommandDefault <1>:        \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
-                                                            (line  1509)
+                                                            (line  1518)
 * \DeclareTextComposite:                 \DeclareTextComposite.
-                                                            (line  1541)
+                                                            (line  1550)
 * \DeclareTextCompositeCommand:          \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
-                                                            (line  1566)
+                                                            (line  1575)
 * \DeclareTextSymbol:                    \DeclareTextSymbol.
-                                                            (line  1584)
+                                                            (line  1593)
 * \DeclareTextSymbol <1>:                \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
-                                                            (line  1611)
+                                                            (line  1620)
 * \DeclareTextSymbolDefault:             \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
-                                                            (line  1611)
-* \deg:                                  Math functions.    (line 10009)
-* \DelayedShellEscape:                   \write18.          (line 15174)
-* \Delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8780)
-* \delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8783)
-* \det:                                  Math functions.    (line 10012)
+                                                            (line  1620)
+* \deg:                                  Math functions.    (line 10332)
+* \DelayedShellEscape:                   \write18.          (line 15752)
+* \Delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9103)
+* \delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9106)
+* \det:                                  Math functions.    (line 10335)
 * \dh (ð):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13404)
+                                                            (line 13777)
 * \DH (Ð):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13404)
-* \Diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  8786)
-* \diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  8790)
-* \diamondsuit:                          Math symbols.      (line  8795)
-* \dim:                                  Math functions.    (line 10015)
-* \displaystyle:                         Math formulas.     (line  8528)
-* \div:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8798)
+                                                            (line 13777)
+* \Diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  9109)
+* \diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  9113)
+* \diamondsuit:                          Math symbols.      (line  9118)
+* \dim:                                  Math functions.    (line 10338)
+* \displaystyle:                         Math formulas.     (line  8851)
+* \div:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9121)
 * \dj:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13410)
+                                                            (line 13783)
 * \DJ:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13410)
-* \documentclass:                        Document classes.  (line   684)
-* \dot:                                  Math accents.      (line 10111)
-* \doteq:                                Math symbols.      (line  8801)
+                                                            (line 13783)
+* \documentclass:                        Document classes.  (line   694)
+* \documentclass, and texput jobname:    Jobname.           (line 15969)
+* \dot:                                  Math accents.      (line 10434)
+* \doteq:                                Math symbols.      (line  9124)
 * \dotfill:                              \hrulefill & \dotfill.
-                                                            (line 11231)
-* \dots:                                 Text symbols.      (line 13093)
-* \doublerulesep:                        tabular.           (line  5633)
-* \downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8806)
-* \Downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8810)
-* \ell:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8814)
-* \emph:                                 Font styles.       (line  1746)
-* \emptyset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8817)
-* \encl:                                 \encl.             (line 14574)
-* \end:                                  Environments.      (line  3324)
-* \endinput:                             \endinput.         (line 13556)
-* \enlargethispage:                      \enlargethispage.  (line  6629)
+                                                            (line 11586)
+* \dots:                                 Text symbols.      (line 13448)
+* \doublerulesep:                        tabular.           (line  5777)
+* \downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9129)
+* \Downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9133)
+* \ell:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9137)
+* \emph:                                 Font styles.       (line  1755)
+* \emptyset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9140)
+* \encl:                                 \encl.             (line 15152)
+* \end:                                  Environments.      (line  3465)
+* \endinput:                             \endinput.         (line 13982)
+* \enlargethispage:                      \enlargethispage.  (line  6773)
 * \enspace:                              \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line 10786)
-* \enumi:                                enumerate.         (line  3735)
-* \enumii:                               enumerate.         (line  3735)
-* \enumiii:                              enumerate.         (line  3735)
-* \enumiv:                               enumerate.         (line  3735)
-* \epsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8820)
-* \equiv:                                Math symbols.      (line  8827)
-* \eta:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8830)
+                                                            (line 11141)
+* \enumi:                                enumerate.         (line  3876)
+* \enumii:                               enumerate.         (line  3876)
+* \enumiii:                              enumerate.         (line  3876)
+* \enumiv:                               enumerate.         (line  3876)
+* \epsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9143)
+* \equiv:                                Math symbols.      (line  9150)
+* \eta:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9153)
 * \evensidemargin:                       Document class options.
-                                                            (line   797)
+                                                            (line   807)
 * \evensidemargin <1>:                   Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2236)
+                                                            (line  2232)
 * \evensidemargin <2>:                   Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2237)
+                                                            (line  2233)
 * \ExecuteOptions:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1070)
-* \exists:                               Math symbols.      (line  8833)
-* \exp:                                  Math functions.    (line 10018)
-* \extracolsep:                          tabular.           (line  5573)
-* \fbox:                                 \fbox & \framebox. (line 11668)
+                                                            (line  1080)
+* \exists:                               Math symbols.      (line  9156)
+* \exp:                                  Math functions.    (line 10341)
+* \externaldocument:                     xr package.        (line  3410)
+* \extracolsep:                          tabular.           (line  5717)
+* \fbox:                                 \fbox & \framebox. (line 12023)
 * \fboxrule:                             \framebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  5181)
-* \fboxrule <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 11701)
-* \fboxrule <2>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 11700)
+                                                            (line  5325)
+* \fboxrule <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12056)
+* \fboxrule <2>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12055)
 * \fboxsep:                              \framebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  5181)
-* \fboxsep <1>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 11706)
-* \fboxsep <2>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 11705)
-* \fill:                                 \hfill.            (line 10873)
-* \flat:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8836)
-* \floatpagefraction:                    Floats.            (line  2400)
-* \floatpagefraction <1>:                Floats.            (line  2401)
-* \floatsep:                             Floats.            (line  2416)
-* \floatsep <1>:                         Floats.            (line  2417)
-* \flushbottom:                          \flushbottom.      (line  2143)
-* \fnsymbol, and footnotes:              \footnote.         (line  6732)
+                                                            (line  5325)
+* \fboxsep <1>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 12061)
+* \fboxsep <2>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 12060)
+* \fill:                                 \hfill.            (line 11228)
+* \flat:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9159)
+* \floatpagefraction:                    Floats.            (line  2486)
+* \floatpagefraction <1>:                Floats.            (line  2487)
+* \floatsep:                             Floats.            (line  2502)
+* \floatsep <1>:                         Floats.            (line  2503)
+* \flushbottom:                          \flushbottom.      (line  2139)
+* \fnsymbol, and footnotes:              \footnote.         (line  6876)
 * \fnsymbol{COUNTER}:                    \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7796)
-* \fontdimen1:                           \/.                (line 11220)
+                                                            (line  7988)
+* \fontdimen1:                           \/.                (line 11575)
 * \fontencoding:                         Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1882)
+                                                            (line  1891)
 * \fontfamily:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1892)
+                                                            (line  1901)
 * \fontseries:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1919)
+                                                            (line  1928)
 * \fontshape:                            Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1959)
+                                                            (line  1968)
 * \fontsize:                             Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1972)
-* \footnote:                             \footnote.         (line  6714)
-* \footnotemark:                         \footnotemark.     (line  6780)
-* \footnoterule:                         \footnote.         (line  6742)
-* \footnotesep:                          \footnote.         (line  6754)
-* \footnotesize:                         Font sizes.        (line  1836)
-* \footnotetext:                         \footnotetext.     (line  6836)
+                                                            (line  1981)
+* \footnote:                             \footnote.         (line  6858)
+* \footnotemark:                         \footnotemark.     (line  6924)
+* \footnoterule:                         \footnote.         (line  6886)
+* \footnotesep:                          \footnote.         (line  6898)
+* \footnotesize:                         Font sizes.        (line  1845)
+* \footnotetext:                         \footnotetext.     (line  6980)
 * \footskip:                             Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2195)
+                                                            (line  2191)
 * \footskip <1>:                         Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2196)
-* \forall:                               Math symbols.      (line  8839)
-* \frac:                                 \frac.             (line 10411)
-* \frame:                                \frame.            (line  5192)
+                                                            (line  2192)
+* \forall:                               Math symbols.      (line  9162)
+* \frac:                                 \frac.             (line 10766)
+* \frame:                                \frame.            (line  5336)
 * \framebox:                             \framebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  5156)
-* \framebox <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 11668)
-* \frenchspacing:                        \frenchspacing.    (line 11027)
+                                                            (line  5300)
+* \framebox <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12023)
+* \frenchspacing:                        \frenchspacing.    (line 11382)
 * \frontmatter:                          \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2933)
-* \frown:                                Math symbols.      (line  8842)
-* \fussy:                                \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6434)
-* \Gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8845)
-* \gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8848)
-* \gcd:                                  Math functions.    (line 10021)
-* \ge:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8851)
-* \geq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8855)
-* \gets:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8859)
-* \gg:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8862)
-* \gls:                                  \gls.              (line 14410)
-* \graphicspath:                         \graphicspath.     (line 12323)
-* \graphpaper:                           \graphpaper.       (line  4902)
-* \grave:                                Math accents.      (line 10114)
-* \guillemotleft («):                    Text symbols.      (line 13085)
-* \guillemotright (»):                   Text symbols.      (line 13086)
-* \guilsinglleft (‹):                    Text symbols.      (line 13087)
-* \guilsinglright (›):                   Text symbols.      (line 13088)
-* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent):          Accents.           (line 13319)
-* \hat:                                  Math accents.      (line 10117)
-* \hbar:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8865)
+                                                            (line  3019)
+* \frown:                                Math symbols.      (line  9165)
+* \fussy:                                \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6578)
+* \Gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9168)
+* \gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9171)
+* \gcd:                                  Math functions.    (line 10344)
+* \ge:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9174)
+* \geq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9178)
+* \gets:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9182)
+* \gg:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9185)
+* \gls:                                  \gls.              (line 14988)
+* \graphicspath:                         \graphicspath.     (line 12678)
+* \graphpaper:                           \graphpaper.       (line  5046)
+* \grave:                                Math accents.      (line 10437)
+* \guillemotleft («):                    Text symbols.      (line 13440)
+* \guillemotright (»):                   Text symbols.      (line 13441)
+* \guilsinglleft (‹):                    Text symbols.      (line 13442)
+* \guilsinglright (›):                   Text symbols.      (line 13443)
+* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent):          Accents.           (line 13692)
+* \hat:                                  Math accents.      (line 10440)
+* \hbar:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9188)
 * \headheight:                           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2183)
+                                                            (line  2179)
 * \headheight <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
+                                                            (line  2180)
+* \headsep:                              Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2184)
-* \headsep:                              Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2188)
 * \headsep <1>:                          Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2189)
-* \heartsuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  8868)
-* \hfill:                                \hfill.            (line 10861)
-* \hline:                                \hline.            (line  5779)
-* \hom:                                  Math functions.    (line 10024)
-* \hookleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  8871)
-* \hookrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8874)
+                                                            (line  2185)
+* \heartsuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  9191)
+* \hfill:                                \hfill.            (line 11216)
+* \hline:                                \hline.            (line  5923)
+* \hom:                                  Math functions.    (line 10347)
+* \hookleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  9194)
+* \hookrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9197)
 * \hrulefill:                            \hrulefill & \dotfill.
-                                                            (line 11231)
+                                                            (line 11586)
 * \hsize:                                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2288)
+                                                            (line  2284)
 * \hsize <1>:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2289)
-* \hspace:                               \hspace.           (line 10814)
-* \hss:                                  \hss.              (line 10894)
-* \huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1836)
-* \Huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1836)
-* \hyphenation:                          \hyphenation.      (line  6475)
-* \i (dotless i):                        Accents.           (line 13269)
-* \iff:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8877)
+                                                            (line  2285)
+* \hspace:                               \hspace.           (line 11169)
+* \hss:                                  \hss.              (line 11249)
+* \huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1845)
+* \Huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1845)
+* \hyphenation:                          \hyphenation.      (line  6619)
+* \i (dotless i):                        Accents.           (line 13642)
+* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring:      Jobname.           (line 15992)
+* \iff:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9200)
 * \IfFileExists:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1026)
+                                                            (line  1036)
 * \ignorespaces:                         \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7662)
+                                                            (line  7806)
 * \ignorespacesafterend:                 \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7662)
+                                                            (line  7806)
 * \ij (ij):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13416)
+                                                            (line 13789)
 * \IJ (IJ):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13416)
-* \Im:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8881)
-* \imath:                                Math symbols.      (line  8884)
-* \immediate\write:                      \write.            (line 14973)
-* \in:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8888)
+                                                            (line 13789)
+* \Im:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9204)
+* \imath:                                Math symbols.      (line  9207)
+* \immediate\write:                      \write.            (line 15551)
+* \in:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9211)
 * \include:                              \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 13588)
-* \includegraphics:                      \includegraphics.  (line 12507)
+                                                            (line 14014)
+* \includegraphics:                      \includegraphics.  (line 12862)
 * \includeonly:                          \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 13588)
+                                                            (line 14014)
 * \indent:                               \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8342)
-* \index:                                Indexes.           (line 13982)
-* \index <1>:                            \index.            (line 14017)
-* \indexentry:                           \index.            (line 14117)
-* \indexspace:                           makeindex.         (line 14184)
-* \inf:                                  Math functions.    (line 10027)
-* \infty:                                Math symbols.      (line  8892)
-* \input:                                \input.            (line 13707)
+                                                            (line  8665)
+* \index:                                Indexes.           (line 14560)
+* \index <1>:                            \index.            (line 14595)
+* \indexentry:                           \index.            (line 14695)
+* \indexspace:                           makeindex.         (line 14762)
+* \inf:                                  Math functions.    (line 10350)
+* \infty:                                Math symbols.      (line  9215)
+* \input:                                \input.            (line 14133)
 * \InputIfFileExists:                    Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1026)
-* \int:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8895)
-* \intextsep:                            Floats.            (line  2420)
-* \intextsep <1>:                        Floats.            (line  2421)
-* \iota:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8898)
-* \it:                                   Font styles.       (line  1767)
-* \item:                                 description.       (line  3581)
-* \item <1>:                             enumerate.         (line  3717)
-* \item <2>:                             itemize.           (line  4069)
-* \item <3>:                             itemize.           (line  4093)
-* \itemindent:                           list.              (line  4240)
-* \itemsep:                              list.              (line  4244)
-* \itshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1720)
-* \j (dotless j):                        Accents.           (line 13269)
-* \jmath:                                Math symbols.      (line  8904)
-* \Join:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8901)
-* \k (ogonek):                           Accents.           (line 13323)
-* \kappa:                                Math symbols.      (line  8908)
-* \ker:                                  Math functions.    (line 10030)
-* \kill:                                 tabbing.           (line  5365)
+                                                            (line  1036)
+* \int:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9218)
+* \intextsep:                            Floats.            (line  2506)
+* \intextsep <1>:                        Floats.            (line  2507)
+* \iota:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9221)
+* \it:                                   Font styles.       (line  1776)
+* \item:                                 description.       (line  3722)
+* \item <1>:                             enumerate.         (line  3858)
+* \item <2>:                             itemize.           (line  4210)
+* \item <3>:                             itemize.           (line  4234)
+* \itemindent:                           list.              (line  4381)
+* \itemsep:                              list.              (line  4385)
+* \itshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1729)
+* \j (dotless j):                        Accents.           (line 13642)
+* \jmath:                                Math symbols.      (line  9227)
+* \jobname:                              Jobname.           (line 15945)
+* \jobname <1>:                          Jobname.           (line 15983)
+* \Join:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9224)
+* \k (ogonek):                           Accents.           (line 13696)
+* \kappa:                                Math symbols.      (line  9231)
+* \ker:                                  Math functions.    (line 10353)
+* \kill:                                 tabbing.           (line  5509)
 * \l (ł):                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13420)
+                                                            (line 13793)
 * \L (Ł):                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13420)
-* \label:                                \label.            (line  3213)
-* \labelenumi:                           enumerate.         (line  3744)
-* \labelenumii:                          enumerate.         (line  3744)
-* \labelenumiii:                         enumerate.         (line  3744)
-* \labelenumiv:                          enumerate.         (line  3744)
-* \labelitemi:                           itemize.           (line  4105)
-* \labelitemii:                          itemize.           (line  4105)
-* \labelitemiii:                         itemize.           (line  4105)
-* \labelitemiv:                          itemize.           (line  4105)
-* \labelsep:                             list.              (line  4256)
-* \labelwidth:                           list.              (line  4261)
-* \Lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  8911)
-* \lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  8914)
-* \land:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8917)
-* \langle:                               Math symbols.      (line  8921)
-* \large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1836)
-* \Large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1836)
-* \LARGE:                                Font sizes.        (line  1836)
+                                                            (line 13793)
+* \l at chapter:                            \contentsline.     (line 14466)
+* \l at section:                            \contentsline.     (line 14466)
+* \l at subsection:                         \contentsline.     (line 14466)
+* \label:                                \label.            (line  3299)
+* \labelenumi:                           enumerate.         (line  3885)
+* \labelenumii:                          enumerate.         (line  3885)
+* \labelenumiii:                         enumerate.         (line  3885)
+* \labelenumiv:                          enumerate.         (line  3885)
+* \labelitemi:                           itemize.           (line  4246)
+* \labelitemii:                          itemize.           (line  4246)
+* \labelitemiii:                         itemize.           (line  4246)
+* \labelitemiv:                          itemize.           (line  4246)
+* \labelsep:                             list.              (line  4397)
+* \labelwidth:                           list.              (line  4402)
+* \Lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  9234)
+* \lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  9237)
+* \land:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9240)
+* \langle:                               Math symbols.      (line  9244)
+* \large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1845)
+* \Large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1845)
+* \LARGE:                                Font sizes.        (line  1845)
 * \LastDeclaredEncoding:                 \LastDeclaredEncoding.
-                                                            (line  1637)
-* \LaTeX:                                Text symbols.      (line 13079)
-* \LaTeXe:                               Text symbols.      (line 13082)
-* \lbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  8925)
-* \lbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  8928)
-* \lceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  8931)
-* \ldots:                                Dots.              (line  9897)
-* \ldots <1>:                            Text symbols.      (line 13092)
-* \le:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8936)
-* \leadsto:                              Math symbols.      (line  8939)
-* \left:                                 \left & \right.    (line  9685)
-* \Leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8945)
-* \leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8950)
-* \lefteqn:                              eqnarray.          (line  3801)
-* \leftharpoondown:                      Math symbols.      (line  8954)
-* \leftharpoonup:                        Math symbols.      (line  8957)
-* \leftmargin:                           itemize.           (line  4121)
-* \leftmargin <1>:                       list.              (line  4281)
-* \leftmargini:                          itemize.           (line  4121)
-* \leftmarginii:                         itemize.           (line  4121)
-* \leftmarginiii:                        itemize.           (line  4121)
-* \leftmarginiv:                         itemize.           (line  4121)
-* \leftmarginv:                          itemize.           (line  4121)
-* \leftmarginvi:                         itemize.           (line  4121)
-* \Leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8960)
-* \leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8965)
-* \leq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8970)
-* \lfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  8973)
-* \lg:                                   Math functions.    (line 10033)
-* \lhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8976)
-* \lim:                                  Math functions.    (line 10036)
-* \liminf:                               Math functions.    (line 10039)
-* \limsup:                               Math functions.    (line 10042)
-* \line:                                 \line.             (line  4926)
+                                                            (line  1646)
+* \LaTeX:                                Text symbols.      (line 13434)
+* \LaTeXe:                               Text symbols.      (line 13437)
+* \lbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  9248)
+* \lbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  9251)
+* \lceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  9254)
+* \ldots:                                Dots.              (line 10220)
+* \ldots <1>:                            Text symbols.      (line 13447)
+* \le:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9259)
+* \leadsto:                              Math symbols.      (line  9262)
+* \left:                                 \left & \right.    (line 10008)
+* \Leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9268)
+* \leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9273)
+* \lefteqn:                              eqnarray.          (line  3942)
+* \leftharpoondown:                      Math symbols.      (line  9277)
+* \leftharpoonup:                        Math symbols.      (line  9280)
+* \leftmargin:                           itemize.           (line  4262)
+* \leftmargin <1>:                       list.              (line  4422)
+* \leftmargini:                          itemize.           (line  4262)
+* \leftmarginii:                         itemize.           (line  4262)
+* \leftmarginiii:                        itemize.           (line  4262)
+* \leftmarginiv:                         itemize.           (line  4262)
+* \leftmarginv:                          itemize.           (line  4262)
+* \leftmarginvi:                         itemize.           (line  4262)
+* \Leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9283)
+* \leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9288)
+* \leq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9293)
+* \lfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  9296)
+* \lg:                                   Math functions.    (line 10356)
+* \lhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9299)
+* \lim:                                  Math functions.    (line 10359)
+* \liminf:                               Math functions.    (line 10362)
+* \limsup:                               Math functions.    (line 10365)
+* \line:                                 \line.             (line  5070)
 * \linebreak:                            \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6493)
+                                                            (line  6637)
+* \lineskip:                             \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
+                                                            (line  2343)
+* \lineskiplimit:                        \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
+                                                            (line  2343)
 * \linespread:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1996)
-* \linethickness:                        \linethickness.    (line  4971)
+                                                            (line  1992)
+* \linespread <1>:                       \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
+                                                            (line  2304)
+* \linethickness:                        \linethickness.    (line  5115)
 * \linewidth:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2202)
+                                                            (line  2198)
 * \linewidth <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2203)
+                                                            (line  2199)
 * \listoffigures:                        Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13745)
+                                                            (line 14171)
+* \listoffigures <1>:                    \contentsline.     (line 14466)
 * \listoftables:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13745)
-* \listparindent:                        list.              (line  4298)
-* \ll:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8982)
-* \ln:                                   Math functions.    (line 10045)
-* \lnot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8985)
+                                                            (line 14171)
+* \listoftables <1>:                     \contentsline.     (line 14466)
+* \listparindent:                        list.              (line  4439)
+* \ll:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9305)
+* \ln:                                   Math functions.    (line 10368)
+* \lnot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9308)
 * \LoadClass:                            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1046)
+                                                            (line  1056)
 * \LoadClassWithOptions:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1046)
-* \location:                             \location.         (line 14589)
-* \log:                                  Math functions.    (line 10048)
+                                                            (line  1056)
+* \location:                             \location.         (line 15167)
+* \log:                                  Math functions.    (line 10371)
 * \long:                                 \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6983)
-* \longleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  8988)
-* \longleftrightarrow:                   Math symbols.      (line  8993)
-* \longmapsto:                           Math symbols.      (line  8998)
-* \longrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9003)
-* \lor:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9008)
-* \lq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 13098)
+                                                            (line  7127)
+* \longleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  9311)
+* \longleftrightarrow:                   Math symbols.      (line  9316)
+* \longmapsto:                           Math symbols.      (line  9321)
+* \longrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9326)
+* \lor:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9331)
+* \lq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 13453)
 * \mainmatter:                           \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2933)
-* \makebox:                              \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11577)
+                                                            (line  3019)
+* \makebox:                              \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11932)
 * \makebox (for picture):                \makebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  5118)
-* \makeglossary:                         Glossaries.        (line 14303)
-* \makeglossary <1>:                     Glossaries.        (line 14340)
-* \makeindex:                            Indexes.           (line 13982)
-* \makelabel:                            list.              (line  4217)
-* \makelabels:                           \makelabels.       (line 14599)
-* \maketitle:                            \maketitle.        (line 10535)
-* \mapsto:                               Math symbols.      (line  9012)
-* \marginpar:                            Marginal notes.    (line  8423)
+                                                            (line  5262)
+* \makeglossary:                         Glossaries.        (line 14881)
+* \makeglossary <1>:                     Glossaries.        (line 14918)
+* \makeindex:                            Indexes.           (line 14560)
+* \makelabel:                            list.              (line  4358)
+* \makelabels:                           \makelabels.       (line 15177)
+* \maketitle:                            \maketitle.        (line 10890)
+* \mapsto:                               Math symbols.      (line  9335)
+* \marginpar:                            Marginal notes.    (line  8746)
 * \marginparpush:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2209)
+                                                            (line  2205)
 * \marginparpush <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2212)
-* \marginparpush <2>:                    Marginal notes.    (line  8452)
-* \marginparsep:                         Marginal notes.    (line  8457)
+                                                            (line  2208)
+* \marginparpush <2>:                    Marginal notes.    (line  8775)
+* \marginparsep:                         Marginal notes.    (line  8780)
 * \marginparwidth:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2211)
+                                                            (line  2207)
 * \marginparwidth <1>:                   Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2212)
-* \marginparwidth <2>:                   Marginal notes.    (line  8461)
+                                                            (line  2208)
+* \marginparwidth <2>:                   Marginal notes.    (line  8784)
 * \marginsep:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2210)
+                                                            (line  2206)
 * \marginsep <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2212)
-* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}:      \pagestyle.        (line 10733)
-* \markright{RIGHT}:                     \pagestyle.        (line 10742)
-* \mathbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1797)
-* \mathcal:                              Font styles.       (line  1813)
-* \mathdollar:                           Math symbols.      (line  9493)
-* \mathnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1810)
-* \mathparagraph:                        Math symbols.      (line  9496)
-* \mathring:                             Math accents.      (line 10120)
-* \mathrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1794)
-* \mathsection:                          Math symbols.      (line  9499)
-* \mathsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1800)
-* \mathsterling:                         Math symbols.      (line  9502)
-* \mathtt:                               Font styles.       (line  1803)
-* \mathunderscore:                       Math symbols.      (line  9505)
-* \mathversion:                          Font styles.       (line  1815)
-* \max:                                  Math functions.    (line 10051)
-* \mbox:                                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11577)
-* \mdseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1723)
+                                                            (line  2208)
+* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}:      \pagestyle.        (line 11088)
+* \markright{RIGHT}:                     \pagestyle.        (line 11097)
+* \mathbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1806)
+* \mathcal:                              Font styles.       (line  1822)
+* \mathdollar:                           Math symbols.      (line  9816)
+* \mathnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1819)
+* \mathparagraph:                        Math symbols.      (line  9819)
+* \mathring:                             Math accents.      (line 10443)
+* \mathrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1803)
+* \mathsection:                          Math symbols.      (line  9822)
+* \mathsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1809)
+* \mathsterling:                         Math symbols.      (line  9825)
+* \mathstrut:                            \mathstrut.        (line 10702)
+* \mathtt:                               Font styles.       (line  1812)
+* \mathunderscore:                       Math symbols.      (line  9828)
+* \mathversion:                          Font styles.       (line  1824)
+* \max:                                  Math functions.    (line 10374)
+* \mbox:                                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11932)
+* \mdseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1732)
 * \medskip:                              \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11307)
+                                                            (line 11662)
 * \medskipamount:                        \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11308)
+                                                            (line 11663)
 * \medspace:                             Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10214)
-* \message:                              \message.          (line 15045)
-* \mho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9017)
-* \mid:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9020)
-* \min:                                  Math functions.    (line 10054)
-* \models:                               Math symbols.      (line  9030)
+                                                            (line 10537)
+* \message:                              \message.          (line 15623)
+* \mho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9340)
+* \mid:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9343)
+* \min:                                  Math functions.    (line 10377)
+* \models:                               Math symbols.      (line  9353)
 * \month:                                \day & \month & \year.
-                                                            (line  7947)
-* \mp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9035)
-* \mu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9038)
-* \multicolumn:                          \multicolumn.      (line  5648)
-* \multiput:                             \multiput.         (line  4839)
-* \nabla:                                Math symbols.      (line  9041)
-* \name:                                 \name.             (line 14656)
-* \natural:                              Math symbols.      (line  9044)
-* \ne:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9047)
-* \nearrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9050)
+                                                            (line  8139)
+* \mp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9358)
+* \mu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9361)
+* \multicolumn:                          \multicolumn.      (line  5792)
+* \multiput:                             \multiput.         (line  4983)
+* \nabla:                                Math symbols.      (line  9364)
+* \name:                                 \name.             (line 15234)
+* \natural:                              Math symbols.      (line  9367)
+* \ne:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9370)
+* \nearrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9373)
 * \NeedsTeXFormat:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1080)
-* \neg:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9053)
+                                                            (line  1090)
+* \neg:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9376)
 * \negmedspace:                          Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10219)
+                                                            (line 10542)
 * \negthickspace:                        Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10208)
+                                                            (line 10531)
 * \negthinspace:                         Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10238)
+                                                            (line 10561)
 * \negthinspace <1>:                     \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11158)
-* \neq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9057)
+                                                            (line 11513)
+* \neq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9380)
 * \newcommand:                           \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6962)
-* \newcounter:                           \newcounter.       (line  7241)
+                                                            (line  7106)
+* \newcounter:                           \newcounter.       (line  7385)
 * \newenvironment:                       \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  7332)
-* \newfont:                              \newfont.          (line  7578)
-* \newglossaryentry:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 14351)
-* \newlength:                            \newlength.        (line  7282)
-* \newline:                              \newline.          (line  6352)
-* \NEWLINE:                              \(SPACE).          (line 11057)
-* \newpage:                              \newpage.          (line  6596)
-* \newsavebox:                           \newsavebox.       (line  7304)
-* \newtheorem:                           \newtheorem.       (line  7466)
-* \newtie:                               Accents.           (line 13333)
-* \newwrite:                             \write.            (line 14937)
+                                                            (line  7476)
+* \newfont:                              \newfont.          (line  7722)
+* \newglossaryentry:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 14929)
+* \newlength:                            \newlength.        (line  7426)
+* \newline:                              \newline.          (line  6496)
+* \NEWLINE:                              \(SPACE).          (line 11412)
+* \newpage:                              \newpage.          (line  6740)
+* \newsavebox:                           \newsavebox.       (line  7448)
+* \newtheorem:                           \newtheorem.       (line  7610)
+* \newtie:                               Accents.           (line 13706)
+* \newwrite:                             \write.            (line 15515)
 * \ng:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13424)
+                                                            (line 13797)
 * \NG:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13424)
-* \ni:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9060)
-* \nocite:                               \nocite.           (line  5960)
-* \nocorr:                               Font styles.       (line  1708)
-* \nocorrlist:                           Font styles.       (line  1708)
-* \nofiles:                              \nofiles.          (line 13957)
+                                                            (line 13797)
+* \ni:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9383)
+* \nocite:                               \nocite.           (line  6104)
+* \nocorr:                               Font styles.       (line  1717)
+* \nocorrlist:                           Font styles.       (line  1717)
+* \nofiles:                              \nofiles.          (line 14506)
 * \noindent:                             \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8342)
+                                                            (line  8665)
 * \nolinebreak:                          \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6493)
-* \nonfrenchspacing:                     \frenchspacing.    (line 11027)
-* \nonumber:                             eqnarray.          (line  3796)
+                                                            (line  6637)
+* \nonfrenchspacing:                     \frenchspacing.    (line 11382)
+* \nonumber:                             eqnarray.          (line  3937)
 * \nopagebreak:                          \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6654)
-* \normalfont:                           Font styles.       (line  1744)
-* \normalmarginpar:                      Marginal notes.    (line  8439)
-* \normalsfcodes:                        \normalsfcodes.    (line 11047)
-* \normalsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1836)
-* \not:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9065)
-* \notin:                                Math symbols.      (line  9073)
-* \nu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9077)
-* \nwarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9080)
+                                                            (line  6798)
+* \normalfont:                           Font styles.       (line  1753)
+* \normalmarginpar:                      Marginal notes.    (line  8762)
+* \normalsfcodes:                        \normalsfcodes.    (line 11402)
+* \normalsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1845)
+* \not:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9388)
+* \notin:                                Math symbols.      (line  9396)
+* \nu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9400)
+* \numberline:                           \numberline.       (line 14531)
+* \nwarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9403)
 * \o (ø):                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13428)
+                                                            (line 13801)
 * \O (Ø):                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13428)
+                                                            (line 13801)
 * \obeycr:                               \obeycr & \restorecr.
-                                                            (line  6312)
+                                                            (line  6456)
 * \oddsidemargin:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   797)
+                                                            (line   807)
 * \oddsidemargin <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2235)
+                                                            (line  2231)
 * \oddsidemargin <2>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2237)
-* \odot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9083)
+                                                            (line  2233)
+* \odot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9406)
 * \oe (œ):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13432)
+                                                            (line 13805)
 * \OE (Œ):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13432)
-* \oint:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9087)
-* \oldstylenums:                         Font styles.       (line  1819)
-* \Omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  9090)
-* \omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  9093)
-* \ominus:                               Math symbols.      (line  9096)
-* \onecolumn:                            \onecolumn.        (line  2024)
+                                                            (line 13805)
+* \oint:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9410)
+* \oldstylenums:                         Font styles.       (line  1828)
+* \Omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  9413)
+* \omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  9416)
+* \ominus:                               Math symbols.      (line  9419)
+* \onecolumn:                            \onecolumn.        (line  2020)
 * \openin:                               \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 14746)
-* \opening:                              \opening.          (line 14666)
+                                                            (line 15324)
+* \opening:                              \opening.          (line 15244)
 * \openout:                              \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 14746)
-* \oplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  9099)
+                                                            (line 15324)
+* \oplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  9422)
 * \OptionNotUsed:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1098)
-* \oslash:                               Math symbols.      (line  9104)
-* \otimes:                               Math symbols.      (line  9107)
-* \oval:                                 \oval.             (line  5018)
+                                                            (line  1108)
+* \oslash:                               Math symbols.      (line  9427)
+* \otimes:                               Math symbols.      (line  9430)
+* \oval:                                 \oval.             (line  5162)
 * \overbrace{MATH}:                      Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10175)
+                                                            (line 10498)
 * \overline{TEXT}:                       Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10156)
-* \owns:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9112)
-* \P:                                    Text symbols.      (line 13101)
+                                                            (line 10479)
+* \owns:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9435)
+* \P:                                    Text symbols.      (line 13456)
 * \PackageError:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   939)
+                                                            (line   949)
 * \PackageInfo:                          Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   939)
+                                                            (line   949)
 * \PackageInfoNoLine:                    Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   939)
+                                                            (line   949)
 * \PackageWarning:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   939)
+                                                            (line   949)
 * \PackageWarningNoLine:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   939)
+                                                            (line   949)
 * \pagebreak:                            \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6654)
-* \pagenumbering:                        \pagenumbering.    (line 10606)
-* \pageref:                              \pageref.          (line  3271)
-* \pagestyle:                            \pagestyle.        (line 10664)
+                                                            (line  6798)
+* \pagenumbering:                        \pagenumbering.    (line 10961)
+* \pageref:                              \pageref.          (line  3357)
+* \pagestyle:                            \pagestyle.        (line 11019)
 * \paperheight:                          Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2248)
+                                                            (line  2244)
 * \paperheight <1>:                      Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2249)
+                                                            (line  2245)
 * \paperwidth:                           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2254)
+                                                            (line  2250)
 * \paperwidth <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2255)
-* \par:                                  \par.              (line  8289)
-* \paragraph:                            Sectioning.        (line  2458)
+                                                            (line  2251)
+* \par:                                  \par.              (line  8612)
+* \paragraph:                            Sectioning.        (line  2544)
 * \paragraph <1>:                        \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2833)
-* \parallel:                             Math symbols.      (line  9117)
-* \parbox:                               \parbox.           (line 11735)
-* \parindent:                            minipage.          (line  4635)
+                                                            (line  2919)
+* \parallel:                             Math symbols.      (line  9440)
+* \parbox:                               \parbox.           (line 12090)
+* \parindent:                            minipage.          (line  4777)
 * \parindent <1>:                        \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8342)
+                                                            (line  8665)
 * \parindent <2>:                        \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8391)
-* \parsep:                               list.              (line  4304)
+                                                            (line  8714)
+* \parsep:                               list.              (line  4445)
 * \parskip:                              \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8391)
-* \parskip example:                      itemize.           (line  4141)
-* \part:                                 Sectioning.        (line  2458)
-* \part <1>:                             \part.             (line  2544)
-* \partial:                              Math symbols.      (line  9120)
-* \partopsep:                            list.              (line  4313)
+                                                            (line  8714)
+* \parskip example:                      itemize.           (line  4282)
+* \part:                                 Sectioning.        (line  2544)
+* \part <1>:                             \part.             (line  2630)
+* \partial:                              Math symbols.      (line  9443)
+* \partopsep:                            list.              (line  4454)
 * \PassOptionsToClass:                   Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1104)
+                                                            (line  1114)
 * \PassOptionsToPackage:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1104)
+                                                            (line  1114)
 * \pdfpageheight:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   753)
+                                                            (line   763)
 * \pdfpagewidth:                         Document class options.
-                                                            (line   753)
-* \perp:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9123)
-* \Phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9127)
-* \phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9130)
-* \Pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9135)
-* \pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9138)
-* \pm:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9142)
-* \pmod:                                 Math functions.    (line 10057)
-* \poptabs:                              tabbing.           (line  5371)
-* \poptabs <1>:                          tabbing.           (line  5372)
-* \pounds:                               Text symbols.      (line 13105)
-* \Pr:                                   Math functions.    (line 10060)
-* \prec:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9145)
-* \preceq:                               Math symbols.      (line  9148)
-* \prime:                                Math symbols.      (line  9152)
-* \printglossaries:                      Glossaries.        (line 14303)
-* \printglossaries <1>:                  Glossaries.        (line 14340)
-* \printindex:                           \printindex.       (line 14288)
-* \printindex <1>:                       \printindex.       (line 14292)
+                                                            (line   763)
+* \perp:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9446)
+* \Phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9450)
+* \phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9453)
+* \Pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9458)
+* \pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9461)
+* \pm:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9465)
+* \pmod:                                 Math functions.    (line 10380)
+* \poptabs:                              tabbing.           (line  5515)
+* \poptabs <1>:                          tabbing.           (line  5516)
+* \pounds:                               Text symbols.      (line 13460)
+* \Pr:                                   Math functions.    (line 10383)
+* \prec:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9468)
+* \preceq:                               Math symbols.      (line  9471)
+* \prevdepth:                            \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
+                                                            (line  2343)
+* \prime:                                Math symbols.      (line  9475)
+* \printglossaries:                      Glossaries.        (line 14881)
+* \printglossaries <1>:                  Glossaries.        (line 14918)
+* \printindex:                           \printindex.       (line 14866)
+* \printindex <1>:                       \printindex.       (line 14870)
 * \ProcessOptions:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1141)
+                                                            (line  1151)
 * \ProcessOptions*:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1141)
-* \prod:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9161)
-* \propto:                               Math symbols.      (line  9164)
-* \protect:                              \protect.          (line  7610)
-* \protected at write:                      \write.            (line 14983)
-* \providecommand:                       \providecommand.   (line  7089)
+                                                            (line  1151)
+* \prod:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9484)
+* \propto:                               Math symbols.      (line  9487)
+* \protect:                              \protect.          (line  7754)
+* \protected at write:                      \write.            (line 15561)
+* \providecommand:                       \providecommand.   (line  7233)
 * \ProvidesClass:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1179)
+                                                            (line  1189)
 * \ProvidesFile:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1212)
+                                                            (line  1222)
 * \ProvidesPackage:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1179)
+                                                            (line  1189)
 * \ProvideTextCommand:                   \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
-                                                            (line  1460)
+                                                            (line  1469)
 * \ProvideTextCommand <1>:               \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
-                                                            (line  1509)
+                                                            (line  1518)
 * \ProvideTextCommandDefault:            \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
-                                                            (line  1509)
-* \ps:                                   \ps.               (line 14678)
-* \Psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9167)
-* \psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9170)
-* \pushtabs:                             tabbing.           (line  5374)
-* \put:                                  \put.              (line  4821)
-* \qbezier:                              \qbezier.          (line  4862)
+                                                            (line  1518)
+* \ps:                                   \ps.               (line 15256)
+* \Psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9490)
+* \psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9493)
+* \pushtabs:                             tabbing.           (line  5518)
+* \put:                                  \put.              (line  4965)
+* \qbezier:                              \qbezier.          (line  5006)
 * \qquad:                                Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10251)
+                                                            (line 10574)
 * \qquad <1>:                            \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line 10786)
+                                                            (line 11141)
 * \quad:                                 Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10245)
+                                                            (line 10568)
 * \quad <1>:                             \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line 10786)
-* \quotedblbase („):                     Text symbols.      (line 13109)
-* \quotesinglbase (‚):                   Text symbols.      (line 13110)
-* \r (ring accent):                      Accents.           (line 13327)
-* \raggedbottom:                         \raggedbottom.     (line  2164)
-* \raggedleft:                           \raggedleft.       (line  4042)
-* \raggedright:                          \raggedright.      (line  3989)
-* \raisebox:                             \raisebox.         (line 11787)
-* \rangle:                               Math symbols.      (line  9173)
-* \rbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  9178)
-* \rbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  9181)
-* \rceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  9185)
-* \Re:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9188)
-* \read:                                 \read.             (line 14810)
-* \ref:                                  \ref.              (line  3295)
-* \reflectbox:                           \scalebox.         (line 12896)
-* \refname:                              thebibliography.   (line  5834)
-* \refstepcounter:                       \refstepcounter.   (line  7914)
+                                                            (line 11141)
+* \quotedblbase („):                     Text symbols.      (line 13464)
+* \quotesinglbase (‚):                   Text symbols.      (line 13465)
+* \r (ring accent):                      Accents.           (line 13700)
+* \raggedbottom:                         \raggedbottom.     (line  2160)
+* \raggedleft:                           \raggedleft.       (line  4183)
+* \raggedright:                          \raggedright.      (line  4130)
+* \raisebox:                             \raisebox.         (line 12142)
+* \rangle:                               Math symbols.      (line  9496)
+* \rbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  9501)
+* \rbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  9504)
+* \rceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  9508)
+* \Re:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9511)
+* \read:                                 \read.             (line 15388)
+* \ref:                                  \ref.              (line  3381)
+* \reflectbox:                           \scalebox.         (line 13251)
+* \refname:                              thebibliography.   (line  5978)
+* \refstepcounter:                       \refstepcounter.   (line  8106)
 * \renewenvironment:                     \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  7332)
+                                                            (line  7476)
 * \RequirePackage:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1221)
+                                                            (line  1231)
+* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname:   Jobname.           (line 15969)
 * \RequirePackageWithOptions:            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1221)
-* \resizebox:                            \resizebox.        (line 12927)
+                                                            (line  1231)
+* \resizebox:                            \resizebox.        (line 13282)
 * \restorecr:                            \obeycr & \restorecr.
-                                                            (line  6312)
-* \restriction:                          Math symbols.      (line  9194)
-* \revemptyset:                          Math symbols.      (line  9199)
-* \reversemarginpar:                     Marginal notes.    (line  8439)
-* \rfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  9204)
-* \rhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9209)
-* \rho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9215)
-* \right:                                \left & \right.    (line  9685)
-* \Rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  9220)
-* \rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  9225)
-* \rightharpoondown:                     Math symbols.      (line  9229)
-* \rightharpoonup:                       Math symbols.      (line  9232)
-* \rightleftharpoons:                    Math symbols.      (line  9235)
-* \rightmargin:                          list.              (line  4328)
-* \rm:                                   Font styles.       (line  1770)
-* \rmfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1717)
+                                                            (line  6456)
+* \restriction:                          Math symbols.      (line  9517)
+* \revemptyset:                          Math symbols.      (line  9522)
+* \reversemarginpar:                     Marginal notes.    (line  8762)
+* \rfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  9527)
+* \rhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9532)
+* \rho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9538)
+* \right:                                \left & \right.    (line 10008)
+* \Rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  9543)
+* \rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  9548)
+* \rightharpoondown:                     Math symbols.      (line  9552)
+* \rightharpoonup:                       Math symbols.      (line  9555)
+* \rightleftharpoons:                    Math symbols.      (line  9558)
+* \rightmargin:                          list.              (line  4469)
+* \rm:                                   Font styles.       (line  1779)
+* \rmfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1726)
 * \roman{COUNTER}:                       \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7786)
+                                                            (line  7978)
 * \Roman{COUNTER}:                       \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7791)
-* \rotatebox:                            \rotatebox.        (line 12828)
-* \rq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 13113)
-* \rule:                                 \rule.             (line 13447)
-* \S:                                    Text symbols.      (line 13116)
-* \savebox:                              \sbox & \savebox.  (line 11833)
-* \sbox:                                 \sbox & \savebox.  (line 11833)
-* \sc:                                   Font styles.       (line  1773)
-* \scalebox:                             \scalebox.         (line 12896)
-* \scriptsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1836)
-* \scshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1738)
-* \searrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9238)
-* \sec:                                  Math functions.    (line 10063)
-* \section:                              Sectioning.        (line  2458)
-* \section <1>:                          \section.          (line  2691)
-* \seename:                              \index.            (line 14067)
+                                                            (line  7983)
+* \rotatebox:                            \rotatebox.        (line 13183)
+* \rq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 13468)
+* \rule:                                 \rule.             (line 13873)
+* \S:                                    Text symbols.      (line 13471)
+* \savebox:                              \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12188)
+* \sbox:                                 \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12188)
+* \sc:                                   Font styles.       (line  1782)
+* \scalebox:                             \scalebox.         (line 13251)
+* \scriptsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1845)
+* \scshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1747)
+* \searrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9561)
+* \sec:                                  Math functions.    (line 10386)
+* \section:                              Sectioning.        (line  2544)
+* \section <1>:                          \section.          (line  2777)
+* \seename:                              \index.            (line 14645)
 * \selectfont:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  2002)
-* \setcounter:                           \setcounter.       (line  7880)
-* \setlength:                            \setlength.        (line  8116)
-* \setminus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9241)
-* \settodepth:                           \settodepth.       (line  8173)
-* \settoheight:                          \settoheight.      (line  8197)
-* \settowidth:                           \settowidth.       (line  8221)
-* \sf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1776)
-* \sffamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1735)
-* \sharp:                                Math symbols.      (line  9247)
-* \ShellEscape:                          \write18.          (line 15174)
-* \shipout and expansion:                \write.            (line 14978)
-* \shortstack:                           \shortstack.       (line  5054)
-* \Sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9250)
-* \sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9253)
-* \signature:                            \signature.        (line 14695)
-* \sim:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9257)
-* \simeq:                                Math symbols.      (line  9260)
-* \sin:                                  Math functions.    (line 10066)
-* \sinh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10069)
-* \sl:                                   Font styles.       (line  1779)
-* \sloppy:                               \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6434)
-* \slshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1732)
-* \small:                                Font sizes.        (line  1836)
-* \smallint:                             Math symbols.      (line  9263)
+                                                            (line  1998)
+* \setcounter:                           \setcounter.       (line  8072)
+* \setlength:                            \setlength.        (line  8308)
+* \setminus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9564)
+* \settodepth:                           \settodepth.       (line  8365)
+* \settoheight:                          \settoheight.      (line  8389)
+* \settowidth:                           \settowidth.       (line  8413)
+* \sf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1785)
+* \sffamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1744)
+* \sharp:                                Math symbols.      (line  9570)
+* \ShellEscape:                          \write18.          (line 15752)
+* \shipout and expansion:                \write.            (line 15556)
+* \shortstack:                           \shortstack.       (line  5198)
+* \Sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9573)
+* \sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9576)
+* \signature:                            \signature.        (line 15273)
+* \sim:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9580)
+* \simeq:                                Math symbols.      (line  9583)
+* \sin:                                  Math functions.    (line 10389)
+* \sinh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10392)
+* \sl:                                   Font styles.       (line  1788)
+* \sloppy:                               \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6578)
+* \slshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1741)
+* \small:                                Font sizes.        (line  1845)
+* \smallint:                             Math symbols.      (line  9586)
 * \smallskip:                            \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11312)
+                                                            (line 11667)
 * \smallskipamount:                      \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11313)
-* \smile:                                Math symbols.      (line  9267)
-* \SPACE:                                \(SPACE).          (line 11057)
-* \SPACE <1>:                            \(SPACE).          (line 11057)
-* \spacefactor:                          \spacefactor.      (line 10920)
-* \spadesuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  9270)
-* \sqcap:                                Math symbols.      (line  9273)
-* \sqcup:                                Math symbols.      (line  9277)
-* \sqrt:                                 \sqrt.             (line 10423)
-* \sqsubset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9281)
-* \sqsubseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  9286)
-* \sqsupset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9291)
-* \sqsupseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  9296)
+                                                            (line 11668)
+* \smile:                                Math symbols.      (line  9590)
+* \SPACE:                                \(SPACE).          (line 11412)
+* \SPACE <1>:                            \(SPACE).          (line 11412)
+* \spacefactor:                          \spacefactor.      (line 11275)
+* \spadesuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  9593)
+* \sqcap:                                Math symbols.      (line  9596)
+* \sqcup:                                Math symbols.      (line  9600)
+* \sqrt:                                 \sqrt.             (line 10778)
+* \sqsubset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9604)
+* \sqsubseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  9609)
+* \sqsupset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9614)
+* \sqsupseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  9619)
 * \ss (ß):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13436)
+                                                            (line 13809)
 * \SS (SS):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13436)
-* \stackrel:                             \stackrel.         (line 10439)
-* \star:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9301)
-* \stepcounter:                          \stepcounter.      (line  7932)
+                                                            (line 13809)
+* \stackrel:                             \stackrel.         (line 10794)
+* \star:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9624)
+* \stepcounter:                          \stepcounter.      (line  8124)
 * \stop:                                 Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 15389)
-* \strut:                                \strut.            (line 11356)
-* \subparagraph:                         Sectioning.        (line  2458)
+                                                            (line 16027)
+* \stretch:                              \stretch.          (line  8437)
+* \strut:                                \strut.            (line 11711)
+* \subparagraph:                         Sectioning.        (line  2544)
 * \subparagraph <1>:                     \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2833)
-* \subsection:                           Sectioning.        (line  2458)
-* \subsection <1>:                       \subsection.       (line  2769)
-* \subset:                               Math symbols.      (line  9309)
-* \subseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  9312)
-* \subsubsection:                        Sectioning.        (line  2458)
+                                                            (line  2919)
+* \subsection:                           Sectioning.        (line  2544)
+* \subsection <1>:                       \subsection.       (line  2855)
+* \subset:                               Math symbols.      (line  9632)
+* \subseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  9635)
+* \subsubsection:                        Sectioning.        (line  2544)
 * \subsubsection <1>:                    \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2833)
-* \succ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9315)
-* \succeq:                               Math symbols.      (line  9318)
-* \sum:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9323)
-* \sup:                                  Math functions.    (line 10072)
-* \suppressfloats:                       Floats.            (line  2389)
-* \supset:                               Math symbols.      (line  9326)
-* \supseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  9329)
-* \surd:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9332)
-* \swarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9337)
+                                                            (line  2919)
+* \succ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9638)
+* \succeq:                               Math symbols.      (line  9641)
+* \sum:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9646)
+* \sup:                                  Math functions.    (line 10395)
+* \suppressfloats:                       Floats.            (line  2475)
+* \supset:                               Math symbols.      (line  9649)
+* \supseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  9652)
+* \surd:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9655)
+* \swarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9660)
 * \symbol:                               Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 13050)
-* \t (tie-after accent):                 Accents.           (line 13333)
-* \TAB:                                  \(SPACE).          (line 11057)
-* \tabbingsep:                           tabbing.           (line  5379)
-* \tabcolsep:                            tabular.           (line  5637)
+                                                            (line 13405)
+* \t (tie-after accent):                 Accents.           (line 13706)
+* \TAB:                                  \(SPACE).          (line 11412)
+* \tabbingsep:                           tabbing.           (line  5523)
+* \tabcolsep:                            tabular.           (line  5781)
 * \tableofcontents:                      Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13745)
-* \tan:                                  Math functions.    (line 10075)
-* \tanh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10078)
-* \tau:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9340)
-* \telephone:                            \telephone.        (line 14725)
-* \TeX:                                  Text symbols.      (line 13120)
-* \textascendercompwordmark:             Text symbols.      (line 13158)
-* \textasciicircum:                      Text symbols.      (line 13123)
-* \textasciitilde:                       Text symbols.      (line 13126)
-* \textasteriskcentered:                 Text symbols.      (line 13129)
+                                                            (line 14171)
+* \tableofcontents <1>:                  \contentsline.     (line 14466)
+* \tan:                                  Math functions.    (line 10398)
+* \tanh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10401)
+* \tau:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9663)
+* \telephone:                            \telephone.        (line 15303)
+* \TeX:                                  Text symbols.      (line 13475)
+* \textascendercompwordmark:             Text symbols.      (line 13513)
+* \textasciicircum:                      Text symbols.      (line 13478)
+* \textasciitilde:                       Text symbols.      (line 13481)
+* \textasteriskcentered:                 Text symbols.      (line 13484)
 * \textbackslash:                        Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12977)
-* \textbackslash <1>:                    Text symbols.      (line 13132)
-* \textbar:                              Text symbols.      (line 13135)
-* \textbardbl:                           Text symbols.      (line 13138)
-* \textbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1726)
-* \textbigcircle:                        Text symbols.      (line 13141)
-* \textbraceleft:                        Text symbols.      (line 13144)
-* \textbraceright:                       Text symbols.      (line 13147)
-* \textbullet:                           Text symbols.      (line 13150)
-* \textcapitalcompwordmark:              Text symbols.      (line 13157)
-* \textcircled{LETTER}:                  Text symbols.      (line 13153)
-* \textcompwordmark:                     Text symbols.      (line 13156)
-* \textcopyright:                        Text symbols.      (line 13070)
-* \textdagger:                           Text symbols.      (line 13165)
-* \textdaggerdbl:                        Text symbols.      (line 13168)
-* \textdollar (or \$):                   Text symbols.      (line 13171)
-* \textellipsis:                         Text symbols.      (line 13094)
-* \textemdash (or ---):                  Text symbols.      (line 13174)
-* \textendash (or --):                   Text symbols.      (line 13180)
-* \texteuro:                             Text symbols.      (line 13183)
-* \textexclamdown (or !`):               Text symbols.      (line 13191)
-* \textfloatsep:                         Floats.            (line  2425)
-* \textfloatsep <1>:                     Floats.            (line  2426)
-* \textfraction:                         Floats.            (line  2404)
-* \textfraction <1>:                     Floats.            (line  2405)
-* \textgreater:                          Text symbols.      (line 13194)
+                                                            (line 13332)
+* \textbackslash <1>:                    Text symbols.      (line 13487)
+* \textbar:                              Text symbols.      (line 13490)
+* \textbardbl:                           Text symbols.      (line 13493)
+* \textbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1735)
+* \textbigcircle:                        Text symbols.      (line 13496)
+* \textbraceleft:                        Text symbols.      (line 13499)
+* \textbraceright:                       Text symbols.      (line 13502)
+* \textbullet:                           Text symbols.      (line 13505)
+* \textcapitalcompwordmark:              Text symbols.      (line 13512)
+* \textcircled{LETTER}:                  Text symbols.      (line 13508)
+* \textcompwordmark:                     Text symbols.      (line 13511)
+* \textcopyright:                        Text symbols.      (line 13425)
+* \textdagger:                           Text symbols.      (line 13520)
+* \textdaggerdbl:                        Text symbols.      (line 13523)
+* \textdollar (or \$):                   Text symbols.      (line 13526)
+* \textellipsis:                         Text symbols.      (line 13449)
+* \textemdash (or ---):                  Text symbols.      (line 13529)
+* \textendash (or --):                   Text symbols.      (line 13535)
+* \texteuro:                             Text symbols.      (line 13538)
+* \textexclamdown (or !`):               Text symbols.      (line 13546)
+* \textfiguredash:                       Text symbols.      (line 13549)
+* \textfloatsep:                         Floats.            (line  2511)
+* \textfloatsep <1>:                     Floats.            (line  2512)
+* \textfraction:                         Floats.            (line  2490)
+* \textfraction <1>:                     Floats.            (line  2491)
+* \textgreater:                          Text symbols.      (line 13556)
 * \textheight:                           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2260)
+                                                            (line  2256)
 * \textheight <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2261)
-* \textit:                               Font styles.       (line  1720)
-* \textleftarrow:                        Text symbols.      (line 13200)
-* \textless:                             Text symbols.      (line 13197)
-* \textmd:                               Font styles.       (line  1723)
-* \textnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1744)
-* \textordfeminine:                      Text symbols.      (line 13203)
-* \textordmasculine:                     Text symbols.      (line 13204)
-* \textparagraph:                        Text symbols.      (line 13102)
-* \textperiodcentered:                   Text symbols.      (line 13207)
-* \textquestiondown (or ?`):             Text symbols.      (line 13210)
-* \textquotedblleft (or ``):             Text symbols.      (line 13213)
-* \textquotedblright (or ''):            Text symbols.      (line 13216)
-* \textquoteleft (or `):                 Text symbols.      (line 13219)
-* \textquoteright (or '):                Text symbols.      (line 13222)
-* \textquotesingle:                      Text symbols.      (line 13225)
-* \textquotestraightbase:                Text symbols.      (line 13228)
-* \textquotestraightdblbase:             Text symbols.      (line 13229)
-* \textregistered:                       Text symbols.      (line 13232)
-* \textrightarrow:                       Text symbols.      (line 13235)
-* \textrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1717)
-* \textsc:                               Font styles.       (line  1738)
-* \textsection:                          Text symbols.      (line 13117)
-* \textsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1735)
-* \textsl:                               Font styles.       (line  1732)
-* \textsterling:                         Text symbols.      (line 13106)
-* \textthreequartersemdash:              Text symbols.      (line 13238)
-* \texttrademark:                        Text symbols.      (line 13241)
-* \texttt:                               Font styles.       (line  1741)
-* \texttwelveudash:                      Text symbols.      (line 13244)
-* \textunderscore:                       Text symbols.      (line 13247)
-* \textup:                               Font styles.       (line  1729)
-* \textvisiblespace:                     Text symbols.      (line 13250)
+                                                            (line  2257)
+* \texthorizontalbar:                    Text symbols.      (line 13559)
+* \textit:                               Font styles.       (line  1729)
+* \textleftarrow:                        Text symbols.      (line 13567)
+* \textless:                             Text symbols.      (line 13564)
+* \textmd:                               Font styles.       (line  1732)
+* \textnonbreakinghyphen:                Text symbols.      (line 13570)
+* \textnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1753)
+* \textordfeminine:                      Text symbols.      (line 13576)
+* \textordmasculine:                     Text symbols.      (line 13577)
+* \textparagraph:                        Text symbols.      (line 13457)
+* \textperiodcentered:                   Text symbols.      (line 13580)
+* \textquestiondown (or ?`):             Text symbols.      (line 13583)
+* \textquotedblleft (or ``):             Text symbols.      (line 13586)
+* \textquotedblright (or ''):            Text symbols.      (line 13589)
+* \textquoteleft (or `):                 Text symbols.      (line 13592)
+* \textquoteright (or '):                Text symbols.      (line 13595)
+* \textquotesingle:                      Text symbols.      (line 13598)
+* \textquotestraightbase:                Text symbols.      (line 13601)
+* \textquotestraightdblbase:             Text symbols.      (line 13602)
+* \textregistered:                       Text symbols.      (line 13605)
+* \textrightarrow:                       Text symbols.      (line 13608)
+* \textrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1726)
+* \textsc:                               Font styles.       (line  1747)
+* \textsection:                          Text symbols.      (line 13472)
+* \textsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1744)
+* \textsl:                               Font styles.       (line  1741)
+* \textsterling:                         Text symbols.      (line 13461)
+* \textthreequartersemdash:              Text symbols.      (line 13611)
+* \texttrademark:                        Text symbols.      (line 13614)
+* \texttt:                               Font styles.       (line  1750)
+* \texttwelveudash:                      Text symbols.      (line 13617)
+* \textunderscore:                       Text symbols.      (line 13620)
+* \textup:                               Font styles.       (line  1738)
+* \textvisiblespace:                     Text symbols.      (line 13623)
 * \textwidth:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2268)
+                                                            (line  2264)
 * \textwidth <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2269)
+                                                            (line  2265)
 * \th (þ):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13440)
+                                                            (line 13813)
 * \TH (Þ):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13440)
-* \thanks{TEXT}:                         \maketitle.        (line 10585)
-* \theta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9343)
-* \thicklines:                           \thicklines.       (line  4991)
+                                                            (line 13813)
+* \thanks{TEXT}:                         \maketitle.        (line 10940)
+* \theta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9666)
+* \thicklines:                           \thicklines.       (line  5135)
 * \thickspace:                           Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10203)
-* \thinlines:                            \thinlines.        (line  4983)
+                                                            (line 10526)
+* \thinlines:                            \thinlines.        (line  5127)
 * \thinspace:                            Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10224)
+                                                            (line 10547)
 * \thinspace <1>:                        \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11158)
-* \thispagestyle:                        \thispagestyle.    (line 10748)
-* \tilde:                                Math accents.      (line 10123)
-* \times:                                Math symbols.      (line  9347)
-* \tiny:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1836)
-* \title{TEXT}:                          \maketitle.        (line 10592)
-* \to:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9350)
-* \today:                                \today.            (line 13482)
-* \top:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9354)
-* \topfraction:                          Floats.            (line  2409)
-* \topfraction <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2410)
+                                                            (line 11513)
+* \thispagestyle:                        \thispagestyle.    (line 11103)
+* \tilde:                                Math accents.      (line 10446)
+* \times:                                Math symbols.      (line  9670)
+* \tiny:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1845)
+* \title{TEXT}:                          \maketitle.        (line 10947)
+* \to:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9673)
+* \today:                                \today.            (line 13908)
+* \top:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9677)
+* \topfraction:                          Floats.            (line  2495)
+* \topfraction <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2496)
 * \topmargin:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2293)
-* \topsep:                               list.              (line  4333)
+                                                            (line  2289)
+* \topsep:                               list.              (line  4474)
 * \topskip:                              Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2300)
+                                                            (line  2296)
 * \topskip <1>:                          Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2301)
-* \triangle:                             Math symbols.      (line  9359)
-* \triangleleft:                         Math symbols.      (line  9362)
-* \triangleright:                        Math symbols.      (line  9368)
-* \tt:                                   Font styles.       (line  1782)
-* \ttfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1741)
-* \twocolumn:                            \twocolumn.        (line  2036)
-* \typein:                               \typein.           (line 14841)
-* \typeout:                              \typeout.          (line 14886)
-* \u (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 13337)
+                                                            (line  2297)
+* \triangle:                             Math symbols.      (line  9682)
+* \triangleleft:                         Math symbols.      (line  9685)
+* \triangleright:                        Math symbols.      (line  9691)
+* \tt:                                   Font styles.       (line  1791)
+* \ttfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1750)
+* \twocolumn:                            \twocolumn.        (line  2032)
+* \typein:                               \typein.           (line 15419)
+* \typeout:                              \typeout.          (line 15464)
+* \u (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 13710)
 * \unboldmath:                           \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9552)
+                                                            (line  9875)
 * \unboldmath <1>:                       \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9560)
-* \underbar:                             Accents.           (line 13303)
+                                                            (line  9883)
+* \underbar:                             Accents.           (line 13676)
 * \underbrace{MATH}:                     Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10161)
+                                                            (line 10484)
 * \underline{TEXT}:                      Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10144)
-* \unitlength:                           picture.           (line  4716)
-* \unlhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  9374)
-* \unrhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  9380)
-* \Uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9386)
-* \uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9390)
-* \Updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  9394)
-* \updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  9399)
-* \upharpoonright:                       Math symbols.      (line  9404)
-* \uplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  9409)
-* \upshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1729)
-* \Upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9416)
-* \upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9419)
-* \usebox:                               \usebox.           (line 11941)
-* \usecounter:                           \usecounter.       (line  7821)
+                                                            (line 10467)
+* \unitlength:                           picture.           (line  4860)
+* \unlhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  9697)
+* \unrhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  9703)
+* \Uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9709)
+* \uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9713)
+* \Updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  9717)
+* \updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  9722)
+* \upharpoonright:                       Math symbols.      (line  9727)
+* \uplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  9732)
+* \upshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1738)
+* \Upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9739)
+* \upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9742)
+* \usebox:                               \usebox.           (line 12296)
+* \usecounter:                           \usecounter.       (line  8013)
 * \usefont:                              Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  2010)
+                                                            (line  2006)
 * \usepackage:                           Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   818)
-* \UseTextAccent:                        \UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol.
-                                                            (line  1654)
-* \UseTextSymbol:                        \UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol.
-                                                            (line  1654)
-* \v (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 13341)
-* \value:                                \value.            (line  7847)
-* \vanothing:                            Math symbols.      (line  9427)
-* \varepsilon:                           Math symbols.      (line  9422)
-* \varphi:                               Math symbols.      (line  9432)
-* \varpi:                                Math symbols.      (line  9436)
-* \varrho:                               Math symbols.      (line  9440)
-* \varsigma:                             Math symbols.      (line  9444)
-* \vartheta:                             Math symbols.      (line  9448)
-* \vbox plain TeX:                       minipage.          (line  4589)
-* \vdash:                                Math symbols.      (line  9452)
-* \vdots:                                Dots.              (line  9906)
-* \vec:                                  Math accents.      (line 10126)
-* \vector:                               \vector.           (line  5096)
-* \vee:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9456)
-* \verb:                                 \verb.             (line  6146)
-* \Vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9460)
-* \vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9464)
-* \vfill:                                \vfill.            (line 11492)
-* \vline:                                \vline.            (line  5730)
-* \vspace:                               \vspace.           (line 11441)
-* \vtop plain TeX:                       minipage.          (line  4585)
-* \wedge:                                Math symbols.      (line  9471)
-* \widehat:                              Math accents.      (line 10129)
-* \widetilde:                            Math accents.      (line 10132)
-* \wlog:                                 \wlog.             (line 15091)
-* \wp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9475)
-* \wr:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9478)
-* \write:                                \write.            (line 14919)
+                                                            (line   828)
+* \UseTextAccent:                        \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent.
+                                                            (line  1663)
+* \UseTextSymbol:                        \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent.
+                                                            (line  1663)
+* \v (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 13714)
+* \value:                                \value.            (line  8039)
+* \vanothing:                            Math symbols.      (line  9750)
+* \varepsilon:                           Math symbols.      (line  9745)
+* \varphi:                               Math symbols.      (line  9755)
+* \varpi:                                Math symbols.      (line  9759)
+* \varrho:                               Math symbols.      (line  9763)
+* \varsigma:                             Math symbols.      (line  9767)
+* \vartheta:                             Math symbols.      (line  9771)
+* \vbox plain TeX:                       minipage.          (line  4731)
+* \vdash:                                Math symbols.      (line  9775)
+* \vdots:                                Dots.              (line 10229)
+* \vec:                                  Math accents.      (line 10449)
+* \vector:                               \vector.           (line  5240)
+* \vee:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9779)
+* \verb:                                 \verb.             (line  6290)
+* \Vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9783)
+* \vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9787)
+* \vfill:                                \vfill.            (line 11847)
+* \vline:                                \vline.            (line  5874)
+* \vspace:                               \vspace.           (line 11796)
+* \vtop plain TeX:                       minipage.          (line  4727)
+* \wedge:                                Math symbols.      (line  9794)
+* \widehat:                              Math accents.      (line 10452)
+* \widetilde:                            Math accents.      (line 10455)
+* \wlog:                                 \wlog.             (line 15669)
+* \wp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9798)
+* \wr:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9801)
+* \write:                                \write.            (line 15497)
 * \write and security:                   \write and security.
-                                                            (line 15021)
-* \write streams 16, 17, 18:             \write.            (line 14999)
-* \write18:                              \write18.          (line 15109)
+                                                            (line 15599)
+* \write streams 16, 17, 18:             \write.            (line 15577)
+* \write18:                              \write18.          (line 15687)
 * \write18, enabling:                    Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15283)
-* \Xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9481)
-* \xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9484)
+                                                            (line 15862)
+* \Xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9804)
+* \xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9807)
+* \xspace:                               xspace package.    (line  7880)
 * \year:                                 \day & \month & \year.
-                                                            (line  7947)
-* \zeta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9487)
-* \[...\] display math:                  displaymath.       (line  3632)
-* \\ (for center):                       center.            (line  3476)
-* \\ (for eqnarray):                     eqnarray.          (line  3784)
-* \\ (for flushright):                   flushright.        (line  4028)
-* \\ (for \shortstack objects):          \shortstack.       (line  5080)
-* \\ (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5324)
-* \\ for flushleft:                      flushleft.         (line  3968)
-* \\ for letters:                        Letters.           (line 14483)
-* \\ for tabular:                        tabular.           (line  5500)
-* \\ for verse:                          verse.             (line  6212)
-* \\ for \author:                        \maketitle.        (line 10572)
-* \\ for \title:                         \maketitle.        (line 10593)
-* \\ force line break:                   \\.                (line  6250)
-* \\* (for eqnarray):                    eqnarray.          (line  3792)
+                                                            (line  8139)
+* \zeta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9810)
+* \[...\] display math:                  displaymath.       (line  3773)
+* \\ (for center):                       center.            (line  3617)
+* \\ (for eqnarray):                     eqnarray.          (line  3925)
+* \\ (for flushright):                   flushright.        (line  4169)
+* \\ (for \shortstack objects):          \shortstack.       (line  5224)
+* \\ (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5468)
+* \\ for flushleft:                      flushleft.         (line  4109)
+* \\ for letters:                        Letters.           (line 15061)
+* \\ for tabular:                        tabular.           (line  5644)
+* \\ for verse:                          verse.             (line  6356)
+* \\ for \author:                        \maketitle.        (line 10927)
+* \\ for \title:                         \maketitle.        (line 10948)
+* \\ force line break:                   \\.                (line  6394)
+* \\* (for eqnarray):                    eqnarray.          (line  3933)
 * \^:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12977)
-* \^ (circumflex accent):                Accents.           (line 13290)
+                                                            (line 13332)
+* \^ (circumflex accent):                Accents.           (line 13663)
 * \_:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12970)
-* \` (grave accent):                     Accents.           (line 13294)
-* \` (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5351)
+                                                            (line 13325)
+* \` (grave accent):                     Accents.           (line 13667)
+* \` (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5495)
 * \{:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12970)
-* \|:                                    Math symbols.      (line  8639)
+                                                            (line 13325)
+* \|:                                    Math symbols.      (line  8962)
 * \}:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12970)
+                                                            (line 13325)
 * \~:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12977)
-* \~ (tilde accent):                     Accents.           (line 13298)
+                                                            (line 13332)
+* \~ (tilde accent):                     Accents.           (line 13671)
 * ^ superscript:                         Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  8564)
-* ^^J, in \write:                        \write.            (line 15008)
+                                                            (line  8887)
+* ^^J, in \write:                        \write.            (line 15586)
 * _ subscript:                           Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  8564)
+                                                            (line  8887)
 * {...} for required arguments:          LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   581)
-* ~:                                     ~.                 (line 11098)
+                                                            (line   591)
+* ~:                                     ~.                 (line 11453)
 * a4paper option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   732)
+                                                            (line   742)
 * a5paper option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   732)
-* abstract environment:                  abstract.          (line  3341)
-* abstract package:                      abstract.          (line  3362)
-* abstracts:                             abstract.          (line  3341)
-* accents:                               Accents.           (line 13256)
-* Accents, defining:                     \DeclareFontEncoding.
-                                                            (line  1375)
-* Accents, defining <1>:                 \DeclareTextAccent.
-                                                            (line  1409)
-* Accents, defining <2>:                 \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
-                                                            (line  1432)
-* Accents, defining <3>:                 \DeclareTextComposite.
-                                                            (line  1541)
-* Accents, defining <4>:                 \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
-                                                            (line  1566)
-* Accents, defining <5>:                 \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
-                                                            (line  1611)
-* accents, mathematical:                 Math accents.      (line 10092)
+                                                            (line   742)
+* abstract environment:                  abstract.          (line  3482)
+* abstract package:                      abstract.          (line  3503)
+* abstracts:                             abstract.          (line  3482)
+* accents:                               Accents.           (line 13629)
+* accents, defining:                     \DeclareFontEncoding.
+                                                            (line  1384)
+* accents, defining <1>:                 \DeclareTextAccent.
+                                                            (line  1418)
+* accents, defining <2>:                 \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
+                                                            (line  1441)
+* accents, defining <3>:                 \DeclareTextComposite.
+                                                            (line  1550)
+* accents, defining <4>:                 \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
+                                                            (line  1575)
+* accents, defining <5>:                 \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
+                                                            (line  1620)
+* accents, mathematical:                 Math accents.      (line 10415)
 * accessing any character of a font:     Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 13050)
-* acronyms, list of:                     Glossaries.        (line 14303)
-* acute accent:                          Accents.           (line 13279)
-* acute accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10097)
+                                                            (line 13405)
+* acronyms, list of:                     Glossaries.        (line 14881)
+* acute accent:                          Accents.           (line 13652)
+* acute accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10420)
 * additional packages, loading:          Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   818)
-* adjustbox package:                     Boxes.             (line 11571)
+                                                            (line   828)
+* adjustbox package:                     Boxes.             (line 11926)
 * ae ligature:                           Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13400)
-* algorithm2e package:                   tabbing.           (line  5404)
-* align environment, from amsmath:       eqnarray.          (line  3761)
-* aligning equations:                    eqnarray.          (line  3761)
-* alignment via tabbing:                 tabbing.           (line  5264)
-* amscd package:                         Arrows.            (line  9546)
-* amsfonts package:                      Math formulas.     (line  8553)
-* amsfonts package <1>:                  Arrows.            (line  9511)
-* amsmath package:                       array.             (line  3436)
-* amsmath package <1>:                   array.             (line  3447)
-* amsmath package <2>:                   displaymath.       (line  3628)
-* amsmath package <3>:                   equation.          (line  3831)
-* amsmath package <4>:                   theorem.           (line  6055)
-* amsmath package <5>:                   Math formulas.     (line  8553)
-* amsmath package <6>:                   \left & \right.    (line  9709)
+                                                            (line 13773)
+* algorithm2e package:                   tabbing.           (line  5548)
+* align environment, from amsmath:       eqnarray.          (line  3902)
+* aligning equations:                    eqnarray.          (line  3902)
+* alignment via tabbing:                 tabbing.           (line  5408)
+* amscd package:                         Arrows.            (line  9869)
+* amsfonts package:                      Math formulas.     (line  8876)
+* amsfonts package <1>:                  Arrows.            (line  9834)
+* amsmath package:                       array.             (line  3577)
+* amsmath package <1>:                   array.             (line  3588)
+* amsmath package <2>:                   displaymath.       (line  3769)
+* amsmath package <3>:                   equation.          (line  3972)
+* amsmath package <4>:                   theorem.           (line  6199)
+* amsmath package <5>:                   Math formulas.     (line  8876)
+* amsmath package <6>:                   \left & \right.    (line 10032)
 * amsmath package <7>:                   \bigl & \bigr etc..
-                                                            (line  9854)
-* amsmath package <8>:                   Dots.              (line  9909)
-* amsmath package <9>:                   Math functions.    (line 10081)
+                                                            (line 10177)
+* amsmath package <8>:                   Dots.              (line 10232)
+* amsmath package <9>:                   Math functions.    (line 10404)
 * amsmath package <10>:                  \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10356)
+                                                            (line 10689)
 * amsmath package <11>:                  Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 10384)
+                                                            (line 10739)
 * amsmath package <12>:                  Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 10388)
-* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray:   eqnarray.          (line  3761)
-* amsthm package:                        theorem.           (line  6055)
-* amsthm package <1>:                    \rule.             (line 13459)
-* answers package:                       \write.            (line 15013)
-* appendices:                            \appendix.         (line  2900)
-* appendix:                              \appendix.         (line  2900)
-* appendix package:                      \appendix.         (line  2923)
+                                                            (line 10743)
+* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray:   eqnarray.          (line  3902)
+* amsthm package:                        theorem.           (line  6199)
+* amsthm package <1>:                    \rule.             (line 13885)
+* answers package:                       \write.            (line 15591)
+* appendices:                            \appendix.         (line  2986)
+* appendix:                              \appendix.         (line  2986)
+* appendix package:                      \appendix.         (line  3009)
 * aring:                                 Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13396)
-* array (package) package:               array.             (line  3458)
-* array environment:                     array.             (line  3387)
-* arrays, math:                          array.             (line  3387)
-* arrow, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13201)
-* arrow, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13236)
-* arrows:                                Arrows.            (line  9511)
-* article class:                         Document classes.  (line   689)
-* ascender height:                       Text symbols.      (line 13159)
-* ASCII circumflex, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13124)
-* ASCII tilde, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13127)
-* asterisk, centered, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13130)
-* Asymptote package:                     \line.             (line  4956)
-* Asymptote package <1>:                 \strut.            (line 11412)
-* Asymptote package <2>:                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11645)
-* Asymptote package <3>:                 \write18.          (line 15116)
-* at clause, in font definitions:        \newfont.          (line  7591)
-* at-sign:                               \@.                (line 10981)
-* author, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line 10572)
-* auxiliary file:                        Output files.      (line   476)
+                                                            (line 13769)
+* array (package) package:               array.             (line  3599)
+* array environment:                     array.             (line  3528)
+* arrays, math:                          array.             (line  3528)
+* arrow, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13568)
+* arrow, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13609)
+* arrows:                                Arrows.            (line  9834)
+* article class:                         Document classes.  (line   699)
+* ascender height:                       Text symbols.      (line 13514)
+* ASCII circumflex, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13479)
+* ASCII tilde, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13482)
+* asterisk, centered, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13485)
+* Asymptote package:                     \line.             (line  5100)
+* Asymptote package <1>:                 \strut.            (line 11767)
+* Asymptote package <2>:                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12000)
+* Asymptote package <3>:                 \write18.          (line 15694)
+* at clause, in font definitions:        \newfont.          (line  7735)
+* at-sign:                               \@.                (line 11336)
+* author, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line 10927)
+* auxiliary file:                        Output files.      (line   486)
 * b5paper option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   732)
-* babel package:                         \chapter.          (line  2663)
-* babel package <1>:                     thebibliography.   (line  5843)
-* babel package <2>:                     Accents.           (line 13256)
-* babel package <3>:                     \today.            (line 13489)
+                                                            (line   742)
+* babel package:                         \chapter.          (line  2749)
+* babel package <1>:                     thebibliography.   (line  5987)
+* babel package <2>:                     Accents.           (line 13629)
+* babel package <3>:                     \today.            (line 13915)
 * babel package <4>:                     Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13828)
-* babel package <5>:                     \index.            (line 14067)
+                                                            (line 14289)
+* babel package <5>:                     \index.            (line 14645)
 * back matter of a book:                 \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2933)
-* background, colored:                   Colored pages.     (line 12189)
-* backslash, in text:                    Text symbols.      (line 13133)
-* bar, double vertical, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13139)
-* bar, vertical, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 13136)
-* bar-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 13286)
-* bar-over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10100)
-* bar-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 13301)
-* basics of LaTeX:                       Overview.          (line   387)
+                                                            (line  3019)
+* background, colored:                   Colored pages.     (line 12544)
+* backslash, in text:                    Text symbols.      (line 13488)
+* bar, double vertical, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13494)
+* bar, vertical, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 13491)
+* bar-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 13659)
+* bar-over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10423)
+* bar-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 13674)
+* basics of LaTeX:                       Overview.          (line   397)
 * batchmode:                             Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15249)
-* beamer package:                        beamer template.   (line 15416)
-* beamer template and class:             beamer template.   (line 15416)
-* beginning of document hook:            \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3662)
+                                                            (line 15828)
+* beamer package:                        beamer template.   (line 16054)
+* beamer template and class:             beamer template.   (line 16054)
+* beginning of document hook:            \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3803)
 * bibliography format, open:             Document class options.
-                                                            (line   780)
-* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX.     (line  5975)
-* bibliography, creating (manually):     thebibliography.   (line  5796)
-* bibTeX, using:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  5975)
-* big circle symbols, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13142)
-* Big point:                             Units of length.   (line  8080)
+                                                            (line   790)
+* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX.     (line  6119)
+* bibliography, creating (manually):     thebibliography.   (line  5940)
+* bibTeX, using:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  6119)
+* big circle symbols, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13497)
+* big point:                             Units of length.   (line  8272)
 * bigfoot package:                       Footnotes of footnotes.
-                                                            (line  6941)
+                                                            (line  7085)
 * black boxes, omitting:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   766)
-* blackboard bold:                       Blackboard bold.   (line  9592)
+                                                            (line   776)
+* blackboard bold:                       Blackboard bold.   (line  9915)
 * bm package:                            \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9578)
-* bold font:                             Font styles.       (line  1762)
-* bold math:                             Font styles.       (line  1815)
-* bold typewriter, avoiding:             description.       (line  3586)
+                                                            (line  9901)
+* bold font:                             Font styles.       (line  1771)
+* bold math:                             Font styles.       (line  1824)
+* bold typewriter, avoiding:             description.       (line  3727)
 * boldface mathematics:                  \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9552)
-* book class:                            Document classes.  (line   689)
+                                                            (line  9875)
+* book class:                            Document classes.  (line   699)
 * book, back matter:                     \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2933)
+                                                            (line  3019)
 * book, end matter:                      \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2933)
+                                                            (line  3019)
 * book, front matter:                    \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2933)
+                                                            (line  3019)
 * book, main matter:                     \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2933)
-* bottomnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2432)
-* bottomnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2433)
-* bounding box:                          \includegraphics.  (line 12623)
-* box:                                   \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11577)
-* box, allocating new:                   \newsavebox.       (line  7304)
-* box, bounding:                         \includegraphics.  (line 12623)
-* box, colored:                          Colored boxes.     (line 12152)
-* box, save:                             \sbox & \savebox.  (line 11833)
-* box, use saved box:                    \usebox.           (line 11941)
-* boxes:                                 Boxes.             (line 11568)
-* bp:                                    Units of length.   (line  8080)
-* brace, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13145)
-* brace, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13148)
-* braces:                                Delimiters.        (line  9635)
-* brackets:                              Delimiters.        (line  9635)
-* breaking lines:                        Line breaking.     (line  6233)
-* breaking pages:                        Page breaking.     (line  6524)
-* breaks, multiplication discretionary:  \*.                (line 10395)
-* breve accent:                          Accents.           (line 13337)
-* breve accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10103)
+                                                            (line  3019)
+* bottomnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2518)
+* bottomnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2519)
+* bounding box:                          \includegraphics.  (line 12978)
+* box:                                   \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11932)
+* box, allocating new:                   \newsavebox.       (line  7448)
+* box, bounding:                         \includegraphics.  (line 12978)
+* box, colored:                          Colored boxes.     (line 12507)
+* box, save:                             \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12188)
+* box, use saved box:                    \usebox.           (line 12296)
+* boxes:                                 Boxes.             (line 11923)
+* bp:                                    Units of length.   (line  8272)
+* brace, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13500)
+* brace, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13503)
+* braces:                                Delimiters.        (line  9958)
+* brackets:                              Delimiters.        (line  9958)
+* breaking lines:                        Line breaking.     (line  6377)
+* breaking pages:                        Page breaking.     (line  6668)
+* breaks, multiplication discretionary:  \*.                (line 10750)
+* breve accent:                          Accents.           (line 13710)
+* breve accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10426)
 * bug reporting:                         About this document.
-                                                            (line   363)
-* bullet lists:                          itemize.           (line  4069)
-* bullet symbol:                         Math symbols.      (line  8732)
-* bullet, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 13151)
-* bulleted lists:                        itemize.           (line  4069)
-* calligraphic fonts:                    Calligraphic.      (line  9618)
-* calligraphic letters for math:         Font styles.       (line  1765)
-* cap height:                            Text symbols.      (line 13159)
-* caron accent:                          Accents.           (line 13341)
+                                                            (line   373)
+* bullet lists:                          itemize.           (line  4210)
+* bullet symbol:                         Math symbols.      (line  9055)
+* bullet, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 13506)
+* bulleted lists:                        itemize.           (line  4210)
+* calligraphic fonts:                    Calligraphic.      (line  9941)
+* calligraphic letters for math:         Font styles.       (line  1774)
+* cap height:                            Text symbols.      (line 13514)
+* caron accent:                          Accents.           (line 13714)
 * catcode:                               \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  7130)
+                                                            (line  7274)
 * category code, character:              \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  7130)
-* cc:                                    Units of length.   (line  8093)
-* cc list, in letters:                   \cc.               (line 14545)
-* cedilla accent:                        Accents.           (line 13311)
-* center environment:                    center.            (line  3466)
-* centered asterisk, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 13130)
+                                                            (line  7274)
+* cc:                                    Units of length.   (line  8285)
+* cc list, in letters:                   \cc.               (line 15123)
+* cedilla accent:                        Accents.           (line 13684)
+* center environment:                    center.            (line  3607)
+* centered asterisk, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 13485)
 * centered equations:                    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   770)
-* centered period, in text:              Text symbols.      (line 13208)
-* centering text, declaration for:       \centering.        (line  3514)
-* centering text, environment for:       center.            (line  3466)
-* Centimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  8084)
+                                                            (line   780)
+* centered period, in text:              Text symbols.      (line 13581)
+* centering text, declaration for:       \centering.        (line  3655)
+* centering text, environment for:       center.            (line  3607)
+* centimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  8276)
 * changing case of characters:           Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12996)
-* chapter:                               Sectioning.        (line  2458)
-* chapter <1>:                           \chapter.          (line  2598)
+                                                            (line 13351)
+* chapter:                               Sectioning.        (line  2544)
+* chapter <1>:                           \chapter.          (line  2684)
 * character category code:               \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  7130)
+                                                            (line  7274)
+* character encoding:                    inputenc package.  (line 13829)
 * character, invisible:                  \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10318)
-* characters, accented:                  Accents.           (line 13256)
+                                                            (line 10641)
+* character, invisible <1>:              \mathstrut.        (line 10702)
+* characters, accented:                  Accents.           (line 13629)
 * characters, case of:                   Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12996)
+                                                            (line 13351)
 * characters, non-English:               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13390)
+                                                            (line 13763)
 * characters, reserved:                  Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12962)
+                                                            (line 13317)
 * characters, special:                   Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12962)
-* check accent:                          Accents.           (line 13341)
-* check accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10106)
-* Cicero:                                Units of length.   (line  8093)
-* circle symbol, big, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13142)
-* circled letter, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 13154)
-* circumflex accent:                     Accents.           (line 13290)
-* circumflex accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10118)
-* circumflex, ASCII, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 13124)
-* citation key:                          \bibitem.          (line  5860)
+                                                            (line 13317)
+* check accent:                          Accents.           (line 13714)
+* check accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10429)
+* cicero:                                Units of length.   (line  8285)
+* circle symbol, big, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13497)
+* circled letter, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 13509)
+* circumflex accent:                     Accents.           (line 13663)
+* circumflex accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10441)
+* circumflex, ASCII, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 13479)
+* citation key:                          \bibitem.          (line  6004)
 * class and package commands:            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   904)
+                                                            (line   914)
 * class and package difference:          Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   843)
+                                                            (line   853)
 * class and package structure:           Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   857)
+                                                            (line   867)
 * class file example:                    Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   890)
+                                                            (line   900)
 * class file layout:                     Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   857)
+                                                            (line   867)
 * class options:                         Document class options.
-                                                            (line   719)
+                                                            (line   729)
 * class options <1>:                     Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   857)
+                                                            (line   867)
 * class options <2>:                     Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   964)
-* classes of documents:                  Document classes.  (line   684)
-* cleveref package:                      Cross references.  (line  3205)
-* cleveref package <1>:                  \ref.              (line  3318)
-* cleveref package <2>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  6822)
+                                                            (line   974)
+* classes of documents:                  Document classes.  (line   694)
+* cleveref package:                      Cross references.  (line  3291)
+* cleveref package <1>:                  \ref.              (line  3404)
+* cleveref package <2>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  6966)
 * CLI:                                   Command line interface.
-                                                            (line 15185)
+                                                            (line 15763)
 * clock option to slides class:          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   812)
-* closing letters:                       \closing.          (line 14561)
-* closing quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 13114)
-* cm:                                    Units of length.   (line  8084)
-* cm-super package:                      fontenc package.   (line  1318)
-* cmd.exe, used by \write18:             \write18.          (line 15163)
-* code, typesetting:                     verbatim.          (line  6102)
+                                                            (line   822)
+* closing letters:                       \closing.          (line 15139)
+* closing quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 13469)
+* cm:                                    Units of length.   (line  8276)
+* cm-super package:                      fontenc package.   (line  1327)
+* cmd.exe, used by \write18:             \write18.          (line 15741)
+* code, typesetting:                     verbatim.          (line  6246)
 * colon character:                       Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 10375)
-* color:                                 Color.             (line 11954)
-* color <1>:                             Define colors.     (line 12059)
-* color <2>:                             Colored text.      (line 12081)
-* color <3>:                             Colored boxes.     (line 12152)
-* color <4>:                             Colored pages.     (line 12189)
-* color models:                          Color models.      (line 12007)
+                                                            (line 10730)
+* color:                                 Color.             (line 12309)
+* color <1>:                             Define colors.     (line 12414)
+* color <2>:                             Colored text.      (line 12436)
+* color <3>:                             Colored boxes.     (line 12507)
+* color <4>:                             Colored pages.     (line 12544)
+* color models:                          Color models.      (line 12362)
 * color package commands:                Commands for color.
-                                                            (line 12054)
+                                                            (line 12409)
 * color package options:                 Color package options.
-                                                            (line 11969)
-* color, define:                         Define colors.     (line 12059)
-* colored boxes:                         Colored boxes.     (line 12152)
-* colored page:                          Colored pages.     (line 12189)
-* colored text:                          Colored text.      (line 12081)
-* command line:                          Command line interface.
-                                                            (line 15185)
+                                                            (line 12324)
+* color, define:                         Define colors.     (line 12414)
+* colored boxes:                         Colored boxes.     (line 12507)
+* colored page:                          Colored pages.     (line 12544)
+* colored text:                          Colored text.      (line 12436)
+* command line interface:                Command line interface.
+                                                            (line 15763)
 * command syntax:                        LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   581)
+                                                            (line   591)
 * commands, class and package:           Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   904)
+                                                            (line   914)
 * commands, defining new ones:           \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6962)
-* commands, defining new ones <1>:       \providecommand.   (line  7089)
+                                                            (line  7106)
+* commands, defining new ones <1>:       \providecommand.   (line  7233)
 * commands, document class:              Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   834)
+                                                            (line   844)
 * commands, graphics package:            Commands for graphics.
-                                                            (line 12501)
+                                                            (line 12856)
 * commands, ignore spaces:               \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7662)
+                                                            (line  7806)
+* commands, ignore spaces <1>:           xspace package.    (line  7880)
 * commands, redefining:                  \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6962)
-* commands, run from LaTeX:              \write18.          (line 15109)
-* commands, star-variants:               \@ifstar.          (line  7166)
-* composite word mark, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13159)
-* comprehensive package:                 Math symbols.      (line  8627)
-* computer programs, typesetting:        verbatim.          (line  6102)
+                                                            (line  7106)
+* commands, run from LaTeX:              \write18.          (line 15687)
+* commands, star-variants:               \@ifstar.          (line  7310)
+* composite word mark, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13514)
+* comprehensive package:                 Math symbols.      (line  8950)
+* computer programs, typesetting:        verbatim.          (line  6246)
 * configuration, graphics package:       Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 12311)
-* contents file:                         Output files.      (line   486)
-* copyright symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13071)
-* counters, a list of:                   Counters.          (line  7737)
-* counters, defining new:                \newcounter.       (line  7241)
-* counters, getting value of:            \value.            (line  7847)
+                                                            (line 12666)
+* contents file:                         Output files.      (line   496)
+* copyright symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13426)
+* counters, a list of:                   Counters.          (line  7929)
+* counters, defining new:                \newcounter.       (line  7385)
+* counters, getting value of:            \value.            (line  8039)
 * counters, printing:                    \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7765)
-* counters, setting:                     \setcounter.       (line  7880)
-* cprotect package:                      verbatim.          (line  6122)
-* cprotect package <1>:                  \verb.             (line  6185)
-* creating pictures:                     picture.           (line  4694)
-* creating tables:                       table.             (line  5413)
-* credit footnote:                       \maketitle.        (line 10586)
-* cross references:                      Cross references.  (line  3173)
-* cross references, resolving:           Output files.      (line   476)
-* cross referencing with page number:    \pageref.          (line  3271)
-* cross referencing, symbolic:           \ref.              (line  3295)
-* CTAN:                                  CTAN.              (line   656)
-* curly braces:                          Delimiters.        (line  9635)
-* currency, dollar:                      Text symbols.      (line 13172)
-* currency, euro:                        Text symbols.      (line 13184)
-* dagger, double, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 13169)
-* dagger, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 13074)
-* dagger, in text <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 13166)
-* DANTE e.V.:                            CTAN.              (line   670)
-* datatool package:                      \read.             (line 14835)
-* date, for titlepage:                   \maketitle.        (line 10580)
-* date, today's:                         \today.            (line 13482)
-* datetime package:                      \today.            (line 13503)
-* dbltopnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2436)
-* dbltopnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2437)
-* dcolumn package:                       array.             (line  3458)
-* dd:                                    Units of length.   (line  8090)
-* declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes.       (line  1849)
-* declaration form of font style commands: Font styles.     (line  1694)
-* define color:                          Define colors.     (line 12059)
+                                                            (line  7957)
+* counters, setting:                     \setcounter.       (line  8072)
+* cprotect package:                      verbatim.          (line  6266)
+* cprotect package <1>:                  \verb.             (line  6329)
+* creating pictures:                     picture.           (line  4838)
+* creating tables:                       table.             (line  5557)
+* credit footnote:                       \maketitle.        (line 10941)
+* cross references:                      Cross references.  (line  3259)
+* cross references, resolving:           Output files.      (line   486)
+* cross referencing with page number:    \pageref.          (line  3357)
+* cross referencing, across documents:   xr package.        (line  3410)
+* cross referencing, symbolic:           \ref.              (line  3381)
+* CTAN:                                  CTAN.              (line   666)
+* curly braces:                          Delimiters.        (line  9958)
+* currency, dollar:                      Text symbols.      (line 13527)
+* currency, euro:                        Text symbols.      (line 13539)
+* dagger, double, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 13524)
+* dagger, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 13429)
+* dagger, in text <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 13521)
+* DANTE e.V.:                            CTAN.              (line   680)
+* datatool package:                      \read.             (line 15413)
+* date, for titlepage:                   \maketitle.        (line 10935)
+* date, today's:                         \today.            (line 13908)
+* datetime package:                      \today.            (line 13929)
+* dbltopnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2522)
+* dbltopnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2523)
+* dcolumn package:                       array.             (line  3599)
+* dd:                                    Units of length.   (line  8282)
+* declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes.       (line  1858)
+* declaration form of font style commands: Font styles.     (line  1703)
+* define color:                          Define colors.     (line 12414)
 * defining a new command:                \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6962)
-* defining a new command <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  7089)
+                                                            (line  7106)
+* defining a new command <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  7233)
 * defining new environments:             \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  7332)
-* defining new fonts:                    \newfont.          (line  7578)
-* defining new theorems:                 \newtheorem.       (line  7466)
-* definitions:                           Definitions.       (line  6957)
-* delayed \write:                        \write.            (line 14978)
-* Delimiters:                            Delimiters.        (line  9635)
-* delimiters, paired:                    \left & \right.    (line  9685)
-* delim_0:                               makeindex.         (line 14236)
-* delim_1:                               makeindex.         (line 14240)
-* delim_2:                               makeindex.         (line 14244)
-* delim_n:                               makeindex.         (line 14248)
-* delim_r:                               makeindex.         (line 14252)
-* description:                           \newglossaryentry. (line 14391)
-* description environment:               description.       (line  3556)
-* description lists, creating:           description.       (line  3556)
-* design size, in font definitions:      \newfont.          (line  7591)
-* Didot point:                           Units of length.   (line  8090)
-* dieresis accent:                       Accents.           (line 13275)
+                                                            (line  7476)
+* defining new fonts:                    \newfont.          (line  7722)
+* defining new theorems:                 \newtheorem.       (line  7610)
+* definitions:                           Definitions.       (line  7101)
+* delayed \write:                        \write.            (line 15556)
+* delimiters:                            Delimiters.        (line  9958)
+* delimiters, paired:                    \left & \right.    (line 10008)
+* delim_0:                               makeindex.         (line 14814)
+* delim_1:                               makeindex.         (line 14818)
+* delim_2:                               makeindex.         (line 14822)
+* delim_n:                               makeindex.         (line 14826)
+* delim_r:                               makeindex.         (line 14830)
+* description:                           \newglossaryentry. (line 14969)
+* description environment:               description.       (line  3697)
+* description lists, creating:           description.       (line  3697)
+* design size, in font definitions:      \newfont.          (line  7735)
+* didot point:                           Units of length.   (line  8282)
+* dieresis accent:                       Accents.           (line 13648)
 * difference between class and package:  Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   843)
-* dimen plain TeX:                       Lengths.           (line  7969)
-* directory listings, from system:       \write18.          (line 15168)
-* discretionary breaks, multiplication:  \*.                (line 10395)
-* discretionary hyphenation:             \discretionary.    (line  6411)
-* display math mode:                     Modes.             (line 10472)
+                                                            (line   853)
+* dimen plain TeX:                       Lengths.           (line  8161)
+* directory listings, from system:       \write18.          (line 15746)
+* discretionary breaks, multiplication:  \*.                (line 10750)
+* discretionary hyphenation:             \discretionary.    (line  6555)
+* display math mode:                     Modes.             (line 10827)
 * displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  5234)
+                                                            (line  5378)
 * displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  5234)
-* displaymath environment:               displaymath.       (line  3612)
-* displaymath environment <1>:           Math formulas.     (line  8473)
+                                                            (line  5378)
+* displaymath environment:               displaymath.       (line  3753)
+* displaymath environment <1>:           Math formulas.     (line  8796)
 * document class commands:               Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   834)
+                                                            (line   844)
 * document class options:                Document class options.
-                                                            (line   719)
+                                                            (line   729)
 * document class, defined:               Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   428)
-* document classes:                      Document classes.  (line   684)
-* document environment:                  document.          (line  3656)
+                                                            (line   438)
+* document classes:                      Document classes.  (line   694)
+* document environment:                  document.          (line  3797)
+* document root name:                    Jobname.           (line 15945)
 * document templates:                    Document templates.
-                                                            (line 15409)
-* dollar sign:                           Text symbols.      (line 13172)
-* dot accent:                            Accents.           (line 13282)
-* dot over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10112)
-* dot-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 13282)
-* dot-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 13315)
-* dotless i:                             Accents.           (line 13269)
-* dotless i, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  8885)
-* dotless j:                             Accents.           (line 13269)
-* dotless j, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  8905)
-* dots:                                  Dots.              (line  9879)
-* double angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 13089)
-* double dagger, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 13077)
-* double dagger, in text <1>:            Text symbols.      (line 13169)
-* double dot accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10109)
-* double guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 13089)
-* double left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 13214)
-* double low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 13111)
-* double quote, straight base:           Text symbols.      (line 13230)
-* double right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 13217)
-* double spacing:                        Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1989)
-* double vertical bar, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13139)
-* doublestruck:                          Blackboard bold.   (line  9592)
+                                                            (line 16047)
+* dollar sign:                           Text symbols.      (line 13527)
+* dot accent:                            Accents.           (line 13655)
+* dot over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10435)
+* dot-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 13655)
+* dot-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 13688)
+* dotless i:                             Accents.           (line 13642)
+* dotless i, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  9208)
+* dotless j:                             Accents.           (line 13642)
+* dotless j, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  9228)
+* dots:                                  Dots.              (line 10202)
+* double angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 13444)
+* double dagger, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 13432)
+* double dagger, in text <1>:            Text symbols.      (line 13524)
+* double dot accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10432)
+* double guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 13444)
+* double left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 13587)
+* double low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 13466)
+* double quote, straight base:           Text symbols.      (line 13603)
+* double right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 13590)
+* double spacing:                        \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
+                                                            (line  2304)
+* double vertical bar, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13494)
+* doublestruck:                          Blackboard bold.   (line  9915)
 * draft option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   762)
-* dvilualatex-dev:                       TeX engines.       (line   552)
-* dvipdfmx command:                      Output files.      (line   453)
-* dvips command:                         Output files.      (line   453)
-* dvitype command:                       Output files.      (line   453)
-* e-dash:                                Text symbols.      (line 13181)
-* e-TeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   505)
-* ellipses:                              Dots.              (line  9879)
-* ellipsis:                              Text symbols.      (line 13095)
-* em:                                    Units of length.   (line  8098)
-* em <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  8098)
-* em-dash:                               Text symbols.      (line 13175)
-* em-dash, three-quarters:               Text symbols.      (line 13239)
-* em-dash, two-thirds:                   Text symbols.      (line 13245)
-* emphasis:                              Font styles.       (line  1746)
-* enclosure list:                        \encl.             (line 14574)
-* Encoding, font:                        \DeclareFontEncoding.
-                                                            (line  1375)
+                                                            (line   772)
+* dvilualatex-dev:                       TeX engines.       (line   562)
+* dvipdfmx command:                      Output files.      (line   463)
+* dvips command:                         Output files.      (line   463)
+* dvitype command:                       Output files.      (line   463)
+* e-dash:                                Text symbols.      (line 13536)
+* e-TeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   515)
+* ellipses:                              Dots.              (line 10202)
+* ellipsis:                              Text symbols.      (line 13450)
+* em:                                    Units of length.   (line  8290)
+* em <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  8290)
+* em-dash:                               Text symbols.      (line 13530)
+* em-dash, three-quarters:               Text symbols.      (line 13612)
+* em-dash, two-thirds:                   Text symbols.      (line 13618)
+* emphasis:                              Font styles.       (line  1755)
+* enclosure list:                        \encl.             (line 15152)
+* encoding, font:                        \DeclareFontEncoding.
+                                                            (line  1384)
+* encoding, of input files:              inputenc package.  (line 13829)
 * end matter of a book:                  \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2933)
-* end of document hook:                  \AtEndDocument.    (line  3678)
+                                                            (line  3019)
+* end of document hook:                  \AtEndDocument.    (line  3819)
 * ending and starting:                   Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   417)
-* engines, TeX:                          TeX engines.       (line   495)
-* enlarge current page:                  \enlargethispage.  (line  6629)
-* enumerate environment:                 enumerate.         (line  3694)
-* enumitem package:                      itemize.           (line  4129)
-* enumitem package <1>:                  list.              (line  4427)
+                                                            (line   427)
+* engines, TeX:                          TeX engines.       (line   505)
+* enlarge current page:                  \enlargethispage.  (line  6773)
+* enumerate environment:                 enumerate.         (line  3835)
+* enumitem package:                      itemize.           (line  4270)
+* enumitem package <1>:                  list.              (line  4568)
 * environment:                           Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   436)
-* environment form of font size commands: Font sizes.       (line  1861)
-* environment, abstract:                 abstract.          (line  3341)
-* environment, array:                    array.             (line  3387)
-* environment, center:                   center.            (line  3466)
-* environment, description:              description.       (line  3556)
-* environment, displaymath:              displaymath.       (line  3612)
-* environment, displaymath <1>:          Math formulas.     (line  8473)
-* environment, document:                 document.          (line  3656)
-* environment, enumerate:                enumerate.         (line  3694)
-* environment, eqnarray:                 eqnarray.          (line  3761)
-* environment, equation:                 equation.          (line  3817)
-* environment, equation <1>:             Math formulas.     (line  8473)
-* environment, figure:                   figure.            (line  3837)
-* environment, filecontents:             filecontents.      (line  3895)
-* environment, filecontents*:            filecontents.      (line  3895)
-* environment, flushleft:                flushleft.         (line  3960)
-* environment, flushright:               flushright.        (line  4022)
-* environment, itemize:                  itemize.           (line  4069)
-* environment, letter:                   letter.            (line  4157)
-* environment, list:                     list.              (line  4162)
-* environment, math:                     math.              (line  4527)
-* environment, math <1>:                 Math formulas.     (line  8473)
-* environment, minipage:                 minipage.          (line  4539)
-* environment, picture:                  picture.           (line  4694)
-* environment, quotation:                quotation & quote. (line  5234)
-* environment, quote:                    quotation & quote. (line  5234)
-* environment, tabbing:                  tabbing.           (line  5264)
-* environment, table:                    table.             (line  5413)
-* environment, tabular:                  tabular.           (line  5471)
-* environment, thebibliography:          thebibliography.   (line  5796)
-* environment, theorem:                  theorem.           (line  6033)
-* environment, theorem-like:             \newtheorem.       (line  7466)
-* environment, titlepage:                titlepage.         (line  6063)
-* environment, verbatim:                 verbatim.          (line  6102)
-* environment, verse:                    verse.             (line  6197)
-* environments:                          Environments.      (line  3324)
+                                                            (line   446)
+* environment form of font size commands: Font sizes.       (line  1870)
+* environment, abstract:                 abstract.          (line  3482)
+* environment, array:                    array.             (line  3528)
+* environment, center:                   center.            (line  3607)
+* environment, description:              description.       (line  3697)
+* environment, displaymath:              displaymath.       (line  3753)
+* environment, displaymath <1>:          Math formulas.     (line  8796)
+* environment, document:                 document.          (line  3797)
+* environment, enumerate:                enumerate.         (line  3835)
+* environment, eqnarray:                 eqnarray.          (line  3902)
+* environment, equation:                 equation.          (line  3958)
+* environment, equation <1>:             Math formulas.     (line  8796)
+* environment, figure:                   figure.            (line  3978)
+* environment, filecontents:             filecontents.      (line  4036)
+* environment, filecontents*:            filecontents.      (line  4036)
+* environment, flushleft:                flushleft.         (line  4101)
+* environment, flushright:               flushright.        (line  4163)
+* environment, itemize:                  itemize.           (line  4210)
+* environment, letter:                   letter.            (line  4298)
+* environment, list:                     list.              (line  4303)
+* environment, math:                     math.              (line  4668)
+* environment, math <1>:                 Math formulas.     (line  8796)
+* environment, minipage:                 minipage.          (line  4680)
+* environment, picture:                  picture.           (line  4838)
+* environment, quotation:                quotation & quote. (line  5378)
+* environment, quote:                    quotation & quote. (line  5378)
+* environment, tabbing:                  tabbing.           (line  5408)
+* environment, table:                    table.             (line  5557)
+* environment, tabular:                  tabular.           (line  5615)
+* environment, thebibliography:          thebibliography.   (line  5940)
+* environment, theorem:                  theorem.           (line  6177)
+* environment, theorem-like:             \newtheorem.       (line  7610)
+* environment, titlepage:                titlepage.         (line  6207)
+* environment, verbatim:                 verbatim.          (line  6246)
+* environment, verse:                    verse.             (line  6341)
+* environments:                          Environments.      (line  3465)
 * environments, defining:                \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  7332)
-* envlab package:                        \makelabels.       (line 14648)
-* EPS files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 12507)
-* eqnarray environment:                  eqnarray.          (line  3761)
-* equation environment:                  equation.          (line  3817)
-* equation environment <1>:              Math formulas.     (line  8473)
-* equation number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  3295)
+                                                            (line  7476)
+* envlab package:                        \makelabels.       (line 15226)
+* EPS files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 12862)
+* eqnarray environment:                  eqnarray.          (line  3902)
+* equation environment:                  equation.          (line  3958)
+* equation environment <1>:              Math formulas.     (line  8796)
+* equation number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  3381)
 * equation numbers, left vs. right:      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
-* equation numbers, omitting:            eqnarray.          (line  3796)
-* equations, aligning:                   eqnarray.          (line  3761)
-* equations, environment for:            equation.          (line  3817)
+                                                            (line   786)
+* equation numbers, omitting:            eqnarray.          (line  3937)
+* equations, aligning:                   eqnarray.          (line  3902)
+* equations, environment for:            equation.          (line  3958)
 * equations, flush left vs. centered:    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   770)
+                                                            (line   780)
 * errorstopmode:                         Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15249)
+                                                            (line 15828)
 * es-zet German letter:                  Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13436)
-* etex command:                          TeX engines.       (line   505)
+                                                            (line 13809)
+* etex command:                          TeX engines.       (line   515)
 * eth, Icelandic letter:                 Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13404)
+                                                            (line 13777)
 * etoolbox package:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1008)
-* euro symbol:                           Text symbols.      (line 13184)
-* eurosym package:                       Text symbols.      (line 13184)
-* eurosym package <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 13185)
-* ex:                                    Units of length.   (line  8098)
-* ex <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  8098)
-* exclamation point, upside-down:        Text symbols.      (line 13192)
+                                                            (line  1018)
+* euro symbol:                           Text symbols.      (line 13539)
+* eurosym package:                       Text symbols.      (line 13539)
+* eurosym package <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 13540)
+* ex:                                    Units of length.   (line  8290)
+* ex <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  8290)
+* exclamation point, upside-down:        Text symbols.      (line 13547)
 * executivepaper option:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   732)
+                                                            (line   742)
 * expl3 package:                         LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   612)
+                                                            (line   622)
 * expl3 package <1>:                     Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13039)
+                                                            (line 13394)
 * exponent:                              Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  8564)
+                                                            (line  8887)
+* expressions:                           Expressions.       (line  8473)
 * extended Latin:                        Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13390)
-* external commands:                     \write18.          (line 15109)
-* external files, writing:               filecontents.      (line  3895)
+                                                            (line 13763)
+* external commands:                     \write18.          (line 15687)
+* external files, writing:               filecontents.      (line  4036)
+* fallback jobname:                      Jobname.           (line 15964)
 * families, of fonts:                    Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1892)
-* fancyhdr package:                      Page styles.       (line 10529)
-* fancyhdr package <1>:                  \pagestyle.        (line 10671)
-* fancyvrb package:                      tabbing.           (line  5404)
-* fancyvrb package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  6138)
-* feminine ordinal symbol:               Text symbols.      (line 13205)
-* figure environment:                    figure.            (line  3837)
-* figure number, cross referencing:      \ref.              (line  3295)
-* figures, footnotes in:                 minipage.          (line  4639)
-* figures, inserting:                    figure.            (line  3837)
+                                                            (line  1901)
+* fancyhdr package:                      Page styles.       (line 10884)
+* fancyhdr package <1>:                  \pagestyle.        (line 11026)
+* fancyvrb package:                      tabbing.           (line  5548)
+* fancyvrb package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  6282)
+* feminine ordinal symbol:               Text symbols.      (line 13578)
+* figure dash character:                 Text symbols.      (line 13550)
+* figure environment:                    figure.            (line  3978)
+* figure number, cross referencing:      \ref.              (line  3381)
+* figures, footnotes in:                 minipage.          (line  4781)
+* figures, inserting:                    figure.            (line  3978)
 * file, closing:                         \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 14746)
+                                                            (line 15324)
 * file, opening:                         \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 14746)
-* file, reading:                         \read.             (line 14810)
+                                                            (line 15324)
+* file, reading:                         \read.             (line 15388)
 * file, root:                            Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 13517)
-* filecontents environment:              filecontents.      (line  3895)
-* filecontents* environment:             filecontents.      (line  3895)
+                                                            (line 13943)
+* filecontents environment:              filecontents.      (line  4036)
+* filecontents* environment:             filecontents.      (line  4036)
 * filename for current job:              Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15265)
+                                                            (line 15844)
 * final option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   762)
+                                                            (line   772)
 * first-latex-doc document:              About this document.
-                                                            (line   375)
-* fixed-width font:                      Font styles.       (line  1783)
-* flafter package:                       Floats.            (line  2384)
+                                                            (line   385)
+* fixed-width font:                      Font styles.       (line  1792)
+* flafter package:                       Floats.            (line  2470)
 * fleqn option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   762)
-* float package:                         Floats.            (line  2354)
-* float page:                            Floats.            (line  2360)
+                                                            (line   772)
+* float package:                         Floats.            (line  2440)
+* float page:                            Floats.            (line  2446)
 * flush left equations:                  Document class options.
-                                                            (line   770)
+                                                            (line   780)
 * flushing floats and starting a page:   \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6555)
-* flushleft environment:                 flushleft.         (line  3960)
-* flushright environment:                flushright.        (line  4022)
+                                                            (line  6699)
+* flushleft environment:                 flushleft.         (line  4101)
+* flushright environment:                flushright.        (line  4163)
 * font catalogue:                        Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1892)
+                                                            (line  1901)
 * font commands, low-level:              Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1877)
-* font dimension, slant:                 \/.                (line 11220)
-* Font encoding:                         fontenc package.   (line  1287)
-* Font encoding <1>:                     \DeclareFontEncoding.
-                                                            (line  1375)
-* Font encoding <2>:                     \DeclareTextAccent.
-                                                            (line  1409)
-* Font encoding <3>:                     \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
-                                                            (line  1432)
-* Font encoding <4>:                     \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
-                                                            (line  1460)
-* Font encoding <5>:                     \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
-                                                            (line  1509)
-* Font encoding <6>:                     \DeclareTextComposite.
-                                                            (line  1541)
-* Font encoding <7>:                     \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
-                                                            (line  1566)
-* Font encoding <8>:                     \DeclareTextSymbol.
-                                                            (line  1584)
-* Font encoding <9>:                     \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
-                                                            (line  1611)
-* Font encoding <10>:                    \LastDeclaredEncoding.
-                                                            (line  1637)
-* Font encoding <11>:                    \UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol.
-                                                            (line  1654)
+                                                            (line  1886)
+* font dimension, slant:                 \/.                (line 11575)
+* font encoding:                         fontenc package.   (line  1297)
+* font encoding <1>:                     \DeclareTextAccent.
+                                                            (line  1418)
+* font encoding, declaring:              \DeclareFontEncoding.
+                                                            (line  1384)
 * font size:                             Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1972)
-* font sizes:                            Font sizes.        (line  1831)
-* font styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1692)
+                                                            (line  1981)
+* font sizes:                            Font sizes.        (line  1840)
+* font styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1701)
 * font symbols, by number:               Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 13050)
-* fontenc:                               fontenc package.   (line  1287)
-* fonts:                                 Fonts.             (line  1249)
-* fonts, new commands for:               \newfont.          (line  7578)
-* fonts, script:                         Calligraphic.      (line  9618)
-* footer style:                          \pagestyle.        (line 10664)
+                                                            (line 13405)
+* fontenc:                               fontenc package.   (line  1297)
+* fonts:                                 Fonts.             (line  1259)
+* fonts, new commands for:               \newfont.          (line  7722)
+* fonts, script:                         Calligraphic.      (line  9941)
+* footer style:                          \pagestyle.        (line 11019)
 * footer, parameters for:                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2175)
-* footnote number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  3295)
-* footnote parameters:                   \footnote.         (line  6742)
+                                                            (line  2171)
+* footnote number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  3381)
+* footnote parameters:                   \footnote.         (line  6886)
 * footnote, in a table:                  Footnotes in a table.
-                                                            (line  6871)
+                                                            (line  7015)
 * footnote, in section headings:         Footnotes in section headings.
-                                                            (line  6852)
+                                                            (line  6996)
 * footnote, of a footnote:               Footnotes of footnotes.
-                                                            (line  6941)
-* footnotes in figures:                  minipage.          (line  4639)
-* footnotes, creating:                   Footnotes.         (line  6695)
-* Footnotes, in a minipage:              \footnote.         (line  6770)
-* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote.         (line  6732)
-* force option for filecontents:         filecontents.      (line  3920)
-* format files, TeX:                     TeX engines.       (line   495)
-* formulas, environment for:             equation.          (line  3817)
-* formulas, math:                        Math formulas.     (line  8473)
-* forward reference:                     Cross references.  (line  3194)
-* forward references, resolving:         Output files.      (line   476)
-* fraction:                              \frac.             (line 10411)
-* fragile commands:                      \protect.          (line  7610)
-* frame rule width:                      \fbox & \framebox. (line 11701)
-* frame, line width:                     \fbox & \framebox. (line 11701)
-* frame, separation from contents:       \fbox & \framebox. (line 11706)
-* French quotation marks:                Text symbols.      (line 13089)
+                                                            (line  7085)
+* footnotes in figures:                  minipage.          (line  4781)
+* footnotes, creating:                   Footnotes.         (line  6839)
+* footnotes, in a minipage:              \footnote.         (line  6914)
+* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote.         (line  6876)
+* force option for filecontents:         filecontents.      (line  4061)
+* format files, TeX:                     TeX engines.       (line   505)
+* formulas, environment for:             equation.          (line  3958)
+* formulas, math:                        Math formulas.     (line  8796)
+* forward reference:                     Cross references.  (line  3280)
+* forward references, resolving:         Output files.      (line   486)
+* fraction:                              \frac.             (line 10766)
+* fragile commands:                      \protect.          (line  7754)
+* frame rule width:                      \fbox & \framebox. (line 12056)
+* frame, line width:                     \fbox & \framebox. (line 12056)
+* frame, separation from contents:       \fbox & \framebox. (line 12061)
+* French quotation marks:                Text symbols.      (line 13444)
 * front matter of a book:                \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2933)
-* functions, math:                       Math functions.    (line  9976)
+                                                            (line  3019)
+* functions, math:                       Math functions.    (line 10299)
 * geometry package:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   753)
+                                                            (line   763)
 * geometry package <1>:                  Document class options.
-                                                            (line   757)
+                                                            (line   767)
 * global options:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   719)
+                                                            (line   729)
 * global options <1>:                    Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   827)
-* glossaries:                            Glossaries.        (line 14303)
-* glossary:                              Glossaries.        (line 14303)
-* glossary, entries:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 14351)
-* glossary, entry reference:             \gls.              (line 14410)
-* glue plain TeX:                        Lengths.           (line  7969)
-* glue register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  7282)
-* graphics:                              Graphics.          (line 12210)
+                                                            (line   837)
+* glossaries:                            Glossaries.        (line 14881)
+* glossary:                              Glossaries.        (line 14881)
+* glossary, entries:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 14929)
+* glossary, entry reference:             \gls.              (line 14988)
+* glue plain TeX:                        Lengths.           (line  8161)
+* glue register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  7426)
+* graphics:                              Graphics.          (line 12565)
 * graphics <1>:                          Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 12311)
-* graphics <2>:                          \includegraphics.  (line 12507)
-* graphics package:                      Graphics.          (line 12210)
+                                                            (line 12666)
+* graphics <2>:                          \includegraphics.  (line 12862)
+* graphics package:                      Graphics.          (line 12565)
 * graphics package <1>:                  Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 12311)
-* graphics package <2>:                  \includegraphics.  (line 12507)
+                                                            (line 12666)
+* graphics package <2>:                  \includegraphics.  (line 12862)
 * graphics package commands:             Commands for graphics.
-                                                            (line 12501)
+                                                            (line 12856)
 * graphics package options:              Graphics package options.
-                                                            (line 12247)
-* graphics packages:                     \line.             (line  4956)
-* graphics, resizing:                    \scalebox.         (line 12896)
-* graphics, resizing <1>:                \resizebox.        (line 12927)
-* graphics, scaling:                     \scalebox.         (line 12896)
-* graphics, scaling <1>:                 \resizebox.        (line 12927)
-* graphpap package:                      \graphpaper.       (line  4907)
-* grave accent:                          Accents.           (line 13294)
-* grave accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10115)
-* greater than symbol, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13195)
-* greek letters:                         Math symbols.      (line  8627)
-* Greek letters:                         Greek letters.     (line  9933)
+                                                            (line 12602)
+* graphics packages:                     \line.             (line  5100)
+* graphics, resizing:                    \scalebox.         (line 13251)
+* graphics, resizing <1>:                \resizebox.        (line 13282)
+* graphics, scaling:                     \scalebox.         (line 13251)
+* graphics, scaling <1>:                 \resizebox.        (line 13282)
+* graphpap package:                      \graphpaper.       (line  5051)
+* grave accent:                          Accents.           (line 13667)
+* grave accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10438)
+* greater than symbol, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13557)
+* greek letters:                         Math symbols.      (line  8950)
+* Greek letters:                         Greek letters.     (line 10256)
 * grfext package:                        \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
-                                                            (line 12419)
-* group, and environments:               Environments.      (line  3336)
-* group_skip:                            makeindex.         (line 14183)
-* hacek accent:                          Accents.           (line 13341)
-* Halmos symbol:                         \rule.             (line 13454)
-* hat accent:                            Accents.           (line 13290)
-* hat accent, math:                      Math accents.      (line 10118)
-* header style:                          \pagestyle.        (line 10664)
+                                                            (line 12774)
+* group, and environments:               Environments.      (line  3477)
+* group_skip:                            makeindex.         (line 14761)
+* hacek accent:                          Accents.           (line 13714)
+* Halmos symbol:                         \rule.             (line 13880)
+* hard space:                            ~.                 (line 11453)
+* hat accent:                            Accents.           (line 13663)
+* hat accent, math:                      Math accents.      (line 10441)
+* header style:                          \pagestyle.        (line 11019)
 * header, parameters for:                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2175)
+                                                            (line  2171)
 * hello, world:                          Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   417)
-* here, putting floats:                  Floats.            (line  2354)
+                                                            (line   427)
+* here, putting floats:                  Floats.            (line  2440)
 * home page for manual:                  About this document.
-                                                            (line   345)
+                                                            (line   355)
+* horizontal bar character:              Text symbols.      (line 13560)
 * horizontal paragraph indentation:      \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8391)
-* horizontal space:                      \hss.              (line 10894)
-* horizontal space, stretchable:         \hss.              (line 10894)
+                                                            (line  8714)
+* horizontal space:                      \hss.              (line 11249)
+* horizontal space, stretchable:         \hss.              (line 11249)
 * horizontal spacing:                    \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10318)
-* hungarian umlaut accent:               Accents.           (line 13319)
-* hyperref package:                      \footnotemark.     (line  6822)
-* hyperref package <1>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  6831)
-* hyperref package <2>:                  \pagenumbering.    (line 10645)
+                                                            (line 10641)
+* hungarian umlaut accent:               Accents.           (line 13692)
+* hyperref package:                      \footnotemark.     (line  6966)
+* hyperref package <1>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  6975)
+* hyperref package <2>:                  \pagenumbering.    (line 11000)
 * hyperref package <3>:                  Command line input.
-                                                            (line 15316)
-* hyphenation, defining:                 \hyphenation.      (line  6475)
-* hyphenation, discretionary:            \discretionary.    (line  6411)
-* hyphenation, forcing:                  \- (hyphenation).  (line  6376)
-* hyphenation, preventing:               \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11577)
-* háček accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10106)
+                                                            (line 15899)
+* hyphen character, non-breaking:        Text symbols.      (line 13571)
+* hyphenation, defining:                 \hyphenation.      (line  6619)
+* hyphenation, discretionary:            \discretionary.    (line  6555)
+* hyphenation, forcing:                  \- (hyphenation).  (line  6520)
+* hyphenation, preventing:               \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11932)
+* háček accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10429)
 * Icelandic eth:                         Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13404)
+                                                            (line 13777)
 * Icelandic thorn:                       Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13440)
-* idx file:                              \index.            (line 14117)
+                                                            (line 13813)
+* idx file:                              \index.            (line 14695)
 * ij letter, Dutch:                      Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13416)
-* immediate \write:                      \write.            (line 14973)
-* implementations of TeX:                TeX engines.       (line   495)
-* importing graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 12507)
-* in:                                    Units of length.   (line  8077)
-* inch:                                  Units of length.   (line  8077)
-* including graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 12507)
+                                                            (line 13789)
+* immediate \write:                      \write.            (line 15551)
+* implementations of TeX:                TeX engines.       (line   505)
+* importing graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 12862)
+* in:                                    Units of length.   (line  8269)
+* inch:                                  Units of length.   (line  8269)
+* including graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 12862)
 * indent, forcing:                       \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8342)
-* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage.         (line  4635)
-* indentfirst package:                   \part.             (line  2588)
-* indentfirst package <1>:               \chapter.          (line  2650)
-* indentfirst package <2>:               \section.          (line  2745)
-* indentfirst package <3>:               \subsection.       (line  2811)
+                                                            (line  8665)
+* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage.         (line  4777)
+* indentfirst package:                   \part.             (line  2674)
+* indentfirst package <1>:               \chapter.          (line  2736)
+* indentfirst package <2>:               \section.          (line  2831)
+* indentfirst package <3>:               \subsection.       (line  2897)
 * indentfirst package <4>:               \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2888)
+                                                            (line  2974)
 * indentfirst package <5>:               \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8384)
-* indent_length:                         makeindex.         (line 14264)
-* indent_space:                          makeindex.         (line 14260)
-* index entries, 'see' and 'see also':   \index.            (line 14067)
-* index entry:                           \index.            (line 14017)
-* index package:                         \index.            (line 14112)
-* index, page range:                     \index.            (line 14051)
-* index, printing:                       \printindex.       (line 14288)
-* index, processing:                     makeindex.         (line 14132)
-* index, style file:                     makeindex.         (line 14144)
-* indexes:                               Indexes.           (line 13982)
-* infinite horizontal stretch:           \hfill.            (line 10861)
-* infinite vertical stretch:             \vfill.            (line 11492)
-* inline formulas:                       math.              (line  4527)
-* inner paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line 10490)
+                                                            (line  8707)
+* indent_length:                         makeindex.         (line 14842)
+* indent_space:                          makeindex.         (line 14838)
+* index entries, 'see' and 'see also':   \index.            (line 14645)
+* index entry:                           \index.            (line 14595)
+* index package:                         \index.            (line 14690)
+* index, page range:                     \index.            (line 14629)
+* index, printing:                       \printindex.       (line 14866)
+* index, processing:                     makeindex.         (line 14710)
+* index, style file:                     makeindex.         (line 14722)
+* indexes:                               Indexes.           (line 14560)
+* infinite horizontal stretch:           \hfill.            (line 11216)
+* infinite vertical stretch:             \vfill.            (line 11847)
+* inline formulas:                       math.              (line  4668)
+* inner paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line 10845)
 * input file:                            Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 13513)
+                                                            (line 13939)
 * input, on command line:                Command line input.
-                                                            (line 15312)
-* input/output:                          Input/output.      (line 14737)
-* input/output, to terminal:             Input/output.      (line 14737)
-* inserting figures:                     figure.            (line  3837)
+                                                            (line 15891)
+* input/output:                          Input/output.      (line 15315)
+* input/output, to terminal:             Input/output.      (line 15315)
+* inputenc:                              inputenc package.  (line 13820)
+* inserting figures:                     figure.            (line  3978)
 * insertions of special characters:      Special insertions.
-                                                            (line 12956)
-* internal vertical mode:                Modes.             (line 10481)
+                                                            (line 13311)
+* interface, command line:               Command line interface.
+                                                            (line 15763)
+* interline space:                       \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
+                                                            (line  2304)
+* internal vertical mode:                Modes.             (line 10836)
 * invisible character:                   \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10318)
-* italic correction:                     \/.                (line 11186)
-* italic font:                           Font styles.       (line  1768)
-* itemize environment:                   itemize.           (line  4069)
-* item_0:                                makeindex.         (line 14207)
-* item_01:                               makeindex.         (line 14216)
-* item_1:                                makeindex.         (line 14210)
-* item_12:                               makeindex.         (line 14226)
-* item_2:                                makeindex.         (line 14213)
-* item_x1:                               makeindex.         (line 14220)
-* item_x2:                               makeindex.         (line 14230)
+                                                            (line 10641)
+* invisible character <1>:               \mathstrut.        (line 10702)
+* italic correction:                     \/.                (line 11541)
+* italic font:                           Font styles.       (line  1777)
+* itemize environment:                   itemize.           (line  4210)
+* item_0:                                makeindex.         (line 14785)
+* item_01:                               makeindex.         (line 14794)
+* item_1:                                makeindex.         (line 14788)
+* item_12:                               makeindex.         (line 14804)
+* item_2:                                makeindex.         (line 14791)
+* item_x1:                               makeindex.         (line 14798)
+* item_x2:                               makeindex.         (line 14808)
 * jobname:                               Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15265)
-* JPEG files:                            \includegraphics.  (line 12507)
-* JPG files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 12507)
-* justification, ragged left:            \raggedleft.       (line  4042)
-* justification, ragged right:           \raggedright.      (line  3989)
-* Knuth, Donald E.:                      Overview.          (line   387)
-* label:                                 Cross references.  (line  3173)
-* labelled lists, creating:              description.       (line  3556)
-* Lamport TeX:                           Overview.          (line   409)
-* Lamport, Leslie:                       Overview.          (line   387)
+                                                            (line 15844)
+* jobname <1>:                           Jobname.           (line 15945)
+* JPEG files:                            \includegraphics.  (line 12862)
+* JPG files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 12862)
+* justification, ragged left:            \raggedleft.       (line  4183)
+* justification, ragged right:           \raggedright.      (line  4130)
+* Knuth, Donald E.:                      Overview.          (line   397)
+* label:                                 Cross references.  (line  3259)
+* labelled lists, creating:              description.       (line  3697)
+* Lamport TeX:                           Overview.          (line   419)
+* Lamport, Leslie:                       Overview.          (line   397)
 * landscape option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   762)
+                                                            (line   772)
 * landscape orientation:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   773)
-* latex:                                 TeX engines.       (line   503)
-* latex command:                         Output files.      (line   453)
-* LaTeX format (.fmt) files:             TeX engines.       (line   495)
-* LaTeX logo:                            Text symbols.      (line 13080)
-* LaTeX overview:                        Overview.          (line   387)
+                                                            (line   783)
+* latex:                                 TeX engines.       (line   513)
+* latex command:                         Output files.      (line   463)
+* LaTeX format (.fmt) files:             TeX engines.       (line   505)
+* LaTeX logo:                            Text symbols.      (line 13435)
+* LaTeX overview:                        Overview.          (line   397)
 * LaTeX Project team:                    About this document.
-                                                            (line   359)
+                                                            (line   369)
 * LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e:                     About this document.
-                                                            (line   355)
-* latex-dev:                             TeX engines.       (line   553)
+                                                            (line   365)
+* latex-dev:                             TeX engines.       (line   563)
 * latex-doc-ptr document:                About this document.
-                                                            (line   372)
-* LaTeX2e logo:                          Text symbols.      (line 13083)
+                                                            (line   382)
+* LaTeX2e logo:                          Text symbols.      (line 13438)
 * LaTeX3 syntax:                         LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   612)
+                                                            (line   622)
 * <latexrefman at tug.org> email address:   About this document.
-                                                            (line   359)
-* latexsym package:                      Arrows.            (line  9511)
+                                                            (line   369)
+* latexsym package:                      Arrows.            (line  9834)
 * Latin letters, additional:             Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13390)
-* layout commands:                       Layout.            (line  2019)
+                                                            (line 13763)
+* layout commands:                       Layout.            (line  2015)
 * layout, page parameters for:           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2175)
-* left angle quotation marks:            Text symbols.      (line 13089)
-* left arrow, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13201)
-* left brace, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13145)
-* left quote:                            Text symbols.      (line 13099)
-* left quote, double:                    Text symbols.      (line 13214)
-* left quote, single:                    Text symbols.      (line 13220)
+                                                            (line  2171)
+* leaders, dots in table of contents:    \@dottedtocline.   (line 14317)
+* leading:                               \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
+                                                            (line  2304)
+* left angle quotation marks:            Text symbols.      (line 13444)
+* left arrow, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13568)
+* left brace, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13500)
+* left quote:                            Text symbols.      (line 13454)
+* left quote, double:                    Text symbols.      (line 13587)
+* left quote, single:                    Text symbols.      (line 13593)
 * left-hand equation numbers:            Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
-* left-justifying text:                  \raggedright.      (line  3989)
-* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft.         (line  3960)
-* left-to-right mode:                    Modes.             (line 10459)
+                                                            (line   786)
+* left-justifying text:                  \raggedright.      (line  4130)
+* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft.         (line  4101)
+* left-to-right mode:                    Modes.             (line 10814)
 * legalpaper option:                     Document class options.
-                                                            (line   732)
-* lengths, adding to:                    \addtolength.      (line  8144)
-* lengths, allocating new:               \newlength.        (line  7282)
-* lengths, defining and using:           Lengths.           (line  7966)
-* lengths, setting:                      \setlength.        (line  8116)
+                                                            (line   742)
+* lengths, adding to:                    \addtolength.      (line  8336)
+* lengths, allocating new:               \newlength.        (line  7426)
+* lengths, defining and using:           Lengths.           (line  8158)
+* lengths, setting:                      \setlength.        (line  8308)
 * leqno option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   762)
-* less than symbol, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13198)
-* lethead_flag:                          makeindex.         (line 14190)
-* lethead_prefix:                        makeindex.         (line 14199)
-* lethead_suffix:                        makeindex.         (line 14203)
-* letter class:                          Document classes.  (line   689)
-* letter environment:                    letter.            (line  4157)
+                                                            (line   772)
+* less than symbol, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13565)
+* lethead_flag:                          makeindex.         (line 14768)
+* lethead_prefix:                        makeindex.         (line 14777)
+* lethead_suffix:                        makeindex.         (line 14781)
+* letter class:                          Document classes.  (line   699)
+* letter environment:                    letter.            (line  4298)
 * letterpaper option:                    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   732)
-* letters, accented:                     Accents.           (line 13256)
+                                                            (line   742)
+* letters, accented:                     Accents.           (line 13629)
 * letters, additional Latin:             Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13390)
-* letters, ending:                       \closing.          (line 14561)
-* letters, starting:                     \opening.          (line 14666)
-* letters, writing:                      Letters.           (line 14440)
-* line break, forcing:                   \\.                (line  6250)
-* line breaking:                         Line breaking.     (line  6233)
-* line breaks, changing:                 \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6434)
+                                                            (line 13763)
+* letters, ending:                       \closing.          (line 15139)
+* letters, starting:                     \opening.          (line 15244)
+* letters, writing:                      Letters.           (line 15018)
+* line break, forcing:                   \\.                (line  6394)
+* line breaking:                         Line breaking.     (line  6377)
+* line breaks, changing:                 \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6578)
 * line breaks, forcing:                  \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6493)
-* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*.            (line 10395)
+                                                            (line  6637)
+* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*.            (line 10750)
 * line breaks, preventing:               \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6493)
-* lines in tables:                       tabular.           (line  5471)
-* line_max:                              makeindex.         (line 14256)
-* lining numerals:                       Font styles.       (line  1819)
-* lining text up in tables:              tabular.           (line  5471)
-* lining text up using tab stops:        tabbing.           (line  5264)
-* list environment:                      list.              (line  4162)
-* list items, specifying counter:        \usecounter.       (line  7821)
-* list of figures file:                  Output files.      (line   486)
-* list of tables file:                   Output files.      (line   486)
-* listings package:                      tabbing.           (line  5404)
-* listings package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  6132)
-* listings package <2>:                  \verb.             (line  6182)
-* lists of items:                        itemize.           (line  4069)
-* lists of items, generic:               list.              (line  4162)
-* lists of items, numbered:              enumerate.         (line  3694)
-* lmodern package:                       fontenc package.   (line  1318)
+                                                            (line  6637)
+* lines in tables:                       tabular.           (line  5615)
+* line_max:                              makeindex.         (line 14834)
+* lining numerals:                       Font styles.       (line  1828)
+* lining text up in tables:              tabular.           (line  5615)
+* lining text up using tab stops:        tabbing.           (line  5408)
+* list environment:                      list.              (line  4303)
+* list items, specifying counter:        \usecounter.       (line  8013)
+* list of figures file:                  Output files.      (line   496)
+* list of tables file:                   Output files.      (line   496)
+* listings package:                      tabbing.           (line  5548)
+* listings package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  6276)
+* listings package <2>:                  \verb.             (line  6326)
+* lists of items:                        itemize.           (line  4210)
+* lists of items, generic:               list.              (line  4303)
+* lists of items, numbered:              enumerate.         (line  3835)
+* lmodern package:                       fontenc package.   (line  1327)
 * loading additional packages:           Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   818)
-* locale information, from system:       \write18.          (line 15168)
-* log file:                              Output files.      (line   471)
-* log file, writing to:                  \write.            (line 14943)
-* logo, LaTeX:                           Text symbols.      (line 13080)
-* logo, LaTeX2e:                         Text symbols.      (line 13083)
-* logo, TeX:                             Text symbols.      (line 13121)
+                                                            (line   828)
+* locale information, from system:       \write18.          (line 15746)
+* log file:                              Output files.      (line   481)
+* log file, writing to:                  \write.            (line 15521)
+* logo, LaTeX:                           Text symbols.      (line 13435)
+* logo, LaTeX2e:                         Text symbols.      (line 13438)
+* logo, TeX:                             Text symbols.      (line 13476)
 * long command:                          Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   921)
-* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols.   (line 13111)
+                                                            (line   931)
+* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols.   (line 13466)
 * low-level font commands:               Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1877)
+                                                            (line  1886)
 * lowercase:                             Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12996)
-* LR box:                                picture.           (line  4781)
-* LR mode:                               Modes.             (line 10459)
-* lrbox:                                 lrbox.             (line 11912)
+                                                            (line 13351)
+* LR box:                                picture.           (line  4925)
+* LR mode:                               Modes.             (line 10814)
+* lrbox:                                 lrbox.             (line 12267)
 * lshort document:                       About this document.
-                                                            (line   378)
-* lualatex:                              TeX engines.       (line   521)
-* lualatex-dev:                          TeX engines.       (line   554)
-* LuaTeX:                                TeX engines.       (line   522)
-* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in:         \write.            (line 14955)
-* m-width:                               Units of length.   (line  8098)
-* macron accent:                         Accents.           (line 13286)
-* macron accent, math:                   Math accents.      (line 10100)
+                                                            (line   388)
+* lualatex:                              TeX engines.       (line   531)
+* lualatex-dev:                          TeX engines.       (line   564)
+* LuaTeX:                                TeX engines.       (line   532)
+* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in:         \write.            (line 15533)
+* m-width:                               Units of length.   (line  8290)
+* macron accent:                         Accents.           (line 13659)
+* macron accent, math:                   Math accents.      (line 10423)
 * macros2e package:                      \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  7152)
-* Madsen, Lars:                          eqnarray.          (line  3761)
-* mail merges:                           \read.             (line 14835)
+                                                            (line  7296)
+* Madsen, Lars:                          eqnarray.          (line  3902)
+* mail merges:                           \read.             (line 15413)
 * main matter of a book:                 \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2933)
-* make a box:                            \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11577)
-* makeindex:                             makeindex.         (line 14132)
-* makeindex program:                     makeindex.         (line 14132)
-* makeindex, style file:                 makeindex.         (line 14144)
-* making a title page:                   titlepage.         (line  6063)
-* making paragraphs:                     Making paragraphs. (line  8245)
-* marginal notes:                        Marginal notes.    (line  8423)
-* masculine ordinal symbol:              Text symbols.      (line 13205)
-* matching brackets:                     \left & \right.    (line  9685)
-* matching parentheses:                  \left & \right.    (line  9685)
-* math accents:                          Math accents.      (line 10092)
-* math environment:                      math.              (line  4527)
-* math environment <1>:                  Math formulas.     (line  8473)
-* math formulas:                         Math formulas.     (line  8473)
-* math functions:                        Math functions.    (line  9976)
-* math miscellany:                       Math miscellany.   (line 10369)
-* math mode:                             Modes.             (line 10469)
-* math mode, entering:                   Math formulas.     (line  8473)
+                                                            (line  3019)
+* make a box:                            \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11932)
+* makeindex:                             makeindex.         (line 14710)
+* makeindex program:                     makeindex.         (line 14710)
+* makeindex, style file:                 makeindex.         (line 14722)
+* making a title page:                   titlepage.         (line  6207)
+* making paragraphs:                     Making paragraphs. (line  8568)
+* marginal notes:                        Marginal notes.    (line  8746)
+* masculine ordinal symbol:              Text symbols.      (line 13578)
+* matching brackets:                     \left & \right.    (line 10008)
+* matching parentheses:                  \left & \right.    (line 10008)
+* math accents:                          Math accents.      (line 10415)
+* math environment:                      math.              (line  4668)
+* math environment <1>:                  Math formulas.     (line  8796)
+* math formulas:                         Math formulas.     (line  8796)
+* math functions:                        Math functions.    (line 10299)
+* math miscellany:                       Math miscellany.   (line 10724)
+* math mode:                             Modes.             (line 10824)
+* math mode, entering:                   Math formulas.     (line  8796)
 * math mode, spacing:                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10186)
+                                                            (line 10509)
 * math mode, spacing <1>:                \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10318)
-* math mode, vertical space:             \smash.            (line 10257)
-* math symbols:                          Math symbols.      (line  8627)
-* math, arrows:                          Arrows.            (line  9511)
-* math, bold:                            Font styles.       (line  1815)
-* mathtools package:                     Math formulas.     (line  8553)
-* mathtools package <1>:                 Delimiters.        (line  9670)
-* mathtools package <2>:                 \left & \right.    (line  9709)
+                                                            (line 10641)
+* math mode, spacing <2>:                \mathstrut.        (line 10702)
+* math mode, vertical space:             \smash.            (line 10580)
+* math symbols:                          Math symbols.      (line  8950)
+* math, arrows:                          Arrows.            (line  9834)
+* math, bold:                            Font styles.       (line  1824)
+* mathtools package:                     Math formulas.     (line  8876)
+* mathtools package <1>:                 Delimiters.        (line  9993)
+* mathtools package <2>:                 \left & \right.    (line 10032)
 * mathtools package <3>:                 Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10180)
-* mathtools package <4>:                 \smash.            (line 10312)
+                                                            (line 10503)
+* mathtools package <4>:                 \smash.            (line 10635)
 * mathtools package <5>:                 \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10348)
-* MetaPost package:                      \line.             (line  4956)
+                                                            (line 10681)
+* MetaPost package:                      \line.             (line  5100)
 * mfirstuc package:                      Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13036)
+                                                            (line 13391)
 * mhchem package:                        Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  8620)
-* Millimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  8087)
-* minipage environment:                  minipage.          (line  4539)
-* minipage, creating a:                  minipage.          (line  4539)
-* minted package:                        tabbing.           (line  5404)
-* minted package <1>:                    verbatim.          (line  6132)
-* minted package <2>:                    \verb.             (line  6182)
-* mirrors of CTAN:                       CTAN.              (line   675)
-* mm:                                    Units of length.   (line  8087)
-* modes:                                 Modes.             (line 10449)
-* monospace font:                        Font styles.       (line  1783)
-* moving arguments:                      \protect.          (line  7623)
-* mpfootnote counter:                    \footnote.         (line  6770)
-* mu:                                    Units of length.   (line  8109)
-* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.   (line  8109)
-* multicolumn text:                      \twocolumn.        (line  2036)
-* multilingual support:                  Accents.           (line 13256)
-* multind package:                       Indexes.           (line 14008)
-* multiplication, discretionary:         \*.                (line 10395)
-* name:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 14388)
-* NBSP:                                  ~.                 (line 11098)
+                                                            (line  8943)
+* millimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  8279)
+* minipage environment:                  minipage.          (line  4680)
+* minipage, creating a:                  minipage.          (line  4680)
+* minted package:                        tabbing.           (line  5548)
+* minted package <1>:                    verbatim.          (line  6276)
+* minted package <2>:                    \verb.             (line  6326)
+* mirrors of CTAN:                       CTAN.              (line   685)
+* mm:                                    Units of length.   (line  8279)
+* modes:                                 Modes.             (line 10804)
+* monospace font:                        Font styles.       (line  1792)
+* moving arguments:                      \protect.          (line  7767)
+* mpfootnote counter:                    \footnote.         (line  6914)
+* mu:                                    Units of length.   (line  8301)
+* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.   (line  8301)
+* multicolumn text:                      \twocolumn.        (line  2032)
+* multilingual support:                  Accents.           (line 13629)
+* multind package:                       Indexes.           (line 14586)
+* multiplication, discretionary:         \*.                (line 10750)
+* name:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 14966)
+* name of document root:                 Jobname.           (line 15945)
+* NBSP:                                  ~.                 (line 11453)
 * nested \include, not allowed:          \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 13688)
+                                                            (line 14114)
 * new class commands:                    Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   834)
+                                                            (line   844)
 * new command, check:                    Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   919)
+                                                            (line   929)
 * new command, definition:               Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   994)
+                                                            (line  1004)
 * new commands, defining:                \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6962)
-* new commands, defining <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  7089)
+                                                            (line  7106)
+* new commands, defining <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  7233)
 * new line, output as input:             \obeycr & \restorecr.
-                                                            (line  6312)
-* new line, starting:                    \\.                (line  6250)
-* new line, starting (paragraph mode):   \newline.          (line  6352)
-* new page, starting:                    \newpage.          (line  6596)
-* newline, in \write:                    \write.            (line 15008)
-* noheader option for filecontents:      filecontents.      (line  3923)
+                                                            (line  6456)
+* new line, starting:                    \\.                (line  6394)
+* new line, starting (paragraph mode):   \newline.          (line  6496)
+* new page, starting:                    \newpage.          (line  6740)
+* newline, in \write:                    \write.            (line 15586)
+* noheader option for filecontents:      filecontents.      (line  4064)
+* non-breaking hyphen character:         Text symbols.      (line 13571)
 * non-English characters:                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13390)
+                                                            (line 13763)
 * nonstopmode:                           Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15249)
-* nosearch option for filecontents:      filecontents.      (line  3926)
-* notes in the margin:                   Marginal notes.    (line  8423)
+                                                            (line 15828)
+* nosearch option for filecontents:      filecontents.      (line  4067)
+* notes in the margin:                   Marginal notes.    (line  8746)
 * notitlepage option:                    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   762)
-* null delimiter:                        \left & \right.    (line  9685)
-* numbered items, specifying counter:    \usecounter.       (line  7821)
-* numerals, old-style:                   Font styles.       (line  1819)
-* oblique font:                          Font styles.       (line  1780)
+                                                            (line   772)
+* null delimiter:                        \left & \right.    (line 10008)
+* numbered items, specifying counter:    \usecounter.       (line  8013)
+* numerals, old-style:                   Font styles.       (line  1828)
+* oblique font:                          Font styles.       (line  1789)
 * oe ligature:                           Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13432)
-* ogonek:                                Accents.           (line 13323)
-* old-style numerals:                    Font styles.       (line  1819)
-* one-column output:                     \onecolumn.        (line  2024)
+                                                            (line 13805)
+* ogonek:                                Accents.           (line 13696)
+* old-style numerals:                    Font styles.       (line  1828)
+* one-column output:                     \onecolumn.        (line  2020)
 * onecolumn option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   791)
+                                                            (line   801)
 * oneside option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   791)
+                                                            (line   801)
 * open a file:                           \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 14746)
+                                                            (line 15324)
 * openany option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   791)
+                                                            (line   801)
 * openbib option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   762)
-* opening quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 13099)
+                                                            (line   772)
+* opening quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 13454)
 * openright option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   791)
-* OpenType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   495)
-* operating system information:          \write18.          (line 15168)
+                                                            (line   801)
+* OpenType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   505)
+* operating system information:          \write18.          (line 15746)
 * options, class:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   964)
+                                                            (line   974)
 * options, color package:                Color package options.
-                                                            (line 11969)
+                                                            (line 12324)
 * options, command line:                 Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15228)
+                                                            (line 15807)
 * options, document class:               Document class options.
-                                                            (line   719)
+                                                            (line   729)
 * options, document class <1>:           Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   857)
+                                                            (line   867)
 * options, global:                       Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   827)
+                                                            (line   837)
 * options, graphics package:             Graphics package options.
-                                                            (line 12247)
+                                                            (line 12602)
 * options, package:                      Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   857)
+                                                            (line   867)
 * options, package <1>:                  Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   964)
-* ordinals, feminine and masculine:      Text symbols.      (line 13205)
+                                                            (line   974)
+* ordinals, feminine and masculine:      Text symbols.      (line 13578)
 * oslash:                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13428)
-* OT1:                                   fontenc package.   (line  1287)
-* outer paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line 10490)
+                                                            (line 13801)
+* OT1:                                   fontenc package.   (line  1297)
+* outer paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line 10845)
 * output directory for all external files: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15270)
-* overbar accent:                        Accents.           (line 13286)
-* overdot accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line 10112)
+                                                            (line 15849)
+* overbar accent:                        Accents.           (line 13659)
+* overdot accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line 10435)
 * overlining:                            Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10141)
-* overview of LaTeX:                     Overview.          (line   387)
-* overwrite option for filecontents:     filecontents.      (line  3920)
+                                                            (line 10464)
+* overview of LaTeX:                     Overview.          (line   397)
+* overwrite option for filecontents:     filecontents.      (line  4061)
 * package file layout:                   Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   857)
+                                                            (line   867)
 * package options:                       Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   857)
+                                                            (line   867)
 * package options <1>:                   Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   964)
-* package, abstract:                     abstract.          (line  3362)
-* package, adjustbox:                    Boxes.             (line 11571)
-* package, algorithm2e:                  tabbing.           (line  5404)
-* package, amscd:                        Arrows.            (line  9546)
-* package, amsfonts:                     Math formulas.     (line  8553)
-* package, amsfonts <1>:                 Arrows.            (line  9511)
-* package, amsmath:                      array.             (line  3436)
-* package, amsmath <1>:                  array.             (line  3447)
-* package, amsmath <2>:                  displaymath.       (line  3628)
-* package, amsmath <3>:                  equation.          (line  3831)
-* package, amsmath <4>:                  theorem.           (line  6055)
-* package, amsmath <5>:                  Math formulas.     (line  8553)
-* package, amsmath <6>:                  \left & \right.    (line  9709)
+                                                            (line   974)
+* package, abstract:                     abstract.          (line  3503)
+* package, adjustbox:                    Boxes.             (line 11926)
+* package, algorithm2e:                  tabbing.           (line  5548)
+* package, amscd:                        Arrows.            (line  9869)
+* package, amsfonts:                     Math formulas.     (line  8876)
+* package, amsfonts <1>:                 Arrows.            (line  9834)
+* package, amsmath:                      array.             (line  3577)
+* package, amsmath <1>:                  array.             (line  3588)
+* package, amsmath <2>:                  displaymath.       (line  3769)
+* package, amsmath <3>:                  equation.          (line  3972)
+* package, amsmath <4>:                  theorem.           (line  6199)
+* package, amsmath <5>:                  Math formulas.     (line  8876)
+* package, amsmath <6>:                  \left & \right.    (line 10032)
 * package, amsmath <7>:                  \bigl & \bigr etc..
-                                                            (line  9854)
-* package, amsmath <8>:                  Dots.              (line  9909)
-* package, amsmath <9>:                  Math functions.    (line 10081)
+                                                            (line 10177)
+* package, amsmath <8>:                  Dots.              (line 10232)
+* package, amsmath <9>:                  Math functions.    (line 10404)
 * package, amsmath <10>:                 \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10356)
+                                                            (line 10689)
 * package, amsmath <11>:                 Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 10384)
+                                                            (line 10739)
 * package, amsmath <12>:                 Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 10388)
-* package, amsthm:                       theorem.           (line  6055)
-* package, amsthm <1>:                   \rule.             (line 13459)
-* package, answers:                      \write.            (line 15013)
-* package, appendix:                     \appendix.         (line  2923)
-* package, array (package):              array.             (line  3458)
-* package, Asymptote:                    \line.             (line  4956)
-* package, Asymptote <1>:                \strut.            (line 11412)
-* package, Asymptote <2>:                \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11645)
-* package, Asymptote <3>:                \write18.          (line 15116)
-* package, babel:                        \chapter.          (line  2663)
-* package, babel <1>:                    thebibliography.   (line  5843)
-* package, babel <2>:                    Accents.           (line 13256)
-* package, babel <3>:                    \today.            (line 13489)
+                                                            (line 10743)
+* package, amsthm:                       theorem.           (line  6199)
+* package, amsthm <1>:                   \rule.             (line 13885)
+* package, answers:                      \write.            (line 15591)
+* package, appendix:                     \appendix.         (line  3009)
+* package, array (package):              array.             (line  3599)
+* package, Asymptote:                    \line.             (line  5100)
+* package, Asymptote <1>:                \strut.            (line 11767)
+* package, Asymptote <2>:                \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12000)
+* package, Asymptote <3>:                \write18.          (line 15694)
+* package, babel:                        \chapter.          (line  2749)
+* package, babel <1>:                    thebibliography.   (line  5987)
+* package, babel <2>:                    Accents.           (line 13629)
+* package, babel <3>:                    \today.            (line 13915)
 * package, babel <4>:                    Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13828)
-* package, babel <5>:                    \index.            (line 14067)
-* package, beamer:                       beamer template.   (line 15416)
+                                                            (line 14289)
+* package, babel <5>:                    \index.            (line 14645)
+* package, beamer:                       beamer template.   (line 16054)
 * package, bigfoot:                      Footnotes of footnotes.
-                                                            (line  6941)
+                                                            (line  7085)
 * package, bm:                           \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9578)
-* package, cleveref:                     Cross references.  (line  3205)
-* package, cleveref <1>:                 \ref.              (line  3318)
-* package, cleveref <2>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  6822)
-* package, cm-super:                     fontenc package.   (line  1318)
-* package, comprehensive:                Math symbols.      (line  8627)
-* package, cprotect:                     verbatim.          (line  6122)
-* package, cprotect <1>:                 \verb.             (line  6185)
-* package, datatool:                     \read.             (line 14835)
-* package, datetime:                     \today.            (line 13503)
-* package, dcolumn:                      array.             (line  3458)
-* package, enumitem:                     itemize.           (line  4129)
-* package, enumitem <1>:                 list.              (line  4427)
-* package, envlab:                       \makelabels.       (line 14648)
+                                                            (line  9901)
+* package, cleveref:                     Cross references.  (line  3291)
+* package, cleveref <1>:                 \ref.              (line  3404)
+* package, cleveref <2>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  6966)
+* package, cm-super:                     fontenc package.   (line  1327)
+* package, comprehensive:                Math symbols.      (line  8950)
+* package, cprotect:                     verbatim.          (line  6266)
+* package, cprotect <1>:                 \verb.             (line  6329)
+* package, datatool:                     \read.             (line 15413)
+* package, datetime:                     \today.            (line 13929)
+* package, dcolumn:                      array.             (line  3599)
+* package, enumitem:                     itemize.           (line  4270)
+* package, enumitem <1>:                 list.              (line  4568)
+* package, envlab:                       \makelabels.       (line 15226)
 * package, etoolbox:                     Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1008)
-* package, eurosym:                      Text symbols.      (line 13184)
-* package, eurosym <1>:                  Text symbols.      (line 13185)
+                                                            (line  1018)
+* package, eurosym:                      Text symbols.      (line 13539)
+* package, eurosym <1>:                  Text symbols.      (line 13540)
 * package, expl3:                        LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   612)
+                                                            (line   622)
 * package, expl3 <1>:                    Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13039)
-* package, fancyhdr:                     Page styles.       (line 10529)
-* package, fancyhdr <1>:                 \pagestyle.        (line 10671)
-* package, fancyvrb:                     tabbing.           (line  5404)
-* package, fancyvrb <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  6138)
-* package, flafter:                      Floats.            (line  2384)
-* package, float:                        Floats.            (line  2354)
+                                                            (line 13394)
+* package, fancyhdr:                     Page styles.       (line 10884)
+* package, fancyhdr <1>:                 \pagestyle.        (line 11026)
+* package, fancyvrb:                     tabbing.           (line  5548)
+* package, fancyvrb <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  6282)
+* package, flafter:                      Floats.            (line  2470)
+* package, float:                        Floats.            (line  2440)
 * package, geometry:                     Document class options.
-                                                            (line   753)
+                                                            (line   763)
 * package, geometry <1>:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   757)
-* package, graphpap:                     \graphpaper.       (line  4907)
+                                                            (line   767)
+* package, graphpap:                     \graphpaper.       (line  5051)
 * package, grfext:                       \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
-                                                            (line 12419)
-* package, hyperref:                     \footnotemark.     (line  6822)
-* package, hyperref <1>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  6831)
-* package, hyperref <2>:                 \pagenumbering.    (line 10645)
+                                                            (line 12774)
+* package, hyperref:                     \footnotemark.     (line  6966)
+* package, hyperref <1>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  6975)
+* package, hyperref <2>:                 \pagenumbering.    (line 11000)
 * package, hyperref <3>:                 Command line input.
-                                                            (line 15316)
-* package, indentfirst:                  \part.             (line  2588)
-* package, indentfirst <1>:              \chapter.          (line  2650)
-* package, indentfirst <2>:              \section.          (line  2745)
-* package, indentfirst <3>:              \subsection.       (line  2811)
+                                                            (line 15899)
+* package, indentfirst:                  \part.             (line  2674)
+* package, indentfirst <1>:              \chapter.          (line  2736)
+* package, indentfirst <2>:              \section.          (line  2831)
+* package, indentfirst <3>:              \subsection.       (line  2897)
 * package, indentfirst <4>:              \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2888)
+                                                            (line  2974)
 * package, indentfirst <5>:              \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8384)
-* package, index:                        \index.            (line 14112)
-* package, latexsym:                     Arrows.            (line  9511)
-* package, listings:                     tabbing.           (line  5404)
-* package, listings <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  6132)
-* package, listings <2>:                 \verb.             (line  6182)
-* package, lmodern:                      fontenc package.   (line  1318)
+                                                            (line  8707)
+* package, index:                        \index.            (line 14690)
+* package, latexsym:                     Arrows.            (line  9834)
+* package, listings:                     tabbing.           (line  5548)
+* package, listings <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  6276)
+* package, listings <2>:                 \verb.             (line  6326)
+* package, lmodern:                      fontenc package.   (line  1327)
 * package, macros2e:                     \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  7152)
-* package, mathtools:                    Math formulas.     (line  8553)
-* package, mathtools <1>:                Delimiters.        (line  9670)
-* package, mathtools <2>:                \left & \right.    (line  9709)
+                                                            (line  7296)
+* package, mathtools:                    Math formulas.     (line  8876)
+* package, mathtools <1>:                Delimiters.        (line  9993)
+* package, mathtools <2>:                \left & \right.    (line 10032)
 * package, mathtools <3>:                Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10180)
-* package, mathtools <4>:                \smash.            (line 10312)
+                                                            (line 10503)
+* package, mathtools <4>:                \smash.            (line 10635)
 * package, mathtools <5>:                \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10348)
-* package, MetaPost:                     \line.             (line  4956)
+                                                            (line 10681)
+* package, MetaPost:                     \line.             (line  5100)
 * package, mfirstuc:                     Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13036)
+                                                            (line 13391)
 * package, mhchem:                       Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  8620)
-* package, minted:                       tabbing.           (line  5404)
-* package, minted <1>:                   verbatim.          (line  6132)
-* package, minted <2>:                   \verb.             (line  6182)
-* package, multind:                      Indexes.           (line 14008)
-* package, pict2e:                       \line.             (line  4956)
-* package, polyglossia:                  Accents.           (line 13256)
-* package, polyglossia <1>:              \today.            (line 13489)
+                                                            (line  8943)
+* package, minted:                       tabbing.           (line  5548)
+* package, minted <1>:                   verbatim.          (line  6276)
+* package, minted <2>:                   \verb.             (line  6326)
+* package, multind:                      Indexes.           (line 14586)
+* package, pict2e:                       \line.             (line  5100)
+* package, polyglossia:                  Accents.           (line 13629)
+* package, polyglossia <1>:              \today.            (line 13915)
 * package, polyglossia <2>:              Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13829)
-* package, polyglossia <3>:              \index.            (line 14067)
-* package, PSTricks:                     \line.             (line  4956)
-* package, setspace:                     Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1989)
-* package, shellesc:                     \write18.          (line 15174)
-* package, showidx:                      Indexes.           (line 14008)
-* package, siunitx:                      minipage.          (line  4669)
-* package, siunitx <1>:                  ~.                 (line 11129)
-* package, suffix:                       \@ifstar.          (line  7226)
-* package, texosquery:                   \write18.          (line 15168)
+                                                            (line 14290)
+* package, polyglossia <3>:              \index.            (line 14645)
+* package, PSTricks:                     \line.             (line  5100)
+* package, setspace:                     \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
+                                                            (line  2377)
+* package, shellesc:                     \write18.          (line 15752)
+* package, showidx:                      Indexes.           (line 14586)
+* package, siunitx:                      minipage.          (line  4811)
+* package, siunitx <1>:                  ~.                 (line 11484)
+* package, suffix:                       \@ifstar.          (line  7370)
+* package, texosquery:                   \write18.          (line 15746)
 * package, textcase:                     Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13033)
-* package, TikZ:                         \line.             (line  4956)
-* package, TikZ <1>:                     \strut.            (line 11412)
-* package, TikZ <2>:                     \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11644)
-* package, tikz-cd:                      Arrows.            (line  9546)
-* package, titlesec:                     Sectioning.        (line  2512)
-* package, titlesec <1>:                 \part.             (line  2592)
-* package, titlesec <2>:                 \chapter.          (line  2671)
-* package, titlesec <3>:                 \section.          (line  2749)
-* package, titlesec <4>:                 \subsection.       (line  2815)
+                                                            (line 13388)
+* package, TikZ:                         \line.             (line  5100)
+* package, TikZ <1>:                     \strut.            (line 11767)
+* package, TikZ <2>:                     \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11999)
+* package, tikz-cd:                      Arrows.            (line  9869)
+* package, titlesec:                     Sectioning.        (line  2598)
+* package, titlesec <1>:                 \part.             (line  2678)
+* package, titlesec <2>:                 \chapter.          (line  2757)
+* package, titlesec <3>:                 \section.          (line  2835)
+* package, titlesec <4>:                 \subsection.       (line  2901)
 * package, titlesec <5>:                 \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2892)
+                                                            (line  2978)
 * package, tocbibbind:                   Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13833)
+                                                            (line 14276)
 * package, tocloft:                      Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13833)
+                                                            (line 14276)
 * package, ulem:                         Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10150)
-* package, unicode-math:                 Greek letters.     (line  9964)
-* package, url:                          \verb.             (line  6179)
-* package, verbatimbox:                  verbatim.          (line  6138)
+                                                            (line 10473)
+* package, unicode-math:                 Greek letters.     (line 10287)
+* package, url:                          \verb.             (line  6323)
+* package, verbatimbox:                  verbatim.          (line  6282)
 * package, xparse:                       LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   612)
-* package, xparse <1>:                   \@ifstar.          (line  7226)
+                                                            (line   622)
+* package, xparse <1>:                   \@ifstar.          (line  7370)
+* package, xstring:                      Jobname.           (line 15992)
 * packages, loading additional:          Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   818)
+                                                            (line   828)
 * page break, forcing:                   \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6654)
+                                                            (line  6798)
 * page break, preventing:                \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6654)
-* page breaking:                         Page breaking.     (line  6524)
+                                                            (line  6798)
+* page breaking:                         Page breaking.     (line  6668)
 * page layout parameters:                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2175)
-* page number, cross referencing:        \pageref.          (line  3271)
-* page numbering style:                  \pagenumbering.    (line 10606)
-* page style, this page:                 \thispagestyle.    (line 10748)
-* page styles:                           Page styles.       (line 10523)
-* page, colored:                         Colored pages.     (line 12189)
-* page_precedence:                       makeindex.         (line 14269)
-* paired delimiters:                     \left & \right.    (line  9685)
-* paragraph:                             Sectioning.        (line  2458)
+                                                            (line  2171)
+* page number, cross referencing:        \pageref.          (line  3357)
+* page numbering style:                  \pagenumbering.    (line 10961)
+* page style, this page:                 \thispagestyle.    (line 11103)
+* page styles:                           Page styles.       (line 10878)
+* page, colored:                         Colored pages.     (line 12544)
+* page_precedence:                       makeindex.         (line 14847)
+* paired delimiters:                     \left & \right.    (line 10008)
+* paragraph:                             Sectioning.        (line  2544)
 * paragraph <1>:                         \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2833)
+                                                            (line  2919)
 * paragraph indentation:                 \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8391)
-* paragraph indentation, in minipage:    minipage.          (line  4635)
-* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line  5234)
+                                                            (line  8714)
+* paragraph indentation, in minipage:    minipage.          (line  4777)
+* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line  5378)
 * paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  5234)
-* paragraph mode:                        Modes.             (line 10455)
-* paragraph mode <1>:                    \parbox.           (line 11735)
-* paragraph symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13103)
-* paragraph, ending:                     \par.              (line  8289)
-* paragraph, in a box:                   \parbox.           (line 11735)
-* paragraphs:                            Making paragraphs. (line  8245)
-* parameters, for footnotes:             \footnote.         (line  6742)
+                                                            (line  5378)
+* paragraph mode:                        Modes.             (line 10810)
+* paragraph mode <1>:                    \parbox.           (line 12090)
+* paragraph symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13458)
+* paragraph, ending:                     \par.              (line  8612)
+* paragraph, in a box:                   \parbox.           (line 12090)
+* paragraphs:                            Making paragraphs. (line  8568)
+* parameters, for footnotes:             \footnote.         (line  6886)
 * parameters, page layout:               Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2175)
+                                                            (line  2171)
 * parent directories, cannot write to:   \write and security.
-                                                            (line 15037)
-* parentheses:                           Delimiters.        (line  9635)
-* part:                                  Sectioning.        (line  2458)
-* part <1>:                              \part.             (line  2544)
-* pattern, current tab stops, tabbing:   tabbing.           (line  5309)
-* pc:                                    Units of length.   (line  8074)
-* PDF graphic files:                     \includegraphics.  (line 12507)
-* pdflatex:                              TeX engines.       (line   504)
-* pdflatex command:                      Output files.      (line   463)
-* pdflatex-dev:                          TeX engines.       (line   555)
-* pdfTeX:                                Output files.      (line   463)
-* pdfTeX engine:                         TeX engines.       (line   505)
-* period, abbreviation-ending:           \@.                (line 10981)
-* period, centered, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13208)
-* period, sentence-ending:               \@.                (line 10981)
-* period, spacing after:                 \@.                (line 10981)
-* pica:                                  Units of length.   (line  8074)
-* pict2e package:                        \line.             (line  4956)
-* pict2e package <1>:                    \line.             (line  4956)
-* picture environment:                   picture.           (line  4694)
-* pictures, creating:                    picture.           (line  4694)
-* pilcrow:                               Text symbols.      (line 13103)
-* placement of floats:                   Floats.            (line  2333)
-* platex:                                TeX engines.       (line   543)
-* platex-dev:                            TeX engines.       (line   556)
-* plural:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 14396)
-* PNG files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 12507)
-* poetry, an environment for:            verse.             (line  6197)
-* Point:                                 Units of length.   (line  8070)
+                                                            (line 15615)
+* parentheses:                           Delimiters.        (line  9958)
+* part:                                  Sectioning.        (line  2544)
+* part <1>:                              \part.             (line  2630)
+* pattern, current tab stops, tabbing:   tabbing.           (line  5453)
+* pc:                                    Units of length.   (line  8266)
+* PDF graphic files:                     \includegraphics.  (line 12862)
+* pdflatex:                              TeX engines.       (line   514)
+* pdflatex command:                      Output files.      (line   473)
+* pdflatex-dev:                          TeX engines.       (line   565)
+* pdfTeX:                                Output files.      (line   473)
+* pdfTeX engine:                         TeX engines.       (line   515)
+* period, abbreviation-ending:           \@.                (line 11336)
+* period, centered, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13581)
+* period, sentence-ending:               \@.                (line 11336)
+* period, spacing after:                 \@.                (line 11336)
+* pica:                                  Units of length.   (line  8266)
+* pict2e package:                        \line.             (line  5100)
+* pict2e package <1>:                    \line.             (line  5100)
+* picture environment:                   picture.           (line  4838)
+* pictures, creating:                    picture.           (line  4838)
+* pilcrow:                               Text symbols.      (line 13458)
+* placement of floats:                   Floats.            (line  2419)
+* platex:                                TeX engines.       (line   553)
+* platex-dev:                            TeX engines.       (line   566)
+* plural:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 14974)
+* PNG files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 12862)
+* poetry, an environment for:            verse.             (line  6341)
+* point:                                 Units of length.   (line  8262)
 * polish l:                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13420)
-* polyglossia package:                   Accents.           (line 13256)
-* polyglossia package <1>:               \today.            (line 13489)
+                                                            (line 13793)
+* polyglossia package:                   Accents.           (line 13629)
+* polyglossia package <1>:               \today.            (line 13915)
 * polyglossia package <2>:               Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13829)
-* polyglossia package <3>:               \index.            (line 14067)
+                                                            (line 14290)
+* polyglossia package <3>:               \index.            (line 14645)
 * portrait orientation:                  Document class options.
-                                                            (line   773)
-* position, in picture:                  picture.           (line  4752)
+                                                            (line   783)
+* position, in picture:                  picture.           (line  4896)
 * positional parameter:                  \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7010)
-* postamble:                             makeindex.         (line 14180)
-* postscript, in letters:                \ps.               (line 14678)
-* pounds symbol:                         Text symbols.      (line 13107)
-* preamble:                              makeindex.         (line 14176)
+                                                            (line  7154)
+* postamble:                             makeindex.         (line 14758)
+* postscript, in letters:                \ps.               (line 15256)
+* pounds symbol:                         Text symbols.      (line 13462)
+* preamble:                              makeindex.         (line 14754)
 * preamble, defined:                     Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   433)
-* prerelease testing:                    TeX engines.       (line   559)
+                                                            (line   443)
+* prerelease testing:                    TeX engines.       (line   569)
 * prompt, *:                             Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 15389)
-* pronunciation:                         Overview.          (line   409)
-* PSTricks package:                      \line.             (line  4956)
-* pt:                                    Units of length.   (line  8070)
+                                                            (line 16027)
+* pronunciation:                         Overview.          (line   419)
+* PSTricks package:                      \line.             (line  5100)
+* pt:                                    Units of length.   (line  8262)
 * quad:                                  Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10245)
-* question mark, upside-down:            Text symbols.      (line 13211)
-* quotation environment:                 quotation & quote. (line  5234)
-* quotation marks, French:               Text symbols.      (line 13089)
-* quote environment:                     quotation & quote. (line  5234)
-* quote, single straight:                Text symbols.      (line 13226)
-* quote, straight base:                  Text symbols.      (line 13230)
+                                                            (line 10568)
+* question mark, upside-down:            Text symbols.      (line 13584)
+* quotation environment:                 quotation & quote. (line  5378)
+* quotation marks, French:               Text symbols.      (line 13444)
+* quote environment:                     quotation & quote. (line  5378)
+* quote, single straight:                Text symbols.      (line 13599)
+* quote, straight base:                  Text symbols.      (line 13603)
 * quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  5234)
+                                                            (line  5378)
 * quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  5234)
-* radical:                               \sqrt.             (line 10423)
-* ragged left text:                      \raggedleft.       (line  4042)
-* ragged left text, environment for:     flushright.        (line  4022)
-* ragged right text:                     \raggedright.      (line  3989)
-* ragged right text, environment for:    flushleft.         (line  3960)
-* read a file:                           \read.             (line 14810)
+                                                            (line  5378)
+* radical:                               \sqrt.             (line 10778)
+* ragged left text:                      \raggedleft.       (line  4183)
+* ragged left text, environment for:     flushright.        (line  4163)
+* ragged right text:                     \raggedright.      (line  4130)
+* ragged right text, environment for:    flushleft.         (line  4101)
+* read a file:                           \read.             (line 15388)
 * redefining environments:               \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  7332)
-* reference, forward:                    Cross references.  (line  3194)
-* references, resolving forward:         Output files.      (line   476)
-* registered symbol:                     Text symbols.      (line 13233)
-* relation, text above:                  \stackrel.         (line 10439)
-* release candidates:                    TeX engines.       (line   559)
-* remarks in the margin:                 Marginal notes.    (line  8423)
-* report class:                          Document classes.  (line   689)
+                                                            (line  7476)
+* reference, forward:                    Cross references.  (line  3280)
+* references, resolving forward:         Output files.      (line   486)
+* registered symbol:                     Text symbols.      (line 13606)
+* relation, text above:                  \stackrel.         (line 10794)
+* release candidates:                    TeX engines.       (line   569)
+* remarks in the margin:                 Marginal notes.    (line  8746)
+* report class:                          Document classes.  (line   699)
 * reporting bugs:                        About this document.
-                                                            (line   363)
+                                                            (line   373)
 * reserved characters:                   Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12962)
-* resizing:                              \scalebox.         (line 12896)
-* resizing <1>:                          \resizebox.        (line 12927)
-* restricted shell access:               \write18.          (line 15156)
-* right angle quotation marks:           Text symbols.      (line 13089)
-* right arrow, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13236)
-* right brace, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13148)
-* right quote:                           Text symbols.      (line 13114)
-* right quote, double:                   Text symbols.      (line 13217)
-* right quote, single:                   Text symbols.      (line 13223)
+                                                            (line 13317)
+* resizing:                              \scalebox.         (line 13251)
+* resizing <1>:                          \resizebox.        (line 13282)
+* restricted shell access:               \write18.          (line 15734)
+* right angle quotation marks:           Text symbols.      (line 13444)
+* right arrow, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13609)
+* right brace, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13503)
+* right quote:                           Text symbols.      (line 13469)
+* right quote, double:                   Text symbols.      (line 13590)
+* right quote, single:                   Text symbols.      (line 13596)
 * right-hand equation numbers:           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
-* right-justifying text:                 \raggedleft.       (line  4042)
-* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright.       (line  4022)
-* rigid lengths:                         Lengths.           (line  7969)
-* ring accent:                           Accents.           (line 13327)
-* ring accent, math:                     Math accents.      (line 10121)
-* robust commands:                       \protect.          (line  7610)
-* roman font:                            Font styles.       (line  1771)
+                                                            (line   786)
+* right-justifying text:                 \raggedleft.       (line  4183)
+* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright.       (line  4163)
+* rigid lengths:                         Lengths.           (line  8161)
+* ring accent:                           Accents.           (line 13700)
+* ring accent, math:                     Math accents.      (line 10444)
+* robust commands:                       \protect.          (line  7754)
+* roman font:                            Font styles.       (line  1780)
 * root file:                             Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 13517)
-* roots:                                 \sqrt.             (line 10423)
-* rotating graphics:                     \rotatebox.        (line 12828)
-* rotating text:                         \rotatebox.        (line 12828)
-* rotation:                              \rotatebox.        (line 12828)
-* row, tabbing:                          tabbing.           (line  5304)
-* rubber lengths:                        Lengths.           (line  7969)
-* rubber lengths, defining new:          \newlength.        (line  7282)
+                                                            (line 13943)
+* roots:                                 \sqrt.             (line 10778)
+* rotating graphics:                     \rotatebox.        (line 13183)
+* rotating text:                         \rotatebox.        (line 13183)
+* rotation:                              \rotatebox.        (line 13183)
+* row, tabbing:                          tabbing.           (line  5448)
+* rubber lengths:                        Lengths.           (line  8161)
+* rubber lengths, defining new:          \newlength.        (line  7426)
 * running header and footer:             Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2175)
-* running header and footer style:       \pagestyle.        (line 10664)
-* sans serif font:                       Font styles.       (line  1777)
-* Scaled point:                          Units of length.   (line  8096)
-* scaling:                               \scalebox.         (line 12896)
-* scaling <1>:                           \resizebox.        (line 12927)
-* script fonts:                          Calligraphic.      (line  9618)
-* script letters for math:               Font styles.       (line  1765)
+                                                            (line  2171)
+* running header and footer style:       \pagestyle.        (line 11019)
+* sans serif font:                       Font styles.       (line  1786)
+* scaled point:                          Units of length.   (line  8288)
+* scaling:                               \scalebox.         (line 13251)
+* scaling <1>:                           \resizebox.        (line 13282)
+* script fonts:                          Calligraphic.      (line  9941)
+* script letters for math:               Font styles.       (line  1774)
 * scrollmode:                            Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15249)
-* secnumdepth:                           Sectioning.        (line  2521)
-* secnumdepth counter:                   Sectioning.        (line  2522)
-* section:                               Sectioning.        (line  2458)
-* section <1>:                           \section.          (line  2691)
-* section number, cross referencing:     \ref.              (line  3295)
-* section numbers, printing:             Sectioning.        (line  2522)
-* section symbol:                        Text symbols.      (line 13118)
-* section, redefining:                   \@startsection.    (line  2969)
-* sectioning commands:                   Sectioning.        (line  2458)
-* sectioning, part:                      \part.             (line  2544)
+                                                            (line 15828)
+* secnumdepth:                           Sectioning.        (line  2607)
+* secnumdepth counter:                   Sectioning.        (line  2608)
+* section:                               Sectioning.        (line  2544)
+* section <1>:                           \section.          (line  2777)
+* section number, cross referencing:     \ref.              (line  3381)
+* section numbers, printing:             Sectioning.        (line  2608)
+* section symbol:                        Text symbols.      (line 13473)
+* section, redefining:                   \@startsection.    (line  3055)
+* sectioning commands:                   Sectioning.        (line  2544)
+* sectioning, part:                      \part.             (line  2630)
 * security and \write:                   \write and security.
-                                                            (line 15021)
-* see and see also index entries:        \index.            (line 14067)
-* self-contained sources:                filecontents.      (line  3931)
+                                                            (line 15599)
+* see and see also index entries:        \index.            (line 14645)
+* self-contained sources:                filecontents.      (line  4072)
 * series, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1919)
-* setspace package:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1989)
-* setting counters:                      \setcounter.       (line  7880)
-* sh, used by \write18:                  \write18.          (line 15163)
+                                                            (line  1928)
+* setspace package:                      \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
+                                                            (line  2377)
+* setting counters:                      \setcounter.       (line  8072)
+* sh, used by \write18:                  \write18.          (line 15741)
 * shapes, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1959)
+                                                            (line  1968)
 * sharp S letters:                       Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13436)
-* shell access:                          \write18.          (line 15109)
+                                                            (line 13809)
+* shell access:                          \write18.          (line 15687)
 * shell escape:                          Command line options.
-                                                            (line 15283)
-* SHELL, environment variables:          \write18.          (line 15163)
-* shellesc package:                      \write18.          (line 15174)
-* showidx package:                       Indexes.           (line 14008)
-* simulating typed text:                 verbatim.          (line  6102)
-* single angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 13089)
-* single guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 13089)
-* single left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 13220)
-* single low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 13111)
-* single quote, straight:                Text symbols.      (line 13226)
-* single right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 13223)
-* siunitx package:                       minipage.          (line  4669)
-* siunitx package <1>:                   ~.                 (line 11129)
-* sizes of text:                         Font sizes.        (line  1831)
-* skip plain TeX:                        Lengths.           (line  7969)
-* skip register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  7282)
-* slanted font:                          Font styles.       (line  1780)
-* slides class:                          Document classes.  (line   689)
-* sloppypar:                             sloppypar.         (line  6447)
-* sloppypar environment:                 sloppypar.         (line  6447)
-* small caps font:                       Font styles.       (line  1774)
-* sort:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 14400)
-* source files, making self-contained:   filecontents.      (line  3931)
-* sp:                                    Units of length.   (line  8096)
-* space, hard:                           ~.                 (line 11098)
-* space, inserting horizontal:           \hss.              (line 10894)
-* space, inserting vertical:             \addvspace.        (line 11521)
+                                                            (line 15862)
+* SHELL, environment variables:          \write18.          (line 15741)
+* shellesc package:                      \write18.          (line 15752)
+* showidx package:                       Indexes.           (line 14586)
+* simulating typed text:                 verbatim.          (line  6246)
+* single angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 13444)
+* single guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 13444)
+* single left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 13593)
+* single low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 13466)
+* single quote, straight:                Text symbols.      (line 13599)
+* single right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 13596)
+* siunitx package:                       minipage.          (line  4811)
+* siunitx package <1>:                   ~.                 (line 11484)
+* sizes of text:                         Font sizes.        (line  1840)
+* skip plain TeX:                        Lengths.           (line  8161)
+* skip register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  7426)
+* slanted font:                          Font styles.       (line  1789)
+* slides class:                          Document classes.  (line   699)
+* sloppypar:                             sloppypar.         (line  6591)
+* sloppypar environment:                 sloppypar.         (line  6591)
+* small caps font:                       Font styles.       (line  1783)
+* sort:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 14978)
+* source files, making self-contained:   filecontents.      (line  4072)
+* sp:                                    Units of length.   (line  8288)
+* space between lines:                   \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
+                                                            (line  2304)
+* space, inserting horizontal:           \hss.              (line 11249)
+* space, inserting vertical:             \addvspace.        (line 11876)
 * space, negative thin:                  \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11158)
+                                                            (line 11513)
 * space, thin:                           \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11158)
-* space, unbreakable:                    ~.                 (line 11098)
-* space, vertical:                       \vspace.           (line 11441)
-* spaces:                                Spaces.            (line 10776)
+                                                            (line 11513)
+* space, unbreakable:                    ~.                 (line 11453)
+* space, vertical:                       \vspace.           (line 11796)
+* spaces:                                Spaces.            (line 11131)
 * spaces, ignore around commands:        \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7662)
+                                                            (line  7806)
+* spaces, ignore around commands <1>:    xspace package.    (line  7880)
 * spacing within math mode:              Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10186)
-* spacing, inter-sentence:               \frenchspacing.    (line 11027)
-* spacing, inter-sentence <1>:           \normalsfcodes.    (line 11047)
+                                                            (line 10509)
+* spacing, inter-sentence:               \frenchspacing.    (line 11382)
+* spacing, inter-sentence <1>:           \normalsfcodes.    (line 11402)
 * spacing, math mode:                    \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10318)
-* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols.   (line 13205)
+                                                            (line 10641)
+* spacing, math mode <1>:                \mathstrut.        (line 10702)
+* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols.   (line 13578)
 * special characters:                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12962)
+                                                            (line 13317)
 * special characters <1>:                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13390)
+                                                            (line 13763)
 * special insertions:                    Special insertions.
-                                                            (line 12956)
-* specifier, float placement:            Floats.            (line  2333)
+                                                            (line 13311)
+* specifier, float placement:            Floats.            (line  2419)
 * splitting the input file:              Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 13513)
-* square root:                           \sqrt.             (line 10423)
-* stack math:                            \stackrel.         (line 10439)
-* star-variants, commands:               \@ifstar.          (line  7166)
+                                                            (line 13939)
+* square root:                           \sqrt.             (line 10778)
+* stack math:                            \stackrel.         (line 10794)
+* star-variants, commands:               \@ifstar.          (line  7310)
 * starred form, defining new commands:   \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6983)
-* starting a new page:                   \newpage.          (line  6596)
+                                                            (line  7127)
+* starting a new page:                   \newpage.          (line  6740)
 * starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6555)
+                                                            (line  6699)
 * starting and ending:                   Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   417)
+                                                            (line   427)
 * starting on a right-hand page:         \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6555)
-* sterling symbol:                       Text symbols.      (line 13107)
-* straight double quote, base:           Text symbols.      (line 13230)
-* straight quote, base:                  Text symbols.      (line 13230)
-* straight single quote:                 Text symbols.      (line 13226)
-* stretch, infinite horizontal:          \hfill.            (line 10861)
-* stretch, infinite vertical:            \vfill.            (line 11492)
-* stretch, omitting vertical:            \raggedbottom.     (line  2164)
-* strut:                                 \strut.            (line 11356)
-* styles of text:                        Font styles.       (line  1692)
-* styles, page:                          Page styles.       (line 10523)
-* subparagraph:                          Sectioning.        (line  2458)
+                                                            (line  6699)
+* sterling symbol:                       Text symbols.      (line 13462)
+* straight double quote, base:           Text symbols.      (line 13603)
+* straight quote, base:                  Text symbols.      (line 13603)
+* straight single quote:                 Text symbols.      (line 13599)
+* stretch, infinite horizontal:          \hfill.            (line 11216)
+* stretch, infinite vertical:            \vfill.            (line 11847)
+* stretch, omitting vertical:            \raggedbottom.     (line  2160)
+* strut:                                 \strut.            (line 11711)
+* styles of text:                        Font styles.       (line  1701)
+* styles, page:                          Page styles.       (line 10878)
+* subparagraph:                          Sectioning.        (line  2544)
 * subparagraph <1>:                      \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2833)
+                                                            (line  2919)
 * subscript:                             Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  8564)
-* subsection:                            Sectioning.        (line  2458)
-* subsection <1>:                        \subsection.       (line  2769)
-* subsubsection:                         Sectioning.        (line  2458)
+                                                            (line  8887)
+* subsection:                            Sectioning.        (line  2544)
+* subsection <1>:                        \subsection.       (line  2855)
+* subsubsection:                         Sectioning.        (line  2544)
 * subsubsection <1>:                     \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2833)
-* suffix package:                        \@ifstar.          (line  7226)
+                                                            (line  2919)
+* suffix package:                        \@ifstar.          (line  7370)
 * superscript:                           Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  8564)
-* symbol:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 14404)
-* Symbol, defining:                      \DeclareTextSymbol.
-                                                            (line  1584)
-* symbols, arrows:                       Arrows.            (line  9511)
+                                                            (line  8887)
+* symbol:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 14982)
+* symbol, defining:                      \DeclareTextSymbol.
+                                                            (line  1593)
+* symbols, arrows:                       Arrows.            (line  9834)
 * symbols, boldface:                     \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9552)
-* symbols, math:                         Math symbols.      (line  8627)
-* symbols, text:                         Text symbols.      (line 13062)
-* system commands, run from LaTeX:       \write18.          (line 15109)
-* system information:                    \write18.          (line 15168)
-* T1:                                    fontenc package.   (line  1287)
-* tab stops, using:                      tabbing.           (line  5264)
-* tabbing environment:                   tabbing.           (line  5264)
-* table environment:                     table.             (line  5413)
+                                                            (line  9875)
+* symbols, math:                         Math symbols.      (line  8950)
+* symbols, text:                         Text symbols.      (line 13417)
+* system commands, run from LaTeX:       \write18.          (line 15687)
+* system information:                    \write18.          (line 15746)
+* T1:                                    fontenc package.   (line  1297)
+* tab stops, using:                      tabbing.           (line  5408)
+* tabbing environment:                   tabbing.           (line  5408)
+* table environment:                     table.             (line  5557)
+* table of contents:                     \contentsline.     (line 14466)
+* table of contents entry, create dotted line: \@dottedtocline.
+                                                            (line 14296)
 * table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline.
-                                                            (line 13842)
-* table of contents file:                Output files.      (line   486)
+                                                            (line 14332)
+* table of contents file:                Output files.      (line   496)
 * table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings.
-                                                            (line  6852)
+                                                            (line  6996)
 * table of contents, creating:           Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13745)
+                                                            (line 14171)
 * table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning.
-                                                            (line  2533)
-* tables, creating:                      table.             (line  5413)
-* tabular environment:                   tabular.           (line  5471)
-* template (simple), article:            article template.  (line 15446)
-* template, beamer:                      beamer template.   (line 15416)
-* template, book:                        book template.     (line 15469)
+                                                            (line  2619)
+* tables, creating:                      table.             (line  5557)
+* tabular environment:                   tabular.           (line  5615)
+* template (simple), article:            article template.  (line 16084)
+* template, beamer:                      beamer template.   (line 16054)
+* template, book:                        book template.     (line 16107)
 * template, book <1>:                    Larger book template.
-                                                            (line 15493)
+                                                            (line 16131)
 * templates, document:                   Document templates.
-                                                            (line 15409)
-* terminal input/output:                 Input/output.      (line 14737)
-* terminal, writing to:                  \write.            (line 14943)
-* TeX format (.fmt) files:               TeX engines.       (line   495)
-* TeX logo:                              Text symbols.      (line 13121)
-* texosquery package:                    \write18.          (line 15168)
-* text symbols:                          Text symbols.      (line 13062)
-* text, resizing:                        \scalebox.         (line 12896)
-* text, resizing <1>:                    \resizebox.        (line 12927)
-* text, scaling:                         \scalebox.         (line 12896)
-* text, scaling <1>:                     \resizebox.        (line 12927)
+                                                            (line 16047)
+* terminal input/output:                 Input/output.      (line 15315)
+* terminal, writing to:                  \write.            (line 15521)
+* TeX format (.fmt) files:               TeX engines.       (line   505)
+* TeX logo:                              Text symbols.      (line 13476)
+* texosquery package:                    \write18.          (line 15746)
+* texput, jobname default:               Jobname.           (line 15964)
+* text symbols:                          Text symbols.      (line 13417)
+* text, resizing:                        \scalebox.         (line 13251)
+* text, resizing <1>:                    \resizebox.        (line 13282)
+* text, scaling:                         \scalebox.         (line 13251)
+* text, scaling <1>:                     \resizebox.        (line 13282)
 * textcase package:                      Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13033)
-* textcomp package:                      Text symbols.      (line 13062)
-* thanks, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line 10586)
-* thebibliography environment:           thebibliography.   (line  5796)
-* theorem environment:                   theorem.           (line  6033)
-* theorem-like environment:              \newtheorem.       (line  7466)
-* theorems, defining:                    \newtheorem.       (line  7466)
-* theorems, typesetting:                 theorem.           (line  6033)
+                                                            (line 13388)
+* textcomp package:                      Text symbols.      (line 13417)
+* thanks, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line 10941)
+* thebibliography environment:           thebibliography.   (line  5940)
+* theorem environment:                   theorem.           (line  6177)
+* theorem-like environment:              \newtheorem.       (line  7610)
+* theorems, defining:                    \newtheorem.       (line  7610)
+* theorems, typesetting:                 theorem.           (line  6177)
 * thin space:                            Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10224)
+                                                            (line 10547)
 * thin space <1>:                        \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11158)
+                                                            (line 11513)
 * thin space, negative:                  Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10238)
+                                                            (line 10561)
 * thin space, negative <1>:              \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11158)
+                                                            (line 11513)
 * thorn, Icelandic letter:               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13440)
-* three-quarters em-dash:                Text symbols.      (line 13239)
-* tie:                                   ~.                 (line 11098)
-* tie-after accent:                      Accents.           (line 13333)
-* TikZ package:                          \line.             (line  4956)
-* TikZ package <1>:                      \strut.            (line 11412)
-* TikZ package <2>:                      \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11644)
-* tikz-cd package:                       Arrows.            (line  9546)
-* tilde accent:                          Accents.           (line 13298)
-* tilde accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10124)
-* tilde, ASCII, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13127)
+                                                            (line 13813)
+* three-quarters em-dash:                Text symbols.      (line 13612)
+* tie:                                   ~.                 (line 11453)
+* tie-after accent:                      Accents.           (line 13706)
+* TikZ package:                          \line.             (line  5100)
+* TikZ package <1>:                      \strut.            (line 11767)
+* TikZ package <2>:                      \mbox & \makebox.  (line 11999)
+* tikz-cd package:                       Arrows.            (line  9869)
+* tilde accent:                          Accents.           (line 13671)
+* tilde accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10447)
+* tilde, ASCII, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13482)
 * title page, separate or run-in:        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   784)
-* title pages, creating:                 titlepage.         (line  6063)
-* title, for titlepage:                  \maketitle.        (line 10593)
-* titlepage environment:                 titlepage.         (line  6063)
+                                                            (line   794)
+* title pages, creating:                 titlepage.         (line  6207)
+* title, for titlepage:                  \maketitle.        (line 10948)
+* titlepage environment:                 titlepage.         (line  6207)
 * titlepage option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   762)
-* titles, making:                        \maketitle.        (line 10535)
-* titlesec package:                      Sectioning.        (line  2512)
-* titlesec package <1>:                  \part.             (line  2592)
-* titlesec package <2>:                  \chapter.          (line  2671)
-* titlesec package <3>:                  \section.          (line  2749)
-* titlesec package <4>:                  \subsection.       (line  2815)
+                                                            (line   772)
+* titles, making:                        \maketitle.        (line 10890)
+* titlesec package:                      Sectioning.        (line  2598)
+* titlesec package <1>:                  \part.             (line  2678)
+* titlesec package <2>:                  \chapter.          (line  2757)
+* titlesec package <3>:                  \section.          (line  2835)
+* titlesec package <4>:                  \subsection.       (line  2901)
 * titlesec package <5>:                  \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2892)
+                                                            (line  2978)
 * tocbibbind package:                    Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13833)
-* tocdepth:                              Sectioning.        (line  2532)
-* tocdepth counter:                      Sectioning.        (line  2533)
+                                                            (line 14276)
+* tocdepth:                              Sectioning.        (line  2618)
+* tocdepth counter:                      Sectioning.        (line  2619)
 * tocloft package:                       Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13833)
-* today's date:                          \today.            (line 13482)
-* tombstone:                             \rule.             (line 13454)
+                                                            (line 14276)
+* today's date:                          \today.            (line 13908)
+* tombstone:                             \rule.             (line 13880)
 * topmargin:                             Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2294)
-* topnumber:                             Floats.            (line  2440)
-* topnumber <1>:                         Floats.            (line  2441)
-* totalnumber:                           Floats.            (line  2444)
-* totalnumber <1>:                       Floats.            (line  2445)
-* trademark symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13242)
-* transcript file:                       Output files.      (line   471)
-* TrueType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   495)
-* TS1 encoding:                          Text symbols.      (line 13062)
-* two-column output:                     \twocolumn.        (line  2036)
-* two-thirds em-dash:                    Text symbols.      (line 13245)
+                                                            (line  2290)
+* topnumber:                             Floats.            (line  2526)
+* topnumber <1>:                         Floats.            (line  2527)
+* totalnumber:                           Floats.            (line  2530)
+* totalnumber <1>:                       Floats.            (line  2531)
+* trademark symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13615)
+* transcript file:                       Output files.      (line   481)
+* TrueType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   505)
+* TS1 encoding:                          Text symbols.      (line 13417)
+* two-column output:                     \twocolumn.        (line  2032)
+* two-thirds em-dash:                    Text symbols.      (line 13618)
 * twocolumn option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   791)
+                                                            (line   801)
 * twoside option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   791)
-* type styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1692)
-* typed text, simulating:                verbatim.          (line  6102)
-* typeface sizes:                        Font sizes.        (line  1831)
-* typefaces:                             Fonts.             (line  1249)
-* typewriter font:                       Font styles.       (line  1783)
-* typewriter labels in lists:            description.       (line  3586)
+                                                            (line   801)
+* type styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1701)
+* typed text, simulating:                verbatim.          (line  6246)
+* typeface sizes:                        Font sizes.        (line  1840)
+* typefaces:                             Fonts.             (line  1259)
+* typewriter font:                       Font styles.       (line  1792)
+* typewriter labels in lists:            description.       (line  3727)
 * ulem package:                          Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10150)
-* umlaut accent:                         Accents.           (line 13275)
-* underbar:                              Accents.           (line 13303)
+                                                            (line 10473)
+* umlaut accent:                         Accents.           (line 13648)
+* unbreakable space:                     ~.                 (line 11453)
+* underbar:                              Accents.           (line 13676)
 * underlining:                           Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10141)
-* underscore, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13248)
-* Unicode input, native:                 TeX engines.       (line   495)
-* unicode-math package:                  Greek letters.     (line  9964)
-* units, of length:                      Units of length.   (line  8066)
+                                                            (line 10464)
+* underscore, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13621)
+* Unicode:                               inputenc package.  (line 13829)
+* Unicode input, native:                 TeX engines.       (line   505)
+* unicode-math package:                  Greek letters.     (line 10287)
+* units, of length:                      Units of length.   (line  8258)
 * unofficial nature of this manual:      About this document.
-                                                            (line   359)
-* unordered lists:                       itemize.           (line  4069)
-* uplatex:                               TeX engines.       (line   544)
-* uplatex-dev:                           TeX engines.       (line   557)
+                                                            (line   369)
+* unordered lists:                       itemize.           (line  4210)
+* uplatex:                               TeX engines.       (line   554)
+* uplatex-dev:                           TeX engines.       (line   567)
 * uppercase:                             Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12996)
-* url package:                           \verb.             (line  6179)
-* using BibTeX:                          Using BibTeX.      (line  5975)
-* UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding:   Overview.          (line   393)
-* UTF-8, engine support for:             TeX engines.       (line   495)
-* UTF-8, font support for:               fontenc package.   (line  1287)
-* variables, a list of:                  Counters.          (line  7737)
-* vector symbol, math:                   Math accents.      (line 10127)
-* verbatim environment:                  verbatim.          (line  6102)
-* verbatim text:                         verbatim.          (line  6102)
-* verbatim text, inline:                 \verb.             (line  6146)
-* verbatimbox package:                   verbatim.          (line  6138)
-* verse environment:                     verse.             (line  6197)
-* vertical bar, double, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13139)
-* vertical bar, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13136)
-* vertical mode:                         Modes.             (line 10477)
-* vertical space:                        \vspace.           (line 11441)
-* vertical space <1>:                    \addvspace.        (line 11521)
+                                                            (line 13351)
+* url package:                           \verb.             (line  6323)
+* using BibTeX:                          Using BibTeX.      (line  6119)
+* UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding:   Overview.          (line   403)
+* UTF-8, engine support for:             TeX engines.       (line   505)
+* UTF-8, font support for:               fontenc package.   (line  1297)
+* variables, a list of:                  Counters.          (line  7929)
+* vector symbol, math:                   Math accents.      (line 10450)
+* verbatim environment:                  verbatim.          (line  6246)
+* verbatim text:                         verbatim.          (line  6246)
+* verbatim text, inline:                 \verb.             (line  6290)
+* verbatimbox package:                   verbatim.          (line  6282)
+* verse environment:                     verse.             (line  6341)
+* vertical bar, double, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13494)
+* vertical bar, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13491)
+* vertical mode:                         Modes.             (line 10832)
+* vertical space:                        \vspace.           (line 11796)
+* vertical space <1>:                    \addvspace.        (line 11876)
 * vertical space before paragraphs:      \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8391)
+                                                            (line  8714)
 * vertical spacing:                      \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10318)
-* vertical spacing, math mode:           \smash.            (line 10257)
-* visible space:                         \verb.             (line  6171)
-* visible space symbol, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13251)
+                                                            (line 10641)
+* vertical spacing <1>:                  \mathstrut.        (line 10702)
+* vertical spacing, math mode:           \smash.            (line 10580)
+* visible space:                         \verb.             (line  6315)
+* visible space symbol, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13624)
 * weights, of fonts:                     Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1929)
-* whatsit item:                          \write.            (line 14978)
-* white space:                           Spaces.            (line 10776)
-* wide hat accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10130)
-* wide tilde accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10133)
+                                                            (line  1938)
+* whatsit item:                          \write.            (line 15556)
+* white space:                           Spaces.            (line 11131)
+* wide hat accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10453)
+* wide tilde accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10456)
 * widths, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1941)
+                                                            (line  1950)
 * Wright, Joseph:                        Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13039)
-* writing external files:                filecontents.      (line  3895)
-* writing letters:                       Letters.           (line 14440)
-* x-height:                              Units of length.   (line  8098)
-* xdvi command:                          Output files.      (line   453)
-* xdvipdfmx:                             TeX engines.       (line   531)
-* xelatex:                               TeX engines.       (line   530)
-* xelatex-dev:                           TeX engines.       (line   558)
-* XeTeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   531)
-* xindy:                                 makeindex.         (line 14279)
-* xindy program:                         makeindex.         (line 14279)
+                                                            (line 13394)
+* writing external files:                filecontents.      (line  4036)
+* writing letters:                       Letters.           (line 15018)
+* x-height:                              Units of length.   (line  8290)
+* xdvi command:                          Output files.      (line   463)
+* xdvipdfmx:                             TeX engines.       (line   541)
+* xelatex:                               TeX engines.       (line   540)
+* xelatex-dev:                           TeX engines.       (line   568)
+* XeTeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   541)
+* xindy:                                 makeindex.         (line 14857)
+* xindy program:                         makeindex.         (line 14857)
 * xparse package:                        LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   612)
-* xparse package <1>:                    \@ifstar.          (line  7226)
+                                                            (line   622)
+* xparse package <1>:                    \@ifstar.          (line  7370)
+* xr package:                            xr package.        (line  3410)
+* xr-hyper package:                      xr package.        (line  3410)
+* xstring package:                       Jobname.           (line 15992)
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.xml	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/latex2e.xml	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
 <texinfo xml:lang="en">
 <filename file="latex2e.xml"></filename>
 <preamble>\input texinfo
-</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 905 2021-05-15 22:41:07Z karl $ -->
+</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 931 2021-07-05 01:08:22Z karl $ -->
 <!-- comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
 <setfilename file="latex2e.info" spaces=" ">latex2e.info</setfilename>
-<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED April 2021">April 2021</set>
+<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED July 2021">July 2021</set>
 <!-- c $Id: common.texi 729 2018-11-13 23:22:27Z karl $ -->
 <!-- c Public domain. -->
 <set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</set>
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 
 <tex endspaces=" ">
 </tex>
-<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (April 2021)</settitle>
+<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)</settitle>
 <!-- comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
 
 <!-- c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, -->
@@ -38,13 +38,7 @@
 <!-- c xx JH expand theorem, AMS math -->
 <!-- c xx JH something on code listings -->
 <!-- c xx JH ligatures -->
-<!-- c xx JH \xspace -->
-<!-- c xx JH \stretch -->
-<!-- c xx JH \mathstrut -->
-<!-- c xx JH \phantom https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4519/how-do-i-create-an-invisible-character -->
-<!-- c xx JH \baselineskip https://texfaq.org/FAQ-baselinepar -->
-<!-- c xx JH \contentsline, \@@dottedtocline? -->
-<!-- c xx JH \numexpr, \dimexpr, \glueexpr, \muexpr -->
+<!-- c xx JH \caption -->
 <!-- c -->
 <!-- c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel -->
 <!-- c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. -->
@@ -55,7 +49,7 @@
 
 <copying endspaces=" ">
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of April 2021.
+document preparation system, version of July 2021.
 </para>
 <para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -109,9 +103,12 @@
 <tex endspaces=" ">
 </tex>
 
+<html endspaces=" ">
+</html>
+
 <titlepage endspaces=" ">
 <title spaces=" ">&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
-<subtitle spaces=" ">April 2021</subtitle>
+<subtitle spaces=" ">July 2021</subtitle>
 <author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz</urefurl></url></author>
 <page></page>
 <vskip> 0pt plus 1filll</vskip>
@@ -143,7 +140,7 @@
 <top spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</sectiontitle>
 
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-April 2021) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
+July 2021) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
 </para>
 <menu endspaces=" ">
 <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::         ">About this document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bug reporting, etc.
@@ -1501,9 +1498,9 @@
 
 
 <node name="fontenc-package" spaces=" "><nodename>fontenc package</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font styles</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><file>fontenc</file> package</sectiontitle>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>fontenc</code> package</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">Font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">UTF-8, font support for</indexterm></cindex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110">T1</indexterm></cindex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111">OT1</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -1537,7 +1534,6 @@
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Optional: encoding of input file
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
@@ -1617,16 +1613,16 @@
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::              ">\DeclareTextSymbol</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a symbol in the encoding.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::       ">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Fallback for a symbol in the encoding.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::           ">\LastDeclaredEncoding</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Save most recently declared encoding.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Temporarily switch to another encoding.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Temporarily switch to another encoding.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
 
 <node name="_005cDeclareFontEncoding" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareFontEncoding</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">Font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">Encoding, font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">Accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">font encoding, declaring</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">encoding, font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="110" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareFontEncoding</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1672,8 +1668,8 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareTextAccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextAccent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareFontEncoding</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">Font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">Accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="111" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1705,8 +1701,7 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">Font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">Accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="112" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="113" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -1733,8 +1728,8 @@
 definition for that accent then &latex; will use the definition from
 <code>OT1</code>
 </para>
-<para>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (<pxref label="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol"><xrefnodename>\UseTextAccent
-& \UseTextSymbol</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (<pxref label="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"><xrefnodename>\UseTextSymbol
+& \UseTextAccent</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{<var>cmd</var>}
@@ -1749,7 +1744,6 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">Font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="114" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommand</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="116" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommand</indexterm></findex>
@@ -1816,7 +1810,7 @@
 </subsection>
 <node name="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextComposite</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">Font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="117" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommand</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="118" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="119" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommand</indexterm></findex>
@@ -1862,8 +1856,7 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareTextComposite" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextComposite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">Font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">Accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextComposite</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1897,8 +1890,7 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbol</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextComposite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">Font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">Accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1926,8 +1918,7 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareTextSymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextSymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">Font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">Symbol, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">symbol, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1966,8 +1957,7 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">Font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">Accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="124" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="125" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -1989,8 +1979,8 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1}
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (<pxref label="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol"><xrefnodename>\UseTextAccent
-& \UseTextSymbol</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (<pxref label="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"><xrefnodename>\UseTextSymbol
+& \UseTextAccent</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<var>cmd</var>}
@@ -2002,10 +1992,9 @@
 </para>
 
 </subsection>
-<node name="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" spaces=" "><nodename>\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" spaces=" "><nodename>\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">Font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="126" mergedindex="cp">\LastDeclaredEncoding</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -2028,10 +2017,9 @@
 
 
 </subsection>
-<node name="_005cUseTextAccent-_0026-_005cUseTextSymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\UseTextAccent</code> & <code>\UseTextSymbol</code></sectiontitle>
+<node name="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\UseTextSymbol</code> & <code>\UseTextAccent</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">Font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="127" mergedindex="cp">\UseTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="128" mergedindex="cp">\UseTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -2090,16 +2078,16 @@
 <node name="Font-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Font styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font sizes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font styles</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">font styles</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">type styles</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">styles of text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">font styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">type styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">styles of text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The following type style commands are supported by &latex;.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">declaration form of font style commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">declaration form of font style commands</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In the table below the listed commands, the <code>\text...</code>  commands,
-is used with an argument, as in <code>\textit{<var>text</var>}</code>.  This is
-the preferred form.  But shown after it, in parenthesis, is the
+are used with an argument as in <code>\textit{<var>text</var>}</code>.  This is
+the preferred form.  But shown after it in parenthesis is the
 corresponding <dfn>declaration form</dfn>, which is often useful.  This
 form takes no arguments, as in <code>{\itshape <var>text</var>}</code>.  The
 scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command
@@ -2174,7 +2162,7 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">emphasis</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">emphasis</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Although it also changes fonts, the <code>\emph{<var>text</var>}</code> command
 is semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
@@ -2195,39 +2183,39 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">bold font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">bold font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Switch to bold face.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Switch to calligraphic letters for math.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="154" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">italic font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">italic font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Italics.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="155" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">roman font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">roman font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Roman.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="156" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">small caps font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">small caps font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Small caps.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="157" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Sans serif.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="158" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">slanted font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">oblique font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">slanted font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">oblique font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Slanted (oblique).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="159" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">monospace font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">monospace font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -2272,16 +2260,16 @@
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="166" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">math, bold</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">bold math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">math, bold</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">bold math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In addition, the command <code>\mathversion{bold}</code> can be used for
 switching to bold letters and symbols in
 formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="167" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Finally, the command <code>\oldstylenums{<var>numerals</var>}</code> will
 typeset so-called &textldquo;old-style&textrdquo; numerals, which have differing heights
 and depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard &textldquo;lining&textrdquo;
@@ -2297,9 +2285,9 @@
 <node name="Font-sizes" spaces=" "><nodename>Font sizes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Low-level font commands</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Font styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font sizes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">font sizes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">font sizes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The following standard type size commands are supported by &latex;.
 The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font
@@ -2342,7 +2330,7 @@
 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88      </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88      </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">declaration form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">declaration form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The commands are listed here in declaration (not environment) form,
 since that is how they are typically used.  For example.
 </para>
@@ -2358,7 +2346,7 @@
 style command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it
 in curly braces <code>{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">environment form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">environment form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>An <dfn>environment form</dfn> of each of these commands is also defined; for
 instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. However, in practice
 this form can easily lead to unwanted spaces at the beginning and/or
@@ -2377,8 +2365,8 @@
 <node name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Low-level font commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Font sizes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Low-level font commands</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
 packages.  The commands listed here are only a subset of the available
@@ -2402,8 +2390,8 @@
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontfamily">low level font commands fontfamily</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontfamily{<var>family</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="179" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Select the font family.  The web page
 <url><urefurl>https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/</urefurl></url> provides one way to browse
 through many of the fonts easily used with &latex;.  Here are
@@ -2456,7 +2444,7 @@
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontseries">low level font commands fontseries</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontseries{<var>series</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="180" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Select the font series.  A <dfn>series</dfn> combines a <dfn>weight</dfn> and a
 <dfn>width</dfn>.  Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible
 combinations.  Some common combined series values include:
@@ -2474,7 +2462,7 @@
 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Bold extended
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The possible values for weight, individually, are:
 </para>
 <multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Medium (normal) xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
@@ -2498,7 +2486,7 @@
 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Ultra bold
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
  
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The possible values for width, individually, are (the meaning and
 relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces):
 </para>
@@ -2530,7 +2518,7 @@
 </para> 
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontshape{<var>shape</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="181" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontshape">low level font commands fontshape</anchor>
 <para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
 </para>
@@ -2555,7 +2543,7 @@
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontsize">low level font commands fontsize</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontsize{<var>size</var>}{<var>skip</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="182" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">font size</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">font size</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="183" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Set the font size and the line spacing.  The unit of both parameters
 defaults to points (<code>pt</code>).  The line spacing is the nominal
@@ -2563,31 +2551,12 @@
 parameter <code>\baselineskip</code>.  The default <code>\baselineskip</code> for
 the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the <code>\fontsize</code>.
 Changing <code>\baselineskip</code> directly is inadvisable since its value is
-reset every time a size change happens; see <code>\baselinestretch</code>, next.
+reset every time a size change happens; instead use
+<code>\baselinestretch</code>.  (<pxref label="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"><xrefnodename>\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-baselinestretch">low level font commands baselinestretch</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\baselinestretch</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="184" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex>
-<para>&latex; multiplies the line spacing by the value of the
-<code>\baselinestretch</code> parameter; the default factor is 1.  A change
-takes effect when <code>\selectfont</code> (see below) is called.  You can
-make a line skip change happen for the entire document, for instance
-doubling it, by doing <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}</code> in
-the preamble.
-</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">double spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the
-<file>setspace</file> package.  In addition to offering a number of spacing
-options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places
-where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and figure
-captions.  See the package documentation.
-</para>
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-linespread">low level font commands linespread</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="185" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="184" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Equivalent to
 <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code>, and
 therefore must be followed by <code>\selectfont</code> to have any effect.
@@ -2596,7 +2565,7 @@
 </para>
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-selectfont">low level font commands selectfont</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\selectfont</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="186" mergedindex="cp">\selectfont</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="185" mergedindex="cp">\selectfont</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The effects of the font commands described above do not happen until
 <code>\selectfont</code> is called, as in
 <code>\fontfamily{<var>familyname</var>}\selectfont</code>.  It is often useful
@@ -2606,7 +2575,7 @@
 </para>
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-usefont">low level font commands usefont</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\usefont{<var>enc</var>}{<var>family</var>}{<var>series</var>}{<var>shape</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="187" mergedindex="cp">\usefont</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="186" mergedindex="cp">\usefont</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The same as invoking <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>,
 <code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters,
 followed by <code>\selectfont</code>.  For example:
@@ -2623,7 +2592,7 @@
 <node name="Layout" spaces=" "><nodename>Layout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Sectioning</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Fonts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Layout</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">layout commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">layout commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Commands for controlling the general page layout.
 </para>
@@ -2633,6 +2602,7 @@
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::            ">\flushbottom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make all text pages the same height.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::           ">\raggedbottom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Allow text pages of differing height.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::  ">Page layout parameters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"><code>\headheight</code> <code>\footskip</code>.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::           ">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Space between lines.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                  ">Floats</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Figures, tables, etc.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
@@ -2640,8 +2610,8 @@
 <node name="_005conecolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\onecolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\onecolumn</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="188" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175">one-column output</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="187" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">one-column output</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -2659,9 +2629,9 @@
 <node name="_005ctwocolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\twocolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\onecolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\twocolumn</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="189" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177">two-column output</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="188" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">two-column output</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -2682,14 +2652,14 @@
 <para>These parameters control typesetting in two-column output:
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="190" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="189" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnsep">twocolumn columnsep</anchor>
 <para>The distance between columns. The default is 35pt.  Change it with a
 command such as <code>\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</code>. You must change
 it before the two column mode starts; in the preamble is a good
 place.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="191" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="190" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnseprule">twocolumn columnseprule</anchor>
 <para>The width of the rule between columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that
 there is no rule. Otherwise, the rule appears halfway between the two
@@ -2697,7 +2667,7 @@
 <code>\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}</code>, before the two-column
 mode starts.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="192" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="191" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnwidth">twocolumn columnwidth</anchor>
 <para>The width of a single column.  In one-column mode this is equal to
 <code>\textwidth</code>.  In two-column mode by default &latex; sets the
@@ -2714,7 +2684,7 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <beforefirstitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dbltopfraction">twocolumn dbltopfraction</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="193" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="192" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be
 occupied by two-column wide floats.  The default is 0.7, meaning that
 the height of a <code>table*</code> or <code>figure*</code> environment must not
@@ -2739,13 +2709,13 @@
 <para>You can redefine it, as with
 <code>\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="194" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="193" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction">twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction</anchor>
 <para>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction
 that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of blank space.
 &latex;&textrsquo;s default is <code>0.5</code>.  Change it with <code>\renewcommand</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="195" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="194" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dblfloatsep">twocolumn dblfloatsep</anchor>
 <para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance
 between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page.  The default is
@@ -2753,13 +2723,13 @@
 <code>11pt</code>, and <code>14pt plus2pt minus4pt</code> for a document set at
 <code>12pt</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="196" mergedindex="cp">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="195" mergedindex="cp">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep">twocolumn dbltextfloatsep</anchor>
 <para>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or
 bottom of a page and the main text.  The default is <code>20pt plus2pt
 minus4pt</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="197" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="196" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dbltopnumber">twocolumn dbltopnumber</anchor>
 <para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the
 maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page.  The &latex;
@@ -2796,7 +2766,7 @@
 <node name="_005cflushbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\flushbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\flushbottom</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="198" mergedindex="cp">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="197" mergedindex="cp">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same
 height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the
@@ -2821,8 +2791,8 @@
 <node name="_005craggedbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page layout parameters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedbottom</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="199" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="198" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no
 rubber vertical lengths will be stretched.  Thus, in a two-sided
@@ -2834,23 +2804,23 @@
 </para>
 
 </section>
-<node name="Page-layout-parameters" spaces=" "><nodename>Page layout parameters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Floats</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Page-layout-parameters" spaces=" "><nodename>Page layout parameters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page layout parameters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="200" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="201" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="202" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="203" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="204" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="205" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="199" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="200" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="201" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="202" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="203" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="204" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnsep">page layout parameters columnsep</anchor>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnseprule">page layout parameters columnseprule</anchor>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnwidth">page layout parameters columnwidth</anchor>
@@ -2859,15 +2829,15 @@
 <code>twocolumn</code> is in effect (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 <xref label="_005ctwocolumn"><xrefnodename>\twocolumn</xrefnodename></xref>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="206" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="207" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="205" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="206" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-headheight">page layout parameters headheight</anchor>
 <para>Height of the box that contains the running head.  The default in the
 <code>article</code>, <code>report</code>, and <code>book</code> classes is <samp>12pt</samp>,
 at all type sizes.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="208" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="209" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="207" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="208" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-headsep">page layout parameters headsep</anchor>
 <para>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of
 the main text.  The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code>
@@ -2875,8 +2845,8 @@
 document is set at 10pt then it is <samp>0.25in</samp>, and at 11pt or 12pt
 it is <samp>0.275in</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="210" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="211" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="209" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="210" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-footskip">page layout parameters footskip</anchor>
 <para>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of
 the page footer.  The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code>
@@ -2884,8 +2854,8 @@
 the type size is 10pt the default is <samp>0.35in</samp>, while at 11pt it is
 <samp>0.38in</samp>, and at 12pt it is <samp>30pt</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="212" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="213" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="211" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="212" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-linewidth">page layout parameters linewidth</anchor>
 <para>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <code>list</code>
 (<pxref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></pxref>).  That is, the nominal value for <code>\linewidth</code> is to
@@ -2896,12 +2866,12 @@
 <!-- c etc.  For an @code{article} document set in 10pt, the default is -->
 <!-- c @samp{345pt}, while in two-column mode that becomes @samp{229.5pt}. -->
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="214" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="215" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="216" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="217" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="218" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="219" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="213" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="214" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="215" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="216" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="217" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="218" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush">page layout parameters marginparpush</anchor>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginsep">page layout parameters marginsep</anchor>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth">page layout parameters marginparwidth</anchor>
@@ -2929,10 +2899,10 @@
 − \textwidth</code>, while in one-column mode it is 50% of that
 distance.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="220" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="221" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="222" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="223" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="219" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="220" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="221" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="222" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin">page layout parameters oddsidemargin</anchor>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin">page layout parameters evensidemargin</anchor>
 <!-- c xx TODO re-align on French version that is more complete/accurate. -->
@@ -2947,24 +2917,24 @@
 difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>\textwidth</code>, and
 <code>\evensidemargin</code> is the remainder.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="224" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="225" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="223" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="224" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-paperheight">page layout parameters paperheight</anchor>
 <para>The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print area.
 Normally set with a document class option, as in
 <code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class
 options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="226" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="227" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="225" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="226" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-paperwidth">page layout parameters paperwidth</anchor>
 <para>The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print area.
 Normally set with a document class option, as in
 <code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class
 options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="228" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="229" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="227" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="228" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-textheight">page layout parameters textheight</anchor>
 <para>The normal vertical height of the page body.  If the document is set at
 a nominal type size of 10pt then for an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code>
@@ -2973,8 +2943,8 @@
 <samp>38\baselineskip</samp> for all document classes.  At 12pt it is
 <samp>36\baselineskip</samp> for all classes.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="230" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="231" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="229" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="230" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-textwidth">page layout parameters textwidth</anchor>
 <para>The full horizontal width of the entire page body.  For an
 <code>article</code> or <code>report</code> document, the default is <samp>345pt</samp>
@@ -2995,15 +2965,15 @@
 specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of the
 <code>minipage</code> or <code>\parbox</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="232" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm>\hsize</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="233" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="231" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm>\hsize</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-hsize">page layout parameters hsize</anchor>
 <para>This entry is included for completeness: <code>\hsize</code> is the &tex;
 primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines.  It should not
 be used in normal &latex; documents.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="234" mergedindex="cp">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="235" mergedindex="cp">topmargin</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="233" mergedindex="cp">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234" mergedindex="cp">topmargin</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-topmargin">page layout parameters topmargin</anchor>
 <!-- c xxx TODO re-align on French version that is more accurate. -->
 <para>Space between the top of the &tex; page (one inch from the top of the
@@ -3012,8 +2982,8 @@
 \headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip</code>,
 and then divided by two.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="236" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="235" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="236" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-topskip">page layout parameters topskip</anchor>
 <para>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of
 the first line of text.  For the standard classes, the default is the
@@ -3023,7 +2993,123 @@
 
 
 </section>
-<node name="Floats" spaces=" "><nodename>Floats</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Page layout parameters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" spaces=" "><nodename>\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Floats</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page layout parameters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\baselineskip</code> & <code>\baselinestretch</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">space between lines</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">interline space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175">leading</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176">double spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>The <code>\baselineskip</code> is a rubber length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>).  It gives
+the leading, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from
+baseline to baseline.
+</para>
+<para>Ordinarily document authors do not directly change <code>\baselineskip</code>
+while writing.  Instead, it is set by the low level font selection
+command <code>\fontsize</code> (<pxref label="low-level-font-commands-fontsize"><xrefnodename>low level font commands fontsize</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+The <code>\baselineskip</code>&textrsquo;s value is reset every time a font change
+happens and so any direct change to <code>\baselineskip</code> would vanish
+the next time there was a font switch.  For how to influence line
+spacing, see the discussion of <code>\baselinestretch</code> below.
+</para>
+<para>Usually, a font&textrsquo;s size and baseline skip is assigned by the font
+designer.  These numbers are nominal in the sense that if, for instance,
+a font&textrsquo;s style file has the command <code>\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}</code>
+then that does not mean that the characters in the font are 10pt tall;
+for instance, parentheses and accented capitals may be taller.  Nor does
+it mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12pt apart then they risk
+touching.  Rather these numbers are typographic judgements.  (Often, the
+<code>\baselineskip</code> is about twenty percent larger than the font size.)
+</para>
+<!-- c adapted from FAQ -->
+<para>The <code>\baselineskip</code> is not a property of each line but of the
+entire paragraph.  As a result, large text in the middle of a paragraph,
+such as a single <code>{\Huge Q}</code>, will be squashed into its line.
+&tex; will make sure it doesn&textrsquo;t scrape up against the line above but
+won&textrsquo;t change the <code>\baselineskip</code> for that one line to make extra
+room above.  For the fix, use a <code>\strut</code> (<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>The value of <code>\baselineskip</code> that &tex; uses for the paragraph is
+the value in effect at the blank line or command that ends the paragraph
+unit.  So if a document contains this paragraph then its lines will be
+scrunched together, compared to lines in surrounding paragraphs.
+</para>
+<!-- c Adapted from B Beeton's "Lapses in TeX" TB 42:1 p 13. -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Many people see a page break between text and a displayed equation as 
+bad style, so in effect the display is part of the paragraph.
+Because this display is in footnotesize, the entire paragraph has the
+baseline spacing matching that size.
+{\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$}
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240" mergedindex="cp">\lineskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241" mergedindex="cp">\lineskiplimit</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="242" mergedindex="cp">\prevdepth</indexterm></findex>
+<para>The process for making paragraphs is that when a new line is added, if
+the depth of the previous line plus the height of the new line is less
+than <code>\baselineskip</code> then &tex; inserts vertical glue to make up
+the difference.  There are two fine points.  The first is that if the
+lines would be too close together, closer than <code>\lineskiplimit</code>,
+then &tex; instead uses <code>\lineskip</code> as the interline glue.  The
+second is that &tex; doesn&textrsquo;t actually use the depth of the previous
+line.  Instead it uses <code>\prevdepth</code>, which usually contains that
+depth.  But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list)
+or just after a rule, <code>\prevdepth</code> has the value -1000pt and this
+special value tells &tex; not to insert any interline glue at the
+paragraph start.
+</para>
+<para>In the standard classes <code>\lineskiplimit</code> is 0pt and
+<code>\lineskip</code> is 1pt.  By the prior paragraph then, the distance
+between lines can approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than
+zero) then the lines jump to 1pt apart.
+</para>
+<para>Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in double
+space or one-and-a-half space.  The right way to influence the interline
+distance is via <code>\baselinestretch</code>.  It scales
+<code>\baselineskip</code>, and has a default value of 1.0.  It is a command,
+not a length, so change the scale factor as in
+<code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont</code>.
+</para>
+<para>The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire
+document is to put <code>\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</code> in the preamble.
+For double spacing, take <var>factor</var> to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half
+spacing use 1.3.  These number are rough: for instance, since the
+<code>\baselineskip</code> is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by
+1.6 gives a font size to baseline ratio of about 2.  (The
+<code>\linespread</code> command is defined as
+<code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code> so it won&textrsquo;t
+take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at
+the start of a document, so there you don&textrsquo;t need to follow it with
+<code>\selectfont</code>.)
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>A simpler approach is the <file>setspace</file> package.  The basic example:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{setspace}
+\doublespacing  % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing.
+But you can also use these declarations in the document body to change
+the spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is
+<code>\singlespacing</code> to return the spacing to normal.  In the
+document body, a better practice than using the declarations is to use
+environments, such as <code>\begin{doublespace}
+... \end{doublespace}</code>.  The package also has commands to do
+arbitrary spacing: <code>\setstretch{<var>factor</var>}</code> and
+<code>\begin{spacing}{<var>factor</var>} ... \end{spacing}</code>.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="Floats" spaces=" "><nodename>Floats</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Floats</sectiontitle>
 
 <para>Some typographic elements, such as figures and tables, cannot be broken
@@ -3051,8 +3137,8 @@
 event, because all floats in a class must appear in sequential order,
 every following float in that class also appears at the end.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak
 where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its
 <var>placement</var> argument.  The possible values are a sequence of the
@@ -3075,9 +3161,9 @@
 appears.  However, <code>h</code> is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is
 automatically added.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To absolutely force a float to appear &textldquo;here&textrdquo;, you can
 <code>\usepackage{float}</code> and use the <code>H</code> specifier which it
@@ -3085,7 +3171,7 @@
 <url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere</urefurl></url>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">p</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">float page</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184">float page</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>(Page of floats)&textmdash;on a separate <dfn>float page</dfn>, which is a page
 containing no text, only floats.
 </para>
@@ -3113,8 +3199,8 @@
 <code>\afterpage{\clearpage}</code>.  This will wait until the current page
 is finished and then flush all outstanding floats.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; can typeset a float before where it appears in the source
 (although on the same output page) if there is a <code>t</code> specifier in
@@ -3122,7 +3208,7 @@
 the <code>t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed
 at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using
 the <file>flafter</file> package or using the command
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex>
 <code>\suppressfloats[t]</code>, which causes floats for the top position on
 this page to moved to the next page.
 </para>
@@ -3131,27 +3217,27 @@
 <code>\renewcommand{<var>parameter</var>}{<var>decimal between 0 and 1</var>}</code>):
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="244" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-bottomfraction">floats bottomfraction</anchor>
 <para>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats at
 the bottom; default <samp>.3</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="241" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="242" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="246" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-floatpagefraction">floats floatpagefraction</anchor>
 <para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats;
 default <samp>.5</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="244" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="248" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-textfraction">floats textfraction</anchor>
 <para>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too
 much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a
 different page.  The default is <samp>.2</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="245" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="246" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="250" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-topfraction">floats topfraction</anchor>
 <para>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before
 floats; default <samp>.7</samp>.
@@ -3162,21 +3248,21 @@
 expression</var>}</code>):
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="247" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="248" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="252" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="253" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-floatsep">floats floatsep</anchor>
 <para>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default
 <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="249" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="250" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="254" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-intextsep">floats intextsep</anchor>
 <para>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default
 <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp> for 10 point and 11 point documents,
 and <samp>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp> for 12 point documents.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="251" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="252" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="256" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-textfloatsep">floats textfloatsep</anchor>
 <para>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page;
 default <samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>.
@@ -3187,26 +3273,26 @@
 number</var>}</code>):
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="253" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="254" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="258" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-bottomnumber">floats bottomnumber</anchor>
 <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page;
 default 1.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="255" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="256" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="260" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-dbltopnumber">floats dbltopnumber</anchor>
 <para>Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a
 two-column page; default 2.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="257" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="258" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="262" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-topnumber">floats topnumber</anchor>
 <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page;
 default 2.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="259" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="260" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-totalnumber">floats totalnumber</anchor>
 <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3.
 </para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -3226,21 +3312,21 @@
 <node name="Sectioning" spaces=" "><nodename>Sectioning</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cross references</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Layout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Sectioning</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194">part</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">section</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="262" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188">part</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">section</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Structure your text into divisions: parts, chapters, sections, etc.  All
 sectioning commands have the same form, one of:
@@ -3278,7 +3364,7 @@
 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\subparagraph</code>   </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>5  
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>All these commands have a <code>*</code>-form that prints <var>title</var> as usual
 but does not number it and does not make an entry in the table of contents.
 An example of using this is for an appendix in an <code>article</code>.  The
@@ -3308,8 +3394,8 @@
 <code>\section</code> you will have a <code>\chapter</code>.  Otherwise you can get
 something like a subsection numbered <samp>3.0.1</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; lets you change the appearance of the sectional units.  As a
 simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case
@@ -3321,9 +3407,9 @@
 <para>Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning commands.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="sectioning-secnumdepth">sectioning secnumdepth</anchor>
 <anchor name="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</anchor>
 <para>Controls which sectioning unit are numbered.  Setting the counter with
@@ -3337,9 +3423,9 @@
 default <code>secnumdepth</code> is 3 in <file>article</file> class and
  2 in the <file>book</file> and <file>report</file> classes.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="sectioning-tocdepth">sectioning tocdepth</anchor>
 <anchor name="Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</anchor>
 <para>Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of contents.
@@ -3368,9 +3454,9 @@
 <node name="_005cpart" spaces=" "><nodename>\part</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\chapter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\part</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">part</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">part</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3422,15 +3508,15 @@
 the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>, and <ref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></ref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>In the class <code>article</code>, if a paragraph immediately follows the part
 title then it is not indented.  To get an indent you can use the package
 <file>indentfirst</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>One package to change the behavior of <code>\part</code> is <file>titlesec</file>.
 See its documentation on CTAN.
@@ -3440,8 +3526,8 @@
 <node name="_005cchapter" spaces=" "><nodename>\chapter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\section</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\part</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\chapter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3508,8 +3594,8 @@
 the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is 0
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  To get an indent use the package
@@ -3526,8 +3612,8 @@
 \makeatother
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent><para>To make this change because of the primary language for
 the document, see the package <file>babel</file>.
@@ -3537,8 +3623,8 @@
 running headers.  To make that page completely blank,
 see <ref label="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</xrefnodename></ref>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To change the behavior of the <code>\chapter</code> command, you can copy its
 definition from the &latex; format file and make adjustments.  But
@@ -3565,8 +3651,8 @@
 <node name="_005csection" spaces=" "><nodename>\section</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsection</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\chapter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\section</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">section</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213">section</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3634,15 +3720,15 @@
 the table of contents, the level number of a section is 1
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to use the
 package <file>indentfirst</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>In general, to change the behavior of the <code>\section</code> command, there
 are a number of options.  One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command
@@ -3670,8 +3756,8 @@
 <node name="_005csubsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\subsection</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\section</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsection</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3724,15 +3810,15 @@
 the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to use the
 package <file>indentfirst</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the
 <code>\subsection</code> command.  One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command
@@ -3759,12 +3845,12 @@
 
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3830,15 +3916,15 @@
 a paragraph is 4, and of a subparagraph is 5
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to use the
 package <file>indentfirst</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands.
 One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command (<pxref label="_005c_0040startsection"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection</xrefnodename></pxref>).
@@ -3851,9 +3937,9 @@
 
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\appendix</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">appendix</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237">appendices</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230">appendix</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">appendices</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -3885,8 +3971,8 @@
 <samp>Appendix A</samp> and <samp>Appendix B</samp>.  <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref>,
 for another example.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <file>appendix</file> package adds the command
 <code>\appendixpage</code> to put a separate <samp>Appendices</samp> in the document
@@ -3901,17 +3987,17 @@
 <node name="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" spaces=" "><nodename>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\&arobase;startsection</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\appendix</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">front matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">main matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">back matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">end matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235">front matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237">main matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">back matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">end matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one or more of:
 </para>
@@ -3952,8 +4038,8 @@
 <node name="_005c_0040startsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;startsection</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4203,9 +4289,9 @@
 <node name="Cross-references" spaces=" "><nodename>Cross references</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environments</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Cross references</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">cross references</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">cross references</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">label</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">label</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>We often want something like <samp>See Theorem~31</samp>.  But by-hand typing
 the 31 is poor practice.  Instead you should write a <dfn>label</dfn> such as
 <code>\label{eq:GreensThm}</code> and then <dfn>reference</dfn> it, as with
@@ -4229,8 +4315,8 @@
 the information is in <file>calculus.aux</file>.  &latex; puts the
 information in that file every time it runs across a <code>\label</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">forward reference</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">forward reference</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The behavior described in the prior paragraph results in a quirk that
 happens when your document has a <dfn>forward reference</dfn>, a <code>\ref</code>
 that appears before the associated <code>\label</code>.  If this is the first
@@ -4242,8 +4328,8 @@
 and the output contains the old reference information.  In both cases,
 resolve this by compiling the document a second time.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>The <code>cleveref</code> package enhances &latex;&textrsquo;s
 cross referencing features.  You can arrange that if you enter
 <code>\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}</code> then
@@ -4254,13 +4340,14 @@
 <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::      ">\label</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::    ">\pageref</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Refer to a page number.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::        ">\ref</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Refer to a section, figure or similar.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::        ">xr package</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">References from another document.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
 
 <node name="_005clabel" spaces=" "><nodename>\label</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pageref</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\label</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4332,9 +4419,9 @@
 <node name="_005cpageref" spaces=" "><nodename>\pageref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ref</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\label</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pageref</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4364,15 +4451,15 @@
 
 
 </section>
-<node name="_005cref" spaces=" "><nodename>\ref</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pageref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cref" spaces=" "><nodename>\ref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">xr package</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pageref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ref</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4402,21 +4489,97 @@
 \end{enumerate}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <file>cleveref</file> package includes text such as <samp>Theorem</samp> in the
 reference.  See the documentation on CTAN.
 </para>
 
 </section>
+<node name="xr-package" spaces=" "><nodename>xr package</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>xr</code> package</sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp"><code>xr</code> package</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp"><code>xr-hyper</code> package</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp">\externaldocument</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">cross referencing, across documents</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{xr}
+  \externaldocument{<var>document-basename</var>}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>or
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{xr}
+  \externaldocument[<var>reference-prefix</var>]{<var>document-basename</var>}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Make cross references to the external document
+<code><var>document-basename</var>.tex</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Here is an example. If <code>lectures.tex</code> has this in the preamble
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{xr}
+  \externaldocument{exercises}
+  \externaldocument[H-]{hints} 
+  \externaldocument{answers}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>then it can use cross reference labels from the other three documents.
+Suppose that <code>exercises.tex</code> has an enumerated list containing
+this,
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree?
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>and <code>hints.tex</code> has an enumerated list with this,
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>and <code>answers.tex</code> has an enumerated list with this.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there
+  are exactly two vertices.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering
+this in the body of <code>lectures.tex</code> will result in the lectures
+getting the reference numbers used in the other documents.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">See Exercise~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, with Hint~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}.
+The solution is Answer~\ref{ans:EulersThm}.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>The prefix <code>H-</code> for the reference from the hints file is needed
+because the label in the hints file is the same as the label in the
+exercises file.  Without that prefix, both references would get the
+number from the later file.
+</para>
+<para>Note: if the document uses the <code>hyperref</code> package then in place of
+<code>xr</code>, put <code>\usepackage{xr-hyper}</code> before the
+<code>\usepackage{hyperref}</code>.  Also, if any of the multiple documents
+uses <code>hyperref</code> then they all must use it.
+</para>
+
+</section>
 </chapter>
 <node name="Environments" spaces=" "><nodename>Environments</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Line breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Cross references</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environments</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">environments</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior.
 An environment begins with <code>\begin</code> and ends with <code>\end</code>,
@@ -4434,7 +4597,7 @@
 <samp>! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by
 \end{table}.</samp>
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Environments are executed within a group.
 </para>
 <menu endspaces=" ">
@@ -4472,10 +4635,10 @@
 <node name="abstract" spaces=" "><nodename>abstract</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">array</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>abstract</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266">abstracts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">abstracts</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4502,8 +4665,8 @@
 \end{abstract}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267"><r>package</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268"><code>abstract</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262"><r>package</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263"><code>abstract</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for
 a more flexible solution, use the package <file>abstract</file>).
@@ -4535,10 +4698,10 @@
 <node name="array" spaces=" "><nodename>array</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">center</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">abstract</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>array</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4595,13 +4758,13 @@
 text mode.  The second is that, instead of <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s parameter
 <code>\tabcolsep</code>, &latex;&textrsquo;s intercolumn space in an <code>array</code> is
 governed by
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex>
 <code>\arraycolsep</code>, which gives half the width between columns. The
 default for this is <samp>5pt</samp> so that between two columns comes
 10<dmn>pt</dmn> of space.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <file>amsmath</file>
 package.  It comes with environments <code>pmatrix</code> for an array
@@ -4612,8 +4775,8 @@
 <code>Vmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by double vertical
 bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The next example uses the <file>amsmath</file> package.
 </para>
@@ -4628,11 +4791,11 @@
 \end{equation}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274"><r>package</r>, <code>array (package)</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275"><code>array (package)</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269"><r>package</r>, <code>array (package)</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270"><code>array (package)</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are many packages concerning arrays.  The <file>array</file> package has
 many useful extensions, including more column types.  The <file>dcolumn</file>
@@ -4644,10 +4807,10 @@
 <node name="center" spaces=" "><nodename>center</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">description</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">array</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>center</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4662,7 +4825,7 @@
 <para>Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are
 centered within the left and right margins.  Use
 double-backslash, <code>\\</code>, to get a line break (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>).
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
 If some text is too long to fit on a line then &latex; will insert line
 breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any
 interword space.
@@ -4710,8 +4873,8 @@
 <node name="_005ccentering" spaces=" "><nodename>\centering</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">center</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\centering</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -4768,11 +4931,11 @@
 <node name="description" spaces=" "><nodename>description</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">displaymath</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">center</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>description</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4803,14 +4966,14 @@
 <para>The labels <samp>lama</samp> and <samp>llama</samp> are output in boldface, with the
 left edge on the left margin.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>).  Use the
 optional labels, as in <code>\item[Main point]</code>, because there is
 no sensible default.  Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which
 may contain multiple paragraphs.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font
 change given in argument style (see <ref label="Font-styles"><xrefnodename>Font styles</xrefnodename></ref>) then it will come
 out bold.  For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with
@@ -4843,8 +5006,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>displaymath</code></sectiontitle>
 <!-- c http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/40492/what-are-the-differences-between-align-equation-and-displaymath -->
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -4865,21 +5028,21 @@
 </para>
 <para>&latex; will not break the <var>math text</var> across lines.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Note that the <file>amsmath</file> package has significantly more extensive
 displayed equation facilities.  For example, there are a number of
 ways in that package for having math text broken across lines.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp">\[...\] <r>display math</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp">\[...\] <r>display math</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>The construct <code>\[<var>math</var>\]</code> is a synonym for the environment
 <code>\begin{displaymath} <var>math</var> \end{displaymath}</code> but the
 latter is easier to work with in the source; for instance,
 searching for a square bracket may get false positives but the word
 <code>displaymath</code> will likely be unique.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp">$$...$$ <r>plain &tex; display math</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp">$$...$$ <r>plain &tex; display math</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>(Aside: The construct <code>$$<var>math</var>$$</code> from Plain &tex; is
 sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for <code>displaymath</code>.  It is
 not a synonym, and is not officially supported in &latex; at all;
@@ -4904,8 +5067,8 @@
 <node name="document" spaces=" "><nodename>document</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">enumerate</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">displaymath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>document</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
 
 <para>The <code>document</code> environment encloses the entire body of a document.
@@ -4920,8 +5083,8 @@
 <node name="_005cAtBeginDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtBeginDocument</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\AtEndDocument</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4943,8 +5106,8 @@
 <node name="_005cAtEndDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtEndDocument</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\AtBeginDocument</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtEndDocument</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4968,10 +5131,10 @@
 <node name="enumerate" spaces=" "><nodename>enumerate</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">eqnarray</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">document</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>enumerate</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5001,7 +5164,7 @@
 \end{enumerate}
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>).  If you
 give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square
 brackets, as in <code>\item[Interstitial label]</code>, then the next item
@@ -5023,10 +5186,10 @@
 </para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>uppercase letter followed by a period: <samp>A.</samp>, <samp>B.</samp>, &dots;
 </para></listitem></enumerate>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="enumerate-enumi">enumerate enumi</anchor>
 <anchor name="enumerate-enumii">enumerate enumii</anchor>
 <anchor name="enumerate-enumiii">enumerate enumiii</anchor>
@@ -5040,10 +5203,10 @@
 customizing list layout, see <ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>.  The package <file>enumitem</file> is
 useful for customizing lists.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumi">enumerate labelenumi</anchor>
 <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumii">enumerate labelenumii</anchor>
 <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumiii">enumerate labelenumiii</anchor>
@@ -5054,7 +5217,7 @@
 labelled with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing
 period.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}}
 \begin{enumerate}
@@ -5071,15 +5234,15 @@
 <node name="eqnarray" spaces=" "><nodename>eqnarray</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">equation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">enumerate</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>eqnarray</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is obsolete.  It has infelicities,
 including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements.
 (See &textldquo;Avoid eqnarray!&textrdquo;&noeos; by Lars Madsen
@@ -5108,7 +5271,7 @@
 \end{eqnarray*}
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Display a sequence of equations or inequalities.  The left and right
 sides are typeset in display mode, while the middle is typeset in text
 mode.
@@ -5116,18 +5279,18 @@
 <para>It is similar to a three-column <code>array</code> environment, with items
 within a row separated by an ampersand (<code>&</code>), and with rows
 separated by double backslash  <code>\\</code>).
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
 The starred form of line break (<code>\\*</code>) can also be used to separate
 equations, and will disallow a page break there (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The unstarred form <code>eqnarray</code> places an equation number on every
 line (using the <code>equation</code> counter), unless that line contains a
 <code>\nonumber</code> command.  The starred form <code>eqnarray*</code> omits
 equation numbering, while otherwise being the same.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across
 lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of
 zero width.
@@ -5148,11 +5311,11 @@
 <node name="equation" spaces=" "><nodename>equation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">figure</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">eqnarray</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>equation</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5170,8 +5333,8 @@
 <code>\begin{equation}</code>, or &latex; will tell you that there is a
 missing dollar sign.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <file>amsmath</file> package has extensive displayed equation
 facilities.  New documents should include this package.
@@ -5181,11 +5344,11 @@
 <node name="figure" spaces=" "><nodename>figure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">filecontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">equation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>figure</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5231,7 +5394,7 @@
 </para>
 <para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross
 references</xrefnodename></pxref>).
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
 The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption text for the
 figure.  By default it is numbered.  If <var>loftitle</var> is present, it is
 used in the list of figures instead of <var>title</var> (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of
@@ -5256,14 +5419,14 @@
 <node name="filecontents" spaces=" "><nodename>filecontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushleft</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">figure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>filecontents</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">writing external files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297">writing external files</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5296,16 +5459,16 @@
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">force</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">overwrite</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303"><code>force</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304"><code>overwrite</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298"><code>force</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299"><code>overwrite</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Overwrite an existing file.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">noheader</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305"><code>noheader</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300"><code>noheader</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Omit the header. Equivalent to using <code>filecontents*</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">nosearch</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306"><code>nosearch</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301"><code>nosearch</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if
 specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path.
 </para>
@@ -5313,8 +5476,8 @@
 
 <para>These options were added in a 2019 release of &latex;.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">self-contained sources</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308">source files, making self-contained</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">self-contained sources</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303">source files, making self-contained</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it
 often appears before the <code>\documentclass</code> command.  It is
 commonly used to create a <code>.bib</code> or other such data file from the
@@ -5351,11 +5514,11 @@
 <node name="flushleft" spaces=" "><nodename>flushleft</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushright</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">filecontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushleft</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5367,7 +5530,7 @@
 \end{flushleft}
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the
 left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long
 then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and
@@ -5397,10 +5560,10 @@
 <node name="_005craggedright" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedright</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushleft</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedright</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -5447,11 +5610,11 @@
 <node name="flushright" spaces=" "><nodename>flushright</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">itemize</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushleft</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushright</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{flushright}
@@ -5461,7 +5624,7 @@
 \end{flushright}
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp">\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp">\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</indexterm></findex>
 <para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the
 right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long
 to fit the margins then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that
@@ -5481,10 +5644,10 @@
 <node name="_005craggedleft" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedleft</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushright</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedleft</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -5522,14 +5685,14 @@
 <node name="itemize" spaces=" "><nodename>itemize</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">letter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushright</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>itemize</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">lists of items</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">lists of items</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5560,7 +5723,7 @@
 would come out as a bullet, •.  The format of the labeling
 depends on the nesting level; see below.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>).  If you
 give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square
 brackets, as in <code>\item[<var>Optional label</var>]</code>, then by default
@@ -5573,10 +5736,10 @@
 They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such
 as <code>enumerate</code> (<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="itemize-labelitemi">itemize labelitemi</anchor>
 <anchor name="itemize-labelitemii">itemize labelitemii</anchor>
 <anchor name="itemize-labelitemiii">itemize labelitemiii</anchor>
@@ -5601,13 +5764,13 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="itemize-leftmargin">itemize leftmargin</anchor>
 <anchor name="itemize-leftmargini">itemize leftmargini</anchor>
 <anchor name="itemize-leftmarginii">itemize leftmarginii</anchor>
@@ -5624,8 +5787,8 @@
 level 2, <code>1.87em</code> in level 3, and <code>1.7em</code> in level 4, with
 smaller values for more deeply nested levels.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For other major &latex; labeled list environments, see
 <ref label="description"><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></ref> and <ref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></ref>.  The <code>itemize</code>,
@@ -5641,7 +5804,7 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide
 space between items.  Here is an example defining an <code>itemize*</code>
 environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs
@@ -5662,8 +5825,8 @@
 <node name="letter" spaces=" "><nodename>letter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">list</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">itemize</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
 
 <para>This environment is used for creating letters.  <xref label="Letters"><xrefnodename>Letters</xrefnodename></xref>.
@@ -5673,10 +5836,10 @@
 <node name="list" spaces=" "><nodename>list</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">letter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>list</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5739,7 +5902,7 @@
 and the counter is incremented by one each time &latex; encounters an
 <code>\item</code> that does not have an optional argument.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="list-makelabel">list makelabel</anchor> <para>Another command that can go in <var>spacing</var> is
 <code>\makelabel</code>, which constructs the label box.  By default it puts
 the contents flush right.  Its only argument is the label, which it
@@ -5765,12 +5928,12 @@
 For some effects these lengths should be zero or negative.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itemindent">list itemindent</anchor>
 <para>Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond <code>leftmargin</code>, of the
 first line each item.  Its default value is <code>0pt</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itemsep">list itemsep</anchor>
 <para>Vertical space between items, beyond the <code>\parsep</code>.  The defaults
 for the first three levels in &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>,
@@ -5783,13 +5946,13 @@
 minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and
 <code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-labelsep">list labelsep</anchor>
 <para>Horizontal space between the label and text of an item.
 The default for &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>,
 and <samp>report</samp> classes is <code>0.5em</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-labelwidth">list labelwidth</anchor>
 <para>Horizontal width.  The box containing the label is nominally this wide.
 If <code>\makelabel</code> returns text that is wider than this then the first
@@ -5811,7 +5974,7 @@
 label&textrsquo;s left edge coincide with the left margin of the enclosing
 environment.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-leftmargin">list leftmargin</anchor>
 <para>Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing environment
 (or the left margin of the page if this is a top-level list), and the
@@ -5829,14 +5992,14 @@
 <code>2.5em</code> (in two column mode, <code>2em</code>), <code>\leftmarginii</code> is
 <code>2.2em</code>, and <code>\leftmarginiii</code> is <code>1.87em</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-listparindent">list listparindent</anchor>
 <para>Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond
 <code>\leftmargin</code>, for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list
 item.  A negative value makes this an &textldquo;outdent&textrdquo;.  Its default value
 is <code>0pt</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-parsep">list parsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item.
 The defaults for the first three levels in &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>,
 <samp>book</samp>, and <samp>report</samp> classes at 10 point size are: <code>4pt
@@ -5846,7 +6009,7 @@
 size are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2.5pt plus1pt
 minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-partopsep">list partopsep</anchor>
 <para>Vertical space added, beyond <code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>, to the top
 and bottom of the entire environment if the list instance is preceded by
@@ -5862,13 +6025,13 @@
 defaults at 12 point are: <code>3pt plus2pt minus3pt</code>, <code>3pt plus2pt
 minus2pt</code>, and <code>1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-rightmargin">list rightmargin</anchor>
 <para>Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right
 margin of the enclosing environment.  Its default value is <code>0pt</code>.
 It must be non-negative.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-topsep">list topsep</anchor>
 <para>Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in addition
 to <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent & \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The defaults for
@@ -5947,22 +6110,22 @@
 page break.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-beginparpenalty">list beginparpenalty</anchor>
 <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default <code>-51</code>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itempenalty">list itempenalty</anchor>
 <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default <code>-51</code>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-endparpenalty">list endparpenalty</anchor>
 <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default <code>-51</code>).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists.
 </para>
@@ -6094,10 +6257,10 @@
 <node name="math" spaces=" "><nodename>math</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">minipage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">list</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>math</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">inline formulas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">inline formulas</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6107,8 +6270,8 @@
 \end{math}
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">$ <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\(...\) <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp">$ <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp">\(...\) <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>The <code>math</code> environment inserts given <var>math</var> material within
 the running text.  <code>\(...\)</code> and <code>$...$</code> are synonyms.
 <xref label="Math-formulas"><xrefnodename>Math formulas</xrefnodename></xref>.
@@ -6118,10 +6281,10 @@
 <node name="minipage" spaces=" "><nodename>minipage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">picture</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">math</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>minipage</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -6169,8 +6332,9 @@
 <para>There are three optional arguments, <var>position</var>, <var>height</var>, and
 <var>inner-pos</var>.  You need not include all three. For example, get the
 default <var>position</var> and set the <var>height</var> with
-<code>\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm] <var>contents</var> \end{minipage}</code>.
-(Get the natural height with an empty argument, <code>[]</code>.)
+<code>\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth} <var>contents</var>
+\end{minipage}</code>.  (Get the natural height with an empty argument,
+<code>[]</code>.)
 </para>
 <para>The optional argument <var>position</var> governs how the <code>minipage</code>
 vertically aligns with the surrounding material.
@@ -6183,14 +6347,14 @@
 vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp">\vtop <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp">\vtop <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></findex>
 <!-- c xx Is there any reason why the word ``match'' is used instead of word -->
 <!-- c ``align''. Do we mean some more permissive alignment? -->
 <para>Match the top line in the <code>minipage</code> with the baseline of the
 surrounding text (plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vtop</code>).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp">\vbox <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp">\vbox <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Match the bottom line in the <code>minipage</code> with the baseline of the
 surrounding text (plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vbox</code>).
 </para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
@@ -6249,15 +6413,15 @@
 Text after  
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
 <para>By default paragraphs are not indented in a <code>minipage</code>.  Change
 that with a command such as <code>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code> at
 the start of <var>contents</var>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is
 particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables.  A
 <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at
@@ -6290,11 +6454,12 @@
 <para>This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic.  They
 are vertically centered.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">% siunitx to have the S column specifier, which aligns numbers on decimal point
+<pre xml:space="preserve">% siunitx to have the S column specifier,
+% which aligns numbers on their decimal point.
 \usepackage{siunitx}
 \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{&arobase;{}c&arobase;{}}#1\end{tabular}}
   ...
@@ -6305,7 +6470,8 @@
     \begin{tabular}{r|S}
       % \multicolumn to remove vertical bar between column headers
       \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} &
-      % Braces to prevent siunitx to misinterprete point as a decimal separator
+      % braces to prevent siunitx from misinterpreting the
+      % period as a decimal separator
       {Pop. (million)}  \\ \hline
       The Bronx      &1.5  \\
       Brooklyn       &2.6  \\
@@ -6322,11 +6488,11 @@
 <node name="picture" spaces=" "><nodename>picture</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">quotation & quote</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">minipage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>picture</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses: 
 </para><example endspaces=" ">
@@ -6355,7 +6521,7 @@
 </para>
 <para>To start, here&textrsquo;s an example showing the parallelogram law for adding vectors.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
 \begin{picture}(6,6)      % picture box will be 6cm wide by 6cm tall
@@ -6399,7 +6565,7 @@
 picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate
 optional argument.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Each <var>picture command</var> tells &latex; where to put something by
 providing its position.  A <dfn>position</dfn> is a pair such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code>
 giving the x- and y-coordinates.  A <dfn>coordinate</dfn> is a not a length,
@@ -6421,7 +6587,7 @@
 as an argument, as with <code>\put(1,2){...}</code>, it is not enclosed in
 braces since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument.  Also,
 unlike in some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are
-further up the page, ie.&noeos; <math>y = 1</math> is <emph>above</emph> <math>y = 0</math>.
+further up the page, for example, <math>y = 1</math> is <emph>above</emph> <math>y = 0</math>.
 </para>
 <para>There are four ways to put things in a picture: <code>\put</code>,
 <code>\multiput</code>, <code>\qbezier</code>, and <code>\graphpaper</code>.  The most
@@ -6435,7 +6601,7 @@
 <para>places the object with its reference point at coordinates
 <math>(11.3,-0.3)</math>.  The reference points for various objects will be
 described below.
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp">LR box</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp">LR box</indexterm></findex>
 The <code>\put</code> command creates an <dfn>LR box</dfn> (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 Anything that can go in an <code>\mbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) can
 go in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command.  The reference point
@@ -6502,7 +6668,7 @@
 <node name="_005cput" spaces=" "><nodename>\put</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\multiput</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\put</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6529,7 +6695,7 @@
 <node name="_005cmultiput" spaces=" "><nodename>\multiput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\qbezier</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\put</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multiput</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6560,7 +6726,7 @@
 <node name="_005cqbezier" spaces=" "><nodename>\qbezier</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multiput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\qbezier</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6612,7 +6778,7 @@
 <node name="_005cgraphpaper" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphpaper</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\qbezier</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphpaper</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -6620,8 +6786,8 @@
 \graphpaper[<var>spacing</var>](<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)(<var>x_dimen</var>,<var>y_dimen</var>)
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339"><r>package</r>, <code>graphpap</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340"><code>graphpap</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334"><r>package</r>, <code>graphpap</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335"><code>graphpap</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Draw a coordinate grid.  Requires the <file>graphpap</file> package.
 The grid&textrsquo;s origin is <code>(<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)</code>.
@@ -6647,7 +6813,7 @@
 <node name="_005cline" spaces=" "><nodename>\line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linethickness</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\line</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6687,22 +6853,22 @@
 <para>If <var>travel</var> is negative then you get <code>LaTeX Error: Bad \line or
 \vector argument.</code>
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341"><code>pict2e</code> package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336"><code>pict2e</code> package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Standard &latex; can only draw lines with a limited range of slopes
 because these lines are made by putting together line segments from
@@ -6722,7 +6888,7 @@
 <node name="_005clinethickness" spaces=" "><nodename>\linethickness</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinlines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linethickness</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6741,7 +6907,7 @@
 <node name="_005cthinlines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinlines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thicklines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\linethickness</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinlines</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
 in a picture environment to be 0.4<dmn>pt</dmn>.  This is the default
@@ -6753,7 +6919,7 @@
 <node name="_005cthicklines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thicklines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\circle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinlines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thicklines</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
 in a picture environment to be 0.8<dmn>pt</dmn>.  See also
@@ -6765,7 +6931,7 @@
 <node name="_005ccircle" spaces=" "><nodename>\circle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\oval</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thicklines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\circle</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6792,7 +6958,7 @@
 <node name="_005coval" spaces=" "><nodename>\oval</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\shortstack</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\circle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\oval</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6839,7 +7005,7 @@
 <node name="_005cshortstack" spaces=" "><nodename>\shortstack</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vector</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\oval</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\shortstack</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6874,7 +7040,7 @@
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Center objects (default)
 </para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Separate objects into lines with <code>\\</code>.  These stacks are short in
 that, unlike in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment, here the
 rows are not spaced out to be of even heights.  Thus, in
@@ -6893,7 +7059,7 @@
 <node name="_005cvector" spaces=" "><nodename>\vector</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\shortstack</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vector</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6922,7 +7088,7 @@
 <node name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\makebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vector</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6971,7 +7137,7 @@
 <node name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\framebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frame</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7003,8 +7169,8 @@
 <var>text</var>; see <ref label="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\makebox (picture)</xrefnodename></ref> for the values that it can
 take.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The rule has thickness <code>\fboxrule</code> and there is a blank space
 <code>\fboxsep</code> between the frame and the contents of the box.
 </para>
@@ -7018,7 +7184,7 @@
 <node name="_005cframe" spaces=" "><nodename>\frame</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\dashbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frame</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7036,7 +7202,7 @@
 <node name="_005cdashbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\dashbox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frame</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\dashbox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7077,18 +7243,18 @@
 <node name="quotation-_0026-quote" spaces=" "><nodename>quotation & quote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabbing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">picture</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>quotation</code> & <code>quote</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7131,12 +7297,12 @@
 
 <!-- c xx TODO align on the French which is more precise and has more illustrative examples. -->
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7184,14 +7350,14 @@
 the end of line, so that the width of the environment is
 <code>\linewidth</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>tabbing</code> environment contains a sequence of <dfn>tabbed
 rows</dfn>.  The first tabbed row begins immediately after
 <code>\begin{tabbing}</code> and each row ends with <code>\\</code> or
 <code>\kill</code>. The last row may omit the <code>\\</code> and end with just
 <code>\end{tabbing}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">pattern, current tab stops, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">pattern, current tab stops, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>At any point the <code>tabbing</code> environment has a <dfn>current tab stop
 pattern</dfn>, a sequence of <math><var>n</var> > 0</math> tab stops, numbered 0, 1,
 etc.  These create <var>n</var> corresponding columns.  Tab stop 0 is
@@ -7209,37 +7375,37 @@
 They are all fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>End a tabbed line and typeset it.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets a tab stop at the current position.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp">\> <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\> <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp">\> <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\> <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Advances to the next tab stop.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp">\<</indexterm>\<</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp">\<</indexterm>\<</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing
 the margin).  Can only be used at the start of the line.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the
 following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if
 necessary.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the
 following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if
 necessary.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e.,
 everything from the most recent <code>\></code>, <code>\<</code>, <code>\'</code>,
 <code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the previous column and aligned
 to the right, flush against the current column&textrsquo;s tab stop.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab
 stop 0.  However, it can&textrsquo;t move text to the right of the last
 column because there&textrsquo;s no tab stop there.  The <code>\`</code> command moves
@@ -7249,29 +7415,29 @@
 <code>\'</code> command between the <code>\`</code> and the <code>\\</code> or
 <code>\end{tabbing}</code> command that ends the line.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and
 <code>\`</code> do not produce accents as usual (<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).  Instead,
 use the commands <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets tab stops without producing text.  Works just like <code>\\</code> except
 that it throws away the current line instead of producing output for it.
 Any <code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in
 effect.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing
 tab stop positions in the middle of a <code>tabbing</code> environment.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Distance of the text moved by <code>\'</code> to left of current tab stop.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -7303,15 +7469,15 @@
          end;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>This example is just for illustration of the environment.  To actually
@@ -7325,11 +7491,11 @@
 <node name="table" spaces=" "><nodename>table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabular</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabbing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>table</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373">creating tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368">creating tables</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7372,7 +7538,7 @@
 </para>
 <para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross
 references</xrefnodename></pxref>).  
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
 The <code>\caption</code> command is also optional.  It specifies caption text
 <var>title</var> for the table.  By default it is numbered.  If its optional
 <var>lottitle</var> is present then that text is used in the list of tables
@@ -7399,11 +7565,11 @@
 <node name="tabular" spaces=" "><nodename>tabular</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">thebibliography</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tabular</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7441,12 +7607,12 @@
 <para>The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar
 between them.  This is specified in <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s argument
 <code>{l|l}</code>.
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp">& <r>for table cells</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp">& <r>for table cells</r></indexterm></findex>
 Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an
 ampersand, <code>&</code>.  The end of each row is marked with a double
 backslash, <code>\\</code>.  Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double
 backslash, with <code>\hline</code>.
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 After the last row the <code>\\</code> is optional, unless an <code>\hline</code>
 command follows to put a rule below the table.
 </para>
@@ -7524,7 +7690,7 @@
 \end{tabular}
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex>
 <para>An <code>\extracolsep{<var>wd</var>}</code> command in an &arobase;-expression causes an
 extra space of width <var>wd</var> to appear to the left of all subsequent
 columns, until countermanded by another <code>\extracolsep</code>.  Unlike
@@ -7583,25 +7749,25 @@
 <!-- c xx defaults, own node (xref from array)? -->
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arrayrulewidth">tabular arrayrulewidth</anchor>
 <para>A length that is the thickness of the rule created by <code>|</code>,
 <code>\hline</code>, and <code>\vline</code> in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code>
 environments.  The default is <samp>.4pt</samp>. Change it as in
 <code>\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arraystrech">tabular arraystrech</anchor>
 <para>A factor by which the spacing between rows in the <code>tabular</code> and
 <code>array</code> environments is multiplied.  The default is <samp>1</samp>, for
 no scaling.  Change it as <code>\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-doublerulesep">tabular doublerulesep</anchor>
 <para>A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced by the
 <code>||</code> specifier.  The default is <samp>2pt</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-tabcolsep">tabular tabcolsep</anchor>
 <para>A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is
 <samp>6pt</samp>.  Change it with <code>\setlength</code>.
@@ -7623,7 +7789,7 @@
 <node name="_005cmulticolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\multicolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multicolumn</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7723,7 +7889,7 @@
 <node name="_005cvline" spaces=" "><nodename>\vline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multicolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vline</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Draw a vertical line in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment
 extending the full height and depth of an entry&textrsquo;s row.  Can also be
 used in an &arobase;-expression, although its synonym vertical
@@ -7756,7 +7922,7 @@
 <node name="_005ccline" spaces=" "><nodename>\cline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cline</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7786,7 +7952,7 @@
 <node name="_005chline" spaces=" "><nodename>\hline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\cline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hline</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="457" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing <code>tabular</code> or
 <code>array</code> environment.  It&textrsquo;s most commonly used to draw a line at the
@@ -7811,10 +7977,10 @@
 <node name="thebibliography" spaces=" "><nodename>thebibliography</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">theorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabular</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>thebibliography</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="458" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="459" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7859,8 +8025,8 @@
 commands.  The tradition is to use <code>9</code> for bibliographies with less
 than 10 references, <code>99</code> for ones with less than 100, etc.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\bibname</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\refname</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="460" mergedindex="cp">\bibname</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="461" mergedindex="cp">\refname</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as <samp>Bibliography</samp>.
 To change it there are two cases.  In the <file>book</file> and <file>report</file>
 classes, where the top level sectioning is <code>\chapter</code> and the
@@ -7871,8 +8037,8 @@
 as with <code>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</code>, after
 <code>\begin{document}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Language support packages such as <file>babel</file> will automatically
 redefine <code>\refname</code> or <code>\bibname</code> to fit the selected
@@ -7891,7 +8057,7 @@
 <node name="_005cbibitem" spaces=" "><nodename>\bibitem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cite</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bibitem</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="462" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7908,7 +8074,7 @@
 
 <para>Generate an entry labeled by default by a number generated using the
 <code>enumi</code> counter.  The <dfn>citation key</dfn>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">citation key</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">citation key</indexterm></cindex>
 <var>cite_key</var> can be any string of
 letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma).
 </para>
@@ -7947,13 +8113,13 @@
 </para>
 <para>Under the hood, &latex; remembers the <var>cite_key</var> and <var>label</var>
 information because <code>\bibitem</code> writes it to the auxiliary file
-<file><var>jobname</var>.aux</file> (<pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>).  For instance, the above example causes
-<code>\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</code> and
-<code>\bibcite{texbook}{1}</code> to appear in that file.  The <file>.aux</file>
-file is read by the <code>\begin{document}</code> command and then the
-information is available for <code>\cite</code> commands.  This explains why
-you need to run &latex; twice to resolve references: once to write it
-out and once to read it in.
+<file><var>jobname</var>.aux</file> (<pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>).  For instance, the above
+example causes <code>\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</code> and
+<code>\bibcite{texbook}{1}</code> to appear in that file.  The
+<file>.aux</file> file is read by the <code>\begin{document}</code> command and
+then the information is available for <code>\cite</code> commands.  This
+explains why you need to run &latex; twice to resolve references:
+once to write it out and once to read it in.
 </para>
 <para>Because of this two-pass algorithm, when you add a <code>\bibitem</code> or
 change its <var>cite_key</var> you may get <samp>LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may
@@ -7965,7 +8131,7 @@
 <node name="_005ccite" spaces=" "><nodename>\cite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nocite</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bibitem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cite</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="463" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8028,7 +8194,7 @@
 <node name="_005cnocite" spaces=" "><nodename>\nocite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Using BibTeX</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nocite</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="464" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8049,11 +8215,11 @@
 <node name="Using-BibTeX" spaces=" "><nodename>Using BibTeX</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nocite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Using Bib&tex;</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="457" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="458" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="465" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="466" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>As described in <code>thebibliography</code> (<pxref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></pxref>), a
 sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the
@@ -8125,10 +8291,10 @@
 <node name="theorem" spaces=" "><nodename>theorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">titlepage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>theorem</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="459" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="460" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="467" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="468" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8156,11 +8322,11 @@
 \end{thm}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Most new documents use the packages <code>amsthm</code> and <code>amsmath</code>
 from the American Mathematical Society.  Among other things these
@@ -8172,11 +8338,11 @@
 <node name="titlepage" spaces=" "><nodename>titlepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verbatim</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">theorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>titlepage</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="461" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="462" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="469" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="470" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">making a title page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">making a title page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8223,14 +8389,14 @@
 <node name="verbatim" spaces=" "><nodename>verbatim</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verse</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">titlepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verbatim</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="463" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="464" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="471" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="472" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8256,8 +8422,8 @@
 <para>The only restriction on <code>literal-text</code> is that it cannot include
 the string <code>\end{verbatim}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for
 instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>.  This is not the same as
@@ -8269,11 +8435,11 @@
 when the macro was called.  However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can
 help with this.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code.  There are
 packages that are an improvement the <code>verbatim</code> environment.  For
@@ -8281,11 +8447,11 @@
 files, or parts of those files.  Such packages include <code>listings</code>,
 and <code>minted</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is
 <code>fancyvrb</code>.  Another is <code>verbatimbox</code>.
@@ -8300,8 +8466,8 @@
 <node name="_005cverb" spaces=" "><nodename>\verb</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">verbatim</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\verb</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="465" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="473" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8334,7 +8500,7 @@
 other).  The delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. The
 <var>literal-text</var> cannot include a line break.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406">visible space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">visible space</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>*</code>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible
 space character.
 <tex endspaces=" ">
@@ -8347,24 +8513,24 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ...
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package <code>url</code>
 is a better option than the <code>\verb</code> command, since
 it allows line breaks.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For computer code there are many packages with advantages over
 <code>\verb</code>.  One is <file>listings</file>, another is <file>minted</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You cannot use <code>\verb</code> in the argument to a macro, for instance in
 the argument to a <code>\section</code>.  It is not a question of <code>\verb</code>
@@ -8381,10 +8547,10 @@
 <node name="verse" spaces=" "><nodename>verse</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">verbatim</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verse</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="466" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="467" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="474" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="475" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8405,7 +8571,7 @@
 On the fair daughter of rich Capulet.
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="468" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="476" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Separate the lines of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more
 blank lines to separate the stanzas.
 </para>
@@ -8433,8 +8599,8 @@
 <node name="Line-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Line breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Environments</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Line breaking</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416">line breaking</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">line breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The first thing &latex; does when processing ordinary text is to
 translate your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces.  To
@@ -8465,9 +8631,9 @@
 <node name="_005c_005c" spaces=" "><nodename>\\</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\obeycr & \restorecr</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\\</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="469" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="477" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -8549,9 +8715,9 @@
 <node name="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" spaces=" "><nodename>\obeycr & \restorecr</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\\</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="470" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="471" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="478" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="479" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>\obeycr</code> command makes a return in the input file (<samp>^^M</samp>,
 internally) the same as <code>\\</code>, followed by <code>\relax</code>.  So each
@@ -8601,8 +8767,8 @@
 <node name="_005cnewline" spaces=" "><nodename>\newline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\obeycr & \restorecr</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newline</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="472" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="480" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify
 the line, so the prior text is not stretched. That is, in paragraph mode
@@ -8634,8 +8800,8 @@
 <node name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\- (hyphenation)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\discretionary</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="473" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Tell &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at that point.  When you
 insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at
@@ -8676,8 +8842,8 @@
 </section>
 <node name="_005cdiscretionary" spaces=" "><nodename>\discretionary</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8708,9 +8874,9 @@
 <node name="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" spaces=" "><nodename>\fussy & \sloppy</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\discretionary</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fussy</code> & <code>\sloppy</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="474" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="475" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="482" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="483" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Declarations to make &tex; more picky or less picky about line
 breaking.  Declaring <code>\fussy</code> usually avoids too much space between
@@ -8732,8 +8898,8 @@
 <node name="sloppypar" spaces=" "><nodename>sloppypar</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>sloppypar</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="476" mergedindex="cp">sloppypar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="484" mergedindex="cp">sloppypar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8770,8 +8936,8 @@
 <node name="_005chyphenation" spaces=" "><nodename>\hyphenation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hyphenation</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="477" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="485" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8797,10 +8963,10 @@
 <node name="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="478" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="479" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="486" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="487" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -8845,8 +9011,8 @@
 <node name="Page-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Page breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page breaking</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">page breaking</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">page breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Ordinarily &latex; automatically takes care of breaking output into
 pages with its usual aplomb.  But if you are writing commands, or
@@ -8889,11 +9055,11 @@
 <node name="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" spaces=" "><nodename>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newpage</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code> </sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="480" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="489" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8948,9 +9114,9 @@
 <node name="_005cnewpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\newpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newpage</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="482" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="490" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8993,8 +9159,8 @@
 <node name="_005cenlargethispage" spaces=" "><nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enlargethispage</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="483" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9027,10 +9193,10 @@
 <node name="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="484" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="485" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -9086,7 +9252,7 @@
 <node name="Footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Definitions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here.
 </para>
@@ -9120,7 +9286,7 @@
 <node name="_005cfootnote" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnote</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="486" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9144,9 +9310,9 @@
 the footnote.  If you use this then &latex; does not increment the
 <code>footnote</code> counter.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="487" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
 <para>By default, &latex; uses arabic numbers as footnote markers.  Change
 this with something like
 <code>\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}</code>, which
@@ -9157,11 +9323,11 @@
 </para>
 <para>&latex; determines the spacing of footnotes with two parameters.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="489" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnoterule">footnote footnoterule</anchor>
 <para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&textrsquo;s
 footnotes.  Default dimensions in the standard document classes (except
@@ -9177,7 +9343,7 @@
   \kern 2pt}                         % and this 2
 </pre></example>
 
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="490" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnotesep">footnote footnotesep</anchor>
 <para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote
 (<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>).  By default, this is set to the normal strut for
@@ -9196,8 +9362,8 @@
 paragraph mode; <pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).  There are some workarounds; see
 following sections.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">Footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In a <code>minipage</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command uses the
 <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code>footnote</code> counter, so
 they are numbered independently.  They are shown at the bottom of the
@@ -9209,7 +9375,7 @@
 <node name="_005cfootnotemark" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotemark</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotemark</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9262,11 +9428,11 @@
 Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby.
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <file>cleveref</file>.
 </para>
@@ -9280,8 +9446,8 @@
 But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>It will work with the package <file>hyperref</file>.
 </para>
@@ -9290,7 +9456,7 @@
 <node name="_005cfootnotetext" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotetext</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotetext</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9313,8 +9479,8 @@
 <node name="Footnotes-in-section-headings" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in section headings</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in section headings</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in:
 </para>
@@ -9343,7 +9509,7 @@
 <node name="Footnotes-in-a-table" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in a table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes of footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in a table</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code>
 command does not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but
@@ -9424,10 +9590,10 @@
 <node name="Footnotes-of-footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes of footnotes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes of footnotes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of
 footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes.  The package
@@ -9450,7 +9616,7 @@
 <node name="Definitions" spaces=" "><nodename>Definitions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Counters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Definitions</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds.
 </para>
@@ -9467,17 +9633,18 @@
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                       ">\newfont</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new font name.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                       ">\protect</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Using tricky commands.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Discard extra spaces.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                 ">xspace package</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Space after a macro, conditionally.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
 
 <node name="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\providecommand</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9505,9 +9672,9 @@
 <para>Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of
 <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in <ref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></ref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
 multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms, the commands
 are not <code>\long</code>).  With the default form, arguments can be
@@ -9536,7 +9703,7 @@
 (which may be the empty string).  If <var>optargsdefault</var> is not present
 then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>That is, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is used with square brackets, as in
 <code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>optval</var>]{...}...</code>, then within <var>defn</var> the
 parameter <code>#1</code> is set to the value of <var>optval</var>.  On the
@@ -9637,10 +9804,10 @@
 <node name="_005cprovidecommand" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\providecommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\providecommand</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9692,9 +9859,9 @@
 category code of the at-sign to code 12, its default value.
 </para>
 <para>As &tex; reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>catcode</dfn>. For instance, it assigns the backslash
 character <samp><code>\</code></samp> the catcode 0.  Command names
 consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed
@@ -9716,8 +9883,8 @@
 arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter,
 catcode 11.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
 <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>.
@@ -9738,9 +9905,9 @@
 <node name="_005c_0040ifstar" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;ifstar</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;ifstar</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -9808,11 +9975,11 @@
 <code>\agentsecret<w> *</w>{Bond}</code> are equivalent. However, the
 standard practice is not to insert any such spaces.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of
 <code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>.  (1) The <file>suffix</file> package allows the
@@ -9834,8 +10001,8 @@
 <node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9887,11 +10054,11 @@
 <node name="_005cnewlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\newlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newlength</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -9922,8 +10089,8 @@
 <node name="_005cnewsavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\newsavebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newsavebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -9960,11 +10127,11 @@
 <node name="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" spaces=" "><nodename>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9992,7 +10159,7 @@
 <para>Define or redefine the environment <var>env</var>, that is, create the
 construct <code>\begin{<var>env</var>} ... <var>body</var> ... \end{<var>env</var>}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not
 contain multiple paragraphs of text.  However, the body of these
 environments can contain multiple paragraphs.
@@ -10124,12 +10291,12 @@
 <node name="_005cnewtheorem" spaces=" "><nodename>\newtheorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newfont</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newtheorem</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -10259,9 +10426,9 @@
 <node name="_005cnewfont" spaces=" "><nodename>\newfont</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\protect</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newfont</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <!-- c @findex .fd @r{file} -->
 <para>This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with old
@@ -10282,8 +10449,8 @@
 The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a
 backslash, <code>\</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <var>font description</var> consists of a <var>fontname</var> and an optional
 <dfn>at clause</dfn>.  &latex; will look on your system for a file named
 <file><var>fontname</var>.tfm</file>.  The at clause can have the form either
@@ -10307,9 +10474,9 @@
 <node name="_005cprotect" spaces=" "><nodename>\protect</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newfont</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\protect</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>All &latex; commands are either <dfn>fragile</dfn> or <dfn>robust</dfn>.  A
 fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain
@@ -10327,7 +10494,7 @@
 document such as in the table of contents.  Any argument that is
 internally expanded by &latex; without typesetting it directly is
 referred to as a 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>moving argument</dfn>.  A command is fragile if it can
 expand during this process into invalid &tex; code.  Some examples of
 moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption{...}</code>
@@ -10370,13 +10537,13 @@
 
 
 </section>
-<node name="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" spaces=" "><nodename>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\protect</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" spaces=" "><nodename>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">xspace package</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\protect</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10424,10 +10591,9 @@
 <code>\fullname</code> will reproduce that.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter
-\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\&arobase;honorific{#1}} % remember title
-\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\&arobase;honorific~#1}       % put title before name
-\makeatother
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % remember title
+\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1}       % put title before name
+
 \begin{tabular}{|l|}
 \honorific{Mr/Ms}  \fullname{Jones} \\  % no extra space here
 \honorific{ Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones}     % extra space before title
@@ -10436,11 +10602,11 @@
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>To fix this, change to
-<code>\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\&arobase;honorific~#1}</code>.
+<code>\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}</code>.
 </para>
 <para>The <code>\ignorespaces</code> is also often used in a <code>\newenvironment</code>
-at the end of the <var>begin</var> clause, that is, as part of the second
-argument, as in <code>\begin{newenvironment}{<var>env
+at the end of the <var>begin</var> clause, as in
+<code>\begin{newenvironment}{<var>env
 name</var>}{... \ignorespaces}{...}</code>.
 </para>
 <para>To strip spaces off the end of an environment use
@@ -10468,12 +10634,73 @@
 </para>
 
 </section>
+<node name="xspace-package" spaces=" "><nodename>xspace package</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>xspace package</sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{xspace}
+  ...
+\newcommand{...}{...\xspace}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>The <code>\xspace</code> macro, when used at the end of a command, adds a
+space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation characters.
+</para>
+<para>After a command name that uses letters (as opposed to single character
+command names using non-letters such as <code>\$</code>), &tex; gobbles white
+space.  Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has <samp>Vermont</samp>
+placed snugly against the period, without any intervening space.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
+Our college is in \VT .
+The \VT{} summers are nice.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly
+braces or else there would be no space separating <samp>Vermont</samp> from
+<samp>summers</samp>.  (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space
+<code>\ </code> for this.  <xref label="_005c_0028SPACE_0029"><xrefnodename>\(SPACE)</xrefnodename></xref>.)
+</para>
+<para>The <file>xspace</file> package provides <code>\xspace</code>.  It is for writing
+commands which are designed to be used mainly in text.  It inserts a
+space after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
+exceptions.  In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
+Our college is in \VT .
+\VT summers are nice.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>The default exception list contains the characters <code>,.'/?;:!~-)</code>,
+the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above,
+and the commands <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotemark</code>.  Add to that
+list as with <code>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code> and remove
+from that list as with <code>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>.
+</para>
+<!-- c David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 -->
+<para>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code>\xspace</code>.  Putting it in
+a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
+But it isn&textrsquo;t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+<code>\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
+command, and so <code>\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more
+error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+</para>
+
+</section>
 </chapter>
 <node name="Counters" spaces=" "><nodename>Counters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Lengths</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Definitions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Counters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated with
 it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the
@@ -10518,7 +10745,7 @@
 <node name="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usecounter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Print the value of a counter, in a specified style.  For instance, if
 the counter <var>counter</var> has the value 1 then a
@@ -10530,30 +10757,30 @@
 start with a backslash.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print the value of <var>counter</var> in lowercase letters: &textlsquo;a&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;b&textrsquo;,
 &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then
 you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp>
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase letters: &textlsquo;A&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;B&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value
 is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter
 too large.</samp>
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in Arabic numbers such as <samp>5</samp> or <samp>-2</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in lowercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;ii&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the
 counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but
 &latex; does not print anything in the output.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;I&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;II&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the
 counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but
 &latex; does not print anything in the output.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Prints the value of <var>counter</var> using a sequence of nine symbols that
 are traditionally used for labeling footnotes.  The value of
 <var>counter</var> should be between 1 and 9, inclusive.  If the
@@ -10594,9 +10821,9 @@
 <node name="_005cusecounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\usecounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\value</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usecounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10631,8 +10858,8 @@
 <node name="_005cvalue" spaces=" "><nodename>\value</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\usecounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\value</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10675,9 +10902,9 @@
 <node name="_005csetcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\setcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\value</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setcounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">setting counters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">setting counters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10703,12 +10930,13 @@
 <node name="_005caddtocounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtocounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var><spacecmd type="nl"/></pre></example>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtocounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>}
+</pre></example>
 
 <para>Globally increment <var>counter</var> by the amount specified by the
 <var>value</var> argument, which may be negative.
@@ -10726,7 +10954,7 @@
 <node name="_005crefstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\refstepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\refstepcounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10750,7 +10978,7 @@
 <node name="_005cstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\stepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\day & \month & \year</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stepcounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10772,9 +11000,9 @@
 <node name="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" spaces=" "><nodename>\day & \month & \year</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\day</code> & <code>\month</code> & <code>\year</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>&latex; defines the counter <code>\day</code> for the day of the month
 (nominally with value between 1 and 31), <code>\month</code> for the month of
@@ -10801,16 +11029,16 @@
 <node name="Lengths" spaces=" "><nodename>Lengths</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Counters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Lengths</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A <dfn>length</dfn> is a measure of distance.  Many &latex; commands take a
 length as an argument.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Lengths come in two types.  A <dfn>rigid length</dfn> such as <code>10pt</code>
 does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component.  (Plain
 &tex; calls this a <dfn>dimen</dfn>.)  A <dfn>rubber length</dfn> (what plain
@@ -10930,6 +11158,8 @@
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::         ">\settodepth</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set a length to the depth of something.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::        ">\settoheight</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set a length to the height of something.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::         ">\settowidth</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set a length to the width of something.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::            ">\stretch</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add infinite stretchability.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::         ">Expressions</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Compute with lengths and integers.
 <!-- c * Predefined lengths::  Lengths that are, like, predefined. -->
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
@@ -10937,76 +11167,76 @@
 <node name="Units-of-length" spaces=" "><nodename>Units of length</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setlength</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Units of length</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">units, of length</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">units, of length</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&tex; and &latex; know about these units both inside and outside of
 math mode.
 </para>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pt </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">Point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">point</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-pt">units of length pt</anchor>
 <para>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units
 is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = 2.845<dmn>mm</dmn> = .2845<dmn>cm</dmn>. 
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">pica</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">pica</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-pc">units of length pc</anchor>
 <para>Pica, 12 pt
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">in </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">inch</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">inch</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-in">units of length in</anchor>
 <para>Inch,  72.27 pt
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces="  "><itemformat command="code">bp </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">Big point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">big point</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-bp">units of length bp</anchor>
 <para>Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
 PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cm </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">Centimeter</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">centimeter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-cm">units of length cm</anchor>
 <para>Centimeter
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">mm </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">Millimeter</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">millimeter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-mm">units of length mm</anchor>
 <para>Millimeter
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">dd </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">Didot point</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">didot point</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-dd">units of length dd</anchor>
 <para>Didot point, 1.07 pt
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cc </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">Cicero</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">cicero</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-cc">units of length cc</anchor>
 <para>Cicero, 12 dd
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">sp </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">Scaled point</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">scaled point</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-sp">units of length sp</anchor>
 <para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table> 
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">ex</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">em</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">ex</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">em</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</anchor>
 <anchor name="Lengths_002fen">Lengths/en</anchor>
 <anchor name="Lengths_002fex">Lengths/ex</anchor>
@@ -11025,8 +11255,8 @@
 likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition
 given in points.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm></findex>
 <para>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
 <dfn>mu</dfn> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
 math symbols family.  <xref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></xref>.
@@ -11036,8 +11266,8 @@
 <node name="_005csetlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\setlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtolength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Units of length</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setlength</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11074,8 +11304,8 @@
 <node name="_005caddtolength" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtolength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settodepth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtolength</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11114,7 +11344,7 @@
 <node name="_005csettodepth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settodepth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settoheight</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtolength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settodepth</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">\settodepth</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\settodepth</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11146,7 +11376,7 @@
 <node name="_005csettoheight" spaces=" "><nodename>\settoheight</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settowidth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settodepth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settoheight</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">\settoheight</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\settoheight</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11176,10 +11406,10 @@
 </para>
 
 </section>
-<node name="_005csettowidth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settowidth</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\settoheight</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005csettowidth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settowidth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stretch</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settoheight</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settowidth</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">\settowidth</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\settowidth</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11208,12 +11438,169 @@
 </para>
 
 </section>
+<node name="_005cstretch" spaces=" "><nodename>\stretch</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Expressions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settowidth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stretch</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\stretch</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\stretch{<var>number</var>}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Produces a rubber length with zero natural length and <var>number</var> times
+<code>\fill</code> units of stretchability (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The
+<var>number</var> can be positive or negative.  This command is robust
+(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>It works for both vertical and horizontal spacing.  In this horizontal
+example, &latex; produces three tick marks, and the distance between
+the first and second is half again as long as the distance between the
+second and third.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1.5}}%
+  \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}%
+  \rule{0.4pt}{1ex} 
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>In this vertical example, the <samp>We dedicate &dots;</samp> will have three
+times as much space under it as above it.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment{dedication}{% in document preamble
+  \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}% 
+  \vspace*{\stretch{1}} % stretchable space at top 
+  \it
+}{%
+  \vspace{\stretch{3}}  % space at bot is 3x as at top
+  \clearpage
+}
+  ...
+\begin{dedication}  % in document body
+We dedicate this book to our wives.
+\end{dedication}
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</section>
+<node name="Expressions" spaces=" "><nodename>Expressions</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stretch</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Expressions</sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">expressions</indexterm></findex>
+
+<!-- c Much from Joseph Wright's https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/245663/339 -->
+<para>Synopsis, one of:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\numexpr <var>expression</var> 
+\dimexpr <var>expression</var>
+\glueexpr <var>expression</var>
+\muglue <var>expression</var>
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Any place where you may write an integer, or a &tex; dimen, or &tex;
+glue, or muglue, you can instead write an expression to compute that
+type of quantity.
+</para>
+<para>An example is that <code>\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax</code> will
+produce as output the length that is four points less than width of a
+line (the only purpose of <code>\the</code> is to show the result in the
+document).  Analogously, <code>\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax</code> will
+produce <samp>ix</samp>, and <code>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax</code>
+will produce <samp>10.0pt plus 2.0pt</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>A convenience here over doing calculations by allocating registers and
+then using <code>\advance</code>, etc., is that the evaluation of expressions
+does not involve assignments and can therefore be performed in places
+where assignments are not allowed.  The next example computes the width
+of the <code>\parbox</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em}
+\begin{center}
+\parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3}{With malice toward none
+with charity for all with firmness in the right as God gives us to see
+the right let us strive on to finish the work we are in to bind up the
+nation's wounds, to care for him who shall have borne the battle and
+for his widow and his orphan \textasciitilde\ to do all which may
+achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace among ourselves and with
+all nations.  ---Abraham Lincoln, Second Inaugural Address, from the
+memorial}
+\end{center}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>The <var>expression</var> consists of one or more terms of the same type
+(integer, dimension, etc.) that are added or subtracted.  A term that is
+a type of number, dimension, etc., consists of a factor of that type,
+optionally multiplied or divided by factors.  A factor of a type is
+either a quantity of that type or a parenthesized subexpression.  The
+expression produces a result of the given type, so that <code>\numexpr</code>
+produces an integer, <code>\dimexpr</code> produces a dimension, etc.
+</para>
+<para>In the quotation example above, changing to
+<code>\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset</code> gives the error <code>Illegal unit
+of measure (pt inserted)</code>.  This is because for <code>\dimexpr</code> and
+<code>\glueexpr</code>, the input consists of a dimension or glue value
+followed by an optional multiplication factor, and not the other way
+around. Thus <code>\the\dimexpr 1pt*10\relax</code> is valid and produces
+<samp>10.0pt</samp>, but <code>\the\dimexpr 10*1pt\relax</code> gives the
+<code>Illegal unit</code> error.
+</para>
+<para>The expressions absorb tokens and carry out appropriate mathematics up
+to a <code>\relax</code> (which will be absorbed), or up to the first
+non-valid token.  Thus, <code>\the\numexpr2+3px</code> will print
+<samp>5px</samp>, because &latex; reads the <code>\numexpr2+3</code>, which is
+made up of numbers, and then finds the letter <code>p</code>, which cannot
+be part of a number.  It therefore terminates the expression and
+produces the <samp>5</samp>, followed by the regular text <samp>px</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>This termination behavior is useful in comparisons.  In
+<code>\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi</code>, the less than
+sign terminates the expression and the result is <samp>No</samp> (in a
+standard &latex; article).
+</para>
+<para>Expressions may use the operators <code>+</code>, <code>-</code>, <code>*</code> and
+<code>/</code> along with parentheses for subexpressions, <code>(...)</code>.  In
+glue expressions the <code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> parts do not need
+parentheses to be affected by a factor. So <code>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus
+1pt * 2 \relax</code> results in <samp>10pt plus 2pt</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>&tex; will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when
+doing register assignment. Thus <code>\the\numexpr\dimexpr
+1pt\relax\relax</code> will result in <samp>65536</samp>, which is <code>1pt</code>
+converted to scaled points (&tex;&textrsquo;s internal unit) and then coerced
+into an integer.  With a <code>\glueexpr</code> here, the stretch and shrink
+would be dropped.  Going the other way, a <code>\numexpr</code> inside a
+<code>\dimexpr</code> or <code>\glueexpr</code> will need appropriate units, as in
+<code>\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax</code>, which produces
+<samp>3.0pt</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>The details of the arithmetic: each factor is checked to be in the
+allowed range, numbers must be less than <math>2^{31}</math> in absolute
+value, and dimensions or glue components must be less than
+<math>2^{14}</math> points, or <code>mu</code>, or <code>fil</code>, etc.  The
+arithmetic operations are performed individually, except for a scaling
+operation (a multiplication immediately followed by a division) which
+is done as one combined operation with a 64-bit product as
+intermediate value. The result of each operation is again checked to
+be in the allowed range.
+</para>
+<para>Finally, division and scaling take place with rounding (unlike &tex;&textrsquo;s
+<code>\divide</code>, which truncates).  Thus
+<code>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax</code> puts <samp>10.0pt</samp> in the document,
+because it rounds <code>3/2</code> to <code>2</code>, while
+<code>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax</code> produces <samp>5.0pt</samp>.
+</para>
+
+</section>
 </chapter>
 <node name="Making-paragraphs" spaces=" "><nodename>Making paragraphs</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math formulas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Lengths</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Making paragraphs</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To start a paragraph, just type some text.  To end the current
 paragraph, put an empty line.  This is three paragraphs, separated by
@@ -11276,8 +11663,8 @@
 <node name="_005cpar" spaces=" "><nodename>\par</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\indent & \noindent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\par</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts two
 consecutive newlines to a <code>\par</code>):
@@ -11341,10 +11728,10 @@
 <node name="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" spaces=" "><nodename>\indent & \noindent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parindent & \parskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\par</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\indent</code> & <code>\noindent</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11397,8 +11784,8 @@
 you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs,
 <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent & \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Default &latex; styles have the first paragraph after a section that is
 not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English.  To change that,
@@ -11409,11 +11796,11 @@
 <node name="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" spaces=" "><nodename>\parindent & \parskip</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Marginal notes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\indent & \noindent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11455,10 +11842,10 @@
 <node name="Marginal-notes" spaces=" "><nodename>Marginal notes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\parindent & \parskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Marginal notes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -11479,8 +11866,8 @@
 outside margin.  If you are in two-column layout (document option
 <code>twocolumn</code>) then it goes in the nearest margin.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex>
 <para>If you declare <code>\reversemarginpar</code> then &latex; will place
 subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the
 prior paragraph.  Revert that to the default position with
@@ -11497,18 +11884,18 @@
 <para>These parameters affect the formatting of the note:
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparpush">marginal notes marginparpush</anchor>
 <para>Minimum vertical space between notes; default <samp>7pt</samp> for <samp>12pt</samp>
 documents, <samp>5pt</samp> else. See also <ref label="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush"><xrefnodename>page layout parameters
 marginparpush</xrefnodename></ref>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparsep">marginal notes marginparsep</anchor>
 <para>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default
 <samp>11pt</samp> for <samp>10pt</samp> documents, <samp>10pt</samp> else.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparwidth">marginal notes marginparwidth</anchor>
 <para>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided <samp>10pt</samp> document
 is <samp>90pt</samp>, <samp>83pt</samp> for <samp>11pt</samp>, and <samp>68pt</samp> for
@@ -11529,17 +11916,17 @@
 <node name="Math-formulas" spaces=" "><nodename>Math formulas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Modes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math formulas</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">math formulas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">math formulas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
 
 <para>Produce mathematical text by putting &latex; into math mode or display
@@ -11613,7 +12000,7 @@
 \end{displaymath}</code>.  These environments can only be used in paragraph
 mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The two mathematics modes are similar, but there are some differences.
 One involves the placement of subscripts and superscripts; in display
 math mode they are further apart and in inline math mode they are closer
@@ -11642,14 +12029,14 @@
 the <samp>Geometric</samp> line&textrsquo;s fraction will be easy to read, with
 characters the same size as in the rest of the line.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
 packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
@@ -11673,11 +12060,11 @@
 <node name="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" spaces=" "><nodename>Subscripts & superscripts</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math symbols</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Subscripts & superscripts</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554">superscript</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">subscript</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">^ <r>superscript</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">_ <r>subscript</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">exponent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">superscript</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">subscript</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">^ <r>superscript</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">_ <r>subscript</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">exponent</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (in math mode or display math mode), one of:
 </para>
@@ -11748,8 +12135,8 @@
 display math mode, as in <code>the expression x^2</code>, will get you
 the error <samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to
 typeset chemical formulas.  There are packages for that, such as
@@ -11760,12 +12147,12 @@
 <node name="Math-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Math symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math functions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Subscripts & superscripts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math symbols</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">math symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561">greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">math symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that
@@ -11785,184 +12172,184 @@
 <!-- c Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html -->
 
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\parallel</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="573" mergedindex="cp">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2135</U> Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="574" mergedindex="cp">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B1</U> Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="575" mergedindex="cp">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A3F</U> Disjoint union (binary)
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="576" mergedindex="cp">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2220</U> Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than
 sign <code><</code> and angle bracket <code>\langle</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="577" mergedindex="cp">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2248</U> Almost equal to (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2217</U> Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed
 (binary). Synonym: <code>*</code>, which is often a superscript or
 subscript, as in the Kleene star. Similar: <code>\star</code>, which is
 five-pointed, and is sometimes used as a general binary operation, and
 sometimes reserved for cross-correlation.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>224D</U> Asymptotically equivalent (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>\ Backslash (ordinary).  Similar: set minus <code>\setminus</code>, and
 <code>\textbackslash</code> for backslash outside of math mode.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B2</U> Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C2</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar:
 binary intersection <code>\cap</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>26AA</U> Circle, larger (binary).  Similar: function
 composition <code>\circ</code>.
 <!-- c bb Best unicode symbol for this? -->
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="573" mergedindex="cp">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary
 union <code>\cup</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="574" mergedindex="cp">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="585" mergedindex="cp">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A00</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="575" mergedindex="cp">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="586" mergedindex="cp">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A01</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="576" mergedindex="cp">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="587" mergedindex="cp">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A02</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="577" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="588" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25BD</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down
 (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A06</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A04</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus
 (operator).  (Note that the name has only one p.)
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="592" mergedindex="cp">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C1</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="593" mergedindex="cp">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C0</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="594" mergedindex="cp">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A5</U>, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered
 set, or a contradiction (ordinary).  See also <code>\top</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="595" mergedindex="cp">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C8</U> Natural join of two relations (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="585" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25A1</U> Modal operator for necessity; square open box
 (ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
 <!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? -->
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="586" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2022</U> Bullet (binary).  Similar: multiplication
 dot <code>\cdot</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="587" mergedindex="cp">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="598" mergedindex="cp">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2229</U> Intersection of two sets (binary).  Similar: variable-sized
 operator <code>\bigcap</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="588" mergedindex="cp">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="599" mergedindex="cp">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C5</U> Multiplication (binary).  Similar: Bullet
 dot <code>\bullet</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589" mergedindex="cp">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600" mergedindex="cp">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C7</U> Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601" mergedindex="cp">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2218</U> Function composition, ring operator (binary).  Similar:
 variable-sized operator <code>\bigcirc</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602" mergedindex="cp">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2663</U> Club card suit (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="592" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2201</U>, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
 <code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. Also used:
 <code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or <code>$\bar{S}$</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="593" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2245</U> Congruent (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="594" mergedindex="cp">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605" mergedindex="cp">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2210</U> Coproduct (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="595" mergedindex="cp">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606" mergedindex="cp">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222A</U> Union of two sets (binary).  Similar: variable-sized
 operator <code>\bigcup</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607" mergedindex="cp">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2020</U> Dagger relation (binary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608" mergedindex="cp">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A3</U> Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation).  Similar:
 turnstile <code>\vdash</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="598" mergedindex="cp">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609" mergedindex="cp">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2021</U> Double dagger relation (binary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="599" mergedindex="cp">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610" mergedindex="cp">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0394</U> Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600" mergedindex="cp">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611" mergedindex="cp">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B4</U> Greek lowercase delta (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C7</U> Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C4</U> Diamond operator (binary).  Similar: large
 diamond <code>\Diamond</code>, circle bullet <code>\bullet</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603" mergedindex="cp">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614" mergedindex="cp">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2662</U> Diamond card suit (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604" mergedindex="cp">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615" mergedindex="cp">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00F7</U> Division sign (binary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605" mergedindex="cp">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616" mergedindex="cp">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2250</U> Approaches the limit (relation).  Similar: geometrically equal
 to <code>\Doteq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606" mergedindex="cp">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617" mergedindex="cp">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2193</U> Down arrow, converges (relation).  Similar:
 <code>\Downarrow</code> double line down arrow.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607" mergedindex="cp">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618" mergedindex="cp">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D3</U> Double line down arrow (relation).  Similar:
 <code>\downarrow</code> single line down arrow.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608" mergedindex="cp">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619" mergedindex="cp">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2113</U> Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609" mergedindex="cp">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620" mergedindex="cp">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U> Empty set symbol (ordinary).  The variant form is
 <code>\varnothing</code>.
 <!-- c bb Why Unicode has \revemptyset but no \emptyset? -->
 </para>	
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610" mergedindex="cp">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621" mergedindex="cp">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F5</U> Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to
 Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small
 letter epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code> <U>03B5</U>. Related:
@@ -11970,205 +12357,205 @@
 <!-- c src: David Carlisle http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/98018/339 and -->
 <!-- c Unicode referenced there asserts varepsilon is much more widely used. -->
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611" mergedindex="cp">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2261</U> Equivalence (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612" mergedindex="cp">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B7</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613" mergedindex="cp">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624" mergedindex="cp">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2203</U> Existential quantifier (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614" mergedindex="cp">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625" mergedindex="cp">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266D</U> Musical flat (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615" mergedindex="cp">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626" mergedindex="cp">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2200</U> Universal quantifier (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616" mergedindex="cp">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627" mergedindex="cp">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2322</U> Downward curving arc (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617" mergedindex="cp">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628" mergedindex="cp">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0393</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618" mergedindex="cp">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B3</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619" mergedindex="cp">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Greater than or equal to (relation).  This is a synonym
 for <code>\geq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620" mergedindex="cp">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631" mergedindex="cp">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Greater than or equal to (relation).  This is a synonym
 for <code>\ge</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621" mergedindex="cp">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632" mergedindex="cp">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Is assigned the value (relation).
 Synonym: <code>\leftarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633" mergedindex="cp">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226B</U> Much greater than (relation).  Similar: much less
 than <code>\ll</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634" mergedindex="cp">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>210F</U> Planck constant over two pi (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624" mergedindex="cp">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635" mergedindex="cp">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2661</U> Heart card suit (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625" mergedindex="cp">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636" mergedindex="cp">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A9</U> Hooked left arrow (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626" mergedindex="cp">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637" mergedindex="cp">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21AA</U> Hooked right arrow (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627" mergedindex="cp">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> If and only if (relation).  It is <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>
 with a <code>\thickmuskip</code> on either side.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628" mergedindex="cp">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2111</U> Imaginary part (ordinary).  See: real part <code>\Re</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
 accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641" mergedindex="cp">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2208</U> Set element (relation).  See also: lowercase lunate
 epsilon <code>\epsilon</code><U>03F5</U> and small letter script
 epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631" mergedindex="cp">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642" mergedindex="cp">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221E</U> Infinity (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632" mergedindex="cp">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643" mergedindex="cp">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633" mergedindex="cp">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644" mergedindex="cp">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B9</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634" mergedindex="cp">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645" mergedindex="cp">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A1D</U> Condensed bowtie symbol (relation).  Not available in Plain
 &tex;.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
 accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636" mergedindex="cp">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647" mergedindex="cp">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BA</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637" mergedindex="cp">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648" mergedindex="cp">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039B</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649" mergedindex="cp">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BB</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650" mergedindex="cp">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary).  Synonym: <code>\wedge</code>.
 See also logical or <code>\lor</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640" mergedindex="cp">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651" mergedindex="cp">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E8</U> Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening).  Similar:
 less-than <code><</code>. Matches <code>\rangle</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641" mergedindex="cp">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652" mergedindex="cp">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007B</U> Left curly brace
 (opening). Synonym: <code>\{</code>. Matches <code>\rbrace</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642" mergedindex="cp">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653" mergedindex="cp">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005B</U> Left square bracket (opening).
 Synonym: <code>[</code>. Matches <code>\rbrack</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643" mergedindex="cp">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654" mergedindex="cp">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2308</U> Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the bottom
 shaved off (opening). Matches <code>\rceil</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644" mergedindex="cp">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655" mergedindex="cp">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Less than or equal to (relation).  This is a synonym
 for <code>\leq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645" mergedindex="cp">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656" mergedindex="cp">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21DD</U> Squiggly right arrow (relation).
 To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put
 <code>\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</code> in the
 preamble and then use <code>\Leadsto</code> instead.
 <!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? -->
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646" mergedindex="cp">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657" mergedindex="cp">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D0</U> Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation).  Similar:
 single-line left arrow <code>\leftarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647" mergedindex="cp">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658" mergedindex="cp">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Single-line left arrow (relation).
 Synonym: <code>\gets</code>. Similar: double-line left
 arrow <code>\Leftarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BD</U> Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BC</U> Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650" mergedindex="cp">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661" mergedindex="cp">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D4</U> Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation).
 Similar: single-line double headed arrow <code>\leftrightarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651" mergedindex="cp">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662" mergedindex="cp">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2194</U> Single-line double-headed arrow (relation).  Similar:
 double-line double headed arrow <code>\Leftrightarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652" mergedindex="cp">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663" mergedindex="cp">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Less than or equal to (relation).  This is a synonym
 for <code>\le</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653" mergedindex="cp">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664" mergedindex="cp">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230A</U> Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: <code>\floor</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
 <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
 and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226A</U> Much less than (relation).  Similar: much greater
 than <code>\gg</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656" mergedindex="cp">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667" mergedindex="cp">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: <code>\neg</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657" mergedindex="cp">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668" mergedindex="cp">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F5</U> Long single-line left arrow (relation).  Similar: long
 double-line left arrow <code>\Longleftarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658" mergedindex="cp">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669" mergedindex="cp">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation).  Similar: long
 double-line double-headed arrow <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659" mergedindex="cp">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670" mergedindex="cp">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27FC</U> Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar
 (relation).  Similar: shorter version <code>\mapsto</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660" mergedindex="cp">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671" mergedindex="cp">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F6</U> Long single-line right arrow (relation).  Similar: long
 double-line right arrow <code>\Longrightarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661" mergedindex="cp">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or (binary).  Synonym: <code>\vee</code>.
 See also logical and <code>\land</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662" mergedindex="cp">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673" mergedindex="cp">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A6</U> Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar
 (relation).
 Similar: longer version <code>\longmapsto</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663" mergedindex="cp">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674" mergedindex="cp">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2127</U> Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664" mergedindex="cp">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675" mergedindex="cp">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2223</U> Single-line vertical bar (relation).  A typical use of
 <code>\mid</code> is for a set <code>\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}</code>.
 </para>
@@ -12178,42 +12565,42 @@
 ordinals, i.e., footnote symbols.  For absolute value, see the entry
 for <code>\vert</code> and for norm see the entry for <code>\Vert</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665" mergedindex="cp">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676" mergedindex="cp">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A8</U> Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash
 (relation).  Similar: long double dash <code>\vDash</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677" mergedindex="cp">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2213</U> Minus or plus (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667" mergedindex="cp">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678" mergedindex="cp">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BC</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668" mergedindex="cp">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679" mergedindex="cp">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2207</U> Hamilton&textrsquo;s del, or differential, operator (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669" mergedindex="cp">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680" mergedindex="cp">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266E</U> Musical natural notation (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670" mergedindex="cp">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681" mergedindex="cp">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\neq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671" mergedindex="cp">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682" mergedindex="cp">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2197</U> North-east arrow (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683" mergedindex="cp">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Logical negation (ordinary).
 Synonym: <code>\lnot</code>. Sometimes instead used for
 negation: <code>\sim</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673" mergedindex="cp">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684" mergedindex="cp">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\ne</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674" mergedindex="cp">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685" mergedindex="cp">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Reflected membership epsilon; has the member
 (relation). Synonym: <code>\owns</code>. Similar: is a member
 of <code>\in</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675" mergedindex="cp">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686" mergedindex="cp">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><!-- c the "@ "s put in spaces so the not slash doesn't hit the next char. -->
 <para><U>0020</U><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/>Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a
 following operator (relation).
@@ -12222,85 +12609,85 @@
 particularly with the <file>amssymb</file> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
 is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2209</U> Not an element of (relation).  Similar: not subset
 of <code>\nsubseteq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677" mergedindex="cp">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688" mergedindex="cp">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BD</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678" mergedindex="cp">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689" mergedindex="cp">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2196</U> North-west arrow (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679" mergedindex="cp">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690" mergedindex="cp">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2299</U> Dot inside a circle (binary).  Similar: variable-sized
 operator <code>\bigodot</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680" mergedindex="cp">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222E</U> Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle
 (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681" mergedindex="cp">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A9</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682" mergedindex="cp">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693" mergedindex="cp">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C9</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683" mergedindex="cp">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694" mergedindex="cp">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2296</U> Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684" mergedindex="cp">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695" mergedindex="cp">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2295</U> Plus sign inside a circle (binary).  Similar: variable-sized
 operator <code>\bigoplus</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685" mergedindex="cp">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696" mergedindex="cp">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2298</U> Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686" mergedindex="cp">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697" mergedindex="cp">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2297</U> Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary).  Similar:
 variable-sized operator <code>\bigotimes</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687" mergedindex="cp">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698" mergedindex="cp">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Reflected membership epsilon; has the member
 (relation). Synonym: <code>\ni</code>. Similar: is a member
 of <code>\in</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688" mergedindex="cp">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="699" mergedindex="cp">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\|</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689" mergedindex="cp">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="700" mergedindex="cp">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2202</U> Partial differential (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690" mergedindex="cp">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="701" mergedindex="cp">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27C2</U> Perpendicular (relation).  Similar: <code>\bot</code> uses the
 same glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class
 ordinary.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\Phi</indexterm>\Phi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="702" mergedindex="cp">\Phi</indexterm>\Phi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A6</U> Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="703" mergedindex="cp">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D5</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The variant form is
 <code>\varphi</code> <U>03C6</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693" mergedindex="cp">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="704" mergedindex="cp">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A0</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694" mergedindex="cp">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="705" mergedindex="cp">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C0</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The variant form is
 <code>\varpi</code> <U>03D6</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695" mergedindex="cp">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="706" mergedindex="cp">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00B1</U> Plus or minus (binary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696" mergedindex="cp">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707" mergedindex="cp">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227A</U> Precedes (relation). Similar: less than <code><</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697" mergedindex="cp">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708" mergedindex="cp">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AAF</U> Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or
 equals <code>\leq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698" mergedindex="cp">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709" mergedindex="cp">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2032</U> Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary).
 Typically used as a superscript: <code>$f^\prime$</code>; <code>$f^\prime$</code>
 and <code>$f'$</code> produce the same result.  An advantage of the second
@@ -12310,334 +12697,334 @@
 single quote <code>'</code> in text mode produces a different character
 (apostrophe).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="699" mergedindex="cp">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710" mergedindex="cp">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220F</U> Product (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="700" mergedindex="cp">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711" mergedindex="cp">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221D</U> Is proportional to (relation)
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="701" mergedindex="cp">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712" mergedindex="cp">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A8</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="702" mergedindex="cp">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C8</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="703" mergedindex="cp">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714" mergedindex="cp">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E9</U> Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing).
 Similar: greater than <code>></code>. Matches:<code>\langle</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="704" mergedindex="cp">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715" mergedindex="cp">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007D</U> Right curly brace
 (closing). Synonym: <code>\}</code>. Matches <code>\lbrace</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="705" mergedindex="cp">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716" mergedindex="cp">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005D</U> Right square bracket
 (closing). Synonym: <code>]</code>. Matches <code>\lbrack</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="706" mergedindex="cp">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717" mergedindex="cp">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2309</U> Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches <code>\lceil</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707" mergedindex="cp">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718" mergedindex="cp">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>211C</U> Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related:
 double-line, or blackboard bold, R <code>\mathbb{R}</code>; to access
 this, load the <file>amsfonts</file> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
 <code>\upharpoonright</code>.  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29B0</U>, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary).  Related:
 <code>\varnothing</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>stix</file> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710" mergedindex="cp">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721" mergedindex="cp">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230B</U> Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut
 off (closing). Matches <code>\lfloor</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
 load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C1</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The variant form is
 <code>\varrho</code> <U>03F1</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724" mergedindex="cp">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D2</U> Implies, right-pointing double line arrow
 (relation). Similar: right single-line arrow <code>\rightarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714" mergedindex="cp">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725" mergedindex="cp">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Right-pointing single line arrow (relation).
 Synonym: <code>\to</code>. Similar: right double line
 arrow <code>\Rightarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C1</U> Right-pointing harpoon with barb below
 the line (relation). 
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C0</U> Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the
 line (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717" mergedindex="cp">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728" mergedindex="cp">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21CC</U> Right harpoon up above left harpoon down
 (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718" mergedindex="cp">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729" mergedindex="cp">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2198</U> Arrow pointing southeast (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719" mergedindex="cp">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730" mergedindex="cp">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29F5</U> Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash,
 like \ (binary). Similar: backslash <code>\backslash</code> and also
 <code>\textbackslash</code> outside of math mode.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720" mergedindex="cp">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731" mergedindex="cp">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266F</U> Musical sharp (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721" mergedindex="cp">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732" mergedindex="cp">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A3</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722" mergedindex="cp">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733" mergedindex="cp">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C3</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
 <code>\varsigma</code> <U>03C2</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723" mergedindex="cp">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734" mergedindex="cp">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>223C</U> Similar, in a relation (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724" mergedindex="cp">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735" mergedindex="cp">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2243</U> Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725" mergedindex="cp">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736" mergedindex="cp">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a
 display (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726" mergedindex="cp">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737" mergedindex="cp">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2323</U> Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727" mergedindex="cp">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738" mergedindex="cp">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2660</U> Spade card suit (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728" mergedindex="cp">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739" mergedindex="cp">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2293</U> Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar:
 intersection <code>cap</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729" mergedindex="cp">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740" mergedindex="cp">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2294</U> Square union symbol (binary). Similar:
 union <code>cup</code>. Related: variable-sized
 operator <code>\bigsqcup</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228F</U>, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
 subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="742" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2291</U> Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or
 equal to <code>\subseteq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="743" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2290</U>, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
 superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="744" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2292</U> Square superset or equal symbol (binary).
 Similar: superset or equal <code>\supseteq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734" mergedindex="cp">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C6</U> Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary
 operation but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary).
 Similar: the synonyms asterisk <code>*</code> and <code>\ast</code>, which
 are six-pointed, and more often appear as a superscript or subscript,
 as with the Kleene star.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735" mergedindex="cp">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2282</U> Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736" mergedindex="cp">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747" mergedindex="cp">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2286</U> Subset or equal to (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737" mergedindex="cp">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227B</U> Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less
 than <code>></code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738" mergedindex="cp">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AB0</U> Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less
 than or equal to <code>\leq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739" mergedindex="cp">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750" mergedindex="cp">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2211</U> Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital
 sigma <code>\Sigma</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740" mergedindex="cp">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751" mergedindex="cp">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2283</U> Superset (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741" mergedindex="cp">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752" mergedindex="cp">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2287</U> Superset or equal to (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="742" mergedindex="cp">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753" mergedindex="cp">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221A</U> Radical symbol (ordinary).  The &latex; command
 <code>\sqrt{...}</code> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar
 that extends to cover the argument.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="743" mergedindex="cp">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754" mergedindex="cp">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2199</U> Southwest-pointing  arrow (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="744" mergedindex="cp">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755" mergedindex="cp">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C4</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756" mergedindex="cp">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B8</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
 <code>\vartheta</code> <U>03D1</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757" mergedindex="cp">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00D7</U> Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See
 also <code>\cdot</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747" mergedindex="cp">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758" mergedindex="cp">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Right-pointing single line arrow (relation).
 Synonym: <code>\rightarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759" mergedindex="cp">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A4</U> Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set
 (ordinary). See also <code>\bot</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760" mergedindex="cp">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Triangle (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Not-filled triangle pointing left
 (binary). Similar: <code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
 should load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
 is a relation and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B7</U> Not-filled triangle pointing right
 (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
 <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B4</U> Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
 normal subgroup symbol load <file>amssymb</file> and
 use <code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B5</U> Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
 normal subgroup symbol load <file>amssymb</file> and
 use <code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754" mergedindex="cp">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765" mergedindex="cp">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D1</U> Double-line upward-pointing arrow
 (relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing
 arrow <code>\uparrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755" mergedindex="cp">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="766" mergedindex="cp">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2191</U> Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges
 (relation). Similar: double-line up-pointing
 arrow <code>\Uparrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756" mergedindex="cp">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D5</U> Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow
 (relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing
 arrow <code>\updownarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757" mergedindex="cp">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2195</U> Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow
 (relation). Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing
 arrow <code>\Updownarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
 (relation). Synonym: <code>&backslashchar;restriction</code>.
 Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228E</U> Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in
 the middle (binary). Similar: union <code>\cup</code>. Related:
 variable-sized operator <code>\biguplus</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760" mergedindex="cp">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="771" mergedindex="cp">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A5</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761" mergedindex="cp">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="772" mergedindex="cp">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C5</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762" mergedindex="cp">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="773" mergedindex="cp">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B5</U> Small letter script epsilon (ordinary).  This is
 more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form
 <code>\epsilon</code> <U>03F5</U>. Related: set
 membership <code>\in</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="774" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U>, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related:
 <code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="775" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C6</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 The non-variant form is <code>\phi</code> <U>03D5</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765" mergedindex="cp">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="776" mergedindex="cp">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D6</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 The non-variant form is <code>\pi</code> <U>03C0</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="766" mergedindex="cp">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="777" mergedindex="cp">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F1</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 The non-variant form is <code>\rho</code> <U>03C1</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="778" mergedindex="cp">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C2</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter
 (ordinary).  The non-variant form is
 <code>\sigma</code> <U>03C3</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="779" mergedindex="cp">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D1</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter
 (ordinary).  The non-variant form is
 <code>\theta</code> <U>03B8</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="780" mergedindex="cp">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A2</U> Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash
 (relation). Similar: turnstile rotated a
 half-circle <code>\dashv</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="781" mergedindex="cp">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related:
 logical and <code>\wedge</code>. Similar: variable-sized
 operator <code>\bigvee</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="771" mergedindex="cp">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="782" mergedindex="cp">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2016</U> Vertical double bar (ordinary).  <xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>,
 for how to use the <file>mathtools</file> package to create flexibly-sized
 norm symbols.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="772" mergedindex="cp">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="783" mergedindex="cp">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007C</U> Single line vertical bar (ordinary).  For &textldquo;such
 that&textrdquo;, as in the definition of a set, use <code>\mid</code> because it
 is a relation. <xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>, for how to use the <file>mathtools</file>
 package to create flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="773" mergedindex="cp">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="784" mergedindex="cp">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary).  Synonym: <code>\land</code>.  See also
 logical or <code>\vee</code>. Similar: variable-sized
 operator <code>\bigwedge</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="774" mergedindex="cp">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="785" mergedindex="cp">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2118</U> Weierstrass p (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="775" mergedindex="cp">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786" mergedindex="cp">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2240</U> Wreath product (binary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="776" mergedindex="cp">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039E</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="777" mergedindex="cp">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BE</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="778" mergedindex="cp">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B6</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -12646,19 +13033,19 @@
 provides versions to use in mathematical text.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="779" mergedindex="cp">\mathdollar</indexterm>\mathdollar</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\mathdollar</indexterm>\mathdollar</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Dollar sign in math mode: $.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="780" mergedindex="cp">\mathparagraph</indexterm>\mathparagraph</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791" mergedindex="cp">\mathparagraph</indexterm>\mathparagraph</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, <U>00B6</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="781" mergedindex="cp">\mathsection</indexterm>\mathsection</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792" mergedindex="cp">\mathsection</indexterm>\mathsection</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Section sign in math mode <U>00A7</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="782" mergedindex="cp">\mathsterling</indexterm>\mathsterling</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793" mergedindex="cp">\mathsterling</indexterm>\mathsterling</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sterling sign in math mode: £.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="783" mergedindex="cp">\mathunderscore</indexterm>\mathunderscore</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794" mergedindex="cp">\mathunderscore</indexterm>\mathunderscore</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Underscore in math mode: _.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -12677,15 +13064,15 @@
 <node name="Arrows" spaces=" "><nodename>Arrows</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Arrows</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567">arrows</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="784" mergedindex="cp">math, arrows</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">arrows</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">math, arrows</indexterm></findex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the arrows that come with standard &latex;.  The
 <file>latexsym</file> and <file>amsfonts</file> packages contain many more.
@@ -12749,11 +13136,11 @@
 <para>An example of the difference between <code>\to</code> and <code>\mapsto</code>
 is: <code>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including
 <file>tikz-cd</file> and <file>amscd</file>.
@@ -12763,10 +13150,10 @@
 <node name="_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" spaces=" "><nodename>\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Arrows</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\boldmath</code> & <code>\unboldmath</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="785" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="786" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="797" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode):
 </para>
@@ -12781,8 +13168,8 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\unboldmath \( <var>math</var> \)
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="798" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="799" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Declarations to change the letters and symbols in <var>math</var> to be in
 a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular
 (non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display
@@ -12807,8 +13194,8 @@
 Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line
 11</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are many issues with <code>\boldmath</code>.  New documents should use
 the <file>bm</file> package provided by the &latex; Project team.  A complete
@@ -12829,8 +13216,8 @@
 <node name="Blackboard-bold" spaces=" "><nodename>Blackboard bold</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Blackboard bold</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -12865,9 +13252,9 @@
 <node name="Calligraphic" spaces=" "><nodename>Calligraphic</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Delimiters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Calligraphic</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">script fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">script fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -12892,11 +13279,11 @@
 <node name="Delimiters" spaces=" "><nodename>Delimiters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Dots</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Delimiters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586">Delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588">braces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">curly braces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">brackets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">braces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586">curly braces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">brackets</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Delimiters are parentheses, braces, or other characters used to mark
 the start and end of subformulas.  This formula has three sets of
@@ -12947,8 +13334,8 @@
 <para><U>2016</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\|</code> or <code>\Vert</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Double vertical bar
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <file>mathtools</file> package allows you to create commands for paired
 delimiters.  For instance, if you put
@@ -12973,13 +13360,13 @@
 <node name="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" spaces=" "><nodename>\left & \right</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigl & \bigr etc.</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeup></node>
 <subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex>
 
 <!-- c Credit: SE userPhilipp https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/12793 -->
 
@@ -13012,11 +13399,11 @@
 <samp>Extra \right</samp>.  Leaving out the <code>\right)</code> gets <samp>You
 can't use `\eqno' in math mode</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>However, <var>delimiter1</var> and <var>delimiter2</var> need not match.  A common
 case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period,
@@ -13204,8 +13591,8 @@
 \end{equation}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>(many authors would replace <code>\frac</code> with the <code>\tfrac</code> command
@@ -13246,8 +13633,8 @@
 <node name="Dots" spaces=" "><nodename>Dots</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Greek letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Dots, horizontal or vertical</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">ellipses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">dots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">ellipses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602">dots</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Ellipses are the three dots (usually three) indicating that a pattern
 continues.
@@ -13264,18 +13651,18 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <beforefirstitem><anchor name="ellipses-cdots">ellipses cdots</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791" mergedindex="cp">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="802" mergedindex="cp">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line, as
 in <U>22EF</U>.  Used as: <code>\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1}
 \)</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="ellipses-ddots">ellipses ddots</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792" mergedindex="cp">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="803" mergedindex="cp">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Diagonal ellipsis, <U>22F1</U>.  See the above array example for a
 usage.
 </para>
 <anchor name="ellipses-ldots">ellipses ldots</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="804" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Ellipsis on the baseline, <U>2026</U>.  Used as: <code>\(
 x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)</code>.  Another example is the above array example. A
 synonym is <code>\mathellipsis</code>.  A synonym from the <file>amsmath</file>
@@ -13286,14 +13673,14 @@
 mode or LR mode a synonym for <code>\ldots</code> is <code>\dots</code>.)
 </para>
 <anchor name="ellipses-vdots">ellipses vdots</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794" mergedindex="cp">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="805" mergedindex="cp">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Vertical ellipsis, <U>22EE</U>.  See the above array example for a
 usage.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <file>amsmath</file> package has the command <code>\dots</code> to semantically
 mark up ellipses.  This example produces two different-looking outputs
@@ -13325,7 +13712,7 @@
 <node name="Greek-letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Greek letters</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Dots</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Greek letters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they
 differ from Roman upper case letters.
@@ -13382,8 +13769,8 @@
 <para><U>03C9</U>, <U>03A9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\omega</code>, <code>\Omega</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Omega
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For omicron, if you are using &latex;&textrsquo;s default Computer Modern font
 then enter omicron just as <samp>o</samp> or <samp>O</samp>.  If you like having the
@@ -13401,122 +13788,122 @@
 <node name="Math-functions" spaces=" "><nodename>Math functions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math functions</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">math functions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">functions, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608">math functions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">functions, math</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper
 spacing.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="806" mergedindex="cp">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse cosine
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="807" mergedindex="cp">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse sine
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="797" mergedindex="cp">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="808" mergedindex="cp">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse tangent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="798" mergedindex="cp">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="809" mergedindex="cp">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Angle between the real axis and a point in the complex plane
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="799" mergedindex="cp">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="810" mergedindex="cp">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Binary modulo operator, used as in <code>\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)</code>
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="811" mergedindex="cp">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Cosine
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic cosine
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="802" mergedindex="cp">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Cotangent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="803" mergedindex="cp">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic cotangent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="804" mergedindex="cp">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Cosecant
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="805" mergedindex="cp">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Degrees
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="806" mergedindex="cp">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Determinant
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="807" mergedindex="cp">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Dimension
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="808" mergedindex="cp">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Exponential
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="809" mergedindex="cp">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Greatest common divisor
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="810" mergedindex="cp">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Homomorphism
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="811" mergedindex="cp">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Infinum
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Kernel
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Base 2 logarithm
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit inferior
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit superior
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Natural logarithm
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Logarithm
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="830" mergedindex="cp">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Maximum
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="831" mergedindex="cp">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Minimum
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Parenthesized modulus, as used in <code>\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</code>
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="833" mergedindex="cp">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Probability
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="834" mergedindex="cp">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Secant
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="835" mergedindex="cp">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sine
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="836" mergedindex="cp">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic sine
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>sup
 <!-- c don't try to use \sup with dvi/pdf output since that turned into a -->
 <!-- c Texinfo command and it's not worth hassling with different versions -->
 <!-- c when it's just three roman letters anyway. -->
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="838" mergedindex="cp">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Tangent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic tangent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <file>amsmath</file> package adds improvements on some of these, and also
 allows you to define your own.  The full documentation is on CTAN, but
@@ -13531,68 +13918,68 @@
 <node name="Math-accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Math accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math functions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math accents</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">math accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">math accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters
 in math.  These are different from accents in normal text
 (<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="840" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math acute accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="830" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math bar-over accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="831" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math breve accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check) accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="833" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math dieresis accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="834" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math dot accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="835" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math grave accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="836" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math hat (circumflex) accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math ring accent  <!-- c don't bother implementing in texinfo -->
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="838" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math tilde accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="850" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math vector symbol
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="840" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="851" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math wide hat accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="852" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math wide tilde accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -13605,35 +13992,35 @@
 <node name="Over_002d-and-Underlining" spaces=" "><nodename>Over- and Underlining</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Over- and Underlining</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">overlining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635">underlining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">overlining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">underlining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides commands for making overlines or underlines, or
 putting braces over or under some material.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <beforefirstitem>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">\underline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\underline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="853" mergedindex="cp">\underline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\underline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Underline <var>text</var>.  Works inside math mode, and outside.
 The line is always completely below the text, taking account of
 descenders, so in <code>\(\underline{y}\)</code> the line is lower than in
 <code>\(\underline{x}\)</code>.  This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Note that the package <file>ulem</file> does text mode underlining and allows
 line breaking as well as a number of other features.  See the
 documentation on CTAN.  See also <ref label="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"><xrefnodename>\hrulefill & \dotfill</xrefnodename></ref> for
 producing a line, for such things as a signature.
 </para>        
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\overline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="854" mergedindex="cp">\overline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a horizontal line over <var>text</var>.  Works inside math mode, and
 outside.  For example, <code>\overline{x+y}</code>.
 Note that this differs from the command <code>\bar</code> (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
 accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="855" mergedindex="cp">\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a brace under <var>math</var>. For example, this
 <code>(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)</code> emphasizes the telescoping part.
 Attach text to the brace by using subscript, <code>_</code>, or superscript,
@@ -13649,15 +14036,15 @@
 <para>The superscript appears on top of the expression, and so can look
 unconnected to the underbrace.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="856" mergedindex="cp">\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a brace over <var>math</var>, as with
 <code>\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}</code>.  See also
 <code>\underbrace</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <file>mathtools</file> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as
 some improvements on the braces.  See the documentation on CTAN.
@@ -13667,8 +14054,8 @@
 <node name="Spacing-in-math-mode" spaces=" "><nodename>Spacing in math mode</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spacing in math mode</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>When typesetting mathematics, &latex; puts in spacing according to the
 normal rules for mathematics texts.  If you enter <code>y=m x</code> then
@@ -13692,39 +14079,39 @@
 </para>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="857" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace">spacing in math mode thickspace</anchor>
 <para>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>.  Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>.
 With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be
 used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\negthickspace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\negthickspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">\negthickspace</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Normally <code>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>.
 With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be
 used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\:</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\:</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="850" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="851" mergedindex="cp">\medspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\:</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\medspace</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace">spacing in math mode medspace</anchor>
 <para>Synonym: <code>\medspace</code>.  Normally <code>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>.
 With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be
 used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\negmedspace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="852" mergedindex="cp">\negmedspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\negmedspace</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Normally <code>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>.
 With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be
 used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\,</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="853" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="854" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="864" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="865" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</anchor>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace">spacing in math mode thinspace</anchor>
 <para>Synonym: <code>\thinspace</code>.  Normally <code>3mu</code>, which is 1/6<dmn>em</dmn>.
@@ -13743,9 +14130,9 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\!</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="855" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="856" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace">spacing in math mode negthinspace</anchor>
 <para>A negative thin space. Normally <code>-3mu</code>.
 With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be
@@ -13754,8 +14141,8 @@
 command has always worked in text mode (<pxref label="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace & \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\quad</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">quad</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="857" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">quad</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-quad">spacing in math mode quad</anchor>
 <para>This is 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, that is, 1<dmn>em</dmn>. This is often used for space
 surrounding equations or expressions, for instance for the space between
@@ -13763,7 +14150,7 @@
 in both text and math mode.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\qquad</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-qquad">spacing in math mode qquad</anchor>
 <para>A length of 2 quads, that is, 36<dmn>mu</dmn> = 2<dmn>em</dmn>.  It is available in
 both text and math mode.
@@ -13772,14 +14159,15 @@
 <menu endspaces=" ">
 <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                           ">\smash</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Eliminate height or depth of a subformula.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make empty box same size as argument.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                       ">\mathstrut</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add some vertical space to a formula.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
 
 <node name="_005csmash" spaces=" "><nodename>\smash</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\smash</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13846,23 +14234,23 @@
 \leavevmode\smash{zzz}  % usual paragraph indent
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer
 control over smashing a subformula box.
 </para>
 
 </subsection>
-<node name="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" spaces=" "><nodename>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\smash</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" spaces=" "><nodename>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\mathstrut</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\smash</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13884,29 +14272,39 @@
 
 <para>The <code>\phantom</code> command creates a box with the same height, depth,
 and width as <var>subformula</var>, but empty.  That is, this command causes
-&latex; to typeset the box but not its ink.  The <code>\vphantom</code>
-variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as
-<var>subformula</var>, but it has width zero.  And <code>\hphantom</code> makes a
-box with the same width as <var>subformula</var> but with height and depth
-zero.
+&latex; to typeset the space but not fill it with the material.  Here
+&latex; will put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty.
 </para>
-<para>Without the <code>\vphantom</code> in this example, the top bars of the two
-square roots would be at different heights.
-</para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \)
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\fbox{\phantom{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals.
+               --- Mark Twain}}
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>The <code>\vphantom{a^3}</code> causes the first <code>\sqrt</code> to have inside
-it a box of the same height as the second <code>\sqrt</code>, so &latex;
-makes the bars align.
+<para>The <code>\vphantom</code> variant produces an invisible box with the same
+vertical size as <var>subformula</var>, the same height and depth, but having
+zero width.  And <code>\hphantom</code> makes a box with the same width as
+<var>subformula</var> but with zero height and depth.
 </para>
-<para>These commands often are combined with <code>\smash</code>.  <xref label="_005csmash"><xrefnodename>\smash</xrefnodename></xref>,
-for another example of the use of <code>\vphantom</code>.
+<para>In this example, the tower of exponents in the second summand expression
+is so tall that &tex; places this expression further down than its
+default.  Without adjustment, the two summand expressions would be at
+different levels.  The <code>\vphantom</code> in the first expression tells
+&tex; to leave as much vertical room as it does for the tower, so the
+two expressions come out at the same level.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{displaymath}
+    \sum_{j\in\{0,\ldots\, 10\}\vphantom{3^{3^{3^j}}}}
+      \sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j
+\end{displaymath}
+</pre></example>
 
+<para>These commands are often used in conjunction with <code>\smash</code>.
+<xref label="_005csmash"><xrefnodename>\smash</xrefnodename></xref>, which includes another example of <code>\vphantom</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
 <para>The three phantom commands appear often but note that &latex; provides
 a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
 convenient, including <code>\makebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) as well
@@ -13915,8 +14313,8 @@
 In addition, the <file>mathtools</file> package has many commands that offer
 fine-grained control over spacing.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
 mathematics status.  So to do something like attaching a superscript you
@@ -13930,11 +14328,44 @@
 </para>
 
 </subsection>
+<node name="_005cmathstrut" spaces=" "><nodename>\mathstrut</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mathstrut</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp"><code>\mathstrut</code></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\mathstrut
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>The analogue of <code>\strut</code> for mathematics.  <xref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+<para>The input <code>$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$</code> gives output where the
+second radical is taller than the first.  To add extra vertical space
+without any horizontal space, so that the two have the same height, use
+<code>$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$</code>.
+</para>
+<para>The <code>\mathstrut</code> command adds the vertical height of an open
+parenthesis, <code>(</code>, but no horizontal space.  It is defined as
+<code>\vphantom{(}</code>, so see <ref label="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"><xrefnodename>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</xrefnodename></ref> for
+more.  An advantage over <code>\strut</code> is that <code>\mathstrut</code> adds no
+depth, which is often the right thing for formulas.  Using the height of
+an open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the
+amount of space, use <code>\rule</code> with a width of zero.  <xref label="_005crule"><xrefnodename>\rule</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
 </section>
 <node name="Math-miscellany" spaces=" "><nodename>Math miscellany</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math miscellany</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities.  Here are
 some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories.
@@ -13951,9 +14382,9 @@
 <node name="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces="  ">Colon character & \colon</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\*</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">: <r>for math</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">: <r>for math</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -13968,16 +14399,16 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right.
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>Ordinary &latex; defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character
 with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation
 <code>\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>But the widely-used <file>amsmath</file> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use
 in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>.  So if you want
@@ -13988,11 +14419,11 @@
 <node name="_005c_002a" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\*</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frac</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colon character & \colon</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\*</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14015,8 +14446,8 @@
 <node name="_005cfrac" spaces=" "><nodename>\frac</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sqrt</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\*</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frac</code> </sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14034,10 +14465,10 @@
 <node name="_005csqrt" spaces=" "><nodename>\sqrt</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stackrel</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frac</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sqrt</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">square root</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">roots</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">radical</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">square root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">roots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">radical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -14060,9 +14491,9 @@
 <node name="_005cstackrel" spaces=" "><nodename>\stackrel</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sqrt</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stackrel</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="864" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -14080,7 +14511,7 @@
 <node name="Modes" spaces=" "><nodename>Modes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Modes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675">modes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">modes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>As &latex; processes your document, at any point it is in one of six
 modes.  They fall into three categories of two each, the horizontal
@@ -14091,13 +14522,13 @@
 <itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend>•</itemprepend>
 <listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
 <anchor name="modes-paragraph-mode">modes paragraph mode</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><dfn>Paragraph mode</dfn> is what &latex; is in when processing ordinary
 text.  It breaks the input text into lines and breaks the lines into
 pages.  This is the mode &latex; is in most of the time.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-lr-mode">modes lr mode</anchor>
 <para><dfn>LR mode</dfn> (for left-to-right mode; in plain &tex; this is called
 <dfn>restricted horizontal mode</dfn>) is in effect when &latex; starts
@@ -14110,24 +14541,24 @@
 box won&textrsquo;t fit there.)
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-math-mode">modes math mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating
 an inline mathematical formula.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><dfn>Display math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating a displayed
 mathematical formula.  (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from inline
 ones.  One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code>\int</code>
 differs in the two situations.)
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-vertical-mode">modes vertical mode</anchor>
 <para><dfn>Vertical mode</dfn> is when &latex; is building the list of lines and
 other material making the output page.  This is the mode &latex; is in
 when it starts a document.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-internal-vertical-mode">modes internal vertical mode</anchor>
 <para><dfn>Internal vertical mode</dfn> is in effect when &latex; starts making a
 <code>\vbox</code>.  This is the vertical analogue of LR mode.
@@ -14142,8 +14573,8 @@
 changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops
 back to paragraph mode.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode">modes inner paragraph mode</anchor>
 <anchor name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode">modes outer paragraph mode</anchor>
 <para>Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command
@@ -14193,8 +14624,8 @@
 <node name="Page-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Page styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spaces</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page styles</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The style of a page determines where &latex; places the components of
 that page, such as headers and footers, and the text body.  This
@@ -14202,8 +14633,8 @@
 special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or
 the first page of an article.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <file>fancyhdr</file> is very helpful for constructing page
 styles.  See its documentation on CTAN.
@@ -14219,8 +14650,8 @@
 <node name="_005cmaketitle" spaces=" "><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\maketitle</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="865" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14263,10 +14694,10 @@
 <code>\maketitle</code>, either in the preamble or in the document body.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</indexterm>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</indexterm>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="879" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Required.  Declare the document author or authors.  The argument is a
 list of authors separated by <code>\and</code> commands.  To separate lines
 within a single author&textrsquo;s entry, for instance to give the author&textrsquo;s
@@ -14274,25 +14705,25 @@
 the <code>\author</code> declaration then you get <samp>LaTeX Warning: No
 \author given</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Optional.  Declare <var>text</var> to be the document&textrsquo;s date.  The <var>text</var>
 doesn&textrsquo;t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all.  If you
 omit <code>\date</code> then &latex; uses the current date (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 To have no date, instead use <code>\date{}</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author information
 for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
 the title, or any place a footnote makes sense.  It can be any text at
 all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
 address.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Required.  Declare <var>text</var> to be the title of the document.  Get line
 breaks inside <var>text</var> with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>.  If you
 omit the <code>\title</code> declaration then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: No
@@ -14311,8 +14742,8 @@
 <node name="_005cpagenumbering" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagenumbering</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\maketitle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagenumbering</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="885" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14358,8 +14789,8 @@
 get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">gobble</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>&latex; does not output a page number, although it
 does get reset.  References to that page also are blank.  (This does not
 work with the popular package <file>hyperref</file> so to have the page number
@@ -14383,10 +14814,10 @@
 <node name="_005cpagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagestyle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thispagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">header style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="886" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">header style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14397,8 +14828,8 @@
 <para>Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are typeset,
 from the current page onwards.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A discussion with an example is below.  Note first that the package
 <file>fancyhdr</file> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and
@@ -14471,7 +14902,7 @@
 <para>Here are the descriptions of <code>\markboth</code> and <code>\markright</code>:
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</indexterm>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="887" mergedindex="cp">\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</indexterm>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets both the right hand and left hand heading information for either a
 page style of <code>headings</code> or <code>myheadings</code>.  A left hand page
 heading <var>left-head</var> is generated by the last <code>\markboth</code>
@@ -14480,7 +14911,7 @@
 <code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by
 the last one that came before that page.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\markright{<var>right</var>}</indexterm>\markright{<var>right</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="888" mergedindex="cp">\markright{<var>right</var>}</indexterm>\markright{<var>right</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets the right hand page heading, leaving the left unchanged.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -14490,8 +14921,8 @@
 <node name="_005cthispagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\thispagestyle</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="889" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14531,8 +14962,8 @@
 <node name="Spaces" spaces=" "><nodename>Spaces</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spaces</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">white space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">white space</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; has many ways to produce white (or filled) space.  Some of
 these are best suited to mathematical text; see <ref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in
@@ -14547,7 +14978,7 @@
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                ">\hfill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Stretchable horizontal space.  
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                  ">\hss</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Infinitely stretchable/shrinkable horizontal space.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::          ">\spacefactor</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Stretchability of following space
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::              ">\(SPACE)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Backslash-space; and explicit space.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::              ">\(SPACE)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Backslash-space, and explicit space.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                     ">~</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tie, an unbreakable space.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::  ">\thinspace & \negthinspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">One-sixth of an em, and negative one-sixth.  
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                    ">\/</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Italic correction.
@@ -14566,9 +14997,9 @@
 <node name="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" spaces=" "><nodename>\enspace & \quad & \qquad</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hspace</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enspace</code> & <code>\quad</code> & <code>\qquad</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\enspace</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="879" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\enspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -14604,7 +15035,7 @@
 <node name="_005chspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\hspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\enspace & \quad & \qquad</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hspace</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\hspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\hspace</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -14665,10 +15096,10 @@
 <node name="_005chfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hss</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hfill</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14686,7 +15117,7 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent Name:\hfill Quiz One
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\fill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\fill</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The <code>\hfill</code> command is equivalent to <code>\hspace{\fill}</code> and
 so the space can be discarded at line breaks.  To avoid that instead use
 <code>\hspace*{\fill}</code> (<pxref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
@@ -14713,10 +15144,10 @@
 <node name="_005chss" spaces=" "><nodename>\hss</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hss</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14753,7 +15184,7 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\spacefactor=<var>integer</var>
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="885" mergedindex="cp">\spacefactor</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\spacefactor</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Influence &latex;&textrsquo;s glue stretch and shrink behavior.  Most user-level
 documents do not use this command.
 </para>
@@ -14820,11 +15251,11 @@
 <node name="_005c_0040" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\&arobase;</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frenchspacing</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;</code>  </sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="886" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="887" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="_005cAT">\AT</anchor><!-- c old name -->
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -14885,9 +15316,9 @@
 <node name="_005cfrenchspacing" spaces=" "><nodename>\frenchspacing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\normalsfcodes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frenchspacing</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="888" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="889" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -14913,8 +15344,8 @@
 <node name="_005cnormalsfcodes" spaces=" "><nodename>\normalsfcodes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frenchspacing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\normalsfcodes</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14931,11 +15362,11 @@
 <node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\(SPACE)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">~</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">\NEWLINE</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">\SPACE</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">\ (backslash-space)</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">\TAB</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\SPACE</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">\NEWLINE</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">\SPACE</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">\ (backslash-space)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">\TAB</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\SPACE</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
 backslash followed by a space. Synopsis:
@@ -14989,11 +15420,12 @@
 <node name="_007e" spaces=" "><nodename>~</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinspace & \negthinspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\(SPACE)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>~</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">tie</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">space, hard</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">tie</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">hard space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725">unbreakable space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15035,8 +15467,8 @@
 <para>When cases are enumerated inline: <code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is
 (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
 <para>Between a number and its unit: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the
@@ -15077,12 +15509,12 @@
 <node name="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinspace & \negthinspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\/</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">~</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinspace</code> & <code>\negthinspace</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -15121,8 +15553,8 @@
 <node name="_005c_002f" spaces=" "><nodename>\/</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hrulefill & \dotfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinspace & \negthinspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\/</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15164,8 +15596,8 @@
 upright characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators
 do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp">\fontdimen1</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\fontdimen1</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Technically, &latex; uses another font-specific value, the so-called
 slant parameter (namely <code>\fontdimen1</code>), to determine whether to
 possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to
@@ -15179,8 +15611,8 @@
 <node name="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hrulefill & \dotfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\/</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hrulefill</code> & <code>\dotfill</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\dotfill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\dotfill</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -15277,22 +15709,22 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <beforefirstitem><anchor name="bigskip">bigskip</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm>\bigskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm>\bigskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\bigskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about one line
 space, with stretch and shrink.  The default for the <code>book</code> and
 <code>article</code> classes is <code>12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="medskip">medskip</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm>\medskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm>\medskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\medskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about half of a
 line space, with stretch and shrink.  The default for the <code>book</code>
 and <code>article</code> classes is <code>6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="smallskip">smallskip</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm>\smallskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm>\smallskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\smallskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about a
 quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink.  The default for the
 <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>.
@@ -15347,8 +15779,8 @@
 <node name="_005cstrut" spaces=" "><nodename>\strut</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\strut</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">strut</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">strut</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15413,10 +15845,10 @@
 the baseline.  The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed
 extra below-baseline space.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in
 <file>TikZ</file> or <file>Asymptote</file>.  For instance, you may have a command
@@ -15452,9 +15884,9 @@
 <node name="_005cvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\vspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\strut</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vspace</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -15519,10 +15951,10 @@
 <node name="_005cvfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\vfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addvspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vfill</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15560,9 +15992,9 @@
 <node name="_005caddvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\addvspace</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\vfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15621,14 +16053,14 @@
 <node name="Boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Boxes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <!-- c xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere. -->
 <para>At its core, &latex; puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a
 page.  So these commands are central.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes.
 One useful adjunct to the commands here is <file>adjustbox</file>.
@@ -15647,11 +16079,11 @@
 <node name="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\mbox & \makebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fbox & \framebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -15740,11 +16172,11 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The right edge of the output <samp>10 points </samp> (note the ending space
 after <samp>points</samp>) will be just before the <samp>What</samp>.  You can use
@@ -15771,8 +16203,8 @@
 <node name="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\fbox & \framebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\mbox & \makebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fbox</code> & <code>\framebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\fbox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\fbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -15816,18 +16248,18 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <beforefirstitem><anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxrule">fbox framebox fboxrule</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The thickness of the lines around the enclosed box.  The default is
 0.2<dmn>pt</dmn>.  Change it with a command such as
 <code>\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxsep">fbox framebox fboxsep</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3<dmn>pt</dmn>.
 Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</code>
 (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).  Setting it to 0<dmn>pt</dmn> is useful sometimes:
@@ -15867,9 +16299,9 @@
 <node name="_005cparbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\parbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raisebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fbox & \framebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -15931,7 +16363,7 @@
 <node name="_005craisebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\raisebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sbox & \savebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\parbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raisebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\raisebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\raisebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -15996,9 +16428,9 @@
 <node name="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\sbox & \savebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">lrbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raisebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sbox</code> & <code>\savebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -16095,7 +16527,7 @@
 <node name="lrbox" spaces=" "><nodename>lrbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\sbox & \savebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>lrbox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">lrbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">lrbox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16133,8 +16565,8 @@
 <node name="_005cusebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\usebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">lrbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16154,7 +16586,7 @@
 <node name="Color" spaces=" "><nodename>Color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">color</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can add color to text, rules, etc.  You can also have color in a box
 or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
@@ -16178,8 +16610,8 @@
 <node name="Color-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Color package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color models</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>color</code> package options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
 </para>
@@ -16229,7 +16661,7 @@
 <node name="Color-models" spaces=" "><nodename>Color models</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color models</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">color models</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">color models</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A <dfn>color model</dfn> is a way of representing colors.  &latex;&textrsquo;s
 capabilities depend on the printer driver.  However, the <file>pdftex</file>,
@@ -16290,7 +16722,7 @@
 <node name="Commands-for-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for color</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Color models</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for color</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the commands available with the <file>color</file> package.
 </para>
@@ -16305,9 +16737,9 @@
 <node name="Define-colors" spaces=" "><nodename>Define colors</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored text</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Define colors</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">define color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">color, define</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">define color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">color, define</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16341,8 +16773,8 @@
 <node name="Colored-text" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored text</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Define colors</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored text</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -16443,9 +16875,9 @@
 <node name="Colored-boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored pages</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored text</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored boxes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -16499,10 +16931,10 @@
 <node name="Colored-pages" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored pages</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored pages</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">page, colored</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">page, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -16533,8 +16965,8 @@
 <node name="Graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Special insertions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Graphics</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your &latex; document.
 You need an additional package, which comes standard with &latex;.
@@ -16583,8 +17015,8 @@
 <node name="Graphics-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
 </para>
@@ -16664,9 +17096,9 @@
 <node name="Graphics-package-configuration" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package configuration</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces="  "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package configuration</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These commands configure the way &latex; searches the file system for
 the graphic.
@@ -16687,7 +17119,7 @@
 <node name="_005cgraphicspath" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphicspath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphicspath</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\graphicspath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\graphicspath</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16765,7 +17197,7 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsRule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphicspath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -16808,8 +17240,8 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To change the order, use the <code>grfext</code> package.
 </para>
@@ -16822,7 +17254,7 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareGraphicsRule</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsRule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsRule</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16908,8 +17340,8 @@
 <node name="Commands-for-graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for graphics</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for graphics</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the commands available with the <file>graphics</file> and
 <file>graphicx</file> packages.
@@ -16925,16 +17357,16 @@
 <node name="_005cincludegraphics" spaces=" "><nodename>\includegraphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\includegraphics</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses for <file>graphics</file> package:
 </para>
@@ -17069,8 +17501,8 @@
 </para>
 <para>There are many options.  The primary ones are listed first.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">bounding box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">bounding box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Note that a graphic is placed by &latex; into a box, which is
 traditionally referred to as its <dfn>bounding box</dfn> (distinct from the
 PostScript BoundingBox described below).  The graphic&textrsquo;s printed area may
@@ -17326,10 +17758,10 @@
 <node name="_005crotatebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\rotatebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\scalebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\includegraphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rotatebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis if you use the <file>graphics</file> package:
 </para>
@@ -17417,14 +17849,14 @@
 <node name="_005cscalebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\scalebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\resizebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\scalebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -17467,13 +17899,13 @@
 <node name="_005cresizebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\resizebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\scalebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\resizebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -17512,8 +17944,8 @@
 <node name="Special-insertions" spaces=" "><nodename>Special insertions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Special insertions</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides commands for inserting characters that have a
 special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
@@ -17525,6 +17957,7 @@
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                ">Text symbols</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting other non-letter symbols in text.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                     ">Accents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting accents.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::    ">Additional Latin letters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting other non-English characters.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::            ">inputenc package</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set the input file text encoding.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                       ">\rule</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting lines and rectangles.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                      ">\today</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting today&textrsquo;s date.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
@@ -17533,10 +17966,10 @@
 <node name="Reserved-characters" spaces=" "><nodename>Reserved characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Reserved characters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&latex; sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For
 example, the percent sign <code>%</code> is for comments.  They are
 called <dfn>reserved characters</dfn> or <dfn>special characters</dfn>. They are
@@ -17546,21 +17979,21 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve"># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \ 
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\#</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\$</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\%</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">\&</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\_</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\{</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\}</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\#</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">\$</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\%</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\&</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\_</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\{</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\}</indexterm></findex>
 <para>If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text
 body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply
 put a backslash <code>\</code> in front of the character.  Thus,
 typing <code>\$1.23</code> will produce <code>$1.23</code> in your output.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\~</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\^</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\~</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\^</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm></findex>
 <para>As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font
 use <code>\~{}</code> (omitting the curly braces would result in the next
 character receiving a tilde accent).  Similarly, to get a text body
@@ -17583,10 +18016,10 @@
 <node name="Upper-and-lower-case" spaces=" "><nodename>Upper and lower case</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Reserved characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Upper and lower case</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -17629,23 +18062,23 @@
 <w>                           </w>\expandafter{\schoolname}}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <file>textcase</file> package brings some of the missing feature of the
 standard &latex; commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and
 <code>\MakeLowerCase</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package
 <file>mfirstuc</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for
 non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in
 the original &tex; and &latex;.  It has been implemented in the
@@ -17660,9 +18093,9 @@
 <node name="Symbols-by-font-position" spaces=" "><nodename>Symbols by font position</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Text symbols</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Symbols by font position</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can access any character of the current font using its number with
 the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character
@@ -17680,11 +18113,11 @@
 <node name="Text-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Text symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Text symbols</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols
 in running text.  Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are
 not available in OT1.  As of the &latex; February 2020 release, all
@@ -17693,172 +18126,172 @@
 <code>TS1</code> font encoding).
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>©right; The copyright symbol.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2020</U> The dagger symbol (in text).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2021</U> The double dagger symbol (in text).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &latex; logo.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &latex;2e logo.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>«, », ‹, ›
 Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&dots;  An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline):  <code>\ldots</code>
 and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textlsquo; Left (opening) quote.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00B6</U> Paragraph sign (pilcrow).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>£ English pounds sterling.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>„ and ‚
 Double and single quotation marks on the baseline.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrsquo; Right (closing) quote.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00A7</U> Section sign.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &tex; logo.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>^ ASCII circumflex.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>~ ASCII tilde.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>* Centered asterisk.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>\ Backslash.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>| Vertical bar.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>23F8</U> Double vertical bar.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>25EF</U>, Big circle symbol.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>{ Left brace.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>} Right brace.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>• Bullet.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>24B6</U>, Circle around <var>letter</var>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For example,
 <code>f\textcompwordmark i</code> produces <samp>fi</samp> without a ligature. This
 is most useful in non-English languages.  The
 <code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code> form has the cap height of the font
 while the <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2020</U> Dagger.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2021</U> Double dagger.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>$ Dollar sign.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
 <raggedright endspaces=" ">
 <para>&textmdash; Em-dash.  Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or
 parentheses, as in &textlsquo;<code>The playoffs---if you're lucky
@@ -17866,123 +18299,145 @@
 for spacing around em-dashes vary widely.
 </para></raggedright>
 
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textndash; En-dash. Used for ranges, as in &textlsquo;<code>see pages 12--14</code>&textrsquo;.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The Euro currency symbol: €.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 </para>
 <para>For an alternative glyph design, try the
 <file>eurosym</file> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own
 Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>¡ Upside down exclamation point.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\textfiguredash</indexterm>\textfiguredash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">figure dash character</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021
+release of &latex;. When used in pdf&tex;, approximated by an
+en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if available
+in the current font, or writes the usual &textldquo;Missing character&textrdquo; warning
+to the log file.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>> Greater than symbol.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\texthorizontalbar</indexterm>\texthorizontalbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">horizontal bar character</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021
+release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> above;
+the pdf&tex; approximation is an em-dash.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>< Less than symbol.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2190</U>, Left arrow.   
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\textnonbreakinghyphen</indexterm>\textnonbreakinghyphen</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">non-breaking hyphen character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">hyphen character, non-breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June
+2021 release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code>
+above; the pdf&tex; approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with
+breaks disallowed after).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00B7</U> Centered period.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>¿ Upside down question mark.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textldquo; Double left quote.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrdquo; Double right quote.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textlsquo; Single left quote.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrsquo; Single right quote.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>0027</U>, Straight single quote.  (From TS1 encoding.)  
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
 <!-- c Unicode doesn't have these https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark -->
 <para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>®istered; Registered symbol.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2192</U>, Right arrow.  
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2122</U> Trademark symbol.
 </para>
 <!-- c ?? Diff from \textthreequartersemdash?  In Unicode? -->
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.   
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>_ Underscore.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2423</U>, Visible space symbol.  
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -17992,17 +18447,17 @@
 <node name="Accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Text symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Accents</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and
 languages, provided through the core <code>babel</code> package, which
 supports pdf&latex;, Xe&latex; and Lua&latex;. The
@@ -18017,12 +18472,12 @@
 <para>Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated with
 lowercase <samp>o</samp>.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Note that <code>\i</code> produces a dotless i,
 <!-- c @dotless{i}, -->
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
 and <code>\j</code> produces a dotless j.
 <!-- c @dotless{j}. -->
 These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are
@@ -18031,63 +18486,63 @@
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\"</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldieresis</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="uml">o</accent> Umlaut (dieresis).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\'</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalacute</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="acute">o</accent> Acute accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\.</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="dotaccent">o</accent>  Dot accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\=</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalmacron</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="macr">o</accent> Macron (overbar) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\^</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcircumflex</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="circ">o</accent> Circumflex (hat) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\`</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalgrave</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="grave">o</accent> Grave accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\~</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltilde</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="tilde">n</accent> Tilde accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\b</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent> Bar accent underneath.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Related to this, <code>\underbar{<var>text</var>}</code> produces a bar under
 <var>text</var>.  The argument is always processed in LR mode
 (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline,
@@ -18096,65 +18551,65 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\c</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcedilla</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="cedil">c</accent> Cedilla accent underneath.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\d</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldotaccent</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="udotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent underneath.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\H</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="doubleacute">o</accent> Long Hungarian umlaut accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\k</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalogonek</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ogon">o</accent> Ogonek.  Not available in the OT1 encoding.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\r</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalring</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ring">o</accent> Ring accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\t</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltie</itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\newtie</itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalnewtie</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="tieaccent">oo</accent> Tie-after accent.  The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in
 its box.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\u</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalbreve</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="breve">o</accent> Breve accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\v</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcaron</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="caron">o</accent>  H<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check, caron) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
@@ -18166,7 +18621,7 @@
 
 <node name="_005caccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\accent</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Accents</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\accent</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\accent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">\accent</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18217,16 +18672,16 @@
 
 </subsection>
 </section>
-<node name="Additional-Latin-letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Additional Latin letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Additional-Latin-letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Additional Latin letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">inputenc package</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional Latin letters</sectiontitle>
 
 <anchor name="Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting letters beyond
 A&textndash;Z that extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other
@@ -18235,84 +18690,84 @@
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\aa</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AA</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">\aa (å)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">\AA (Å)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978">aring</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">\aa (å)</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">\AA (Å)</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">aring</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>å and Å.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ae</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AE</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\ae (æ)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">\AE (Æ)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">\ae (æ)</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">\AE (Æ)</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>æ and Æ.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dh</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DH</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">\dh (ð)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">\DH (Ð)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">\dh (ð)</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">\DH (Ð)</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
 encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
 font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dj</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DJ</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">\dj</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">\DJ</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">\dj</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">\DJ</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Crossed d and D, a.k.a.&noeos; capital and small letter d with stroke.  Not
 available with <sc>OT1</sc> encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to
 select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ij</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IJ</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">\ij (ij)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">\IJ (IJ)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\ij (ij)</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\IJ (IJ)</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\l</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\L</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">\l (&lslash;)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">\L (&Lslash;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\l (&lslash;)</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\L (&Lslash;)</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&lslash; and &Lslash;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ng</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NG</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">\ng</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">\NG</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\ng</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\NG</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\o</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\O</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">\o (ø)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">\O (Ø)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\o (ø)</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\O (Ø)</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>ø and Ø.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\oe</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OE</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">\oe (œ)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">\OE (Œ)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\oe (œ)</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">\OE (Œ)</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>œ and Œ.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ss</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\SS</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">\ss (ß)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">\SS (SS)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">\ss (ß)</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">\SS (SS)</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>ß and SS.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\th</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\TH</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">\th (þ)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">\TH (Þ)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\th (þ)</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\TH (Þ)</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
 encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
 font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -18321,10 +18776,77 @@
 
 
 </section>
-<node name="_005crule" spaces=" "><nodename>\rule</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\today</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
+<node name="inputenc-package" spaces=" "><nodename>inputenc package</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>inputenc</code> package</sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1083" mergedindex="cp">inputenc</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>encoding-name</var>]{inputenc}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Declare the input file&textrsquo;s text encoding to be <var>encoding-name</var>. The
+default, if this package is not loaded, is UTF-8.  Technically,
+specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not
+useful to omit it.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997">encoding, of input files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998">character encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">Unicode</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme
+called the <dfn>encoding</dfn>.  There are many different encodings.  The
+simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough
+for most of the world&textrsquo;s languages. For instance, to typeset the
+a-umlaut character <accent type="uml">a</accent> in an ASCII-encoded &latex; source file, the
+sequence <code>\"a</code> is used. This would make source files for anything
+but English hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive
+encoding is more convenient.
+</para>
+<para>The modern encoding standard, in some ways a union of the others, is
+UTF-8, one of the representations of Unicode. This is the default for
+&latex; since 2018. 
+</para>
+<para>The <code>inputenc</code> package is how &latex; knows what encoding is
+used.  For instance, the following command explicitly says that the
+input file is UTF-8 (note the lack of a dash).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Caution: use <code>inputenc</code> only with the pdf&tex; engine
+(<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).  (The Xe&tex; and Lua&tex; engines assume
+that the input file is UTF-8 encoded.)  If you invoke &latex; with
+either the <command>xelatex</command> command or the <command>lualatex</command>
+command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with <code>inputenc</code>,
+such as <code>latin1</code>, then you will get the error <code>inputenc is
+not designed for xetex or luatex</code>.
+</para>
+<para>An <code>inputenc</code> package error such as <code>Invalid UTF-8 byte "96</code>
+means that some of the material in the input file does not follow the
+encoding scheme.  Often these errors come from copying material from a
+document that uses a different encoding than the input file; this one
+is a left single quote from a web page using <code>latin1</code> inside a
+&latex; input file that uses UTF-8.  The simplest solution is to
+replace the non-UTF-8 character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a
+&latex; equivalent command or character.
+</para>
+<para>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a
+variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be
+necessary.  Use the command
+<code>\inputencoding{<var>encoding-name</var>}</code>.  The most common values
+for <var>encoding-name</var> are: <code>ascii</code>, <code>latin1</code>,
+<code>latin2</code>, <code>latin3</code>, <code>latin4</code>, <code>latin5</code>,
+<code>latin9</code>, <code>latin10</code>, and <code>utf8</code>.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005crule" spaces=" "><nodename>\rule</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\today</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">inputenc package</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rule</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">\rule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\rule</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -18335,17 +18857,17 @@
 
 <para>Produce a <dfn>rule</dfn>, a filled-in rectangle.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
-often used to mark the end of a proof.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
+or just &textldquo;qed&textrdquo;, often used to mark the end of a proof:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>The <file>amsthm</file> package includes this command, with a somewhat
@@ -18376,9 +18898,9 @@
 <node name="_005ctoday" spaces=" "><nodename>\today</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\rule</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\today</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18390,11 +18912,11 @@
 <var>yyyy</var></samp>.  An example of a date in that format is <samp>July 4,
 1976</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Multilingual packages such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file>, or
 classes such as <file>lettre</file>, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example,
@@ -18413,8 +18935,8 @@
 <para><code>\today</code> uses the counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and
 <code>\year</code> (<pxref label="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"><xrefnodename>\day & \month & \year</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A number of package on CTAN work with dates.  One is <file>datetime</file> package
 which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards.
@@ -18428,16 +18950,16 @@
 <node name="Splitting-the-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Splitting the input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Splitting the input</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003">input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">input file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; lets you split a large document into several smaller ones.
 This can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the
 document.  It can also speed processing.
 </para>
 <para>Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">root file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">root file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>root file</dfn>, on which &latex; compilation starts.  This shows such
 a file with five included files.
 </para>
@@ -18488,7 +19010,7 @@
 <node name="_005cendinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\endinput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\include & \includeonly</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\endinput</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\endinput</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\endinput</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18530,8 +19052,8 @@
 <node name="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" spaces=" "><nodename>\include & \includeonly</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\endinput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\include</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\includeonly</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\include</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\includeonly</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18652,7 +19174,7 @@
 \end{document}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>You cannot use <code>\include</code> inside a file that is being included or
 you get <samp>LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.</samp>  The
 <code>\include</code> command cannot appear in the document preamble; you will
@@ -18674,7 +19196,7 @@
 <node name="_005cinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\input</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\include & \includeonly</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\input</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\input</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\input</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18735,14 +19257,14 @@
 <node name="Table-of-contents-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>Table of contents etc.</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Indexes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Table of contents etc.</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -18790,7 +19312,7 @@
 <code>\newpage</code> command after the <code>\tableofcontents</code> command, as
 above.
 </para>
-<para>To make the table of contents &latex; stores the information in an
+<para>To make the table of contents, &latex; stores the information in an
 auxiliary file named <file><var>root-file</var>.toc</file> (<pxref label="Splitting-the-input"><xrefnodename>Splitting the
 input</xrefnodename></pxref>).  For example, this &latex; file <file>test.tex</file>
 </para>
@@ -18804,77 +19326,160 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para>writes the following line to <file>test.toc</file>.
+<para>writes these lines to <file>test.toc</file>.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}First section}{2}
 \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2}
 </pre></example>
 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para>The <code>section</code> or <code>subsection</code> is the sectioning unit.  The
-hook <code>\numberline</code> lets you to change how the information appears
-in the table of contents.  Its unique argument, <code>1</code> or <code>1.1</code>,
-is the sectioning unit number, whereas the remainder of the second
-argument of <code>\contentsline</code>, <code>First section</code> or <code>First
-subsection</code>, is the title.  Finally, the third argument, <code>2</code>, is
-the page number on which the sectioning units start.
+<para>Each line contains a single command, <code>\contentsline</code>
+(<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The first argument, the <code>section</code> or
+<code>subsection</code>, is the sectioning unit.  The second argument has two
+components.  The hook <code>\numberline</code> determines how the sectioning
+number, <code>1</code> or <code>1.1</code>, appears in the table of contents
+(<pxref label="_005cnumberline"><xrefnodename>\numberline</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The remainder of the second argument of
+<code>\contentsline</code>, <samp>First section</samp> or <samp>First subsection</samp>,
+is the sectioning title text.  Finally, the third argument, <samp>2</samp>, is
+the page number on which this sectioning unit starts.
 </para>
-<para>One consequence of this auxiliary file storage strategy is that to get the
-contents page correct you must run &latex; twice, once to store the
-information and once to get it.  In particular, the first time that you
-run &latex; on a new document, the table of contents page will be empty
-except for its <samp>Contents</samp> header.  Just run it again.
+<para>To typeset these lines, the document class provides
+<code>\l&arobase;<var>section-unit</var></code> commands such as
+<code>\l&arobase;section{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}</code> and
+<code>\l&arobase;subsection{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}</code>.  These commands
+often use the <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code> command
+(<pxref label="_005c_0040dottedtocline"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;dottedtocline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
+<para>A consequence of &latex;&textrsquo;s strategy of using auxiliary files is that to
+get the correct information in the document you must run &latex; twice,
+once to store the information and the second time to retrieve it.  In
+the ordinary course of writing a document authors run &latex; a number
+of times, but you may notice that the first time that you compile a new
+document, the table of contents page will be empty except for its
+<samp>Contents</samp> header.  Just run &latex; again.
+</para>
 <para>The commands <code>\listoffigures</code> and <code>\listoftables</code> produce a
-list of figures and a list of tables.  They work the same way as the
-contents commands; for instance, these work with information stored in
-<file>.lof</file> and <file>.lot</file> files.
+list of figures and a list of tables.  Their information is stored in
+files with extension <file>.lof</file> and <file>.lot</file>. They work the same way
+as <code>\tableofcontents</code> but the latter is more common, so we use it
+for most examples.
 </para>
-<para>To change the header for the table of contents page do something like
-the first line here.
+<para>You can manually add material to the table of contents, the list of
+figures, and the list of tables.  For instance, add a line about a
+section to the table of contents with
+<code>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<var>text</var>}</code>.
+(<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).  Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line
+material, with <code>\addtocontents</code>, as with the command
+<code>\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}</code>, which adds
+vertical space to the list of figures (<pxref label="_005caddtocontents"><xrefnodename>\addtocontents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
+<para>Lines in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of
+tables, have four parts.  First is an indent.  Next is a box into which
+sectioning numbers are placed, and then the third box holds the title
+text, such as <samp>First section</samp>.  Finally there is a box up against
+the right margin, inside of which &latex; puts the page number box.
+For the indent and the width of the number box,
+<pxref label="_005c_0040dottedtocline"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;dottedtocline</xrefnodename></pxref>.  The right margin box has width
+<code>\&arobase;tocrmarg</code> and the page number is flush right in that space,
+inside a box of width <code>\&arobase;pnumwidth</code>.  By default
+<code>\&arobase;tocrmarg</code> is <code>2.55em</code> and <code>\&arobase;pnumwidth</code> is
+<code>1.55em</code>.  Change these as with
+<code>\renewcommand{\&arobase;tocrmarg}{3.5em}</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
+and tables (<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The package <file>tocloft</file> is convenient for
+adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing.  And,
+<file>tocbibbind</file> will automatically add the bibliography, index,
+etc. to the table of contents.
+</para>
+<para>To change the header for the table of contents page, do something like
+these commands before you call <code>\tableofcontents</code>, etc.
+</para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of contents}
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents}
 \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots}
-\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Tables}
+\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Specifications}
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<para>Similarly, the other two lines will do the other two.
-Internationalization packages such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file>
-will change the headers depending on the chosen base language.
+<para>Internationalization packages such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file>
+will change these headers depending on the chosen base language.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
-and tables.  One convenient one for adjusting some aspects of the
-default, such as spacing, is <file>tocloft</file>.  And, <file>tocbibbind</file>
-will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to the table of
-contents.
-</para>
 <menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::    ">\addcontentsline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add an entry to table of contents, etc.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::    ">\&arobase;dottedtocline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Format entry line in table of contents, etc.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::    ">\addcontentsline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add an entry to table of contents, etc.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::      ">\addtocontents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add text directly to table of contents file, etc.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::       ">\contentsline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set line in table of contents, etc.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::            ">\nofiles</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Prevent writing to auxiliary files.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::         ">\numberline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Put its number argument flush left in a box.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
 
-<node name="_005caddcontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\addcontentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005c_0040dottedtocline" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;dottedtocline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;dottedtocline</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">table of contents entry, create dotted line</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\&arobase;dottedtocline{<var>section-level-num</var>}{<var>indent</var>}{<var>numwidth</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Used internally by &latex; to format an entry line in the table of
+contents, list of figures, or list of tables.  Authors do not directly
+enter <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code> commands.
+</para>
+<para>This command is typically used by <code>\l&arobase;section</code>, <code>\l&arobase;subsection</code>,
+etc., to format the content lines.  For example, the <file>article.cls</file>
+file contains these definitions:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*\l&arobase;section{\&arobase;dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\newcommand*\l&arobase;subsection{\&arobase;dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\newcommand*\l&arobase;subsubsection{\&arobase;dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>In this example, <code>\&arobase;dottedcline</code> appears to have been given only
+three arguments.  But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up
+the final <var>text</var> and <var>pagenumber</var> arguments in the synopsis
+from a call to <code>\contentsline</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">leaders, dots in table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin
+box, these <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code> commands insert <dfn>leaders</dfn>, that
+is, evenly-spaced dots.  The dot-to-dot space is given by the command
+<code>\&arobase;dotsep</code>.  By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which
+are <code>1/18</code> em.  Change it using <code>\renewcommand</code>, as
+in <code>\renewcommand{\&arobase;dotsep}{3.5}</code>.
+</para>
+<para>In the default book class, &latex; does not use dotted leaders for
+the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class
+it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005caddcontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\addcontentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;dottedtocline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addcontentsline</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1098" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18882,10 +19487,8 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\addcontentsline{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Add an entry to the file specified by <var>ext</var>.  Usually <var>ext</var> is
-one of <code>toc</code> for the table of contents, <code>lof</code> for the list of
-figures, or <code>lot</code> for the list of tables.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1099" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>.
 </para>
 <para>The following will result in an <samp>Appendices</samp> line in the table of
 contents.
@@ -18903,16 +19506,16 @@
 <file><var>root-name</var>.<var>ext</var></file>.  It writes that information as the
 text of the command
 <code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>num</var>}</code>, where
-<code><var>num</var></code> is the current value of counter <code><var>unit</var></code>.  The
-most common case is the table of contents and there <var>num</var> is the
-page number of the first page of <var>unit</var>.
+<code><var>num</var></code> is the current value of counter <code><var>unit</var></code>
+(<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The most common case is the table of contents
+and there <var>num</var> is the page number of the first page of <var>unit</var>.
 </para>
 <para>This command is invoked by the sectioning commands <code>\chapter</code>,
 etc., and also by <code>\caption</code> inside a float environment.  But it is
-also used by authors.  For example, in a book to have the preface
-unnumbered, you may use the starred <code>\chapter*</code>.  But that does not
-put in table of contents information, so you can enter it manually, as
-here.
+also used by authors.  For example, an author writing a book whose style
+is to have an unnumbered preface may use the starred <code>\chapter*</code>.
+But that command leaves out table of contents information, which can be
+entered manually, as here.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter*{Preface}
@@ -18921,11 +19524,9 @@
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>In the <file>.toc</file> file &latex; will put the line <code>\contentsline
-{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</code>; note the page number
-<samp>3</samp>.
+{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</code>; note that the page number
+<samp>3</samp> is automatically generated by the system, not entered manually.
 </para>
-<!-- c xx how hardwired are these values?  other unit names? -->
-
 <para>All of the arguments for <code>\addcontentsline</code> are required.
 </para>
 <table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
@@ -18973,10 +19574,10 @@
 </para>
 
 </subsection>
-<node name="_005caddtocontents" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nofiles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005caddtocontents" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\contentsline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocontents</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18986,7 +19587,7 @@
 
 <para>Add <var>text</var>, which may be text or formatting commands, directly to
 the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>.  This is most commonly used
-for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but this also
+for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but it also
 applies to the list of figures and list of tables.
 </para>
 <para>This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the
@@ -18997,6 +19598,30 @@
 \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}}
 </pre></example>
 
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>This puts the word <samp>Page</samp>, in boldface, above the column of page
+numbers and after the header.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\tableofcontents
+\addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Page}\par}
+\chapter{...}
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>This adds a line announcing work by a new author.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtocontents{toc}{%
+  \protect\vspace{2ex}
+  \textbf{Chapters by N. Other Author}\par}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>The difference between <code>\addtocontents</code> and <code>\addcontentsline</code>
+is that the latter is strictly for lines, such as with a line giving the
+page number for the start of a new subset of the chapters.  As the above
+examples show, <code>\addtocontents</code> is for material such as spacing.
+</para>
 <para>The <code>\addtocontents</code> command has two arguments.  Both are
 required.
 </para>
@@ -19025,10 +19650,72 @@
 </para>
 
 </subsection>
-<node name="_005cnofiles" spaces=" "><nodename>\nofiles</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005ccontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\contentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nofiles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\contentsline</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029">table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;section</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1110" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;subsection</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Used internally by &latex; to typeset an entry of the table of
+contents, list of figures, or list of tables (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of contents
+etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>). Authors do not directly enter <code>\contentsline</code> commands.
+</para>
+<para>Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the
+commands <code>\chapter</code>, <code>\section</code>, etc. for the table of
+contents, or by the <code>\caption</code> command inside of a <code>\figure</code>
+or <code>\table</code> environment (<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>).  Thus,
+where the base file is <file>thesis.tex</file>, and contains the declaration
+<code>\tableofcontents</code>, the command <code>\chapter{Chapter One}</code>
+produces something like this in the file <file>thesis.toc</file>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Chapter One}{3}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>If the file contains the declaration <code>\listoffigures</code> then a figure
+environment involving <code>\caption{Test}</code> will produce
+something like this in <file>thesis.lof</file>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces Test}}{6}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>To manually add material, use
+<code>\addcontentsline{<var>filetype</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code>,
+where <var>filetype</var> is <code>toc</code>, <code>lof</code>, or <code>lot</code>
+(<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).  
+</para>
+<para>For manipulating how the <code>\contentline</code> material is typeset, see
+the <file>tocloft</file> package.
+</para>
+<para>Note that the <code>hyperref</code> package changes the definition of
+<code>\contentsline</code> (and <code>\addcontentsline</code>) to add more
+arguments, to make hyperlinks.  This is the source of the error
+<code>Argument of \contentsline has an extra }</code>.  Fix this error by
+deleting the <file>.toc</file> or <file>.lof</file> or <file>.lot</file> file, and running
+&latex; again.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cnofiles" spaces=" "><nodename>\nofiles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\numberline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\contentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nofiles</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1083" mergedindex="cp">\nofiles</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1111" mergedindex="cp">\nofiles</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19060,15 +19747,54 @@
 </para>
 
 </subsection>
+<node name="_005cnumberline" spaces=" "><nodename>\numberline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nofiles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\numberline</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1112" mergedindex="cp">\numberline</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\numberline{<var>number</var>}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Typeset its argument flush left in a box.  This is used in a
+<code>\contentsline</code> command to typeset the section number
+(<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>For example, this line in a <file>.toc</file> file causes the <code>1</code> to be
+typeset flush left.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivation}{2}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>By default, &latex; typesets the section numbers in a box of length
+<code>\&arobase;tempdima</code>.  That length is set by the commands
+<code>\l&arobase;section</code>, <code>\l&arobase;subsection</code>, etc.  Put section numbers
+inside a natural-width box with
+<code>\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</code>.
+</para>
+<para>This command is fragile, so you may need to precede it with
+<code>\protect</code> (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).  An example is the use of
+<code>\protect</code> in the command
+<code>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}</code>
+to get the <code>\numberline</code> into this command in the <file>.toc</file> file:
+<code>\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}</code> (the
+page number <samp>6</samp> is automatically added by &latex;;
+<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
 </section>
 <node name="Indexes" spaces=" "><nodename>Indexes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glossaries</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Indexes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1113" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1114" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This document has an index.
 </para>
@@ -19100,11 +19826,11 @@
 information back into your document and typeset it with the
 <code>\printindex</code> command (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are many packages that apply to indexing commands.  The
 <code>showidx</code> package causes each index entries to be shown in the
@@ -19123,8 +19849,8 @@
 <node name="_005cindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\index</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">makeindex</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\index</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1115" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19166,7 +19892,7 @@
 instance <code>\index{Ackermann!function}</code> could come before
 <code>\index{Ackermann}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Get a page range in the output, like <samp>Hilbert, 23--27</samp>, as here.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -19187,14 +19913,14 @@
 followed by two subitems, like <samp>program, 50</samp> and <samp>results,
 51</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1116" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1117" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>Generate a index entry that says <samp>See</samp> by using a vertical bar
@@ -19252,8 +19978,8 @@
 entry, preceding it with a double quote, <code>"</code>.  (The double quote
 gets deleted before alphabetization.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that
 provided by <file>makeidx</file>.  One is <file>index</file>, which allows for
@@ -19261,8 +19987,8 @@
 <code>\index*{<var>index-entry-string</var>}</code> that prints the
 <var>index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1118" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file
 <file><var>root-name</var>.idx</file> file.  Specifically, it writes text of the
 command
@@ -19284,11 +20010,11 @@
 <node name="makeindex" spaces=" "><nodename>makeindex</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\printindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\index</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>makeindex</command></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">makeindex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1119" mergedindex="cp">makeindex</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -19304,9 +20030,9 @@
 actual index file, the <file><var>filename</var>.ind</file> file that is input by
 <code>\printindex</code> (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1120" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1121" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The first form of the command suffices for many uses.  The second allows
 you to format the index by using an <dfn>index style file</dfn>, a
 <file>.isty</file> file.  The third form is the most general; see the full
@@ -19344,17 +20070,17 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <beforefirstitem><anchor name="makeindex-preamble">makeindex preamble</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">preamble</indexterm>preamble</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1122" mergedindex="cp">preamble</indexterm>preamble</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Preamble of the output file. Defines the context in which the index is
 formatted.  Default: <code>"\\begin{theindex}\n"</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-postamble">makeindex postamble</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">postamble</indexterm>postamble</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1123" mergedindex="cp">postamble</indexterm>postamble</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Postamble of the output file.  Default: <code>"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-group-skip">makeindex group skip</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">group_skip</indexterm>group_skip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1124" mergedindex="cp">group_skip</indexterm>group_skip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1125" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for
 entries starting with <samp>a</samp>, etc.  This specifier gives what is
 inserted when a new group begins.  Default: <code>"\n\n \\indexspace\n"</code>
@@ -19362,7 +20088,7 @@
 <code>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</code>).
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-letheadflag">makeindex letheadflag</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1126" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer.  It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter.  If
 it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <code>group_skip</code> nothing
 will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new
@@ -19372,93 +20098,93 @@
 is 0.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-lethead-prefix">makeindex lethead prefix</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1098" mergedindex="cp">lethead_prefix</indexterm>lethead_prefix</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1127" mergedindex="cp">lethead_prefix</indexterm>lethead_prefix</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>If a new group begins with a different letter then this is the prefix
 inserted before the new letter header.  Default: <code>""</code>
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-lethead-suffix">makeindex lethead suffix</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1099" mergedindex="cp">lethead_suffix</indexterm>lethead_suffix</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1128" mergedindex="cp">lethead_suffix</indexterm>lethead_suffix</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>If a group begins with a different letter then this is the suffix
 inserted after the new letter header.  Default: <code>""</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-item-0">makeindex item 0</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">item_0</indexterm>item_0 </itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1129" mergedindex="cp">item_0</indexterm>item_0 </itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between two level 0 items.  Default: <code>"\n \\item
 "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-item-1">makeindex item 1</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">item_1</indexterm>item_1</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1130" mergedindex="cp">item_1</indexterm>item_1</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put between two level 1 items.  Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-item-2">makeindex item 2</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">item_2</indexterm>item_2</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1131" mergedindex="cp">item_2</indexterm>item_2</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>put between two level 2 items.  Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-item-01">makeindex item 01</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">item_01</indexterm>item_01</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1132" mergedindex="cp">item_01</indexterm>item_01</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item.
 Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-item-x1">makeindex item x1</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">item_x1</indexterm>item_x1</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1133" mergedindex="cp">item_x1</indexterm>item_x1</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item in the
 case that the level 0 item doesn&textrsquo;t have any page numbers (as in
 <code>\index{aaa|see{bbb}}</code>).  Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-item-12">makeindex item 12</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">item_12</indexterm>item_12</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1134" mergedindex="cp">item_12</indexterm>item_12</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item.
 Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-item-x2">makeindex item x2</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">item_x2</indexterm>item_x2</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1135" mergedindex="cp">item_x2</indexterm>item_x2</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item, if the
 level 1 item doesn&textrsquo;t have page numbers.  Default: <code>"\n
 \\subsubitem "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-delim-0">makeindex delim 0</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">delim_0</indexterm>delim_0</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1136" mergedindex="cp">delim_0</indexterm>delim_0</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter put between a level 0 key and its first page
 number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-delim-1">makeindex delim 1</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">delim_1</indexterm>delim_1</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1137" mergedindex="cp">delim_1</indexterm>delim_1</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter put between a level 1 key and its first page
 number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-delim-2">makeindex delim 2</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">delim_2</indexterm>delim_2</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1138" mergedindex="cp">delim_2</indexterm>delim_2</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter between a level 2 key and its first page number. Default:
 a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-delim-n">makeindex delim n</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1110" mergedindex="cp">delim_n</indexterm>delim_n</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1139" mergedindex="cp">delim_n</indexterm>delim_n</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter between two page numbers for the same key (at any
 level). Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-delim-r">makeindex delim r</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1111" mergedindex="cp">delim_r</indexterm>delim_r</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1140" mergedindex="cp">delim_r</indexterm>delim_r</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between the starting and ending page numbers of a range.
 Default: <code>"--"</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-line-max">makeindex line max</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1112" mergedindex="cp">line_max</indexterm>line_max</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1141" mergedindex="cp">line_max</indexterm>line_max</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer.  Maximum length of an index entry&textrsquo;s line in the output,
 beyond which the line wraps.  Default: <code>72</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-indent-space">makeindex indent space</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1113" mergedindex="cp">indent_space</indexterm>indent_space</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1142" mergedindex="cp">indent_space</indexterm>indent_space</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is inserted at the start of a wrapped line.  Default:
 <code>"\t\t"</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-indent-length">makeindex indent length</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1114" mergedindex="cp">indent_length</indexterm>indent_length</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1143" mergedindex="cp">indent_length</indexterm>indent_length</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>A number.  The length of the wrapped line indentation.  The default
 <code>indent_space</code> is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the
 default here is <code>16</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-page-precedence">makeindex page precedence</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1115" mergedindex="cp">page_precedence</indexterm>page_precedence</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1144" mergedindex="cp">page_precedence</indexterm>page_precedence</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>A document may have pages numbered in different ways.  For example, a
 book may have front matter pages numbered in lowercase roman while main
 matter pages are in arabic.  This string specifies the order in which
@@ -19470,8 +20196,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1116" mergedindex="cp">xindy</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039"><command>xindy</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1145" mergedindex="cp">xindy</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052"><command>xindy</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>There are a number of other programs that do the job
 <command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command>, which does
 internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up
@@ -19484,8 +20210,8 @@
 <node name="_005cprintindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\printindex</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">makeindex</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>\printindex</command></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1117" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1146" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19493,7 +20219,7 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\printindex
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1118" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1147" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Place the index into the output.
 </para>
 <para>To get an index you must first include
@@ -19508,11 +20234,11 @@
 <node name="Glossaries" spaces=" "><nodename>Glossaries</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Indexes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Glossaries</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1119" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1120" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1148" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1149" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19556,9 +20282,9 @@
 <samp>Turing machine</samp> and the rest of the item says in normal type
 <samp>A model of a machine &dots; Computer Science</samp>.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1121" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1122" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1150" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1151" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> opens the file that will contain the
 entry information, <file><var>root-file</var>.glo</file>.  Put the
 <code>\printglossaries</code> command where you want the glossaries to appear
@@ -19578,8 +20304,8 @@
 <node name="_005cnewglossaryentry" spaces=" "><nodename>\newglossaryentry</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\gls</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newglossaryentry</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1123" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1152" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of: 
 </para>
@@ -19625,22 +20351,22 @@
 here are a few.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1124" mergedindex="cp">name</indexterm>name</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1153" mergedindex="cp">name</indexterm>name</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>(Required.) The word, phrase, or symbol that you are defining.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1125" mergedindex="cp">description</indexterm>description</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1154" mergedindex="cp">description</indexterm>description</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>(Required.) The description that will appear in the glossary.
 If this has more than one paragraph then you must use the second command
 form given in the synopsis.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1126" mergedindex="cp">plural</indexterm>plural</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1155" mergedindex="cp">plural</indexterm>plural</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>The plural form of <var>name</var>.  Refer to the plural form using
 <code>\glspl</code> or <code>\Glspl</code> (<pxref label="_005cgls"><xrefnodename>\gls</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1127" mergedindex="cp">sort</indexterm>sort</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1156" mergedindex="cp">sort</indexterm>sort</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>How to place this entry in the list of entries that the glossary holds.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1128" mergedindex="cp">symbol</indexterm>symbol</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1157" mergedindex="cp">symbol</indexterm>symbol</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>A symbol, such as a mathematical symbol, besides the name.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -19650,8 +20376,8 @@
 <node name="_005cgls" spaces=" "><nodename>\gls</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newglossaryentry</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\gls</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1129" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1158" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of: 
 </para>
@@ -19692,8 +20418,8 @@
 <node name="Letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Input/output</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Letters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis: 
 </para>
@@ -19743,7 +20469,7 @@
 Each <code>letter</code> environment body typically ends with a
 <code>\closing</code> command such as <code>\closing{Yours,}</code>.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1130" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for letters</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1159" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for letters</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Additional material may come after the <code>\closing</code>.  You can say who
 is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like <code>\cc{the
 Boss \\ the Boss's Boss}</code>.  There&textrsquo;s a similar <code>\encl</code> command for
@@ -19797,7 +20523,7 @@
 <node name="_005caddress" spaces=" "><nodename>\address</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cc</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\address</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1131" mergedindex="cp">\address</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1160" mergedindex="cp">\address</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis: 
 </para>
@@ -19830,8 +20556,8 @@
 <node name="_005ccc" spaces=" "><nodename>\cc</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\closing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\address</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cc</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1132" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1161" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19855,9 +20581,9 @@
 <node name="_005cclosing" spaces=" "><nodename>\closing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\encl</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cc</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\closing</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1133" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1162" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19877,8 +20603,8 @@
 <node name="_005cencl" spaces=" "><nodename>\encl</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\location</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\closing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\encl</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1134" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1163" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19901,7 +20627,7 @@
 <node name="_005clocation" spaces=" "><nodename>\location</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makelabels</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\encl</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\location</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1135" mergedindex="cp">\location</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1164" mergedindex="cp">\location</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19917,7 +20643,7 @@
 <node name="_005cmakelabels" spaces=" "><nodename>\makelabels</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\name</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\location</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makelabels</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1136" mergedindex="cp">\makelabels</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1165" mergedindex="cp">\makelabels</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19974,8 +20700,8 @@
 <para>The first column contains the return address twice.  The second column
 contains the address for each recipient.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>envlab</code> makes formatting the labels easier, with
 standard sizes already provided.  The preamble lines
@@ -19987,7 +20713,7 @@
 <node name="_005cname" spaces=" "><nodename>\name</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\opening</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makelabels</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\name</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1137" mergedindex="cp">\name</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1166" mergedindex="cp">\name</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20003,8 +20729,8 @@
 <node name="_005copening" spaces=" "><nodename>\opening</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ps</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\name</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\opening</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1138" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1167" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20023,8 +20749,8 @@
 </section>
 <node name="_005cps" spaces=" "><nodename>\ps</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\signature</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\opening</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ps</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1139" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1168" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20051,7 +20777,7 @@
             ... }
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1140" mergedindex="cp">\signature</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1169" mergedindex="cp">\signature</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>The sender&textrsquo;s name.  This command is optional, although its inclusion is
 usual.
@@ -20092,7 +20818,7 @@
 <node name="_005ctelephone" spaces=" "><nodename>\telephone</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\signature</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\telephone</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1141" mergedindex="cp">\telephone</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1170" mergedindex="cp">\telephone</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20111,9 +20837,9 @@
 <node name="Input_002foutput" spaces=" "><nodename>Input/output</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line interface</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Input/output</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059">input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072">input/output</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in
 to build document components such as a table of contents or index.  You
@@ -20133,13 +20859,13 @@
 <node name="_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout" spaces=" "><nodename>\openin & \openout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\read</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\openin</code> & <code>\openout</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1142" mergedindex="cp">\openin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1143" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1144" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1145" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060">file, opening</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061">file, closing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">open a file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1171" mergedindex="cp">\openin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1172" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1173" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1174" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073">file, opening</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074">file, closing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075">open a file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20221,9 +20947,9 @@
 <node name="_005cread" spaces=" "><nodename>\read</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typein</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\openin & \openout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\read</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1146" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063">file, reading</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064">read a file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1175" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076">file, reading</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077">read a file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20256,10 +20982,10 @@
 <code>\input</code> (<pxref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></pxref>) or <code>\include</code> (<pxref label="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><xrefnodename>\include &
 \includeonly</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067">mail merges</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080">mail merges</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges.
 CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <file>datatool</file>.
 </para>
@@ -20268,7 +20994,7 @@
 <node name="_005ctypein" spaces=" "><nodename>\typein</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typeout</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\read</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typein</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1147" mergedindex="cp">\typein</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1176" mergedindex="cp">\typein</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -20331,7 +21057,7 @@
 <node name="_005ctypeout" spaces=" "><nodename>\typeout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\write</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\typein</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typeout</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1148" mergedindex="cp">\typeout</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1177" mergedindex="cp">\typeout</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20376,7 +21102,7 @@
 <node name="_005cwrite" spaces=" "><nodename>\write</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\typeout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1149" mergedindex="cp">\write</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1178" mergedindex="cp">\write</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20401,7 +21127,7 @@
 \immediate\closeout\myfile
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1150" mergedindex="cp">\newwrite</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1179" mergedindex="cp">\newwrite</indexterm></findex>
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>The <code>\newwrite</code> allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic
 name to make life easier, so that <code>stream
@@ -20410,9 +21136,9 @@
 name.  &tex; ultimately executed <code>\write3</code> which puts the string
 in the file.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Typically <var>number</var> is between 0 and 15, because typically
 &latex; authors follow the prior example and the number is allocated
 by the system.  If <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or
@@ -20427,12 +21153,12 @@
 followed by a newline in the terminal output.  (But 16, 17, and 18 are
 special as <var>number</var>; see below.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In Lua&tex;, instead of 16 output streams there are 256
 (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1151" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;auxout</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1152" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;mainaux</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1180" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;auxout</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1181" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;mainaux</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Use <code>\write\&arobase;auxout{<var>string</var>}</code> to write to the current
 <file>.aux</file> file, which is associated with either the root file or
 with the current include file; and use
@@ -20455,8 +21181,8 @@
 
 <enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
 <listitem> 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1153" mergedindex="cp">\immediate\write</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1182" mergedindex="cp">\immediate\write</indexterm></findex>
 <para>With the first, &latex; writes <var>string</var> to the file immediately.
 Any macros in <var>string</var> are fully expanded (just as in
 <code>\edef</code>) so to prevent expansion you must use <code>\noexpand</code>,
@@ -20464,16 +21190,16 @@
 <code>##</code>).
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1154" mergedindex="cp">\shipout <r>and expansion</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1183" mergedindex="cp">\shipout <r>and expansion</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>With the second, <var>string</var> is stored on the current list of things
 (as a &tex; &textldquo;whatsit&textrdquo; item) and kept until the page is shipped out
 and likewise the macros are unexpanded until <code>\shipout</code>. At
 <code>\shipout</code>, <var>string</var> is fully expanded.
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1155" mergedindex="cp">\protected&arobase;write</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1184" mergedindex="cp">\protected&arobase;write</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The third, <code>\protected&arobase;write</code>, is like the second except that
 you can use <code>\protect</code> to avoid expansion. The extra first
 argument allows you to locally insert extra definitions to make more
@@ -20496,7 +21222,7 @@
 <para>This results in the file <file>test.jh</file> containing the text
 <samp>test XYZtest</samp> followed by a newline.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The cases where <var>number</var> is 16, 17, or 18 are special.  Because of
 <code>\write</code>&textrsquo;s behavior when <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0
 to 15 described above, in Plain &tex; <code>\write16</code> and
@@ -20506,8 +21232,8 @@
 even more special; modern &tex; systems use it for giving commands to
 the operating system (<pxref label="_005cwrite18"><xrefnodename>\write18</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Ordinarily <code>\write</code> outputs a single line.  You can include a
 newline with <code>^^J</code>.  Thus, this produces two lines in the log
 file:
@@ -20516,8 +21242,8 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A common case where authors need to write their own file is for
 answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write
@@ -20535,8 +21261,8 @@
 <node name="_005cwrite-and-security" spaces=" "><nodename>\write and security</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\message</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code> and security</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a
 downloaded &latex; file and it overwrote your password file then you
@@ -20559,7 +21285,7 @@
 ! I can't write on file `../test.jh'
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>You can get just such an error when using commands such as
 <code>\include{../filename}</code> because &latex; will try to open
 <file>../filename.aux</file>.  The simplest solution is to put the included
@@ -20570,7 +21296,7 @@
 <node name="_005cmessage" spaces=" "><nodename>\message</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\wlog</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\write and security</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\message</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1156" mergedindex="cp">\message</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1185" mergedindex="cp">\message</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20631,7 +21357,7 @@
 <node name="_005cwlog" spaces=" "><nodename>\wlog</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\write18</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\message</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\wlog</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1157" mergedindex="cp">\wlog</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1186" mergedindex="cp">\wlog</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20659,11 +21385,11 @@
 <node name="_005cwrite18" spaces=" "><nodename>\write18</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\wlog</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write18</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1158" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083">external commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086">shell access</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1187" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096">external commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099">shell access</indexterm></cindex>
 <!-- c Derived from: Joseph Wright: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/20446/121234 -->
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -20676,8 +21402,8 @@
 runs the command and &latex;&textrsquo;s execution is blocked until that
 finishes.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This sequence (on Unix)
 </para>
@@ -20726,7 +21452,7 @@
 (<pxref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line options</xrefnodename></pxref>).  (The <code>--shell-escape</code> option is
 a synonym, in &tex; Live.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default use
 a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as those
 that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not use
@@ -20735,33 +21461,33 @@
 control of the distribution maintainers (<pxref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line
 options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1159" mergedindex="cp">/bin/sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1160" mergedindex="cp">sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1161" mergedindex="cp">cmd.exe<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1162" mergedindex="cp">SHELL<r>, environment variables</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1188" mergedindex="cp">/bin/sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1189" mergedindex="cp">sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1190" mergedindex="cp">cmd.exe<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1191" mergedindex="cp">SHELL<r>, environment variables</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>The <var>shell_command</var> text is always passed to <file>/bin/sh</file> on
 Unix-like operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter
 <file>cmd.exe</file> on Windows. Any different shell set by the user, and
 the <code>SHELL</code> environment variable, is ignored.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092">system information</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093">operating system information</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105">system information</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106">operating system information</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>If what you need is system information, such as the operating system
 name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the
 <file>texosquery</file> package, which provides a convenient and secure
 interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw
 <code>\write18</code>: <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</urefurl></url>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1163" mergedindex="cp">\ShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1164" mergedindex="cp">\DelayedShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1192" mergedindex="cp">\ShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1193" mergedindex="cp">\DelayedShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
 <para>&latex; provides a package <code>shellesc</code> on top of the primitive
 <code>\write18</code> command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command
 <code>\ShellEscape</code> which works identically on all &tex; engines;
@@ -20779,8 +21505,9 @@
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line interface</sectiontitle>
 
 <anchor name="Command-line">Command line</anchor><!-- c old name -->
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098">command line</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099">CLI</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111">command line interface</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112">interface, command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113">CLI</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (from a terminal command line):
 </para>
@@ -20788,9 +21515,10 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex <var>options</var> <var>argument</var>
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>Run &latex; on <var>argument</var>.  In place of <command>pdflatex</command> you can
-also use <command>xelatex</command>, or <code>lualatex</code>, or <code>dviluatex</code>, or
-<code>latex</code>.
+<para>Run &latex; on <var>argument</var>.  In place of <command>pdflatex</command> you
+can also use (for PDF output) <command>xelatex</command> or <code>lualatex</code>, or
+(for DVI output) <code>latex</code> or <code>dvilualatex</code>, among others
+(<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <para>For example, this will run &latex; on the file <file>thesis.tex</file>,
 creating the output <file>thesis.pdf</file>.
@@ -20800,7 +21528,7 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1165" mergedindex="cp">.tex, <r>default extension</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1194" mergedindex="cp">.tex, <r>default extension</r></indexterm></findex>
 Note that <file>.tex</file> is the default file name extension.
 </para>
 <para>pdf&tex; is an extension of the original &tex; program, as are
@@ -20843,38 +21571,38 @@
 <node name="Command-line-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line input</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document
 authoring. For a full list, try running <samp>latex --help</samp> from the
 command line.
 </para>
 <para>With many implementations you can specify command line options by
-prefixing them with <samp>-</samp> or <samp>--</samp>.  This is the case for
-both &tex; Live (and Mac&tex;) and MiK&tex;.  We will use both
+prefixing them with <samp>-</samp> or <samp>--</samp>.  This is the case for both
+&tex; Live (including Mac&tex;) and MiK&tex;.  We will use both
 conventions interchangeably.  If an option takes a value, it can be
 specified either as a separate argument (<samp>--foo val</samp>), or as one
 argument with an <samp>=</samp> sign (<samp>--foo=val</samp>), but there can be no
 spaces around the <samp>=</samp>. We will generally use the <samp>=</samp> syntax.
 </para>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1166" mergedindex="cp">--version <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1195" mergedindex="cp">--version <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-version</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Show the current version, like <samp>pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX
 Live 2015/Debian)</samp> along with a small amount of additional information,
 and exit.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1167" mergedindex="cp">--help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1196" mergedindex="cp">--help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-help</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Give a brief usage message that is useful as a prompt and exit.
 </para>
 <anchor name="interaction-modes">interaction modes</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1168" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1197" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-interaction=<var>mode</var></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101">batchmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115">batchmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&tex; compiles a document in one of four interaction modes:
 <code>batchmode</code>, <code>nonstopmode</code>, <code>scrollmode</code>,
 <code>errorstopmode</code>. In <dfn>errorstopmode</dfn> (the default), &tex;
@@ -20895,17 +21623,17 @@
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>eliminates most terminal output.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1169" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1198" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-jobname=<var>string</var></itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Set the value of &tex;&textrsquo;s <dfn>jobname</dfn> to the string.  The log file
 and output file will then be named <file><var>string</var>.log</file> and
 <file><var>string</var>.pdf</file>.  <pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="output-directory">output directory</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1170" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1199" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-output-directory=<var>directory</var></itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Write files in the directory <var>directory</var>.  It must already exist.
 This applies to all external files created by &tex; or &latex;, such
@@ -20919,12 +21647,12 @@
 directory (in which &latex; was run) remains unchanged, and is also
 checked for input files.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108">shell escape</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1171" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1172" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1173" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1174" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122">shell escape</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1200" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1201" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1202" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1203" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--enable-write18</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--disable-write18</itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--shell-escape</itemformat></itemx>
@@ -20945,12 +21673,12 @@
 <code>\write18{ls -l}</code>, then you do not get an error but the log
 file says <samp>runsystem(ls -l)...disabled</samp>.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1175" mergedindex="cp">--halt-on-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1204" mergedindex="cp">--halt-on-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-halt-on-error</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Stop processing at the first error.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1176" mergedindex="cp">--file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1177" mergedindex="cp">--no-file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1205" mergedindex="cp">--file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1206" mergedindex="cp">--no-file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-file-line-error</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-no-file-line-error</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Enable or disable <code><var>filename</var>:<var>lineno</var>:<var>error</var></code>-style
@@ -20962,20 +21690,24 @@
 <node name="Command-line-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Jobname</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line input</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<para>As part of the command line invocation <code>pdflatex <var>options</var>
-<var>argument</var></code> you can specify arbitrary &latex; input by starting
-<var>argument</var> with a backslash. This allows you to do some special
-effects.
+<para>As part of the command line invocation
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"><var>latex-engine</var> <var>options</var> <var>argument</var>
+</pre></example>
 
-<para>For example, this file (which uses the <file>hyperref</file> package for
-hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one for paper and one for a
-PDF.
+<noindent></noindent><para>you can specify arbitrary &latex; input by starting
+<var>argument</var> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This
+allows you to do some special effects.
 </para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>For example, this file (which uses the
+<file>hyperref</file> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of
+output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online.
+</para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\ifdefined\paperversion        % in preamble
 \newcommand{\urlcolor}{black}
@@ -20991,11 +21723,18 @@
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>Compiling this document <file>book.tex</file> with the command line
 <code>pdflatex book</code> will give the <samp>CTAN</samp> link in blue.  But
-compiling it with <code>pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"</code>
-has the link in black.  (Note the use of double quotes to prevent
-interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may
-do this differently.)
+compiling it with
 </para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent><para>has the link in black.  We use double quotes to prevent
+interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell. (This
+usually works on both Unix and Windows systems, but there are many
+peculiarities to shell quoting, so read your system documentation if
+need be.)
+</para>
 <para>In a similar way, from the single file <file>main.tex</file> you can compile
 two different versions.
 </para>
@@ -21007,9 +21746,11 @@
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>The <code>jobname</code> option is there because otherwise both files would be
-called <file>main.pdf</file> and the second would overwrite the first.
+called <file>main.pdf</file> and the second would overwrite the first. (See
+the next section.)
 </para>
-<para>In this example, one passes the <code>draft</code> option to the  <file>graphicx</file> package:
+<para>In this example, we pass the <code>draft</code> option to the
+<file>graphicx</file> package:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}"
@@ -21020,173 +21761,100 @@
 but replaced in the PDF by a box with same size and that contains only
 the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink.
 </para>
-<!-- c xx TODO translate the following -->
-<ignore>
- at c Un autre exemple classique est de cribler certains chapitres \xFFFD la
- at c compilation en les passant \xFFFD @code{\includeonly} dans la ligne de
- at c commande. Ainsi, supposons qu'on a un fichier racine @file{livre.tex}
- at c ainsi form\x{FFFD}:
- at c 
- at c @example
- at c \documentclass@{book@}
- at c \begin@{document@}
- at c \frontmatter
- at c \include@{pref@} 
- at c \mainmatter
- at c \include@{chap1@} 
- at c \include@{chap2@}
- at c \appendix
- at c \include@{append@}
- at c \backmatter
- at c \include@{bib@} 
- at c \end@{document@}
- at c @end example
- at c 
- at c En compilant @file{livre.tex} avec la ligne de commande suivante\xFFFD:
- at c 
- at c @example
- at c pdflatex '\includeonly@{chap1@}\input@{livre@}
- at c @end example
- at c 
- at c @noindent
- at c seul le chapitre contenu dans @file{chap1.tex} sera produit en
- at c sortie. @xref{Splitting the input}.
- at c 
- at c Dans ce dernier exemple, on force la date au 14 juillet 1789\xFFFD:
- at c 
- at c @example
- at c pdflatex '\day=14 \month=7 \year=1789 \input revolution'
- at c @end example
- at c 
- at c Ainsi, si le fichier @file{revolution.tex} contient ceci\xFFFD:
- at c 
- at c @example
- at c \documentclass[french]@{minimal@}
- at c \usepackage@{babel@}
- at c \begin@{document@}
- at c \today\ c'est la r\xFFFDvolution !
- at c \end@{document@}
- at c @end example
- at c 
- at c @noindent
- at c alors vous aurez en sortie un truc du genre\xFFFD:
- at c 
- at c @example
- at c 14 juillet 1789 c'est la r\xFFFDvolution !
- at c @end example
-</ignore>
 
 </section>
 <node name="Jobname" spaces=" "><nodename>Jobname</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Recovering from errors</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line input</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&tex;&textrsquo;s job name</sectiontitle>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Jobname</sectiontitle>
 
-<!-- c xx TODO, align on the French version which is far more complete and -->
-<!-- c accurate. -->
-<para>When you run <code><command>pdflatex</command> <var>options</var> <var>argument</var></code>, if
-<var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash then &tex; considers it
-the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first
-<code>\input</code> instruction and the name of the input file will be the job
-name. This is used to name the log file the output file.  The
-<code>jobname</code> option overrides that process and directly specifies the
-name.  <xref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command line input</xrefnodename></xref>, for an example of its use.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1207" mergedindex="cp"><code>\jobname</code></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128">document root name</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129">name of document root</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Running &latex; creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or
+DVI) output but also including others.  These files are named with the
+so-called <dfn>jobname</dfn>.  The most common case is also the simplest,
+where for instance the command <code>pdflatex thesis</code> creates
+<code>thesis.pdf</code> and also <code>thesis.log</code> and <code>thesis.aux</code>.
+Here the job name is <code>thesis</code>.
 </para>
+<para>In general, &latex; is invoked as <code><var>latex-engine</var>
+<var>options</var> <var>argument</var></code>, where <var>latex-engine</var> is
+<command>pdflatex</command>, <command>lualatex</command>, etc.&noeos; (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+If <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is the case
+above with <code>thesis</code>, then &tex; considers it to be the name of
+the file to input as the main document.  The name of that root file,
+without the <file>.tex</file> extension, is the jobname.  If <var>argument</var>
+does start with a backslash, or if &tex; is in interactive mode, then
+it waits for the first <code>\input</code> command, and the jobname is the
+argument to <code>\input</code>.
+</para>
+<para>There are two more possibilities for the jobname.  It can be directly
+specified with the <code>-jobname</code> option, as in <code>pdflatex
+-jobname=myname</code> (<pxref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command line input</xrefnodename></pxref> for a real example).
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1208" mergedindex="cp">texput<r>, jobname default</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>The final possibility is <file>texput</file>, which is the final fallback
+default if no other name is available to &tex;.  For example, if no
+<code>-jobname</code> option was specified, and the compilation stops before
+there is any output, then the log file will be named
+<file>texput.log</file>. 
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1209" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1210" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>A special case of this is that in &latex; versions of (approximately)
+2020 or later, the jobname is also <file>texput</file> if the first
+<code>\input</code> occurs as a result of being called by either
+<code>\documentclass</code> or <code>\RequirePackage</code>.  So this will produce
+a file named <file>texput.pdf</file>:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex "\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}"
+</pre></example>
 
+<para>However, this special case only applies to those two commands.  Thus, with
+</para>
 <!-- c credit Herbert Voss: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/17236/121234 -->
 <example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}"
+<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex "\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}"
 </pre></example>
-<para>The <code>jobname</code> option is there because otherwise the output file
-would be <file>graphicx.pdf</file>, as <code>\RequirePackage</code> does an
-<code>\input</code> of its own.
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>the output file is <file>lipsum.pdf</file>, as <code>\usepackage</code> calls
+<code>\input</code>.
 </para>
-<!-- c xx French version below: -->
-<ignore>
- at c @node Jobname
- at c 
- at c Quand vous ex\xFFFDcutez @code{@command{pdflatex} @var{options}
- at c @var{argument}}, si @var{argument} ne commence pas par une contr'oblique
- at c alors @TeX{} consid\xFFFDre que c'est le nom du fichier racine \xFFFD lire en
- at c entr\xFFFDe. Le nom du fichier racine, sans l'extension @file{.tex} si elle
- at c est donn\xFFFDe, d\xFFFDfinit alors le @dfn{nom d'ouvrage}, celui-ci est utilis\xFFFD pour
- at c nommer le fichier journal et le fichier de sortie.
- at c 
- at c Autrement, si @var{argument} commence par une contr'oblique, il attend
- at c la premi\xFFFDre instruction @code{\input} et le nom du fichier en entr\xFFFDe
- at c devient le nom d'ouvrage.
- at c 
- at c Au sein du document, la variable @code{\jobname} se d\xFFFDveloppe dans le
- at c nom d'ouvrage, avec la particularit\xFFFD que tous les caract\xFFFDres sont de
- at c catcode 11 (lettre). Ainsi, si vous voulez utilisez le nom d'ouvrage
- at c comme une condition, la solution la plus simple est d'utiliser une macro
- at c de text du paquetage @file{xtring} dans sa variante \xFFFDtoil\xFFFDe pour \xFFFDtre
- at c insensible au catcode. Dans le texte suivant par exemple, la note en bas
- at c de page \xFFFD\xFFFDdont la Respublica Bananensis Francorum.\xFFFD\xFFFD n'est pr\xFFFDsente que
- at c si le nom de t\xFFFDche commence par @file{moi-meme}.
- at c 
- at c @example
- at c Si une d\xFFFDmocratie est juste un r\xFFFDgime o\xFFFD les citoyens votent alors
- at c toutes les r\xFFFDpubliques banani\xFFFDres\IfBeginWith*@{\jobname@}@{moi-meme@}%
- at c @{\footnote@{dont la Respublica Bananensis Francorum.@}@}@{@} sont des
- at c d\xFFFDmocraties.
- at c @end example
- at c 
- at c Cela ne fonctionnerait pas si la version non \xFFFDtoil\xFFFDe de
- at c @code{\IfBeginWith} \xFFFDtait utilis\xFFFDe, parce que le @code{-} dans
- at c @samp{moi-meme} a un catcode 12, alors que dans @code{\jobname}, s'il
- at c s'y trouve, il a n\xFFFDcessairement un catcode 11.
- at c 
- at c Dans certains cas il peut \xFFFDtre utile de fixer le nom de t\xFFFDche \xFFFD une
- at c autre valeur que celle par d\xFFFDfaut, l'option @code{--jobname} permet de
- at c faire cela, elle l'emporte sur le premier @code{\input} et sp\xFFFDcifie
- at c directement le nom.  @xref{Command line input}, pour un exemple d'usage,
- at c o\xFFFD l'on g\xFFFDn\xFFFDre deux fichiers @file{etudiants.pdf} et
- at c @file{professeurs.pdf} \xFFFD partir d'un m\xFFFDme code source @file{principal.tex}.
- at c 
- at c En l'absence d'option @code{--jobname}, la valeur initiale de
- at c @code{\jobname} est @code{texput}, de sorte que si la compilation
- at c s'arr\xFFFDte avant le premier @code{\input}, le journal produit sera nomm\xFFFD
- at c @file{texput.log}. Par exemple la commande suivante\xFFFD:
- at c 
- at c @example
- at c pdflatex "\nonstopmode\errmessage@{\string\jobname\space vaut \jobname@}"
- at c @end example
- at c 
- at c produira un journal @file{textput.log} contenant le message d'erreur
- at c @samp{! \jobname vaut texput.}.
- at c 
- at c Attention, le nom de t\xFFFDche est \xFFFDgalement forc\xFFFD \xFFFD @file{texput} si le
- at c premier @code{\input} est indirectement appel\xFFFD par @code{\documentclass}
- at c ou @code{\RequirePackage}. Ainsi l'exemple suivant produira un fichier
- at c nomm\xFFFD @file{texput.pdf} avec une version raisonnablement r\xFFFDcente de
- at c @LaTeX{}\xFFFD:
- at c 
- at c @example
- at c pdflatex "\documentclass@{minimal@}\begin@{document@}Bonjour !\end@{document@}"
- at c @end example
- at c 
- at c mais avec une version plus ancienne le fichier de sortie se serait nomm\xFFFD
- at c @file{minimal.pdf}, parce que le premier @code{\input} appel\xFFFD
- at c indirectement par @code{\documentclass} aurait \xFFFDt\xFFFD trait\xFFFD de la m\xFFFDme
- at c fa\xFFFDon que s'il chargeait le fichier source racine.
- at c 
- at c Voici un autre exemple de cela, ici on reprend l'exemple donn\xFFFD dans
- at c @ref{Command line input} o\xFFFD l'on passe sur la ligne de commande l'option
- at c @code{draft} au paquetage @file{graphicx}. Mais au lieu de le faire avec
- at c @code{\PassOptionToPackage}, on le fait avec @code{\RequirePackage}, ce
- at c qui a \xFFFDgalement pour effet que le paquetage @file{graphicx} sera charg\xFFFD
- at c en premier, si ce n'\xFFFDtait pas d\xFFFDj\xFFFD le cas.
- at c 
- at c @c credit Herbert Voss: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/17236/121234
- at c @example
- at c pdflatex --jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]@{graphicx@}\input@{aa.tex@}"
- at c @end example
- at c 
- at c L'option @code{--jobname=aa} est n\xFFFDcessaire, car elle garantit que le
- at c fichier de sortie se nommera bien @file{aa.pdf}, et non
- at c @file{texput.pdf} avec une version r\xFFFDcente de @LaTeX{}, ni
- at c @file{graphicx.pdf} avec une version plus ancienne.
-</ignore>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1211" mergedindex="cp">\jobname</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Within the document, the macro <code>\jobname</code> expands to the jobname.
+(When you run &latex; on a file whose name contains spaces, the string
+returned by <code>\jobname</code> contains matching start and end quotes.)
+In the expansion of that macro, all characters are of
+catcode 12 (other) except that spaces are category 10,
+including letters that are normally catcode 11.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1212" mergedindex="cp">\IfBeginWith*<r> macro from <file>xstring</file></r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
+<para>Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional
+can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro
+<code>\IfBeginWith</code> from the <file>xstring</file> package in its star
+variant, which is insensitive to catcode. For example, in the
+following text the footnote &textldquo;Including Respublica Bananensis
+Francorum.&textrdquo;&noeos; is only present if the task name starts with
+<file>my-doc</file>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">If a democracy is just a regime where citizens vote then
+all banana republics \IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}%
+{\footnote{Including Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} are
+democracies.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Manipulating the value of <code>\jobname</code> inside of a document does not
+change the name of the output file or the log file.
+</para>
+
 </section>
 <node name="Recovering-from-errors" spaces=" "><nodename>Recovering from errors</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Jobname</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Recovering from errors</sectiontitle>
@@ -21215,9 +21883,9 @@
 typo.  You could instead enter <kbd>?</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd> to see other
 options.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1178" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1213" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex>
 <para>There are two other error scenarios.  The first is that you forgot to
 include the <code>\end{document}</code> or misspelled it.  In this case
 &latex; gives you a <samp>*</samp> prompt.  You can get back to the command
@@ -21244,8 +21912,8 @@
 <node name="Document-templates" spaces=" "><nodename>Document templates</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document templates</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will
 be useful.  Additional template resources are listed at
@@ -21262,10 +21930,10 @@
 <node name="beamer-template" spaces=" "><nodename>beamer template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">article template</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>beamer</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>The <code>beamer</code> class creates presentation slides.  It has a vast
@@ -21302,7 +21970,7 @@
 <node name="article-template" spaces=" "><nodename>article template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">beamer template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>article</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A simple template for an article.
 </para>
@@ -21331,7 +21999,7 @@
 <node name="book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Larger book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">article template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This is a straightforward template for a book.  <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book
 template</xrefnodename></xref>, for a more elaborate one.
@@ -21361,7 +22029,7 @@
 <node name="Larger-book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>Larger book template</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Larger <code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book.  <xref label="book-template"><xrefnodename>book template</xrefnodename></xref>,
 for a simpler one.

Modified: trunk/src/easyurls.py
===================================================================
--- trunk/src/easyurls.py	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/src/easyurls.py	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -77,52 +77,30 @@
 
     
 # ===========================================================
-INDEX_FILE_INTRO = """
-<div class='intro'>
-<p>This is a reference manual for LaTeX.
-If you want a tutorial, please see
-<a href='https://ctan.org/topic/tut-latex'>this list</a>.</p>
- 
+INDEX_FILE_NOTE = """
+<div class='note-about-urls'>
 <p>
-Our goal is to document all (non-private) LaTeX commands.
-See below for the 
-<a href='#SEC_Overview'>Table of Contents</a>.
-This version of the manual has separate web pages for each
-section or subsection.
-It's also available in
-<a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">a single page version</a>
-and as <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>.</p>
-
-<p>
-Your comments and contributions, including bug reports, are very welcome.
-<a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/'>Our project page</a>
-has more information, including
-<a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/#license'>license information</a>.
-We also provide information on how you can 
-<a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/mirroring.html'>mirror this manual</a>,
-and <a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/writing.html'>contribute to it</a>.
-</p> 
-
-<p>
-This document is not official.
-It has not been reviewed by the LaTeX maintainers.</p>
-
-<p>
-<i>A note about links.</i>
-Some characters are troublesome on the web.
-One such character is backslash and so our
-page for the <code>\\rule</code> command 
-is named
+<i>A note about remembering URL's.</i>
+The page addresses here come from the page titles.
+Thus, the page about the <code>itemize</code> environment 
+is titled <i>itemize</i> and its URL ends with 
+<a href='itemize.html'><code>itemize.html</code></a>.
+But some characters are troublesome in URL's.
+For instance, the <code>\\rule</code> command's page URL cannot use
+the backslash character because in URL's backslashes 
+separate parts of a path.
+Instead, the page's address uses   
+the hexadecimal representation of backslash, giving
 <a href='_005crule.html'><code>_005crule.html</code></a>.
-(the hexadecimal representation of backslash is 005c).
-You may find easier to remember our alternative page names, in this case
+That fixes the technical problem but is hard to remember.
+We have added some alternative page names, in this case
 <a href='bs-rule.html'><code>bs-rule.html</code></a>.
-These alternatives 
-replace space with a dash, `<code>-</code>', 
-replace backslash with `<code>bs</code>' and a dash,
-replace @ with `<code>at</code>' and a dash, 
-and replace & with `<code>and</code>' and a dash.
-For instance, you can reach the page describing
+These alternative names use dashes, 
+replacing backslash with `<code>bs-</code>',
+replacing space with just a dash, `<code>-</code>', 
+replacing @ with `<code>at-</code>', 
+and replacing & with `<code>and-</code>'.
+An example is that you can reach the page describing
 <code>\@startsection</code> with 
 <a href='bs-at-startsection.html'><code>bs-at-startsection.html</code></a>.
 </p>
@@ -138,17 +116,10 @@
     except OSError as err:
         error("Error reading index file {0}: {1!s}".format(fullfn, err),
               level=70)
-    # Peel out the third section
-    top = html.split('<a name="Top"></a>', maxsplit=1)[0]
-    b="""<hr>
-<div class="header">
-<p>"""
-    bottom = html.split(b, maxsplit=1)[1]
-    html = top + b + bottom
-    # Insert intro
-    a = '<a name="SEC_Overview"></a>'
-    page_parts = html.split(a, maxsplit=1)
-    new_html = (INDEX_FILE_INTRO+a).join(page_parts)
+    # Insert additional material above the Short Table of Contents
+    end_of_header_marker = '<!-- End of opening header -->'
+    page_parts = html.split(end_of_header_marker, maxsplit=1)
+    new_html = (end_of_header_marker+INDEX_FILE_NOTE).join(page_parts)
     try:
         with open(fullfn,'w') as f:
             html = f.write(new_html)
@@ -218,7 +189,7 @@
         return chr(d)
 
 def log_spotted_strings(s):
-    """Give a set of hex strings, log what they are
+    """Give a set of hex strings, log what they are in ASCII
       s  set of strings of the form matching hex_substring
     """
     r = []
@@ -242,7 +213,6 @@
                         '_002d':'dash',      # -
                         # '_0029':')',         # )
                         # '_0028':'(',         # (
-                        '_007e':'twiddle',   # ~
                         '_005f':'_',         # _
                         '_0054':','          # ,
 }

Modified: trunk/src/test_easyurls.sh
===================================================================
--- trunk/src/test_easyurls.sh	2021-07-05 22:00:22 UTC (rev 932)
+++ trunk/src/test_easyurls.sh	2021-07-21 18:37:08 UTC (rev 933)
@@ -1,28 +1,32 @@
 #!/bin/bash
-#  Make a new set of HTML split files for latexrefman.
-# 2018-Sept-15 Jim Hefferon Public Domain
-
-# Compile the TeXinfo file
-#!/bin/bash
 #  Run easyurls.py
 # 2018-Sep-19 JH Public domain
+# 2021-Jul-21 JH Incorporate into updating the web site.
 
 cd ..
-make htmlsplit
+make htmlsplit   # make the tree of html files
+make dist  # make the .zip file of the tree of html files
+
+# Copy the .zip file of the tree of html files into a working directory
 cd src
 mkdir -p test
 cp ../latex2e-help-texinfo-tree.zip test
 
-# now unpack the .zip and run easyurls
-mkdir -p latex2e
+# Unpack the .zip
 rm -Rf latex2e
 unzip -q test/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree
+
+# Uncomment exactly one of the three options: softlink, includefile, replace 
+
+# softlink creates alias's, but they point to unmemorably-named files.
 ./easyurls.py --directory latex2e --action softlink --lower_case --rewrite_index --debug
-# ./easyurls.py --directory latex2e --action includefile --lower_case --verbose
-# ./easyurls.py --directory latex2e --action replace --lower_case --debug
 
-# Move the new dir to take the place of the old.  First move old out of the way
-mv -T ../latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e tmp
-mv -T latex2e ../latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e
-rm -Rf tmp
-# date  # to tell if files are fresh
+# includefile requires mod_include
+# ./easyurls.py --directory latex2e --action includefile --lower_case  --rewrite_index --verbose
+
+# replace all links also (seems like it could lose things).
+# ./easyurls.py --directory latex2e --action replace --lower_case  --rewrite_index --debug
+
+# save it all for upload to latexref.xyz, where it gets unzipped
+zip -rq latex2e-help-texinfo-tree-easyurls.zip latex2e
+